<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>TIPs Archive - TVU Networks</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link></link>
	<description>The lowest prices for your full LLC publishing compliance!</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 13:15:06 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.7.2</generator>
	<item>
		<title>TVU Anywhere Quick Start Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-anywhere-quick-start-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 13:14:51 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=143277</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>TVU Anywhere instantly turns your smartphone, tablet, or laptop into a transmitter for high-quality live transmission and streaming from remote locations.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-anywhere-quick-start-guide/">TVU Anywhere Quick Start Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large" id="block-cb371199-e27c-4e26-a333-5d43bf0d06e8"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="1024" height="581" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-User-Guide-1024x581.png" alt="TVU Anywhere User Guide" class="wp-image-92799" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-User-Guide-1024x581.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-User-Guide-300x170.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-User-Guide-768x436.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-User-Guide-1536x872.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-User-Guide-2048x1163.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p id="block-c2d1ce11-7d5f-42b7-b240-3a7c2d43f80e">TVU Anywhere instantly turns your smartphone, tablet, or laptop into a transmitter for high-quality live transmission and streaming from remote locations. </p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e4de8ac7-386c-4586-8a0e-5b1000575eab"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p id="block-3097f029-8699-48ac-bbbb-fb4fcfd5235a">TVU Anywhere is a mobile live-streaming app delivering high-quality live transmission for video broadcasting in remote locations. Thousands of mobile journalists and live streamers use TVU Anywhere as their number-one broadcast app for Android, iPhone, iPad, Windows, and many other mobile devices.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b76ab67f-e84f-47f7-924a-42584dfdad4a"><strong>TVU Anywhere overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-1db1723d-65d5-4cc0-9e9a-6e9dcfd5fb5d">TVU Anywhere allows users to transmit full-HD video from anywhere using cellular bonding technology and HEVC encoding.</p>



<p id="block-37cb3459-0d1e-4cf3-b14e-c0511cf7d728">TVU Anywhere aggregates your mobile smart device’s 3G/4G/LTE/5G connection and available WiFi for high-definition wireless video transmissions using patented IS+ technology and HEVC encoding.<br>This provides a high bandwidth connection reducing lags, and giving your live broadcast the highest level of stability when streaming live video from your iPhone, Android, iPad, or any other mobile device.</p>



<p id="block-0b313341-611f-46f2-bc82-bbc170d27fce"><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/guides/multi-camera-live-streaming-with-any-smartphone-or-camera/">TVU Anywhere also provides an affordable Cloud-based live remote production for anyone that wants to stream to multiple CDNs.</a></p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Features overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6a2f586a-1349-4a35-832a-b3e5f7ef3662"><strong>Features overview</strong></h2>



<ul id="block-7e825307-b378-4787-bda5-57697aa723fe" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Advanced theme: </strong>The TVU Anywhere app offers a new (advanced) theme with added features. </li>



<li><strong>User-friendly interface:</strong> Go live, monitor, and control the transmission from an easy-to-use interface. Key status information such as real-time transmission rate and live streaming are provided.</li>



<li><strong>Dual camera support:</strong> Simultaneous use of the front and rear of a smart mobile device allows a Picture-by-Picture (PBP) or Picture-in-Picture (PIP) transmission.<br>Dual Camera is supported on the following Apple devices: iPhone XS, XR, XS Max, 11, 11 Pro, 11 Pro Max, 12, 12 mini, 12 Pro, 12 Pro Max, 13, 13 mini, 13 Pro, 13 Pro Max, 14, 14 Plus, 14 Pro, 14 Pro Max, 15, 15 Pro, 15 Pro Max, 16, 16 Plus, 16 Pro, and 16 Pro Max, and iPad Pro 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th generations and M4.</li>
</ul>



<ul id="block-c0b49b66-4f4f-4f0b-90b8-57c6e537d829" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Return Video Feed (VFB):</strong> The return video feedback feature allows users to view a live feed from the studio or remote location for enhanced participation.</li>



<li><strong>Remote Pan-and-Zoom:</strong> A remote operator in the studio can control the camera’s focus, brightness, and also pan-and-zoom without intervention from the device user in the field. This provides unprecedented control over camera framing and exposure without degradation of HD picture quality.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Token integration: </strong>The Token feature provides a simple token-based system for easy management of user accounts. The Token feature is used in the field to pair your TVU Anywhere with your receiver without TVU support intervention.</li>



<li><strong>TVU’s Inverse StatMux Plus (IS+) technology:</strong> Aggregates your device’s cellular wireless connection and available WiFi to provide HD and 4K quality live video using HEVC video transmission.</li>



<li><strong>Simultaneous Streaming and Recording:</strong> Live stream video from TVU Anywhere while recording in the media directory of a smart device. Streams simultaneously to multiple social media sites from any smartphone or tablet.</li>



<li><strong>Integrated TVU Voice:</strong> Utilize integrated VoIP technology for two-way conversation between a TVU receiver at the studio and a smart device in the field.</li>



<li><strong>Support for DJI devices: </strong>TVU Anywhere can be enabled for use with DJI drones as a video source that can be streamed live back to the studio.</li>



<li><strong>Support for smart mobile devices:</strong> iOS, MacOS, and Android.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with the Apple Center Stage iPad Pro (M1):</strong> AI camera tracking follows multiple subjects allowing operatorless productions.<br>&#8211; TVU Anywhere broadcasting app enhances your iPad live streams with integrated AI-based technology that automatically recognizes and tracks the subject as he or she moves.<br>&#8211; The Apple Center Stage feature for the iPad Pro with M1 chip, integrated within TVU Anywhere via API, frees on-screen subjects from the constraints of remaining in a fixed position, greatly improving the professionalism of a single-person live video production.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with TVU Partyline:</strong> TVU Partyline provides video conferencing and live briefing capabilities. When used with TVU Anywhere, all participants can:<br>&#8211; Join a TVU Partyline session from TVU Anywhere with a Web link.<br>&#8211; Interact and collaborate live from remote locations.<br>&#8211; Add pictures and video clips as a source (Anywhere iOS, MacOS, and Android.)<br>&#8211; Use the Picture-in-Picture (PIP) feature to add a pre-loaded image to the foreground and a background image (Android and iOS supported).<br>&#8211; The unread message indicator displays when you have a new message.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with TVU Producer:</strong> Easily integrate TVU Anywhere with TVU Producer for Cloud-based video production.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with TVU Grid:</strong> For live video switching, routing, and distribution to multiple locations.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with MediaHub: </strong>Supports VFB and VoIP from MediaHub.</li>



<li><strong>Security:</strong> TVU Anywhere offers the option of enabling AES encryption.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with OBSbot 4K AI camera:</strong> Smart-streaming PTZ camera with AI tracking (USB-C) for MacOS.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Guide contents</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7a0bf225-ac11-4759-bfc8-7b3454a7756c"><strong>Quick Start guide contents</strong></h2>



<p id="block-13b18ee1-3d86-4c4a-937d-76f5d1f05996">This Quick start guide provides instructions to complete the following tasks:</p>



<ul id="block-f213c4e4-2470-417d-a117-bb63d73df53a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>How to Download and install the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li>How to contact TVU Support to complete your registration.</li>



<li>How to pair your device with a receiver.</li>



<li>How to operate the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li>How to create a hotspot connection with a TVU Pack.</li>



<li>How to integrate the TVU Anywhere app with a DJI device.</li>



<li>How to use the Token feature with the TVU Anywhere app.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Compatibility</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-c8a3e9b0-fd14-4045-8fe7-2bd3b9a896d0"><strong>Compatibility</strong></h2>



<p id="block-885d1195-9a7c-4063-97f4-a08d7834d598">The TVU Anywhere app supports iOS, Android, MacOS, and Windows OS. (It’s recommended using the latest system version.)</p>



<p id="block-d53f6403-5f99-45c1-b16a-25c5ddc8c21d">The recommended phone models are as follows:</p>



<ul id="block-5186827c-57b1-420e-98e9-795ed6293ad3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Samsung: S7, S9, S10, S20, S21, S22, S23, S24, Note 8, Note 9, Note 20</li>



<li>Huawei: Mate 10, Mate 20/20 Pro, Mate 30/5G, Mate 40, P20, P30, P40, and P50.</li>



<li>iPhone: 7/7P, 8/8P, X/XS Max, 11/11Pro/11 Pro Max,12, 12 mini, 12 Pro, 12 Pro Max, 13, 13 mini, 13 Pro, 13 Pro Max, 14, 14 Plus, 14 Pro, 14 Pro Max, 15, 15 Pro, and 15 Pro Max. 16, 16 Plus, 16 Pro, and 16 Pro Max.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-aaf49248-4212-433e-b287-7b9cdbe95305"><strong>Installing the TVU Anywhere app &#8211; Smart mobile device</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ae0ef3e0-c3d4-4a3a-97eb-40125a8f0366">Complete the following steps to install the TVU Anywhere app.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 1 &#8211; Installing the TVU Anywhere app on your iOS or Android device</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6528d72c-d0f9-4280-a5a8-e8d61f9dc09f"><strong>Step 1</strong>:<br><strong>Installing the TVU Anywhere app onto your iOS smart mobile device</strong></h2>



<p id="block-87c7b732-3038-4f33-9b79-ef283393219c">The TVU Anywhere app is available free of charge from the app store.</p>



<p id="block-bf41eb1f-23c3-4020-bef3-9aa93f180709">To download and register the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-f2ba1141-04fa-406a-998d-d073217a1b51" class="wp-block-list">
<li>From your mobile device, go to the <strong>App Store</strong> and enter <strong>TVU Anywhere Pro</strong> in the search field.</li>



<li>Download and install the <strong>TVU Anywhere</strong> app onto your smartphone.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7f0d78a3-e792-4195-b628-13585f1a51d9"><strong>Installing the TVU Anywhere app onto your Android device</strong></h2>



<p id="block-87f2d365-1650-43f7-a5bd-c8865e9ca989">The TVU Anywhere app is available free of charge from the Google Play Store.</p>



<p id="block-017dc232-05fb-4134-9785-bc3830119285">To download and register the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-d3be9140-d369-40f0-b667-deb01841acda" class="wp-block-list">
<li>From your mobile device, click the <strong>Google Play</strong> icon and enter <strong>TVU Anywhere</strong> in the search field.</li>



<li>Download and install the <strong>TVU Anywhere </strong>app onto your smartphone.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 2 &#8211;  TVU Anywhere iOS and Android device registration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-221ac6e5-0b5c-4e38-8c00-9f01e91a396f"><strong>Step 2:</strong><br><strong>TVU Anywhere iOS and Android registration</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ee847648-e549-43b2-9e67-245f03f598c7">To finalize your TVU Anywhere registration:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-605d9942-71fa-4a6f-b650-944a4237a6c7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Go to your <strong>Applications</strong> and launch the <strong>TVU Anywhere</strong> app. Note that the TVU Anywhere app icon for Android devices will not denote “Pro.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-462c0f63-5d6a-4dc1-a92a-20fb3c4f098b"><img decoding="async" width="69" height="72" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-App-logo.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere App logo" class="wp-image-158726" style="object-fit:cover"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-48f1c230-e022-4075-a72f-6f652fcde49b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>double arrows</strong> to open the features bar.</li>



<li>Press the<strong> info</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8b356ed8-68da-4f4a-a8b5-3a91003ba2e6"><img decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected.jpg" alt="Info icon" class="wp-image-158735" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected-300x138.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-428821f8-62a9-4a30-85ac-82731692ebdf" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Write down your device<strong> PID</strong> displayed in the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7271325b-6fa1-4aab-bfea-d723f9c6c227"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up.png" alt="PID pop up screen" class="wp-image-158742" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p id="block-9359ee77-710d-4cd6-baf4-0793d1680290">Contact TVU Support to complete your registration. You will need to provide the following information:</p>



<ul id="block-5536a621-76a0-4205-ad9a-08589cd83d3f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The device PID</li>



<li>The receiver(s) name and PID</li>



<li>After the PID is successfully registered, you can begin streaming.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 1 &#8211; Installing the TVU Anywhere app on an iPad, Mac Pro, or Windows device</div>


<p>Complete the following steps to install the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6dc0e02f-6e81-4c58-95ef-e16c6e9fb7c7"><strong>Step 1:</strong><br><strong>Installing the TVU Anywhere app onto your iPad or Mac Pro</strong></h2>



<p id="block-391b0701-591e-45eb-acda-c4e35a4e6947">The TVU Anywhere app is available free of charge from the TVU Networks TVU Anywhere Product page at: <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-anywhere/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-anywhere/</a></p>



<p id="block-ad003c4c-4a5a-46f6-9c84-0ead9098f888">To download and register for the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-a6d49608-c792-40d9-9008-647e15c5537d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>App Store</strong> icon or <a href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/tvu-anywhere-pro/id883099579" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://apps.apple.com/us/app/tvu-anywhere-pro/id883099579</a> to download and install the TVU Anywhere app onto your iPad.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-43c7d464-ee24-4f29-add9-38889edaff39"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Website-App-Store-Link.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Website - App Store Link"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-d339584c-914f-4529-accc-6a76f13592b5"><strong>Installing the TVU Anywhere app onto your Windows device</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f131dc5f-4aa8-440d-829c-b6a0d7835acb">The TVU Anywhere Pro app is available free of charge from the TVU Networks TVU Anywhere Product page at: <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-anywhere/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-anywhere/</a></p>



<p id="block-c9de5d93-7388-4d19-b61d-00eb1a50a8cc">To download and register for the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-80f16a04-6df9-4d2f-8b87-8384b5dfdf84" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Free</strong> <strong>Windows Download</strong> icon or click <a href="https://dl.tvunetworks.com/TVUAnywhere/TVUAnywhere.zip" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://dl.tvunetworks.com/TVUAnywhere/TVUAnywhere.zip</a></li>



<li>Download and install the TVU Anywhere app to your PC or laptop.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-f069ba1f-2da3-4a36-ab14-d21c852f5b1c"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Website-Windows-Link.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Website - Windows Link"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-ac788843-c5e4-4e96-812a-e23347494062" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Go to your Download folder and click the file to start the TVU Anywhere app installation.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 2 &#8211; iPad, Mac Pro, and Windows registration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-fed2b39f-ac80-408b-9061-10120e9dc703"><strong>Step 2:</strong><br><strong>iPad, Mac Pro, and Windows registration</strong></h2>



<p id="block-8cfa5c0f-2b82-42b4-9c26-7e977eaff7c5">To finalize your TVU Anywhere registration:</p>



<ol id="block-da6f6bb6-538b-4d1e-8068-a17354f8f9e1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Go to your Applications folder and launch the TVU Anywhere app.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img decoding="async" width="69" height="72" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-App-logo.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere App logo" class="wp-image-158726" style="object-fit:cover"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-b3a00a94-d4e8-48c9-94ef-5ad290343863" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>double arrows</strong> to open the feature bar.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>Info</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ed733c02-18b5-4ef0-bb3f-8a2f0bb52fa4"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="318" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-controls-Advanced-About.png" alt="iPad info icon" class="wp-image-158749" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-controls-Advanced-About.png 415w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-controls-Advanced-About-300x230.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-282ec8e6-508d-41c4-a750-ee6b1ac4e2d6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate and write down your device&#8217;s <strong>PID</strong> displayed in the Info screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-7991bbe5-f950-4f50-9b5e-c8cc222926f3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="318" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-controls-PID.png" alt="iPad PID" class="wp-image-158756" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-controls-PID.png 415w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-controls-PID-300x230.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-cbe25bed-624b-4e26-9bf4-83da81c70e1e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Contact TVU Support to complete your registration. You will need to provide the following information:</li>
</ol>



<ul id="block-a04dea7d-d9bc-4267-9ee4-75f003d6e72f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The device PID</li>



<li>The receiver(s) name and PID</li>
</ul>



<ol start="6" id="block-ce562e92-9afc-4c93-9cd1-daeb340983bb" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After the PID is successfully registered, you can begin streaming.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-04fefd7a-8c28-4cf0-aeb1-551f825be107"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-Streaming.png" alt="TVU Anywhere iPad Pro Streaming"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Pairing your device with a TVU receiver</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-369a0901-86c1-4679-84b1-84410c60d9fb"><strong>Pairing your device with a TVU receiver</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9dcaa6fa-f4d2-46a2-9b64-38f2019b7801">Email TVU Support at support@tvunetworks.com. TVU support will pair your TVU Anywhere app to the receiver receiving your stream.</p>



<p id="block-ddae8b5f-0cb6-4fd3-840e-09342fb4ee81">In addition, TVU Anywhere integrates with the TVU Command Center Token feature. Activating the Token feature allows an administrator to pair with a list of registered receivers using the Command Center user interface.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For more information about the Token feature, refer to &#8220;Appendix A of this Quick Start User Guide&#8221;TVU Token feature overview.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU Anywhere operational controls and functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8cc44576-1a22-4e83-bcde-a45f494c610d"><strong>TVU Anywhere operational controls and functions</strong></h2>



<p id="block-be3a9892-4f1d-4363-b1eb-c3d7d69cd2d7">After launching the TVU Anywhere app, the interface will display the following operational controls and functions.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Operational-controls-and-functions.png" alt="Operational controls and functions" class="wp-image-158764" style="width:513px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Operational-controls-and-functions.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Operational-controls-and-functions-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-be3a9892-4f1d-4363-b1eb-c3d7d69cd2d7"><strong>Select icon</strong> &#8211; Press the <strong>Select</strong> icon next to the battery indicator to open the Scan window and pair your device with a receiver.<br><strong>Folding menu</strong> (double arrows) &#8211; Press the double arrows “&gt;&gt;” folding menu to open the <strong>feature menu icons</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-ab28f3fd-83db-46f4-a505-3d37647ed68a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Home-screen.png" alt="feature bar" class="wp-image-158771" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Home-screen.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Home-screen-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>The feature icon selections are described as follows from left to right:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-primary-menu.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere primary feature menu" class="wp-image-158778" style="width:494px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-primary-menu.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-primary-menu-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Crop icon</strong> &#8211; Tap the Crop icon to select part of the video image.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-overlay-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere overlay icon" class="wp-image-158785" style="width:491px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-overlay-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-overlay-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Filmstrip icon</strong> &#8211; Tap the filmstrip icon to open the alternate source menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon.jpg" alt="filmstrip icon" class="wp-image-158792" style="width:481px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p>The <strong>Filmstrip</strong> source selections include Native camera captures, pictures, and external device pairing. Features include PIP, PBP, BGM, and BGM Blur:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Picture-in-Picture (PIP) icon</strong> &#8211; The PIP icon allows the user to transmit an overlay on top of their transmission.</li>



<li><strong>Picture-by-Picture (PBP) icon</strong> &#8211; The PIP icon allows users to transmit two pictures side-by-side.</li>



<li><strong>Background manager icon (BGM)</strong> &#8211; The BGM icon displays a subject with a full background.</li>



<li><strong>Background manager icon (BGM Blur)</strong> &#8211; The BGM icon displays a subject with a blurred background.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/alternate-source-menu.png" alt="alternate source menu" class="wp-image-158799" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/alternate-source-menu.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/alternate-source-menu-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Create Video Clip icon</strong> &#8211; Press the Clip icon to create and edit a video clip from recorded videos and photos.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-and-edit-video.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere create and edit video" class="wp-image-158806" style="width:490px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-and-edit-video.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-and-edit-video-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Upload icon</strong> &#8211; The Upload icon allows users to upload their video clips or pictures to a receiver.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-upload-a-video.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere upload a video" class="wp-image-158813" style="width:499px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-upload-a-video.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-upload-a-video-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Setting icon</strong> &#8211; Tap the Setting icon to open the Advanced menu operations such as Video, Audio, Record, MISC, About, and external device configuration and enablement options.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Advanced settings icon" class="wp-image-158820" style="width:499px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings.png" alt="advanced settings menu" class="wp-image-158827" style="width:504px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ul id="block-5bed4e6f-e819-4d19-8930-90ac6e33cefa" class="wp-block-list">
<li></li>
</ul>



<p><strong>VFB icon</strong> &#8211; The VFB icon allows the user to initiate a return video feedback from a local SDI or Live source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-VFB-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere VFB icon" class="wp-image-158834" style="width:514px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-VFB-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-VFB-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Screen Broadcast icon</strong> &#8211; Use the Screen Broadcast function to record everything on your screen, including notifications. Enable the Do Not Disturb function to prevent unexpected notifications.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Screen Broadcast icon" class="wp-image-158841" style="width:513px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Snapshot icon</strong>: The camera icon to add a native camera capture to your source menu. This feature allows you to capture an image in Live or Standby mode.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-snapshot-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere snapshot icon" class="wp-image-158848" style="width:526px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-snapshot-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-snapshot-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p>The right panel operational controls and features are described from bottom to top.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Right-panel-controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Right panel controls and functions" class="wp-image-158855" style="width:531px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Right-panel-controls-and-functions.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Right-panel-controls-and-functions-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Record button</strong> &#8211; The Record video function records in Live or Standby mode.<br><strong>Partyline icon</strong> &#8211; Press the Partyline icon to join or create a Party.<br><strong>Live button</strong> &#8211; Press the Stop Icon to Start and Stop the Live video function.<br><strong>Stream button</strong> &#8211; Use the Stream button to stream live.<br><strong>Front and rear facing camera icon</strong> &#8211; Press this icon to switch between front and rear camera perspectives.<br><strong>Stabilization</strong> &#8211; The stabilization feature allows users to capture video in standard, aggressive, or extreme environments.<br><strong>White balance (WB)</strong> &#8211; The WB feature allows a user to adjust the white balance of their video.<br><strong>Zoom</strong> &#8211; The Zoom feature allows a user to zoom into an image.<br><strong>Light</strong> &#8211; The Light feature allows a user to adjust the screen brightness in order to save power.<br><strong>Focus</strong> &#8211; To focus on a specific area of the screen, tap the area, and the camera will refocus in that area of the image.<br><strong>Beauty icon</strong> &#8211; Adjusts the lighting of an object. This feature also enhances a person’s image by reducing facial imperfections.<br><strong>Exposure</strong> &#8211; The Exposure feature allows a user to adjust the video exposure setting.<br><strong>Transmission</strong> &#8211; The Transmission feature allows users to adjust the delay and bitrate when live.<br><strong>Microphone</strong> &#8211; Select the desired mic ( embedded mic, earphone mic, or Bluetooth mic).</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Operating the TVU Anywhere app</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>New functions</strong></h2>



<ul id="block-7b127187-20f7-4a26-96bd-975322179b83" class="wp-block-list">
<li></li>
</ul>



<p id="block-60e75ff3-143e-44b7-a2b6-b5b3c92d15dd">The latest functions include:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Partyline (MacOS): displays a web-side participants list when screen share is highlighted. Supports Partyline stereo capture and playback.</li>



<li>Partyline (Android/iOS): Supports remote control speaker, recording in CBR mode, and Timelock with Command Center, and displays party name on top of the Party ID when joining a meeting.</li>



<li>Picture-in-Picture (PIP) with a preloaded picture as background.</li>



<li>Picture-in-Picture (PIP) with the back camera as background.</li>



<li>Two Picture-by-Picture PBP functions.</li>



<li>Two Background Manager options (BGM and BGM Blur.)</li>



<li>Support for DJI Drone (iOS based on DJI SDK v4.16.2) and DJI Drone (Android, based on DJI SDK v5.14.0).</li>



<li>Support for Center Stage with the new M1 iPad Pro.</li>



<li>Support for Accsoon M1 as an external video capture device for Android smartphones.</li>



<li>Support for Accsoon SeeMo/SeeMo Pro/SeeMo 4kp30 as external video capture devices (iOS/iPadOS only).</li>



<li>Streaming directly to social media platforms and other CDNs.</li>



<li>Using the TVU One as a streaming source.</li>



<li>The option to rename local files when uploading.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ea4e1c64-2e63-4f90-8569-acb3df16c2f3"><strong>Choose your registered receiver</strong></h2>



<p id="block-692c61f7-9caf-4d47-a0d6-cf3b3d3b5b49">Complete the following steps to choose a registered receiver:</p>



<ol id="block-358648fe-4a69-46d7-9434-a929381459e6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Launch the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>Select</strong> <strong>receiver or scan to pair</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select the paired receiver from the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-038d3aef-f5af-4e62-b928-c93fa6cec260"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - Select Receiver or Scan to pair" class="wp-image-158862" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-f4ded2cd-243d-4506-83a0-8dd6c05c2d07" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you did not select a receiver from the drop-down list, the <strong>Scan</strong> screen will automatically display.</li>



<li>Enter any “optional” information and press <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Scan-screen-user-info.jpg" alt="Scan screen user info" class="wp-image-158869" style="width:513px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Scan-screen-user-info.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Scan-screen-user-info-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A second <strong>Scan</strong> screen will display. Continue with “Token pairing.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/scan-screen.jpg" alt="scan screen" class="wp-image-158876" style="width:518px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/scan-screen.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/scan-screen-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Token pairing</strong></h2>



<p>To <strong>Scan</strong> or <strong>Enter</strong> a <strong>Token code</strong> to pair your smartphone with a receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To <strong>Enter</strong> a <strong>Token code</strong>, press the “<strong>123</strong>” icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/scan-screen.jpg" alt="scan screen" class="wp-image-158876" style="width:531px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/scan-screen.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/scan-screen-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>Token code</strong> and press <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="467" height="216" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Token-code-pairing.jpg" alt="Token code pairing" class="wp-image-158883" style="width:538px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Token-code-pairing.jpg 467w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Token-code-pairing-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 467px) 100vw, 467px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To manually scan a Token code, press the <strong>Scan</strong> icon and allow the smartphone to scan the <strong>Token QR code</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-5e3701ab-1130-4a20-ba18-1f63b7c69c89"><strong>Selecting and playing recorded video into the stream</strong></h2>



<p id="block-2dbf088d-84ad-4869-82c0-182a8139cfbc">Below the menu bar is a grid of 6 boxes. Each box is a placeholder for a selected photo or video which can be added to the live stream.</p>



<p id="block-9463e295-a9b6-407e-8a62-88b50af2120f">To add a video for live playout:</p>



<ol id="block-1ee9a491-0580-43b6-b438-1b3e04a46e43" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>double arrows</strong> to open the feature bar.</li>



<li>Press the<strong> Filmstrip</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-560449c1-f7fd-4f06-8672-c91cbca32308"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon.jpg" alt="filmstrip icon" class="wp-image-158792" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-4aae50e4-97b8-453f-857e-37827bb4dd1d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Plus (+)</strong> icon and select<strong> Video</strong> from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9b4e10be-698c-405d-96df-31ebdb9d7045"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/film-icon.png" alt="activating a video selection" class="wp-image-158890" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/film-icon.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/film-icon-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-ed7b92ec-2684-4961-941a-9cb85725e558">The saved video menu opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-e9806229-640e-4707-a9c8-86fa81727736"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Making-a-video-selection-1024x473.jpg" alt="Making a video selection" class="wp-image-158897" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Making-a-video-selection-1024x473.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Making-a-video-selection-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Making-a-video-selection-768x355.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Making-a-video-selection-1536x710.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Making-a-video-selection.jpg 1792w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-2c0af89e-99f4-457b-b7e6-9a928c3ee57d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your selection and press <strong>Done</strong> or the <strong>Back</strong> button to make another selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6d15ce27-ac30-4568-a94d-8fa279c7ed0b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/video-selected-preview-mode.jpg" alt="video selected preview mode" class="wp-image-158904" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/video-selected-preview-mode.jpg 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/video-selected-preview-mode-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-1bd66ef4-c5df-4a27-a647-751e82880e08" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Play a video, tap the video thumbnail once, and it will play into the live stream. At the end of the clip, it will return to the camera feed.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Playing a video will cancel the PIP or PBP setting and the stream will return to the last used primary camera.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-da4bf3b5-75ef-4fdc-ac08-9e418075b30e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="111" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/BGM-Blur.png" alt="Playing a video (BGM) blur" class="wp-image-158911" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-35503f50-fa35-4092-a124-cc6a063f406f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To delete a preselected video, press and hold one of the boxes that contain a video thumbnail. A red delete bar will appear.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-92d30f11-d138-465c-8428-9403eaed76bf"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="111" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/delete-video.png" alt="deleting a video" class="wp-image-158918" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-356bc4a3-1c3d-4cab-97c8-f1d3569fb018"><strong>Standby status indicator</strong></h2>



<p id="block-56391e18-d55e-4175-b0f4-28c8eb63c7f6">After you have selected your receiver, the status indicator in the top left corner of the screen displays “<strong>STANDBY</strong>” until you go live with the receiver.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-31b96e63-4d50-4354-b554-fee6cb1f849f"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-STANDBY-mode-2-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - STANDBY mode 2" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-5a0e2b95-1aeb-402a-923c-40feb6543125"><strong>Going Live with a receiver</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ddd58905-f715-465c-9b2c-2072dffd291a">To take your video live with a receiver, press the red <strong>Live</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-125e7627-a735-446c-97a0-7a6d7c189372"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Go-LIVE-button-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere go LIVE button" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8cf8720f-b5dd-4d96-80e8-0e2ee2abb0e4"><strong>Live and Offline status indicators</strong></h2>



<p id="block-58a9c023-3212-4923-8621-228f0d79103d">When you go live with the receiver, the status indicator changes to “<strong>LIVE</strong>” and displays the receiver you are transmitting to. In addition, the live streaming time and the transmission rate displays at the top-left of the screen. If the status indicator reads <strong>OFFLINE</strong>, TVU Anywhere is not paired with a TVU receiver, or the TVU receiver is not powered on, and you cannot transmit live video.</p>



<p id="block-7f177cbe-c727-48b1-851e-a15a603d5eb9">The “<strong>LIVE</strong>” status indicator displays in the top left corner of the app when the Live transmission begins, as shown in the following graphic.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-152d8029-e13f-48f5-9f65-5b4bbc6f0ada"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-OFFLINE-indicator-2-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere “OFFLINE” transmission status indicator" class="wp-image-93756" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-OFFLINE-indicator-2-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-OFFLINE-indicator-2-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-OFFLINE-indicator-2-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-OFFLINE-indicator-2.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-816bf81b-8787-4f29-a156-1de2a330d84a"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Live-indicator-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere “LIVE” transmission status indicator" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-eade4dfa-5c14-4991-9bf4-e9eef8786de3"><strong>Record button</strong></h2>



<p id="block-786d5920-421a-4968-9b41-3852a90e0774">The Record video function can record in Live or Standby mode.</p>



<p id="block-4eb269a2-3ae2-476d-82e0-2adf3d8ba3bf">To record in live or Standby mode, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-8eb77064-e23a-42d1-873a-f5c8568267d1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the green <strong>Rec </strong>button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-73091be1-4739-433a-af53-687be6b122cb"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-1-1024x473.jpg" alt="record button" class="wp-image-158925" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-1-1024x473.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-1-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-1-768x355.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-1.jpg 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p id="block-5d1505fc-f254-4ba6-b52e-65da34ccbe88">When you are recording, the Rec button turns to a green square, and a counter starts at the top left of the screen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-c9fdbef3-6642-4710-ac0c-c2e5eb627459"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-2a-1024x473.jpg" alt="recording" class="wp-image-158932" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-2a-1024x473.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-2a-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-2a-768x355.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-2a.jpg 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-e19a80e1-5c11-40b7-84e8-3bbd364ebd0d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the recording, press the<strong> green square</strong>. Your recording is saved to your smart device.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ac712797-d244-4a66-8cfc-07f80720925a"><strong>Reverse facing camera feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-02807067-d5d7-4c3b-9e68-6334f68a3f13">This feature allows a user to switch between front and rear camera perspectives.</p>



<p id="block-5c3eb539-6f8a-4abd-82f4-80fe5ed35f2f">To use the reverse-facing camera feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-3d25d5f3-7ede-4e21-ae77-aaecdea1c728" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>reverse camera</strong> icon.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>reverse camera</strong> icon again to return your camera to front-facing mode.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e1fb90b1-269a-4356-a883-c40abbf24412"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-reverse-screen.jpg" alt="reverse camera icon" class="wp-image-158939" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-reverse-screen.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-reverse-screen-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-10fac26e-b11d-49b5-9495-07586bd95f9d"><strong>Stream feature</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Stream feature is a paid feature and is available to users that sign in using their active TVU Producer account.</p>



<p id="block-8320d264-cae5-4ab1-abec-47b360777545">The Stream feature allows users to:</p>



<ul id="block-e5037974-927f-47f6-9816-640482803d9a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Live stream an entire live Partyline video to Social Media platforms and other CDNs.</li>



<li>Use TVU Anywhere as a streaming source.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-5e996637-4a5d-4456-9ff9-09d2a9dcd063">To stream live video, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-9048c7f6-6518-4c54-b317-7e0986443927" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Stream</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-dde2daa3-5d2d-41d1-9a1b-e99f1d737363"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Stream-icon-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - Stream icon" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-557d46ac-9b0b-4e99-ae6b-e33484cd882a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Sign in using your TVU credentials.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e9a3608b-4066-4ed3-b29f-4a5405af0b92"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Partyline-Sign-in.png" alt="Partyline - Sign in" class="wp-image-158946" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Partyline-Sign-in.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Partyline-Sign-in-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-530d1ebd-df5c-4b60-8e23-2d8cd1344cbb" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Follow the prompts to stream live.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-944440a8-c251-45c2-9905-a39a19c630c5"><strong>Partyline capability feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-8d996ef3-b3ab-463f-8e49-408b9d926801">The Producer Partyline capability feature integrates with TVU Anywhere App version 9.0.42 and above. Partyline provides video conferencing capabilities between multiple or remote participants in a live production.</p>



<p id="block-5b36287b-f454-4742-b7fa-2e52d349db3f">A production initiator sends the TVU Anywhere app user a web link in the field to pair their device to the Partyline session. The Participants can see a return feed on the main screen indicating what is being broadcast.</p>



<p>Partyline Support:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Join a party using a Party ID or create a party and live</li>



<li>stream the entire party video to Social Media platforms</li>



<li>and other CDNs.</li>



<li>Join a party by inputting the party ID.</li>



<li>Active TVU Voice (VoIP) with Partyline when the app is</li>



<li>running in the background.</li>



<li>Prompt allows users to re-enter a Partyline session if</li>



<li>exited unintentionally.</li>



<li>Global control and Audio matrix.</li>



<li>Stereo capture and playback.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-563864fb-e275-458a-ab87-246e3036a3a2">The Partyline feature allows users to join or create a Partyline session.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1c2da62f-c176-4ac5-8ba5-9ae9221faaed"><strong>Create a Party</strong></h2>



<p id="block-33324851-4f68-4992-a952-d6fc98cd200d">To start a party:</p>



<ol id="block-9a42e057-c500-471d-82b9-4b9a5d6826e1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Partyline</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-5a849330-45ab-4320-9704-b5489b83ad0a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - Join or Start a Party icon" class="wp-image-158954" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-675e4dc4-55a5-456e-80a5-e98c78d91390" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Create New Party</strong> button and log in to Partyline with your user credentials.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-37b688ad-b2e3-4041-8a17-d480cf3a5dac"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-join-or-create-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Partyline feature join or create" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-a1384a4f-36a7-49a6-aae7-53feb3e77e0c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Invite</strong> link to copy the code. Send participants the code to join.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b0183df1-729c-4377-ba83-6a82e6e72c20"><strong>Join a Party</strong></h2>



<p id="block-8e566550-c879-4e33-bc77-9d4a6501d3e3">To join a Party:</p>



<ol id="block-de1cdb42-20b3-4f45-8ca5-20f81bfb80dd" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the TVU Anywhere app and press the <strong>Partyline</strong> icon.</li>



<li><strong>Copy</strong> and paste the Partyline <strong>URL</strong> sent by the host and press <strong>Join</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-6c03878c-8aca-4acc-a0f8-0ff02a87d949"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-Join-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Partyline feature - Join" style="aspect-ratio:2.160337552742616;width:482px;height:auto"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-c922d65f-af05-4548-9807-102526ac06c6"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Join Live party Participant view" style="aspect-ratio:2.160337552742616;width:481px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Anywhere Partyline session example.</strong></h5>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding overlay sources</strong></h2>



<p>The Add overlay sources icon allows users to add up to six sources. User’s can add URL, HTML streams, and the phone’s GPS information.<br>To add overlay sources:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>overlay source</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-overlay-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere overlay icon" class="wp-image-158785" style="width:503px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-overlay-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-overlay-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Plus “+” in one of the six preview blocks.</li>



<li>Choose a URL, HTML format or GPS from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/add-new-source-menu.png" alt="add new source menu" class="wp-image-158961" style="width:506px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/add-new-source-menu.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/add-new-source-menu-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Configure your selected source in the pop-up screen using one of the following <strong>URL Source</strong>, <strong>HTML source</strong>, or <strong>GPS information</strong> methods.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>URL source</strong></h2>



<p>To configure a URL source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Name</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>URL</strong>.</li>



<li>Enable<strong> Web interaction</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Z order</strong>.</li>



<li>Adjust the <strong>Frame Rate</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the View Mode “<strong>&gt;</strong>” to select <strong>Preview</strong> or <strong>Preview and Live</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Save</strong> in the top banner.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/URL-source-config.png" alt="URL source config" class="wp-image-158968" style="width:519px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/URL-source-config.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/URL-source-config-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>HTML source</strong></h2>



<p>To configure a HTML source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Name</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the “&gt;” to enter or paste the <strong>Input HTML</strong> source code</li>



<li>Enable<strong> Web interaction</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Z order</strong>.</li>



<li>Adjust the <strong>Frame Rate</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the View Mode “<strong>&gt;</strong>” to select <strong>Preview</strong> or <strong>Preview and Live</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Save</strong> in the top banner.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/HTML-source-config.png" alt="HTML source config" class="wp-image-158975" style="width:519px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/HTML-source-config.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/HTML-source-config-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>GPS information</strong></h2>



<p>To configure the phone&#8217;s GPS information:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Name</strong>.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Coordinates</strong>.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Speed</strong> (This will impact the devices’ energy).</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Altitude</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Save</strong> in the top banner.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/GPS-source-config.png" alt="GPS source config" class="wp-image-158982" style="width:519px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/GPS-source-config.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/GPS-source-config-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6b0287cc-9846-440d-b0c9-c9c1bb409ca6"><strong>Using the dual-camera feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-612998a9-cd95-4e9a-a207-0ed5a8f18c99">The TVU Anywhere Dual camera feature is enabled when using the Picture-by-Picture (PBP) or Picture-in-Picture (PIP), and two Background manager (BGM) modes. These modes allow simultaneous use of the front and rear-facing cameras.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Picture-in-Picture (PIP) with a preloaded picture as background.</li>



<li>Picture-in-Picture (PIP) with the back camera as background.</li>



<li>Two Picture-by-Picture PBP functions.</li>



<li>Two Background Manager options (BGM and BGM Blur.)</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-bfc15c45-bf6d-48b5-91fe-d046a4d8656f">Dual Camera is supported on the following Apple devices: iPhone XS, XR, XS Max, 11, 11 Pro, 11 Pro Max, ,13, 14/14 Plus/14 Pro/14 Pro Max, 15, 15 Pro, 15 Pro Max. 16, 16 Plus, 16 Pro, 16 Pro Max, and iPad Pro 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th generations and M4.</p>



<p id="block-3e1afba4-63e2-4c8c-a570-6c96dc28caea">To use this feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-630690d2-7a1f-47bb-87c0-84f6a4b243ef" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>double arrows</strong> to open the feature bar.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>Filmstrip</strong> icon to open the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c2ec1553-385c-4b09-9fb6-bd831dc1799a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon.jpg" alt="filmstrip icon" class="wp-image-158792" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-369b1f1e-932e-4b22-87ce-e33942bf2dff" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Place your iPhone in a position to capture the front and rear-facing images.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>PBP</strong> icon for side-by-side Picture-by-Picture, or the <strong>PIP</strong> icon to overlay video from the front camera onto the back camera video.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-c70dc7dd-18e6-47f7-978b-0e61d55a2926"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Dual-Camera-2-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Dual Camera PBP example" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The PBP or PIP icons display green when active.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-396e2d5b-01e5-44e9-a1c2-665ca7ae7359"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Dual-Camera-1-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Dual Camera PBP" style="aspect-ratio:2.160337552742616;width:513px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>BGM</strong> (Blur) icon to blur the background image.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="111" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/BGM-Blur.png" alt="Playing a video (BGM) blur" class="wp-image-158911" style="width:503px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click away from the menu to return to the main screen.</li>



<li>To move the placement of the PIP image, press and hold the PIP video and drag it to a new position.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Create Video Clip feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Create Video Clip feature allows users to select and edit local photos and videos to stream live.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Create Video Clip</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-and-edit-video.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere create and edit video" class="wp-image-158806" style="width:514px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-and-edit-video.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-and-edit-video-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Create Video Clip</strong> window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-video-clip-window.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere create video clip window" class="wp-image-159012" style="width:516px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-video-clip-window.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-video-clip-window-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Plus</strong> icon to select local photos or video. You will be prompted to allow access to your photo library. In settings, select an access level.</li>



<li>Press <strong>Edit selected photos</strong>, then press <strong>Show selected</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/photos-selected-2.png" alt="photo selected" class="wp-image-159005" style="width:533px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/photos-selected-2.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/photos-selected-2-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-30ac8e57-f810-4a05-be82-01067282b554"><strong>Upload feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-6657896d-f76b-49b2-8677-6e4ee1b6ac98">You can upload your recorded videos and pictures to a receiver using the Upload feature.</p>



<p id="block-8f57795c-77e1-479e-b212-e86911d6d5af">To upload your content to a receiver, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-36954c47-397c-4a68-9764-2893368e269e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Upload</strong> icon to open the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-39fef9bf-fc7b-49de-8f42-9f701e3de117"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-upload-a-video.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere upload a video" class="wp-image-158813" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-upload-a-video.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-upload-a-video-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-0b467bf9-5a6b-4d11-8960-830d3d16ab9a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Upload screen opens. Press the <strong>Plus (+)</strong> icon and select <strong>Album</strong> to upload your video clips or pictures to the paired receiver.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a5cfdb13-48c5-48c4-ae5b-20d59ec1bee6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Uploads.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Uploads" class="wp-image-158990" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Uploads.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Uploads-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-6e7ef490-8b2b-4980-99dd-d6447207bb54" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-400fcce4-415e-4bbd-8570-91280f45b048"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Make-an-upload-selection.png" alt="Make an upload selection" class="wp-image-158998" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Make-an-upload-selection.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Make-an-upload-selection-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-c968fa1a-392a-41b3-a60a-e97617e4ce40" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Preview window, press the<strong> Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-61f46690-faa1-4943-bedc-15bb0bca1bb8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Upload-preview.png" alt="upload preview" class="wp-image-159020" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Upload-preview.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Upload-preview-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-15d30f98-fcdd-4f8f-9272-9890a031ae01" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Destination</strong> Type. To rename your file, press the <strong>File Name</strong> field.</li>



<li>To upload your video clips or pictures to the paired receiver, press <strong>Upload</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-5dd5c77e-aac0-4584-9fe7-cc2fcc2ca1db"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Rename-feature-and-upload-to-receiver-or-Producer-screen.png" alt="Rename feature and upload to receiver  or Producer screen" class="wp-image-159027" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Rename-feature-and-upload-to-receiver-or-Producer-screen.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Rename-feature-and-upload-to-receiver-or-Producer-screen-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a4f4fd72-05f9-4800-aa56-1ca6df0ae6ab"><strong>Advanced features</strong></h2>



<p id="block-4248cad5-1c30-42bb-b53d-b278ee1fc0d3">The Setting icon opens the Settings menu, where you can access Video, Audio, Record, MISC, About, and external device configuration and enablement options.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p id="block-4248cad5-1c30-42bb-b53d-b278ee1fc0d3">Refer to “Advanced settings” for Advanced feature use and controls.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> icon to open the Setting menu.</li>
</ol>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-bd468244-0006-4312-950f-dc24f6a1a431"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Advanced settings icon" class="wp-image-158820" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> menu will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings.png" alt="advanced settings menu" class="wp-image-158827" style="width:514px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-dea8891e-1bbf-48b2-a8b2-37e1c8eb6a6b"><strong>Return Video Feedback (VFB)</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ce52fb7c-b30d-4e0b-a337-948d1b0dd90f">The VFB icon allows the users to initiate a return video feedback from a local SDI or Live source. The VFB feature allows the option to hide the local video preview when VFB takes the full screen.</p>



<p id="block-ce52fb7c-b30d-4e0b-a337-948d1b0dd90f">To use this feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-3bff0f9d-fef4-40de-a91a-8330fde5c577" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>VFB</strong> icon to open the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-69b631f5-d718-4d4c-acd8-0cccd1bea029"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-VFB-function-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere VFB function" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-662803d0-ed93-4404-9c33-0926730b34b2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the desired output and source from the pop-up menu, then press <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-db849d37-a4c6-4dbd-9a65-be5bae2e3561"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Start-Live-VFB-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - Start Live VFB" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-3d1900e3-460e-419b-b027-5f064eba59f6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>VFB</strong> icon in the function bar to stop the live transmission, then press the red <strong>Stop</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7ea36af8-485f-424e-9cb4-d2d95ceef1ba"><strong>Screen Broadcast feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-257ee312-77fe-4186-9515-ad4d27b1323b">Use the Screen Broadcast function to record everything on your screen, including notifications.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>To prevent unexpected notifications during the screen broadcast, enable the “<strong>Do Not Disturb</strong>” function in the TVU Anywhere Control Center interface.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="225" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Control-center.jpg" alt="control center" class="wp-image-159038" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Control-center.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Control-center-300x156.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p id="block-b388964b-ed41-4d62-870d-f1665a966796">To use the Screen Broadcast feature:</p>



<ol id="block-17b73623-1df9-4836-801e-d9f76de84ecd" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Screen Broadcast</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-6a694dc4-ac33-43e7-82f4-2f558995bbfd"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Screen Broadcast icon" class="wp-image-158841" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-4ecb1efb-5134-4a99-8e48-7bf53f134dc8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Start Broadcast</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-1629b76c-4989-42ec-ad19-215561f51c80"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Screen-Broadcast-icon.png" alt="start screen broadcast  " class="wp-image-159045" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Screen-Broadcast-icon.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Screen-Broadcast-icon-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-67573c7c-2474-4f4f-94af-987915c94934"><strong>Snapshot feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-c08321b2-8471-4964-9ddb-709388891b9d">Use the camera icon to add a native camera capture to your source menu. This feature allows you to capture an image in Live or Standby mode.</p>



<p id="block-e2c0228c-cac6-4753-a0b8-a704ee062900">To use the Snapshot feature:</p>



<ol id="block-46e5e661-9ca4-4c94-8cd4-f11956137ece" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Snapshot</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-91dd8c57-c5cb-48a6-a03b-f454240ba6bd"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-snapshot-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere snapshot icon" class="wp-image-158848" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-snapshot-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-snapshot-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-45450bf2-f1b2-4a96-8f59-701fe2741a81" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The snapshot preview temporarily displays. Press the <strong>Snapshot</strong> icon again to replace the image if needed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-d06b3ea1-a1f7-459f-87e2-01ecebe44410"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Snapshot-preview-feature.jpg" alt="snapshot preview" class="wp-image-159053" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Snapshot-preview-feature.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Snapshot-preview-feature-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Snapshot-preview-feature-768x355.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-67c5e989-161e-4c68-aaf9-a13925fb844b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Filmstrip</strong> icon. Your image is displayed in the Native Camera source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-1128a52c-f011-427e-9928-2f3c6b4332f3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Native-camera-preview.png" alt="Native camera preview" class="wp-image-159060" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Native-camera-preview.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Native-camera-preview-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f7cdc589-d3bb-4a06-a3c6-f2f2beab9888"><strong>Flash feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-7c059d80-a70d-40fd-a41d-4466626b5b5f">The flash feature turns on the flash for extra lighting when needed. </p>



<p id="block-7c059d80-a70d-40fd-a41d-4466626b5b5f">To use the flash feature:</p>



<ol id="block-7c63fe5f-43df-4a62-a7bf-df89b0a8852a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To turn on the flash, press the <strong>flash </strong>icon.</li>



<li>To turn the flash function off, press the <strong>flash</strong> icon again.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9e2aaf64-be1e-4379-93fe-5f072d01a394"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Flash-icon.jpg" alt="flash icon" class="wp-image-159068" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Flash-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Flash-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Stabilization feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Stabilization feature allows users to record video in standard mode or in aggressive or extreme environments.</p>



<p>To use the Stabilization feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Stabilization</strong> in the vertical sidebar.</li>



<li>Select your appropriate option.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="370" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stabilization-feature.png" alt="Stabilization feature" class="wp-image-159075" style="width:521px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stabilization-feature.png 800w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stabilization-feature-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stabilization-feature-768x355.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0df2654d-85ef-49e9-b8d4-4c6e729a5a0f"><strong>White balance (WB) feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-4e2cef25-9d94-49cd-8be7-18b451c5d461">The WB feature allows a user to adjust the white balance of an image automatically or manually. <strong>Auto</strong> is the default setting. To switch to the <strong>Manual</strong> setting, tap <strong>Auto</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WB-feature-Auto.png" alt="WB feature Auto" class="wp-image-159082" style="width:529px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WB-feature-Auto.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WB-feature-Auto-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<p id="block-147f546c-0d23-4a92-b99a-8bca67c908e3">To manually adjust the WB:</p>



<ol id="block-aeee8907-68fd-410d-8fe1-27899300eba6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>WB</strong> in the vertical sidebar.</li>



<li>Use the adjustment bars to correct the white balance.</li>



<li>To reset the white balance, press<strong> Reset</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-65d96857-7811-4804-a52f-c75ec6832abb"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WB-feature-manual.png" alt="WB feature manual" class="wp-image-159089" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WB-feature-manual.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WB-feature-manual-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-5ec93423-1b87-449d-88ef-6f9fe8e766eb"><strong>Zoom feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-207d4b07-6aed-4dba-9b6d-35d12b938d81">The Zoom feature allows a user to zoom into an image.</p>



<p id="block-2558fd2c-9753-4163-ae89-a1b2151f0a9d">To use the Zoom feature:</p>



<ol id="block-3b22a131-b150-41c8-888e-bbf074004487" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Zoom</strong> in the vertical sidebar.</li>



<li>Use the adjustment bar to magnify your image.</li>



<li>To reset the magnification, press <strong>Reset</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-94104ee2-661c-46b5-84b6-112ef3d2d9b4"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Zoom-feature.png" alt="Zoom feature" class="wp-image-159097" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Zoom-feature.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Zoom-feature-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3961ede0-6264-4dc5-a48f-f68de5608621"><strong>Light (Brightness) feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-2fb0e7dc-8a8c-41b4-b386-602fa4e84bc2">The Light feature allows a user to adjust the brightness of the overall image.</p>



<p id="block-a97dd10b-27be-448c-ae0d-a4a546d57b25">To adjust the brightness:</p>



<ol id="block-8da82da0-1bc0-4191-9140-28a4ceba36ba" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Light </strong>in the vertical sidebar.</li>



<li>Use the adjustment bars to adjust the brightness.</li>



<li>To reset the brightness, press <strong>Reset</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-d188a2f1-e700-421f-b9a2-5e425dbf6a7f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Light-feature.png" alt="light feature" class="wp-image-159104" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Light-feature.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Light-feature-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Focus feature</strong></h2>



<p>To focus on a specific area of the screen, tap the area, and the camera will refocus in that area of the image.</p>



<p>To use the Focus feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Focus </strong>in the vertical sidebar. This feature is set to <strong>Auto</strong> by default.</li>



<li>Tap the area on the screen that you want the camera to focus on.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Focus-feature-Auto.jpg" alt="auto focus" class="wp-image-159111" style="width:504px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Focus-feature-Auto.jpg 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Focus-feature-Auto-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Auto</strong> to change to the <strong>Manual</strong> mode. This mode will allow you to adjust the focus manually.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Focus-feature-Manual.jpg" alt="manual focus" class="wp-image-159118" style="width:508px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Focus-feature-Manual.jpg 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Focus-feature-Manual-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-48d6d7fa-ad75-45e8-bdd8-02f5ad6c1132"><strong>Beauty feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-eeded6a7-550f-475c-af42-8cd90b2c7d7f">The Beauty feature adjusts and applies a softened filter to the subject. This feature also enhances a person’s image by reducing facial imperfections.</p>



<p id="block-08390a25-e881-4cd1-b2fe-2857e53c75eb">The Beauty feature applies to 720P, 480P and 1080P30 settings.</p>



<p id="block-babe1163-8fee-4489-93ad-d984d2beed2c">To use the Beauty feature:</p>



<ol id="block-67b0e9b5-df99-42ff-8cab-12f86fca3197" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Beauty</strong> in the vertical sidebar.</li>



<li>To adjust the enhancement level, move the bar up to enhance the subject.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-ebee2f91-0b1a-4b8c-9364-e0ee6f5b5157"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Beauty-feature.png" alt="beauty feature" class="wp-image-159126" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Beauty-feature.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Beauty-feature-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-4f73f8a6-a589-4913-b5f8-a16d5c6182b9"><strong>Exposure feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9c45d973-9599-4cbf-993e-3f5464c85be2">The Exposure feature allows a user to adjust the exposure setting for the content. This feature is set to Auto by default.</p>



<p id="block-ecd9092f-249d-437e-bee5-618967c066f3">To adjust the exposure:</p>



<ol id="block-d5b72d81-f5b3-4709-b8b6-84194cf5fbc9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Exposure</strong> in the vertical sidebar.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Auto</strong> to display the <strong>Manual</strong> setting. Use the adjustment bar to adjust the exposure setting.</li>



<li>To reset the exposure setting, press <strong>Reset</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/exposure-feature.png" alt="auto exposure" class="wp-image-159140" style="width:511px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/exposure-feature.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/exposure-feature-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8ec50996-0e2a-4d59-a3b2-986f9458de8f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/exposure-feature-manual.jpg" alt="exposure feature manual" class="wp-image-159133" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/exposure-feature-manual.jpg 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/exposure-feature-manual-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transmission feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Trannsmission feature allows users to adjust the bitrate and delay during a live transmission.</p>



<p>To use the Transmission feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the transmission is Live, press <strong>Transmission</strong> in the vertical sidebar. The setting bar displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Transmission-feature.jpg" alt="Transmission feature" class="wp-image-159148" style="width:519px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Transmission-feature.jpg 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Transmission-feature-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Adjust the <strong>Delay</strong> and <strong>Bitrate</strong> sliders.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Reset</strong> to return to the original settings.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f53dc2dc-f435-4f4f-8e5a-17a9f6487258"><strong>MIC feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-79ae4d21-8c79-439d-83fc-4124238123ba">The MIC feature allows for the manual selection of the source microphone.</p>



<p id="block-3b613f2b-f985-4b6e-9e67-91f008f0d13b">To use the MIC feature:</p>



<ol id="block-fbcdb7bf-29d5-43cd-a93f-2f461304b170" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>MIC </strong>in the vertical sidebar. The MIC setting bar displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-771810be-d847-40a2-a389-86e74072631c"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/MIC-feature.png" alt="MIC feature" class="wp-image-159155" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/MIC-feature.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/MIC-feature-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-a0ea5423-0b3e-45a0-8d8e-f9908a414e12" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the MIC type, <strong>Exterior</strong>, <strong>Built-in</strong>, or <strong>Bluetooth</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	</div>

<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-65feaec1-8c0a-451f-a1c7-ffc65a9534c8"><strong>Advanced settings</strong></h2>



<p id="block-44d6075d-d2f9-4181-bb07-9b2c8a3d283c">This section explains TVU Anywhere advanced features in the Setting menu and how to use them.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ad9ec21c-0c69-4114-b52b-cf8af3661e21"><strong>Advanced features</strong></h2>



<p>Settings information about your device, video, audio, recording, NTP, IS+, external devices, and DJI can be accessed from the Setting menu.</p>



<p>It is recommended that you review your settings and enable the features you would like to use by moving the slider to the right until it turns green.</p>



<p>To access the Setting menu:</p>



<ol id="block-7d60cd66-9e37-470a-89fb-adccd710c727" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Setting</strong> icon in the feature bar.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cf9eb2b1-d9d6-4601-a3d6-845089877657"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Advanced settings icon" class="wp-image-158820" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-96635ac5-1fed-4e99-8095-11ba14711b68">To set the resolution and frame rate for your transmission:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Video panel, set the <strong>Resolution</strong> and <strong>Frame Rate</strong> that is optimal for the transmission.</li>



<li>Enable or disable any other video related features for the transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-0a02347d-eec7-4399-b494-124c97823c21"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings.png" alt="advanced settings menu" class="wp-image-158827" style="width:536px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Swipe the menu upward to access the Audio, Record, and MISC settings.</li>



<li>To use the Partyline feature, enable the appropriate mic features in the <strong>Audio</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>This audio option allows users to use audio capturing for live transmission to a receiver. It can capture only the phone camera, and also mix the IFB (TVU Voice) audio in the capture, or audio that comes from Partyline if Partyline is enabled.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Record panel enable the appropriate features.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>When enabling metadata, it adds metadata information to the recorded videos. It can be helpful for TVU Search or other purposes that require identifying what the video is about.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the MISC panel, enable the appropriate features.</li>



<li>The Theme setting is automatically set to the theme you have chosen. To change Themes, disable the default setting and follow the prompts.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Setting-Audio-Record-and-MISC-473x1024.png" alt="Advanced setting screen - Audio, Record, and MISC panels" class="wp-image-93315" style="width:355px;height:768px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Setting-Audio-Record-and-MISC-473x1024.png 473w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Setting-Audio-Record-and-MISC-139x300.png 139w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Setting-Audio-Record-and-MISC.png 485w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Extrnal Devices panel, enable the appropriate settings. Refer to the specific External device procedures for setting up your device.</li>



<li>The About panel provides your device, PID, and UUID information. tap the User Guide link to display an overview of the DJI and professional camera support you can use with TVU Anywhere.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Setting-External-Devices-and-About-473x1024.png" alt="Advanced setting screen - External Devices and About panels" class="wp-image-93322" style="width:355px;height:768px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Setting-External-Devices-and-About-473x1024.png 473w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Setting-External-Devices-and-About-139x300.png 139w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Setting-External-Devices-and-About.png 485w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-aa42973d-e1c6-4a28-9394-d1be23a04713"><strong>Creating a hotspot connection to a TVU Pack</strong></h2>



<p id="block-3d5f0076-3da1-42c3-b854-94c5a4be78fb">Complete the following steps to create a hotspot connection to a TVU Pack using the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<ol id="block-3344fcdc-d60d-4100-b7f8-d9b7ef5593d9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Launch the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li>Tap the TVU One screen and swipe to the left until you see the QR Code screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-dba78c40-395e-43d7-a29a-72b32c3d7b71"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-One-QR-code-1024x853.png" alt="TVU One QR code" style="width:512px;height:427px"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-983eba0c-e11b-428b-a165-6d4a8d59817f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Scan </strong>icon in the TVU Anywhere app. Orient the QR code inside the app&#8217;s crop marks and press the<strong> Scan</strong> icon again.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-89f7eca7-8afa-48aa-a138-7612b763faec"><strong>Apple Center Stage integration</strong></h2>



<p id="block-96b2c4ba-6357-4a1c-aa66-66acb1057559">This feature allows operator-less Live Video Production with Apple Center Stage.</p>



<p id="block-3c0df687-2a2d-42ed-827c-4ea8f0ec7455">Users can Live stream from their iPad Pro using the built-in hardware and bring quality to a mobile broadcast or live video production.</p>



<p id="block-6ded57f8-d54d-4f27-b4d0-6bc31e857bd1">TVU Anywhere broadcasting app enhances iPad live streams with integrated AI-based technology that automatically recognizes and tracks the subject as he or she moves.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-cd284e93-ef4a-468c-a438-3645544fffd7"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-Streaming.png" alt="TVU Anywhere iPad Pro Streaming"/></figure>



<p id="block-fb4dcded-dea2-492f-9577-861139bd75ce">The Apple Center Stage feature for the iPad Pro with M1 chip, integrated within TVU Anywhere via API, frees on-screen subjects from the constraints of remaining in a fixed position, greatly improving the professionalism of a single-person live video production.</p>



<p id="block-593877db-871c-4e2f-b33d-e72d5617215f">The technology also reacts if an additional subject enters the shot (such as an interviewee) by automatically zooming out to capture the additional subjects and zooming back in again when the interview is completed. No external controls are required to operate Center Stage in TVU Anywhere.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-eaf9e54a-177b-4f87-99e3-6054115a37ad"><strong>TVU Anywhere DJI integration</strong></h2>



<p id="block-92bb9223-59c7-4be0-ab93-ddf51c59ae29">This section describes additional TVU Anywhere applications, including:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enabling TVU Anywhere for use with DJI drones.</li>



<li>Using the TVU Token feature.</li>



<li>Pairing the TVU Anywhere app with a registered receiver using the TVU One QR code menu</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Enabling TVU Anywhere for use with supported DJI drones</strong></h2>



<p id="block-63f62d05-3d07-4160-bd9f-961a82c7035e">TVU Anywhere app (version 6.2.4.291 or later) supports the transmission of videos from a DJI drone. This section introduces the methods for connection, disconnection, and registration. If you have any questions, contact TVU Support at +1.650.440.4812.</p>



<p id="block-bdf7a402-89fd-46c2-b896-bdd9f2c274b4">The new TVU Anywhere Theme provides an overview of the DJI Drone support.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e32c57ee-9d89-40c9-bc1a-9f245b08767f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="386" height="184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Iphone-frame-Features-DJI-and-Camera.png" alt="dji drone set up
" class="wp-image-159163" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Iphone-frame-Features-DJI-and-Camera.png 386w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Iphone-frame-Features-DJI-and-Camera-300x143.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 386px) 100vw, 386px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>ATTENTION:</strong> DJI account registration is required when using a DJI drone in China.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-b826f1d3-97ed-4006-bc17-a22396f004cd">DJI account registration and bound are required when using a DJI Drone in China. Failure to do so will result in the Drone’s video being unable to work with the TVU Anywhere app. You can go to the DJI official China website to register your DJI account using your phone number (do not use your e-mail address) as shown in the “DJI registration example (China).” The account information will be used when the device is active and will bind the DJI device to the TVU Anywhere app.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-2374f8b7-d73c-4f89-bde9-8ed58a444c05"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/drone-registration-china.png" alt="drone registration china" style="width:231px;height:370px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-83e6ec70-a0b2-4202-9f2c-5b02fe663d2d"><strong>Supported DJI drone models and TVU Anywhere platforms</strong></h2>



<p id="block-c0ae234b-a9c8-446a-8df6-82d889520794">TVU Anywhere platforms:</p>



<ul id="block-6f1ed2de-4620-439f-a972-5d75299c4174" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hardware: iPhone 7 and above</li>



<li>Software: iOS 10 and above</li>
</ul>



<p>Supported DJI Drone (iOS based on DJI SDK 4.16.2):</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Mavic Pro</li>



<li>Mavic Air 2</li>



<li>Inspire1</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-408ee57e-e5c6-4edd-8046-ba2516dcfbb8">Supported DJI Drone (Android, based on DJI SDK v5.14.0):</p>



<ul id="block-f503cd95-7fb7-4fc8-a58a-2e24463c8c7e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>DJI Mini 4 pro</li>



<li>DJI Mini 3 Pro</li>



<li>DJI Mini 3</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>TVU Anywhere is not compatible with drone controller models that have an embedded display.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ecdcd6a1-dc6c-420d-9993-d6540e9ee93f"><strong>Using TVU Anywhere with a DJI drone</strong></h2>



<p id="block-5d121fe0-7450-4452-8e69-5b73c4b65ea0">To use the TVU Anywhere app with the supported DJI drone, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-10ec2f5e-27c1-49eb-84ef-ade88e84d088" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Download and install the latest version of TVU Anywhere app to your phone.</li>



<li>Turn on the DJI drone and drone controller.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> You may test the drone and controller with the DJI Go app.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" id="block-263cc0a9-8faf-4d62-9eea-f3372ca98b6d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the USB cable to the iPhone and drone controller. Then, launch the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li>Enable the DJI device in the TVU Anywhere app.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Video will automatically switch from the drone to the TVU Anywhere app once enabled. If the screen on the TVU Anywhere app does not display, make sure your DJI device is enabled in the TVU Anywhere app.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" id="block-75449bac-79ee-4502-a3d3-727f60f7b17e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you are operating the DJI drone in China, verify that the DJI account is activated and bound. Click <strong>Sign in</strong> DJI and enter the account password for binding and activating, as shown below.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a85cb273-9fa1-4a3f-86ff-508f89f37bc6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="411" height="353" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/DJI-enabe-1.jpg" alt="DJI account activation (China)" class="wp-image-93777" style="width:308px;height:265px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/DJI-enabe-1.jpg 411w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/DJI-enabe-1-300x258.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 411px) 100vw, 411px" /></figure>



<p id="block-6514f5e9-df70-41d8-a6f5-64d44b4b0738">The Binding and application activation states will display as “Bound” and “Activated” if the operation succeeds, as shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8c015777-2664-499d-8993-9a94376a416e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="185" height="81" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/DJI-enable-2.jpg" alt="DJI account activation success (China)" class="wp-image-93770"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0a3126db-2fae-4dcb-8e53-9280583240ed"><strong>Using the Partyline capability feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Producer Partyline capability feature integrates with TVU Anywhere app version 9.0.42 and later. Partyline provides video conferencing capabilities between multiple participants or remote participants in a live production. By using the TVU Anywhere app, all participants (or talent personnel) can video conference with each other.</p>



<p>A production initiator sends the TVU Anywhere app user a web link in the field to pair their device to the Partyline session. The Participants can see a return feed on the main screen indicating what is being broadcast.</p>



<p>The Partyline capability feature uses Real Time Interactive Layer (RTIL) technology to provide video conferencing capabilities for remote live production. For more information, refer to the TVU Producer Partyline Quick Start User Guide.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Join Live party Participant view" class="wp-image-121803" style="width:496px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1536x710.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view.png 1792w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Step 1 &#8211; Download and install the TVU Anywhere app onto your iOS smart mobile device</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Anywhere app is available free of charge from the App store. To download and register the TVU Anywhere app, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>From your mobile device, go to the <strong>App Store</strong> and enter <strong>TVU Anywhere Pro</strong> in the search field. Download and install the iOS TVU Anywhere Version 9.0.43 and later to your smartphone or laptop.</li>



<li>Go to your<strong> Applications</strong> folder and launch the TVU Anywhere app.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="69" height="72" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-App-logo.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere App logo" class="wp-image-158726"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>double arrows</strong> to open the feature bar.</li>



<li>Press the<strong> Information</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected.jpg" alt="Info icon" class="wp-image-158735" style="width:505px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected-300x138.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate and write down your device <strong>PID</strong> displayed in the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up.png" alt="PID pop up screen" class="wp-image-158742" style="width:510px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Contact TVU Support to complete your registration. You will need to provide the following information:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The device PID</li>



<li>The receiver(s) name and PID</li>
</ul>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After the PID is successfully registered, you are now ready to begin streaming.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>On Mac OS</strong></h2>



<p>Download and install the TVU Anywhere app version 9.0.0b111 or later to your Mac OS device.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Download and install the TVU Anywhere app onto your Android device</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Anywhere app is available free of charge from the Google Play Store. To download and register the TVU Anywhere app, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>From your mobile device, click the <strong>Google Play</strong> icon and enter <strong>TVU Anywhere</strong> in the search field. Then, download and install the<strong> TVU Anywhere</strong> app version 9.0.42 and later on your smartphone.</li>



<li>Go to your <strong>Applications</strong> folder and launch the TVU Anywhere app. Note that the TVU Anywhere app icon will not denote “Pro.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="69" height="72" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-App-logo.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere App logo" class="wp-image-158726"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>double arrows</strong> to open the feature bar.</li>



<li>Press the<strong> Info</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected.jpg" alt="Info icon" class="wp-image-158735" style="width:504px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected-300x138.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate and write down your device <strong>PID</strong> displayed in the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up.png" alt="PID pop up screen" class="wp-image-158742" style="width:503px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Contact TVU Support to complete your registration. You will need to provide the following information:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The device PID</li>



<li>The receiver(s) name and PID</li>
</ul>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After the PID is successfully registered, you are now ready to begin streaming.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Step 2 &#8211; Create or Participate in the party</strong></h2>



<p>The Partyline feature allows users to join or create a Partyline session.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> You will be prompted to sign in with your user credentials to create a new party. Anyone can join a party without signing in.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Create a Party</strong></h2>



<p>To create a new a party:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Partyline</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - Join or Start a Party icon" class="wp-image-158954" style="width:528px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Create New Party </strong>button and log in to Partyline with your user credentials.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-join-or-create-1024x473.png" alt="" class="wp-image-93238" style="width:536px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-join-or-create-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-join-or-create-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-join-or-create-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-join-or-create.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Participate using the TVU Anywhere app</strong></h2>



<p>The remote participant can now see this user interface on the TVU Anywhere app and can engage in a video conference with all other remote participants on the Partyline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Join Live party Participant view" class="wp-image-121803" style="width:550px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1536x710.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view.png 1792w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the switch button To reverse the front and rear camera views on your cell phone.</li>



<li>Click the camera <strong>ON</strong> to enable participants to see you. Click the camera <strong>OFF</strong> if you prefer not to be seen.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Microphone</strong> button to control the On and Off function of the microphone. When you click the Microphone button to Off, you are active and participants cannot hear you.</li>



<li>Horizontally scroll the screen to view more participants.</li>



<li><strong>PIP mode</strong> &#8211; Click <strong>PGM</strong> or a participant’s source to enlarge their window. The enlarged picture and your picture displays in PIP mode. Click the screen again to exit PIP mode.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Appendix A &#8211; TVU Token feature overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-44cd0ce4-ad37-4f58-ad3b-0c3f2557d605"><strong>Appendix A &#8211; TVU Token feature overview</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-94c67f22-fcdd-40ae-9727-4a28753e36b7"><strong>Pairing your device via the Token feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-93dd2331-6d62-49c3-a615-d2a838fcc3f9">Before TVU Anywhere can go Live, it must first be paired with one or more receiving devices. These pairings can be created on a self-service basis by utilizing the Token feature.</p>



<p id="block-c89e1fb1-1a75-4683-bb7a-527f6a1d625d">A Token comes in a numeric or QR code generated by your TVU system administrator and provided to you. Entering this Token code will automatically pair your device with the appropriate TVU output receivers.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-90866d64-c506-4e2d-87a6-57ff263308f9"><strong>Important information about device settings</strong></h2>



<p id="block-a1aa3e3c-f05b-4e9f-803c-a8ea4bca50fb">When using the TVU Anywhere app, set your device to the “Do not disturb” mode.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>I<strong>mportant: </strong>Setting your device to the “Do not disturb” mode while you are using TVU Anywhere will keep your TVU Anywhere app from closing in the event you receive an incoming call.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-9c0f71ef-c8a8-42a2-a1e7-c957c09cd065"><strong>Accepting a Token using the TVU Anywhere app</strong></h2>



<p id="block-cb0e680b-242b-43f4-9d82-9cc22e355fca">To accept a Token using the TVU Anywhere app, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-624d1ff6-0aa7-4759-bf28-7774ff38339b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Obtain the <strong>Token</strong> code from your administrator.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-49ea4f68-e702-400a-b685-2e8fc79cebcb"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/QR-code-live-mobile-broadcast-app.png" alt="This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is QR-code-live-mobile-broadcast-app.png"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-0a0b85ee-694d-4549-a6cd-5583b770da71" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Scan or manually enter the Token code, open your TVU Anywhere app. Then, click the <strong>Scan</strong> icon in the receiver bar.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>There is a limit of 50 devices that can be used for each token QR code. You can accept the Token code using two methods. You may either scan a printed or displayed QR code, or enter the numeric token code manually. The manual method is highly recommended.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-40deaf5e-230c-42f4-90fb-afad91218aad"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - Select Receiver or Scan to pair" class="wp-image-158862" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-aec1df96-5b37-431a-8dfb-d786e59ce486" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Scan window displays. Enter the<strong> phone number</strong> and<strong> introduction information</strong> in the fields at the top of the screen. This step is optional but highly recommended. Press <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-37514381-51bd-4ff6-a17a-d06b4068fbf1"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-QR-code-Next-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Scan QR code Next" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<p id="block-a0df1735-0af5-403d-be30-41e0b08a4df3">The scan window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-f6c3e808-b72f-45ff-81f7-15a64bb63186"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-QR-code-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Scan QR code" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-92ddb65c-8a9f-4f37-b966-aea802324295" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Continue with “Scan the Token QR code” or “Manually enter the Token code.”</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-04ffeeb0-2559-43a2-b237-ac2f66b83e69"><strong>Scan the Token QR code</strong></h2>



<p id="block-104f8ecc-7ad3-4064-b816-36f8dd6d7b3c">To scan your Token code, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-b0105ef8-1ccb-46df-ab87-dfe25996da23" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Scan</strong> icon in the function bar. Then, press the green <strong>Scan</strong> icon at the bottom of the Scan window.</li>



<li>Align the <strong>Token QR code</strong> inside of the green frame. The app reads the QR code. A ‘Success’ pop-up displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-9aae86a2-abd5-4f9b-9715-bd56f6d5f7c7"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Engage-fan-with-QR-Code-Token-TVU-Anywhere-mobile-streaming-app.png" alt="Add unlimited number of participants and fans to your live streaming" style="width:508px;height:384px"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-e0f6e970-c8d1-4fa8-a7ea-638c47a44486" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your system administrator must approve your code before you can go Live.</li>



<li>To go live, click the <strong>Live</strong> icon in the function bar. Press the red <strong>Live</strong> button in the right panel if you use the new theme.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-fbd1349a-590c-4796-a506-036723c7514e"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Go-LIVE-button-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere go LIVE button" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e90e6ce5-a7f6-4644-85bc-8b48d483a18d"><strong>Manually enter the Token code</strong></h2>



<p id="block-4f2442f0-7eda-4f34-b284-ece5b2d37074">To manually enter the Token code, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-34b07f88-ea2d-4d94-b283-4beffe8e8529" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Scan</strong> icon in the function bar. Then, select the <strong>Enter 123</strong> icon.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>phone number</strong> and introduction information in the fields at the top of the screen. This step is optional but highly recommended. Press <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-563d6a7b-bb27-4d5b-93d0-6ac39258011e"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-QR-code-Next-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Scan QR code Next" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-e91238e8-4c3d-408a-b43c-f7c9cc514347" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the <strong>Token code</strong> in the license field and click <strong>Apply</strong>. A ‘Success’ pop-up displays.</li>



<li>Your system administrator must approve your code before you can go Live.</li>



<li>To go live, click the Live icon in the function bar. Press the red Live button in the right panel if you are using the new theme.</li>



<li>The red Live indicator displays when live.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-be5b3285-7424-4a58-938b-573058118fd5"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Live-indicator-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere “LIVE” transmission status indicator" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p class="has-small-font-size">© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Anywhere QSUG Rev G EN 04-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-anywhere-quick-start-guide/">TVU Anywhere Quick Start Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU Servers Linux v8.4 Software User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-4-software-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2026 11:41:32 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=168424</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The TVU servers in this user guide run the TVU 8.4 (Linux) software version.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-4-software-user-guide/">TVU Servers Linux v8.4 Software User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="580" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-SW-Featured-image-1024x580.jpg" alt="TVU Server v8.4 SW Featured image" class="wp-image-168425" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-SW-Featured-image-1024x580.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-SW-Featured-image-300x170.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-SW-Featured-image-768x435.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-SW-Featured-image.jpg 1031w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>This TVU server software user guide for Linux provides information on setup, basic operations, advanced operations, and configuration for the TVU server models VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650. Use Linux v7.9 for Models VS3100, VS3200, and VS3250.</p>



<p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> It is recommended that only Models VS3500 and VS3550 hardware be upgraded to the v8.4 software build (v2-v7), and that VS3600 and VS3650 hardware (v1-v7) be upgraded to the v8.4 software build.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The VS3500/VS3550 (v1) hardware is not supported.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="125" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Appliance-cross-reference-matrix.jpg" alt="Appliance cross-reference matrix v8.4" class="wp-image-168353" style="width:845px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Appliance-cross-reference-matrix.jpg 559w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Appliance-cross-reference-matrix-300x67.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>The Linux v8.4 TVU Receiver landing page has links to Web Control, Network Setup, File Browser, Migration, Service Control, Port testing, and to check for the latest updates.</p>



<p>For server hardware setup, refer to the &nbsp;“<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Hardware User Guide – Linux</mark></a></em>,” models VS3100, VS3200, VS3250, VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650 – Linux” as appropriate.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>What&#8217;s new in v8.</strong>4</h2>



<p>Applicable Receiver/Transceiver support: VS3500 v2, v3, v4 v5, and v7 VS3600 v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, and v7.</p>



<p>Main Changes in v8.4:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU Web Control interface now supports Chinese and English languages</li>



<li>Users can add a local Image Overlay onto an IP Stream Output without interrupting the video feed.</li>



<li>Data card slot error rate and line quality information can be viewed by hovering over the histogram on the data transmission monitor panel.</li>



<li>Added the RTIL-VoIP No Audio Mix Mode. It is a specialized communication setting designed to solve “Audio Feedback” and “Echo” loops in complex multi-camera REMI (Remote Integration Model) productions.</li>



<li>The Web interface&#8217;s top panel displays a digital clock reflecting the user&#8217;s time zone setting.</li>



<li>The File Browser now displays the device name</li>



<li>Added the ability to delete paired devices via Tokens from the Web User Interface.</li>



<li>Added an NDI Discovery server feature designed to solve the common missing signal in complex IP production environments.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p class="has-black-color has-text-color">TVU Networks recommends assigning a static IP address to the server to maintain the network configuration. All the incoming ports referred to in “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v7-9-software-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-21"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">A</mark></a><a href="/guides/tvu-servers-linux-v8-0-software-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-21"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">ppendix A, Network and firewall configuration</mark></a>” are configurable. Please contact TVU Networks Customer Support if you wish to use a configuration other than the one specified in this documentation.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Before using the software, complete the procedures to set up the TVU server. To assist with the setup procedures, refer to the “<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Hardware User Guide &#8211; Linux</mark></a></em>”</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Server user interface</strong></h2>



<p>To power on the TVU server, press the <strong>power</strong> button on the front panel.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> At boot-up, the TVU Receiver landing page displays.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="382" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png" alt="TVU receiver landing page v7.9" class="wp-image-128489" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>Use the TVU Receiver landing page links to access:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Web Control</strong> &#8211; TVU Receiver Web UI.</li>



<li><strong>Network Setup</strong> &#8211; Network and DNS setup.</li>



<li><strong>File Browser</strong> &#8211; Recorded files and Profile settings.</li>



<li><strong>Migration</strong> &#8211; Receiver configuration restoration.</li>



<li><strong>Port Test</strong> &#8211; Network diagnostics for inbound/outbound ports and NTP status.</li>



<li><strong>Service Control</strong> &#8211; Enable FTP Service, SSH Service, Media Server, and Agent Service on the receiver.</li>



<li><strong>Check for Updates (BETA)</strong> &#8211; Displays the transceiver’s OS version and enables users to check for and install updates.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For detailed information about the Port Test tool, refer to<mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"> </mark><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-1-hardware-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-22"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Appendix B, “Network diagnostics &#8211; Port Test tool</mark></a>.” For detailed information about Service Control, refer to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-1-hardware-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-16"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Service Control featrures</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Logging in to the TVU server user interface</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a Web browser window and enter:</li>
</ol>



<p>http://external_IP_Address:8288<br>(Where External_IP_Address is your server’s static IP address)</p>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>TVU Receiver</strong> landing page will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="382" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png" alt="TVU receiver landing page v7.9" class="wp-image-128489" style="aspect-ratio:1.8264462809917354;width:594px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Logging in to the TVU server user interface remotely</strong></h2>



<p>To log in to the TVU server user interface remotely, have your server’s static IP address available and complete the following steps:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> TVU recommends using Google Chrome as your browser.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a Web browser window and enter:</li>
</ol>



<p>http://external_IP_Address:8288<br>(Where External_IP_Address is your server’s static IP address)</p>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>TVU Receiver</strong> landing page will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="382" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png" alt="TVU receiver landing page v7.9" class="wp-image-128489" style="aspect-ratio:1.8264462809917354;width:594px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Linux Receiver Network Settings</strong></h2>



<p>The following instructions describe how to access the Network Setup page, navigate to the Receiver web interface, and return to the Receiver landing page.</p>



<p>Refer to the “<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Server Hardware User Guid</mark></a><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-0-hardware-user-guide/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">e</mark></a></em>, Models VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650 &#8211; Linux v8.4” for hardware setup and configuration instructions.</p>



<p>To open the Network Setup screen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Network Setup</strong> on the <strong>TVU Receiver</strong> landing page. The <strong>Receiver Web Control</strong> login page displays.</li>



<li>Enter the following information:</li>
</ol>



<p>User ID: tvu<br>Password: Enter the last <strong>8 digits</strong> of the <strong>PID</strong> using all caps.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="566" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png" alt="Receiver control login page" class="wp-image-141057" style="aspect-ratio:1.8113207547169812;width:597px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-300x166.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-768x424.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page.png 1376w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Login</strong>. </li>



<li>The TVU <strong>Network Setup</strong> window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="345" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Network-Settings-Web-Interface.png" alt="TVU Networks Settings Web interface" class="wp-image-128546" style="aspect-ratio:1.3801652892561984;width:610px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Network-Settings-Web-Interface.png 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Network-Settings-Web-Interface-300x227.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the<strong> TVU Receiver</strong> landing page, click the <strong>TVU Logo</strong> in the top left corner of the interface.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="398" height="149" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/network-setup-logo.jpg" alt="Network Setup logo" class="wp-image-153847" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/network-setup-logo.jpg 398w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/network-setup-logo-300x112.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 398px) 100vw, 398px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To open the <strong>TVU Receiver</strong> web interface page, click <strong>Web Control</strong> in the top right navigation panel and select a <strong>receiver</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Network-setup-interface-Web-Control-icon-1.jpg" alt="TVU Network setup interface Web Control" class="wp-image-168514"/></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU Receiver web interface will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="425" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI.jpg" alt="TVU Receiver Web UI" class="wp-image-168381" style="width:629px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI-300x190.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the <strong>TVU Receiver</strong> landing page, click the <strong>TVU Logo</strong> in the top left corner of the interface.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="313" height="129" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-logo-location.jpg" alt="TVU Logo location" class="wp-image-168521" style="width:345px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-logo-location.jpg 313w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-logo-location-300x124.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 313px) 100vw, 313px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Command Center Web interface features</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU server can also use the TVU Command Center Web interface, which provides a cloud-based centralized management and control solution for all TVU devices and services. For detailed information about TVU Command Center, refer to the “<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Command Center Set up and User Guide</mark></a></em>.“</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1381" height="781" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/TVU-Command-Center-web-interface.jpg" alt="TVU Command Center web interface" class="wp-image-170621" style="aspect-ratio:1.821522309711286;width:631px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/TVU-Command-Center-web-interface.jpg 1381w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/TVU-Command-Center-web-interface-300x170.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/TVU-Command-Center-web-interface-1024x579.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/TVU-Command-Center-web-interface-768x434.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1381px) 100vw, 1381px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Changing the receiver user password</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> TVU Networks strongly recommends changing the default password of all devices. Default passwords represent a security risk and should not be used in any situation where devices may be reached remotely.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change your receiver user password, click the <strong>User Preference</strong> icon and select <strong>Change Password</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="277" height="161" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-User-Preference-menu.jpg" alt="TVU Server User Preference menu" class="wp-image-168528" style="aspect-ratio:1.3333333333333333;object-fit:contain;width:297px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the required field information in the <strong>Change Password</strong> pop-up window and click <strong>Update password</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Web User Interface overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Web user interface overview</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Linux v8.4 software has two primary user interface modes, <strong>Live</strong> and <strong>Record</strong>, along with <strong>Log</strong>, <strong>Transcription</strong>, and <strong>Audio mapping</strong>. These operational modes can be accessed by clicking the <strong>Live</strong> and<strong> Record</strong> tabs at the top left of the Data transmission monitoring panel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live viewing mode</strong></h2>



<p>Refer to the following image for the TVU server Live viewing mode controls and functions.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="308" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Viewing-mode-screen.jpg" alt="Live Viewing mode screen" class="wp-image-168535" style="width:607px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Viewing-mode-screen.jpg 370w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Viewing-mode-screen-300x250.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Sources panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Sources panel is on the user interface&#8217;s left side, as shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="364" height="207" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Sources-panel.jpg" alt="Sources panel" class="wp-image-168542" style="aspect-ratio:1.756281407035176;width:605px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Sources-panel.jpg 364w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Sources-panel-300x171.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /></figure>



<p>The Sources panel menu displays TVU Pack, TVUGrid, Local SDI, TVU Anywhere, External sources, and RTIL in their expandable panels, alphabetically.</p>



<p>An operator can choose which source types to display in the sources panel. Locate your source type and click the <strong>Up</strong> or <strong>Down</strong> arrows to expand or collapse a source type category. Source types can also be viewed by thumbnail or in a list after they are expanded.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="306" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-type-expanded.jpg" alt="Source type expanded" class="wp-image-168549" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-type-expanded.jpg 306w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-type-expanded-275x300.jpg 275w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 306px) 100vw, 306px" /></figure>



<p>Sources within each category can also be arranged alphabetically or dynamically by clicking the<strong> sort </strong>icon.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="314" height="189" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-type-sort-feature-2.jpg" alt="Source type sort feature 2" class="wp-image-168556" style="aspect-ratio:1.6437768240343347;object-fit:cover;width:474px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-type-sort-feature-2.jpg 314w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-type-sort-feature-2-300x181.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" /></figure>



<p>The Sources panel also includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="357" height="407" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-panel-controls-and-functions-2.jpg" alt="Source panel controls and functions 2" class="wp-image-168563" style="aspect-ratio:0.8552188552188552;object-fit:cover;width:360px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-panel-controls-and-functions-2.jpg 357w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-panel-controls-and-functions-2-263x300.jpg 263w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 357px) 100vw, 357px" /></figure>



<p>The source thumbnails will display using one of the following status indicators:</p>



<p>The following thumbnail indicates the video source is Offline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="99" height="101" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/source-offline.jpg" alt="source offline" class="wp-image-160273" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/source-offline.jpg 99w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/source-offline-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 99px) 100vw, 99px" /></figure>



<p>The following thumbnail indicates that the remote source is powered and connected, but no video input is detected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="93" height="92" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/no-video-capture-LINUX.png" alt="no video capture LINUX" class="wp-image-160280" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/no-video-capture-LINUX.png 93w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/no-video-capture-LINUX-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 93px) 100vw, 93px" /></figure>



<p>The following thumbnail indicates when a source is online and live video is detected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="100" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IFB-ON-Linux.jpg" alt="IFB On Linux" class="wp-image-160287"/></figure>



<p>The following thumbnail indicates that the video is a generic external source. Other external sources are SMPTE, YouTube, or SRT, with identifying thumbnail icons.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="83" height="85" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/External-source.jpg" alt="External source" class="wp-image-160266" style="width:96px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/External-source.jpg 83w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/External-source-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 83px) 100vw, 83px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Source video feed thumbnail:</strong> When a video or live source is selected, the thumbnail is framed with a red box around the thumbnail image. This thumbnail with a red frame indicates a selected video or live source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="85" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/live-source-thumbnail.jpg" alt="live source thumbnail" class="wp-image-170628" style="width:109px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/live-source-thumbnail.jpg 87w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/live-source-thumbnail-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 87px) 100vw, 87px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(B) Source information:</strong> Mouse over the thumbnail to display the source information. For example, when a transmitter is online, the transmitter&#8217;s name will be displayed underlined below the thumbnail. Click the <strong>underlined transmitter name</strong> to display its physical location and GPS data.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="584" height="217" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/ISX-location.jpg" alt="source info block" class="wp-image-153903" style="width:492px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/ISX-location.jpg 584w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/ISX-location-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 584px) 100vw, 584px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C) Search bar:</strong> Allows the operator to search for available input sources by name.</p>



<p><strong>(D) IFB indicator (VoIP predecessor): </strong>The Interruptible Feedback (IFB) feature used in older model transmitters allows your news operations center to speak directly to a TVU transmitter in the ﬁeld. The IFB option includes a mixer/preamp. The mixer has a USB port for connecting to your server and an XLR and 1/4 in. port for plugging in a microphone.</p>



<p><strong>IFB:</strong> To turn on IFB, click “IFB” below the thumbnail. When IFB is on, the background color turns red, as shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="104" height="93" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IFB-on.jpg" alt="IFB on" class="wp-image-160294" style="width:115px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p>To turn off IFB, click “<strong>IFB</strong>” below the thumbnail. When IFB is off, the background color turns green, as shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="100" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IFB-ON-Linux.jpg" alt="IFB On" class="wp-image-170644" style="width:114px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p><strong>VoIP indicator:</strong> The VoIP function provides a two-way, higher-quality communication than IFB. The VoIP function automatically enables when a live transmission is started. When enabled, the VoIP background color turns from green to flashing red to solid red. VoIP must be disabled by pressing the button manually.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>The VoIP/IFB status also displays in the diagnostics “Status” panel on the left side of the interface.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Additionally, if a TVU transmitter has a VoIP or IFB function, both IFB and VoIP will automatically become enabled when going live.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v7-9-software-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-5"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Advance</mark></a><a href="/guides/tvu-servers-linux-v8-0-software-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-5"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">d configuration</mark></a>” section for IFB and VoIP indicator status details.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(E) View by thumbnail or list:</strong> The thumbnail and list features allow the operator to view and select sources in the source panel by graphic thumbnail or list.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The source type heading must be expanded using the Up arrow before this feature can be enabled.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="363" height="213" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-type-panel-expanded-viewed-by-list-2.jpg" alt="Source type panel expanded viewed by list 2" class="wp-image-168570" style="width:444px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-type-panel-expanded-viewed-by-list-2.jpg 363w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-type-panel-expanded-viewed-by-list-2-300x176.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 363px) 100vw, 363px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(F)</strong> <strong>Live/Stop</strong> button: The <strong>Live/Stop</strong> button allows the operator to stop or restart a live transmission from a selected source.</p>



<p>An operator can select and display any source by type. Click the following <strong>Types</strong> drop-down menu below the “Search” bar.</p>



<p>An operator can also choose source types to display by their status by clicking the<strong> Status </strong>drop-down menu below the “Search” bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="306" height="197" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-status-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="Source status drop-down menu" class="wp-image-168577" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-status-drop-down-menu.jpg 306w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-status-drop-down-menu-300x193.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 306px) 100vw, 306px" /></figure>



<p>In addition, an operator can choose an external source. Generic External, SMPTE, YouTube, Zixi, and SRT  are available as external source selections. These source types are accessed from the “+” menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="359" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/External-source-drop-down-menu-2.jpg" alt="External source drop-down menu 2" class="wp-image-168584" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/External-source-drop-down-menu-2.jpg 359w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/External-source-drop-down-menu-2-300x273.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 359px) 100vw, 359px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(F) Live/Stop button: </strong>The <strong>Live/Stop</strong> button allows the operator to stop or restart a live transmission from a selected source.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video preview panel</strong></h2>



<p>The video preview panel shows the live video output state or the offline state screens. The preview panel has audio control capability. When a video is live, the operator can mute or unmute the audio <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">for the live video by clicking the&nbsp;<strong>speaker</strong>&nbsp;icon in the bottom-left</span> corner of the preview screen.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The audio button only affects the audio output to your Web browser. It does not affect the SDI output to your server.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="362" height="204" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Video-preview-panel.jpg" alt="Video preview panel" class="wp-image-168591" style="aspect-ratio:1.7757847533632287;width:566px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Video-preview-panel.jpg 362w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Video-preview-panel-300x169.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 362px) 100vw, 362px" /></figure>



<p>When a source is live, the video preview displays in the preview window, and the red stop button displays. To stop the transmission, click the red <strong>Stop</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="463" height="283" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Preview-screen-Live-2-LINUX.png" alt="Video preview output state" class="wp-image-106359" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Preview-screen-Live-2-LINUX.png 463w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Preview-screen-Live-2-LINUX-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 463px) 100vw, 463px" /></figure>



<p>When a source is not live, the video preview displays the following TVU slate, and the green <strong>Live</strong> button displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="654" height="388" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/standby-state.jpg" alt="standby slate" class="wp-image-153911" style="aspect-ratio:1.7789473684210526;object-fit:cover;width:464px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/standby-state.jpg 654w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/standby-state-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 654px) 100vw, 654px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Data transmission monitor panel</strong></h2>



<p>The data transmission monitor panel is located below the preview panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="362" height="207" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Data-transmission-monitor-panel.jpg" alt="Data transmission monitor panel" class="wp-image-168598" style="aspect-ratio:1.7538126361655773;width:568px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Data-transmission-monitor-panel.jpg 362w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Data-transmission-monitor-panel-300x172.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 362px) 100vw, 362px" /></figure>



<p>The data transmission monitor panel includes the following Live tab controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="450" height="234" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Data-transmission-live-controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Data transmission live controls and functions" class="wp-image-160329" style="width:491px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Data-transmission-live-controls-and-functions.jpg 450w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Data-transmission-live-controls-and-functions-300x156.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 450px) 100vw, 450px" /></figure>



<p><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>(A) Data transmission monitor panel:</strong>&nbsp;The&nbsp;<strong>Live</strong>&nbsp;tab displays the current number of data connections and their status.</span> The connection status appears as green, red, yellow, or gray.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Check box:</strong> A check box and status bar are associated with each card. The check box enables or disables a data connection. If unchecked, it will not be used to pass data. If the box is checked (default), the connection will be used to pass data.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Monitor histogram:</strong> Displays status, throughput, and the IP address of each modem.</p>



<p><strong>(D) Connection mode and connection strength indicator:</strong> The connection mode is displayed next to the connection strength, indicated with three bars.</p>



<p><strong>(E) Configuration menu:</strong> Provides access to the user configuration of the selected TVU pack.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Reset:</strong> Provides a full-power reset for a modem. This feature is used when the modem can no longer connect or is experiencing a problem. Click the <strong>Reset</strong> icon to force the modem to power cycle and reset.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="342" height="309" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Connection-name-and-status-2.jpg" alt="Connection name and status " class="wp-image-160336" style="width:329px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Connection-name-and-status-2.jpg 342w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Connection-name-and-status-2-300x271.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 342px) 100vw, 342px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(G) Connection name and status:</strong> Individual readout panels show each active card&#8217;s carrier name (when available). The slot number of each data card is indicated to the left of the carrier name. To retrieve a data card&#8217;s IP address, mouse over that data card&#8217;s name. You can enter your preferred name if a name is automatically provided and displayed as <em>&lt;name&gt;</em>. However, this will reset upon reboot.</p>



<p>The color indicators displayed within the carrier name panel indicate the following status:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"><strong>Red</strong></mark>: Not connected or dialing</li>



<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"><strong>Green</strong></mark>: Connected and passing traffic</li>



<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-amber-color"><strong>Yellow</strong></mark>: Connected but not passing traffic</li>



<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-cyan-bluish-gray-color"><strong>Gray</strong></mark>: Disconnected or unplugged</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="231" height="260" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Scale-drop-down-menu-2.jpg" alt="Scale drop-down menu 2" class="wp-image-168605" style="aspect-ratio:0.7272727272727273;width:247px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p><strong>(H) Scale:</strong> The Scale drop-down menu lets the operator set the histogram scale. When the scale changes, it will affect all the histograms displayed. Selection settings are 1.2 Mbps, 2.4 Mbps, 6 Mbps, 12 Mbps, 24 Mbps, 30 Mbps, 50 Mbps, 100 Mbps, 120 Mbps, 150 Mbps, 180 Mbps, 200 Mbps, and 240 Mbps.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="152" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Mode-selection-and-indicator-lights.jpg" alt="Mode selection and indicator lights" class="wp-image-160343" style="width:441px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Mode-selection-and-indicator-lights.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Mode-selection-and-indicator-lights-300x106.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(I) Mode selection and indicator lights: </strong>The currently selected mode displays as a green-lighted tab. The modes that can be chosen are:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Live:</strong> The Live mode is the primary interface used during a live transmission. When this tab is selected, the status of each data card&#8217;s network connection will be displayed.</li>



<li><strong>Record:</strong> The Record mode displays the store-and-forward interface for previewing, downloading, and managing TVU Transmitter&#8217;s stored footage and files transferred via Auto Sync. Files transferred via FTP can also be accessed via this interface. For more information, refer to &#8220;Working with recorded content.&#8221;</li>



<li><strong>Transcription:</strong> The Transcription tab opens the Transcriber panel. If this feature is enabled, video transcriptions will be displayed here.</li>



<li><strong>Log:</strong> The Log tab displays usage information for Operation, SCTE, and Network Connection.</li>



<li><strong>Audio Mapping: </strong>The Audio Mapping tab displays the original and output channel mapping. It allows users to select and change the number of output channels in the SDI Output Settings.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings panel &#8211; Control</strong></h2>



<p>The settings panel controls are located below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="199" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Control-settings-panel-location.jpg" alt="Control settings panel location" class="wp-image-168612" style="aspect-ratio:1.8073394495412844;width:692px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Control-settings-panel-location.jpg 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Control-settings-panel-location-300x166.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<p>The control settings panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="270" height="241" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Control-settings-panel-2.jpg" alt="Control settings panel 2" class="wp-image-168619"/></figure>



<p>(<strong>A) Bitrate control:</strong> The TVU server has a smart VBR scaling system. The unit automatically adjusts the bitrate to output the best-quality picture based on the desired latency. To effectively use the smart VBR scaling system, set your desired latency and the maximum bitrate you want to use. The bitrate setting for 4K streaming is now supported up to 25 Mbps.</p>



<p>(<strong>B) Delay control:</strong> To configure the live shot latency, adjust the slider or enter a value manually in the input box and press <strong>Save</strong>.</p>



<p>This value is always stable and will not change unless manually adjusted during transmission. Delays as low as 0.5 seconds should be routinely achievable in good bandwidth conditions. There is a relationship between lower delay and the amount of bandwidth consumed for error correction, so higher delays of 4 to 10 seconds are recommended for non-latency-sensitive transmissions.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Adaptive delay control (dynamic/fixed) for Grid only:</strong> Controls the dynamic buffering feature of Grid. When set to dynamic mode (recommended), the server automatically increases the stream buffer to ensure stable transmission. This selection maximizes stream stability, but at the potential cost of increasing the delay/latency. The fixed mode will lock the Grid stream to a specific delay but allow errors if the setting is too aggressive. We recommend using dynamic mode for normal operations. When fixed mode is enabled, the operator should pay extra attention to stream stability with their current settings.</p>



<p><strong>(D) VBR/CBR:</strong> The TVU server has a smart VBR scaling system.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v7-9-software-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-4"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Advanced </mark></a><a href="/guides/tvu-servers-linux-v8-0-software-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-4"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">operations</mark></a> for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="312" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/preset-selection-menu.jpg" alt="preset selection menu" class="wp-image-153994" style="width:450px;height:223px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/preset-selection-menu.jpg 540w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/preset-selection-menu-300x173.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E) Preset selection menu (operational):</strong> Click the <strong>Select </strong>drop-down menu to view User&#8217;s 1 and 2 presets.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>User 1 &amp; User 2:</strong> These are user-definable presets. To program these, users right-click the preset they would like to define. Users can then name the preset, change the bitrate, manually set latency, or check <strong>Set Current</strong> to save the current latency setting to that preset. Press<strong> Apply</strong> to program once finished.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Status panel &#8211; diagnostics</strong></h2>



<p>Many indicators are arranged vertically in the Status panel to help an operator make quality and troubleshooting decisions. Information such as error rate and line quality is displayed, and a quality histogram depicts the total transmission encoding bitrate over a period. The histogram’s scale can be changed by selecting a different display option from the drop-down menu. The status of the transmitter’s batteries is also displayed.</p>



<p>The Status panel diagnostics are located as shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="361" height="201" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Status-panel-diagnostics.jpg" alt="Status panel diagnostics" class="wp-image-168626" style="aspect-ratio:1.8058690744920993;width:666px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Status-panel-diagnostics.jpg 361w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Status-panel-diagnostics-300x167.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /></figure>



<p>The Status panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="301" height="338" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Diagnostics-panel-2.jpg" alt="Diagnostics panel 2" class="wp-image-168633" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Diagnostics-panel-2.jpg 301w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Diagnostics-panel-2-267x300.jpg 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 301px) 100vw, 301px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Input and output formats:</strong> “Input” displays the transmitter&#8217;s video input format. “Output” displays the server output setting.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The server output format follows the input format when the Input Match feature within Feature Control is enabled.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The TVU Pack input and server output should match. The server software is not intended to convert or adjust the resolution. In the event of a mismatch, the server will attempt a format conversion, which may result in a loss of video quality and the removal of closed captions from the transmission.</p>



<p><strong>(B) IFB status:</strong> The IFB status and the IFB Signal display. The IFB signal has a strength meter that indicates the input level.</p>



<p><strong>(C) VoIP status:</strong> The VoIP Signal has a strength meter that depicts the input level.</p>



<p><strong>(D) Refresh button:</strong> If the video displays as a black screen or pixelates heavily and does not recover automatically within 15 seconds, click the Refresh button to reset the video stream.</p>



<p><strong>(E) Select button: </strong>The Select button opens the preset selection &#8220;user&#8221; drop-down menu.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Eco-Preview:</strong> The Economy Preview Timer Setting feature allows the operator to set the preview mode timer (in minutes). The operator can also set the Preview mode to remain, allowing manual exit.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Refer to the “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-1-hardware-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-5"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Advanced configuratio</mark></a><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/guides/tvu-servers-linux-v7-8-software-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-5"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">n</mark></a>” section for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(G) Edit timer:</strong> Use the Edit time button to edit the Economy Preview setting.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="260" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quality-histogram-and-link-2.jpg" alt="Quality histogram and link 2" class="wp-image-168640" style="width:464px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quality-histogram-and-link-2.jpg 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quality-histogram-and-link-2-300x217.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(H) Audio level light display: </strong>The audio bars allow users to monitor their audio levels visually. This displays decibels relative to the server&#8217;s full-scale (dBFS) audio input level.</p>



<p><strong>(I) Quality histogram/Quality link:</strong> The quality histogram below the Quality link displays a 5-minute aggregate histogram of the live transmission.</p>



<p>Click the <strong>Quality</strong> link to access the post-live histogram. The post-live histogram allows users to recall a transmission&#8217;s histogram and display it as a Web-based graph. The operator can review the post-live histogram and the overall performance of that transmission over a specific period.</p>



<p><strong>Post-live histogram features:</strong> Users can view a transmission from a specific date and monitor the entire live transmission in a “Post-Live histogram.” The automatic refresh interval can be set to a desired duration, and users can search for a specific transmitter by entering its PID.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="566" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Post-Live-histogram-window-1024x566.jpg" alt="Post-Live histogram window" class="wp-image-168647" style="width:440px;height:249px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Post-Live-histogram-window-1024x566.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Post-Live-histogram-window-300x166.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Post-Live-histogram-window-768x425.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Post-Live-histogram-window.jpg 1204w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="365" height="75" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Post-Live-histogram-Date-selections-2.jpg" alt="Post-Live histogram - Date selections 2" class="wp-image-168654" style="width:439px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Post-Live-histogram-Date-selections-2.jpg 365w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Post-Live-histogram-Date-selections-2-300x62.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 365px) 100vw, 365px" /></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading">Post-Live histogram &#8211; Date selections</h5>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="100" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Post-Live-histogram-PID-search-field.jpg" alt="Post-Live histogram - PID search field" class="wp-image-168661"/></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading">Post-Live histogram &#8211; PID search field</h5>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced features</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced features</strong></h2>



<p>The location of the system settings drop-down menu is shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="206" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/System-settings-location.jpg" alt="System settings location" class="wp-image-168668" style="aspect-ratio:1.7544247787610618;width:575px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/System-settings-location.jpg 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/System-settings-location-300x172.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<p>Click the <strong>Settings</strong> icon in the top-right corner of the receiver user interface to open the drop-down menu and select from the available features.</p>



<p>The Settings menu provides easy access from the WebR to the Network setup, File Browser, and Remote File Storage pages without returning to the TVU Receiver landing page.</p>



<p>The Remote File Storage feature opens a new pop-up window that displays upload preferences and the upload record list. You can access settings for Auto Sync, file downloading, and progressive downloads in the Upload Preferences panel. Click the <strong>Settings</strong> icon in the top-right panel to open the FTP destination management window and add or delete a destination.</p>



<p>Choose a system setting from the <strong>Settings</strong> drop-down menu. The controls and functions in this menu are as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>General</strong>
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Time Zone</li>



<li>Custom NTP Service</li>



<li>Set Media Device</li>



<li>Talkback</li>



<li>VoIP Start with Live</li>



<li>Prompt a Warning When Stopping a Live Transmission</li>



<li>Content Contribution</li>



<li>Progressive Download</li>



<li>Default Delay and Bitrate</li>



<li>External source</li>



<li>NDI Discovery</li>



<li>Switch Live on Hold to Standby</li>



<li>Image Overlay for IP Stream Output</li>



<li>Background Mode</li>



<li>Custom background logo</li>
</ul>
</li>



<li><strong>Network setup</strong></li>



<li><strong>File browser</strong></li>



<li><strong>Remote File Storage</strong>
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Upload Preferences panel: File Downloading, Progressive Download, Auto Sync, and Destination Management configuration</li>



<li>Destination Management Settings:</li>



<li>Upload Record panel (list)</li>



<li>Settings &#8211; Profile settings</li>



<li>Settings &#8211; Change password</li>
</ul>
</li>



<li><strong>Feature Control</strong></li>



<li><strong>Grid Encoder</strong></li>



<li><strong>Transcriber</strong></li>



<li><strong>SDI Output setting</strong>
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>3G SDI format settings</li>
</ul>
</li>



<li><strong>Passthrough Streaming</strong></li>



<li><strong>Vision Tag</strong> (optional feature)</li>



<li><strong>Auto Record</strong> (optional feature)</li>



<li><strong>IP Stream out</strong>
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Encoders 1 &#8211; 6 setting</li>



<li>Audio mapping</li>



<li>Profile Management</li>
</ul>
</li>



<li><strong>Video Feedback</strong>
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Resolution and Bitrate</li>



<li>Name of RVF for the Live receiver</li>



<li>Encoder of RVF for the Live Receiver</li>



<li>Name of RVF for the Local SDI</li>



<li>Encoder of RVF for the Local SDI</li>
</ul>
</li>



<li><strong>Live Encoder</strong></li>



<li><strong>Auto Download</strong></li>



<li><strong>Live Encoder Support</strong></li>



<li><strong>Locate All</strong></li>



<li><strong>Set Location</strong></li>



<li><strong>IP and Port Mapping</strong></li>



<li><strong>VLAN Setting</strong></li>



<li><strong>Token Service</strong></li>



<li><strong>Restart Service</strong></li>



<li><strong>Vision tag</strong> (optional feature)</li>



<li><strong>Auto Record</strong> (optional feature)</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="234" height="424" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-menu.jpg" alt="Settings menu" class="wp-image-168675" style="width:292px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-menu.jpg 234w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-menu-166x300.jpg 166w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 234px) 100vw, 234px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to the “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-1-hardware-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-5"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Advanced configur</mark></a><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/guides/tvu-servers-linux-v7-8-software-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-5"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">ation</mark></a>” section for more information about settings selections.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Feature Alert</strong></h2>



<p>Click the <strong>Bell</strong> icon to view new TVU Feature messages.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="246" height="52" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bell-icon.jpg" alt="Bell icon" class="wp-image-168682" style="width:320px;height:auto"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="459" height="129" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Feature-Alert-window.jpg" alt="Feature Alert window" class="wp-image-168689" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Feature-Alert-window.jpg 459w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Feature-Alert-window-300x84.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 459px) 100vw, 459px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced operations</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Linux server transmission &#8211; Going Live</strong></h2>



<p>Taking your transmission live involves selecting a source, starting a live session with a video source, setting the correct bitrate and delay, and tuning your shot.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a source</strong></h2>



<p>To select a source from the Web Receiver UI, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the source panel, expand the source type, select <strong>thumbnail view</strong>, and click on the desired live source <strong>thumbnail</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="271" height="297" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-type-expanded-2.jpg" alt="Source type expanded 2" class="wp-image-168696" style="aspect-ratio:1.421875;object-fit:contain;width:462px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After a source is selected, a red box will frame the thumbnail image.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Selecting a transmitter that has a video thumbnail (live source), will start a live session.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="105" height="102" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/live-icon.jpg" alt="live status icon" class="wp-image-160378" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/live-icon.jpg 105w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/live-icon-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 105px) 100vw, 105px" /></figure>



<p>The source thumbnails will display using one of the following status indicators:</p>



<p>The following thumbnail indicates the video source is Offline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="99" height="101" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/source-offline.jpg" alt="source offline" class="wp-image-160273" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/source-offline.jpg 99w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/source-offline-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 99px) 100vw, 99px" /></figure>



<p>The following thumbnail indicates that the remote source is powered and connected, but no video input is detected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="93" height="92" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/no-video-capture-LINUX.png" alt="no video capture LINUX" class="wp-image-160280" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/no-video-capture-LINUX.png 93w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/no-video-capture-LINUX-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 93px) 100vw, 93px" /></figure>



<p>The following thumbnail indicates when a source is online and live video is detected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="100" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IFB-ON-Linux.jpg" alt="IFB On Linux" class="wp-image-160287"/></figure>



<p>The following thumbnail indicates that the video is a generic external source. Other external sources include SMPTE2022, YouTube, NDI, and SRT, each with an identifying thumbnail icon.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="83" height="85" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/External-source.jpg" alt="External source" class="wp-image-160266" style="width:106px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/External-source.jpg 83w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/External-source-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 83px) 100vw, 83px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If the live source was previously activated and then stopped, the thumbnail will continue to display, framed in red. To take the source live again, click the <strong>Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Taking a shot live</strong></h2>



<p>To take the shot live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>thumbnail</strong> in the source panel to start a live session with a source that is not already framed in red.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> button to start a live session, with the source framed in a red box.</li>



<li>Set the bitrate, delay, and VBR/CBR settings.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting the variable bitrate (VBR) and delay</strong></h2>



<p>The two primary controls that affect the quality and latency of a live shot are the bitrate and delay sliders in the Settings control panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="297" height="231" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Control-settings-panel.jpg" alt="Control settings panel" class="wp-image-168703" style="width:388px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p>In the <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>General</strong> pop-up window, users can change the default buffer size from the 2-second default to 0.25 &#8211; 0.5 seconds for very stable networks. Other delay selections are available from 1 second up to 3.5 seconds.</p>



<p>To set or edit the bitrate and delay, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Delay:</strong> To configure the live shot latency, adjust the slider, manually enter a value in the input box, and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>This value is always stable and will not change unless manually adjusted during transmission. Delays as low as 0.5 seconds should be routinely achievable in good bandwidth conditions. There is a relationship between lower delay and the amount of bandwidth consumed for error correction, so higher delays of 4 to 10 seconds are recommended for non-latency-sensitive transmissions.</p>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Bitrate:</strong> Use the slider to select a value, or enter it manually into the input box, and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>A higher value will increase the pack&#8217;s encoding quality and transmission throughput (subject to available bandwidth) up to a maximum of 10 Mbps. Bitrates above 5 Mbps should not be required except for fast or high-motion sports videos.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Changes to the bitrate slider can be made during a live transmission without interrupting the shot. Adjusting the Delay setting during a live transmission will interrupt the video while the stream rebuffers.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select<strong> General</strong>. Scroll down to the <strong>Default Delay and Bitrate Setting</strong> panel. The Default Delay and Bitrate Settings display. The slider must be green “enabled” as shown.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-medium is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="103" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/general-default-delay-and-bitrate-settings-300x103.png" alt="general default delay and bitrate settings" class="wp-image-168721" style="width:444px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/general-default-delay-and-bitrate-settings-300x103.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/general-default-delay-and-bitrate-settings.png 466w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting VBR vs. CBR</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU system uses the SmartVBR™ adaptive encoding technology to maximize the reliability of the live transmission. The encoder will detect the bandwidth available and adjust the encoding bitrate to the maximum value set on the slider. If the SmartVBR detects a drop in available bandwidth, the encoding resolution will decrease to keep the video stable and smooth.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Variable bitrate (VBR) mode</strong></h2>



<p>VBR is the default setting and should be used under most circumstances. Click the <strong>VBR</strong> drop-down menu above the bitrate slider to select or change the setting.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Constant bitrate (CBR) mode</strong></h2>



<p>In some circumstances, turning off the VBR logic and forcing the transmission to CBR mode may be desirable. The encoding will be locked to the configured bitrate in CBR mode regardless of available bandwidth. The most common application for this setting is with IP satellite systems with fixed bandwidth.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Tuning a shot</strong></h2>



<p>In a live interactive environment with ample bandwidth, normal operation would combine a high bitrate with a low delay for smooth, stable transmission. If the bandwidth is constrained and the transmission is not stable at the configured settings, the operator has two primary controls to affect the transmission:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Increase the delay of the transmission. An increase in delay reduces the error-correction overhead required for stability. A reduction in overhead frees up more available bandwidth for video quality. The delay can be increased from 0.5-second steps up to 10 seconds.</li>



<li>A stepped increase of 0.5 seconds up to a maximum setting of a 10-second delay should be attempted.</li>



<li>Suppose the nature of the transmission is especially delay sensitive, or the conditions are very challenging. In that case, bitrate reductions should be performed in steps of approximately 500 Kbps until stability is achieved.</li>
</ul>



<p>Combining these two controls should allow the operator to routinely and reliably manage video streams from challenging environments.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When transmitting a very low movement or still setting, the pack will adjust and use less data until movement is reintroduced. This is normal behavior.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The Eco Preview &#8211; Timer setting feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Economy Preview (Eco Preview) saves data usage by reducing the transmission rate to 500 Kbps while in preview mode. The transmission will revert to the previously set bitrate upon expiration or cancellation of the Eco Preview timer.</p>



<p>The Economy Preview button allows the operator to automatically set the Eco Preview mode timer (in minutes) to exit the Preview mode. The operator can also set the Eco Preview mode to remain active, and manually exit it.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To display the Eco Preview button, a TVU transmitter must be selected from the source menu.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To set up the Economy Preview Timer feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the server information pane, click the <strong>Eco Preview</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="271" height="52" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Eco.png" alt="Eco preview button" class="wp-image-106574"/></figure>



<p>The Economy Preview &#8211; Timer Setting dialog displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="344" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Economy-Preview-Timer-Setting-dialog.png" alt="Economy Preview - Timer Setting dialog" class="wp-image-141206" style="width:437px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Economy-Preview-Timer-Setting-dialog.png 344w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Economy-Preview-Timer-Setting-dialog-300x132.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 344px) 100vw, 344px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the appropriate radio button, enter the desired <strong>Timer</strong> value in minutes, or click the<strong> Manual</strong> setting button.</li>



<li>Click<strong> Save</strong> or <strong>Cancel</strong>. Click the <strong>X</strong> to exit the dialog. After exiting the dialog, the Eco-Preview button changes to Exit-Preview.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="245" height="42" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ECO-2.png" alt="Exit-Preview button" class="wp-image-106592"/></figure>



<p>When Eco-Preview is enabled, the preview panel displays a red “Economy Preview” overlay.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Preview message is overlaid on the SDI output to warn operators that the mode is active.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="444" height="250" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Eco-Preview-enabled.png" alt="Eco-Preview enabled" class="wp-image-128771" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Eco-Preview-enabled.png 444w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Eco-Preview-enabled-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To exit the preview, click the<strong> Exit-Preview</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>GPS Pack locator</strong></h2>



<p>The transmitter&#8217;s name will be underlined underneath its thumbnail image when it is online.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <em>underlined</em> name of the transmitter to display its GPS data.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="372" height="253" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/GPS-tracking-LINUX.png" alt="GPS tracking LINUX" class="wp-image-160385" style="width:409px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/GPS-tracking-LINUX.png 372w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/GPS-tracking-LINUX-300x204.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 372px) 100vw, 372px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To locate all online transmitters, click the <strong>Settings</strong> drop-down menu and select<strong> Locate All</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="242" height="303" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Locate-All.jpg" alt="Settings Locate All" class="wp-image-168728" style="width:325px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Locate-All.jpg 242w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Locate-All-240x300.jpg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 242px) 100vw, 242px" /></figure>



<p>The GPS location pop-up displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="568" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/locate-all-window-1024x568.png" alt="GPS location - locate all" class="wp-image-128789" style="width:512px;height:281px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/locate-all-window-1024x568.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/locate-all-window-300x166.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/locate-all-window-768x426.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/locate-all-window.png 1202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>Use your mouse to hover over the location pin to display the TVU Packs’ PID.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>GPS Pack recorded content tracking</strong></h2>



<p>Additionally, the path is recorded as the transmitter moves to another location. The TVU location pop-up dialog displays the path to help identify recorded content by location.</p>



<p>To view the recorded content tracking map, click the <strong>Record</strong> tab in the data transmission monitor panel first, then click the name of the transmitter thumbnail.</p>



<p>Mouse over a section of the tracked path, and a thumbnail image of the recorded content at that location displays.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If there is no real-time GPS data for a TVU transmitter, cache GPS data will be used for that TVU transmitter and the location pin displays red.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IFB indicator feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Interruptible Feedback (IFB) feature (used with early-model transmitters) allows your news operations center to speak directly to a TVU transmitter in the field without requiring telephone contact. The IFB option includes a mixer/preamp. The mixer has a USB port for connecting to your server, an XLR, and 1/4-inch ports for plugging in a microphone.</p>



<p>On the TVU transmitter, connect a standard pair of headphones to the 3.5 mm audio jack.</p>



<p>To use the IFB feature, click the<strong> IFB indicator</strong> until it turns red. The IFB on/off status is also indicated in the “Status” panel on the right side of the interface. Additionally, if a TVU transmitter has an IFB function, the IFB is automatically enabled when the transmitter goes live. Once the live transmission is stopped, the IFB function is turned off.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="461" height="116" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-and-IFB-indicators-LINUX.png" alt="VoIP and IFB indicators LINUX" class="wp-image-160392" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-and-IFB-indicators-LINUX.png 461w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-and-IFB-indicators-LINUX-300x75.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /></figure>



<p>The five indicator colors displayed in “IFB indicators” are defined as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">Red</mark>:</strong> The IFB function is in use.</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-light-green-cyan-color">Green</mark>:</strong> The IFB function is available but not in use.</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Dark Green</mark>:</strong> Either the transmitter is live with another server or using the IFB function with another server.</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-cyan-bluish-gray-color">Gray</mark>:</strong> The IFB Function is not available for this transmitter.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP indicator feature</strong></h2>



<p><strong>VoIP indicator:</strong> The VoIP function provides a two-way, higher-quality communication than IFB. Click the <strong>VoIP</strong> indicator in the live preview to use VoIP. When enabled, the VoIP background color turns from green to flashing red to solid red. VoIP is automatically enabled when starting a live transmission and disabled manually by pressing the button.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For VS3500/VS3550 hardware models, an external audio box is required to support XLR audio input/output.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="85" height="84" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-indicator.jpg" alt="VoIP indicator example" class="wp-image-160399" style="width:113px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-indicator.jpg 85w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-indicator-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 85px) 100vw, 85px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The VoIP/IFB status also displays in the diagnostics “Status” panel on the right side of the interface.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="251" height="81" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/IFB-and-VoIP.png" alt="IFB and VoIP indicators" class="wp-image-128798" style="aspect-ratio:3.0987654320987654;width:339px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p>Additionally, if a TVU transmitter has a VoIP or IFB function, both IFB and VoIP will automatically become enabled when going live.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source setting feature</strong></h2>



<p>The source <strong>Setting</strong> feature allows users to change the <strong>Source Name</strong>, <strong>URL</strong>, <strong>Validate</strong>, or <strong>Delete</strong> a source from the sources panel. Click the <strong>Setting</strong> indicator under the source thumbnail to open the <strong>Edit</strong> source pop-up window.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="83" height="86" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/source-setting.jpg" alt="source setting" class="wp-image-160406" style="width:120px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/source-setting.jpg 83w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/source-setting-71x75.jpg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 83px) 100vw, 83px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="337" height="174" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/settings-indicator-edit-window.jpg" alt="settings indicator edit window" class="wp-image-160413" style="width:382px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/settings-indicator-edit-window.jpg 337w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/settings-indicator-edit-window-300x155.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 337px) 100vw, 337px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced Inverse StatMux technology &#8211; ISX</strong></h2>



<p>ISX is an advanced version of TVU Networks’ Inverse StatMux technology. With superior forward error correction technology, ISX also has a higher throughput than the standard Inverse StatMux under the same conditions. Additionally, with ISX, file transfers are 2x to 4x faster than with standard Inverse StatMux. This solution enables TVU transmitters to deliver resilient, HD, professional broadcast-quality pictures in even the most challenging wireless environments.</p>



<p>Once ISX has been installed on a TVU transmitter, “(ISX)” will appear at the end of the PID Name when you mouse over the source thumbnail, as shown in “ISX location” below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="139" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/ISX-location.jpg" alt="ISX location" class="wp-image-168735" style="width:506px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/ISX-location.jpg 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/ISX-location-300x116.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Grid source</strong></h2>



<p>Expand the TVU Grid list by clicking the <strong>double arrows</strong> to view the available Grid sources.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-medium is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="274" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Grid-source-menu-300x274.png" alt="TVU Grid source menu" class="wp-image-128806" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Grid-source-menu-300x274.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Grid-source-menu.png 327w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding an external source</strong></h2>



<p>To add an external source to the server Web UI, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the plus <strong>+</strong> icon next to the Status drop-down menu. The external source pop-up window displays.</li>



<li>Select an external source from the pop-up window to be added. The four supported formats are:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Generic External Source</li>



<li>SMPTE2022 Source</li>



<li>YouTube Source</li>



<li>SRT Source</li>



<li>NDI Source</li>



<li>Zixi Source</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="359" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/External-source-drop-down-menu-2-1.jpg" alt="External source drop-down menu 2" class="wp-image-168742" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/External-source-drop-down-menu-2-1.jpg 359w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/External-source-drop-down-menu-2-1-300x273.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 359px) 100vw, 359px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A pop-up window displays for each external selection. Refer to “Video stream URL format and examples” for more information. Enter the appropriate information as follows:</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="342" height="146" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/External-source.png" alt="External source" class="wp-image-141263" style="width:374px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/External-source.png 342w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/External-source-300x128.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 342px) 100vw, 342px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="341" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/SMPTE2022-source.png" alt="SMPTE2022 source" class="wp-image-141271" style="width:379px;height:197px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/SMPTE2022-source.png 341w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/SMPTE2022-source-300x130.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 341px) 100vw, 341px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="339" height="172" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/YouTube-source.png" alt="YouTube source" class="wp-image-141215" style="width:388px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/YouTube-source.png 339w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/YouTube-source-300x152.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 339px) 100vw, 339px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="340" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/SRT-source.png" alt="SRT source" class="wp-image-141223" style="width:393px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/SRT-source.png 340w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/SRT-source-300x236.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 340px) 100vw, 340px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="340" height="241" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/SRT-source-listener-mode.png" alt="SRT source listener mode" class="wp-image-169313" style="width:387px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/SRT-source-listener-mode.png 340w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/SRT-source-listener-mode-300x213.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 340px) 100vw, 340px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Click the URL menu to auto search for a NDI source.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Add-NDI.jpg" alt="Add NDI source" class="wp-image-169321" style="width:394px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Add-NDI.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Add-NDI-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="337" height="146" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Zixi-source.png" alt="Zixi source" class="wp-image-141255" style="width:396px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Zixi-source.png 337w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Zixi-source-300x130.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 337px) 100vw, 337px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Name the source and click <strong>Add</strong>. A thumbnail icon of the added source will display as a selection in the source menu.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Working with data cards</strong></h2>



<p>The data transmission monitor panel has two tabs, Live and Record, as shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="325" height="90" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Mode-selections.jpg" alt="mode selections" class="wp-image-160420" style="width:513px;height:125px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Mode-selections.jpg 325w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Mode-selections-300x83.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 325px) 100vw, 325px" /></figure>



<p>In the Live tab, the checkbox for each data connection status bar enables or disables that connection. The box is enabled (checked) by default.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>checkbox</strong> to select and use the data connection. If the box is unchecked, the card will not pass data.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a data card is installed, the carrier name along with the slot number displays next to the checkbox.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="219" height="177" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/data-card-1.jpg" alt="Data card 1" class="wp-image-168749"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the scale of the modem histogram, click the bottom right button to display the selection menu. Then, click to select a desired maximum value.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Changing the value will affect all modem histograms.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="203" height="390" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Data-transmission-monitor-panel-scale.png" alt="Data transmission monitor panel scale" class="wp-image-141348" style="width:251px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Data-transmission-monitor-panel-scale.png 203w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Data-transmission-monitor-panel-scale-156x300.png 156w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 203px) 100vw, 203px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To retrieve the IP address of a data card, mouse over the name of the data card field.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="217" height="143" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Data-Card-IP-Address.png" alt="" class="wp-image-141356" style="aspect-ratio:1.4525862068965518;width:249px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If there appears to be no name associated with the card, you can enter your name, which is displayed as <em>&lt;Name&gt;</em>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The name change will reset itself upon a reboot.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The color indicators displayed within the carrier name panel indicate the following status:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">Red</mark></strong>: Not connected, but dialing</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Green</mark></strong>: Connected and passing traffic</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-amber-color">Yellow</mark></strong>: Connected, but not passing traffic</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-cyan-bluish-gray-color">Gray</mark></strong>: Disconnected or unplugged</li>
</ul>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover over the Histogram to see the speed, Rtt, and Incoming loss.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="221" height="177" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Data-card-speed-hover.jpg" alt="Data card speed hover" class="wp-image-168756" style="width:262px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manual modem configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To manually configure a transmitter modem, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol start="1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the source panel, click the desired source thumbnail. When selected, the source is framed with a red box.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="85" height="84" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-indicator.jpg" alt="VoIP indicator example" class="wp-image-160399" style="width:105px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-indicator.jpg 85w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-indicator-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 85px) 100vw, 85px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To configure the modem, click the <strong>Gear</strong> icon above the source histogram.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="251" height="204" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Gear-icon.jpg" alt="Gear icon" class="wp-image-168763" style="width:300px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Gear</strong> Icon opens the pack&#8217;s advanced configuration menu. <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Tap the<strong>&nbsp;Modem&nbsp;</strong>icon</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="805" height="216" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Modem-icon.jpg" alt="Modem icon" class="wp-image-169328" style="width:527px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Modem-icon.jpg 805w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Modem-icon-300x80.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Modem-icon-768x206.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 805px) 100vw, 805px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Modems</strong> panel is displayed.</li>



<li>The <strong>Roaming for all Modems</strong> and <strong>Roaming for this Modem</strong> boxes are checked by default.</li>



<li>Perform the desired configuration settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="809" height="654" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Modems-panel-Auto.jpg" alt="Modems panel Auto" class="wp-image-168770" style="width:530px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Modems-panel-Auto.jpg 809w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Modems-panel-Auto-300x243.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Modems-panel-Auto-768x621.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 809px) 100vw, 809px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To save your configuration changes, click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manual carrier selection when roaming</strong></h2>



<p>To manually select which carrier a modem will roam on, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Roaming for all Modems</strong> and <strong>Roaming for this Modem</strong> boxes are checked by default.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Manual</strong> radio button at the bottom of the Modems panel.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Scan</strong> button. The roaming modem will automatically generate a list of available carriers.</li>



<li>Click to select a desired <strong>Carrier</strong> from the Carrier list, then click<strong> Apply</strong> to confirm your selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="809" height="827" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Modems-panel-Manual.jpg" alt="Modems panel Manual" class="wp-image-168777" style="aspect-ratio:1;object-fit:cover;width:531px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Modems-panel-Manual.jpg 809w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Modems-panel-Manual-293x300.jpg 293w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Modems-panel-Manual-768x785.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Modems-panel-Manual-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 809px) 100vw, 809px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced configuration and settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced configuration and settings</strong></h2>



<p>This topic explains how to access and apply advanced configuration and settings.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Linux server settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Linux server settings</strong></h2>



<p>The Settings drop-down menu displays default and enabled feature configuration settings selections:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="234" height="424" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-menu.jpg" alt="Settings menu" class="wp-image-168675" style="width:232px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-menu.jpg 234w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-menu-166x300.jpg 166w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 234px) 100vw, 234px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; General panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; General panel</strong></h2>



<p>Click the <strong>Settings</strong> drop-down menu, and click General to access the General panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="223" height="140" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-General.jpg" alt="Settings general" class="wp-image-168791" style="width:301px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Set the Time Zone.</li>



<li>Enable Custom NTP Service.</li>



<li>Set Media Device, i.e., Microphone and Speaker. No Audio mix option.</li>



<li>Use the Talkback feature for (IFB) one-way, or (VoIP) for two-way communication.</li>



<li>Enable VoIP Start with Live.</li>



<li>Enable the Prompt a Warning when Stopping a Live Transmission feature.</li>



<li>Content Contribution option.</li>



<li>Select a Progressive Download automatic file format conversion.</li>



<li>Enable and set a Default Delay and Bitrate.</li>



<li>Choose an External Source buffer size (Network dependent).</li>



<li>NDI Discovery server support feature.</li>



<li>Choose a Video Feedback resolution and bitrate.</li>



<li>Enable the Switch Live on Hold to Standby feature.</li>



<li>Image Overlay for IP Stream Output.</li>



<li>Change the Background to dark or light mode or enable a Custom Background Logo.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="523" height="1416" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Panel.jpg" alt="General panel" class="wp-image-168784" style="width:494px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Panel.jpg 523w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Panel-111x300.jpg 111w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Panel-378x1024.jpg 378w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 523px) 100vw, 523px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Time Zone Setting</strong></h2>



<p>The Time Zone feature allows users to set the appropriate UTC zone for their location. </p>



<p>To set the UTC zone for your location:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>General</strong>.</li>



<li>Scroll to <strong>Time Zone Setting</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="536" height="317" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/time-zone-setting-selection.png" alt="General Time Zone Setting" class="wp-image-129052" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/time-zone-setting-selection.png 536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/time-zone-setting-selection-300x177.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the appropriate UTC from the drop-down menu. Then, click<strong> Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Custom NTP Service</strong></h2>



<p>For details about enabling NTP Custom Service, refer to &#8220;Network diagnostics and port testing&#8221; and &#8220;Adding a custom NTP service.&#8221;</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Set Media Device</strong></h2>



<p>The Set Media Device function is used for VoIP/IFB. In the case of a dual-output server, multiple microphone devices and speakers might be available in the system. The Set Media settings allow the operator to assign a device to a specific server. In addition, users can select the <strong>No Audio Mix</strong> checkbox to make the audio channels independent.</p>



<p>To open the Set Media Device panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>General</strong>.</li>



<li>Scroll down to <strong>Set Media Device</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="525" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/general-set-media-device.jpg" alt="set media device" class="wp-image-154114" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/general-set-media-device.jpg 525w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/general-set-media-device-300x229.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 525px) 100vw, 525px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your <strong>Microphone</strong> and <strong>Speaker</strong> selections from the drop-down menus.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>No Audio Mix</strong> checkbox. If you want to make the audio channels completely independent, click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Make sure the No Audio Mix feature is also enabled on the transmitter for this to take effect.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Talkback</strong></h2>



<p>To choose either one-way (IFB) or two-way VoIP communication:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down the General panel to <strong>Talkback</strong> and select from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> if the transmitter accepts IFB only, then the Talkback connection would still be IFB in this mode.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Users can add a VoIP name <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">in the <strong>Name</strong> field for easy identification</span>. The name would be reflected on the Pack.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="469" height="170" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/general-talkback.jpg" alt="General - Talkback" class="wp-image-160434" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/general-talkback.jpg 469w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/general-talkback-300x109.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 469px) 100vw, 469px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; VoIP Start with Live</strong></h2>



<p>Enable the VoIP Start with Live feature to stream audio and video during live broadcasts. For setup information, refer to &#8220;<a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">How to set up IFB and VoIP on a TVU receiver</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>



<p>To enable this feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>General</strong>.</li>



<li>Scroll down the General panel to <strong>VoIP Start with Live</strong>.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>VoIP Start with Live</strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="467" height="76" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VoIP-start-with-live.png" alt="VoIP start with live" class="wp-image-141407" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VoIP-start-with-live.png 467w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VoIP-start-with-live-300x49.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 467px) 100vw, 467px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Warning Prompt when Stopping Live</strong></h2>



<p>To enable a notification when stopping a live transmission:<br>Enable the <strong>Prompt a Warning When Stopping a Live Transmission</strong> slider.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="361" height="106" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Prompt-a-Warning-when-stopping-live-slider.jpg" alt="General Prompt a Warning when stopping live slider" class="wp-image-168798" style="width:476px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Prompt-a-Warning-when-stopping-live-slider.jpg 361w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Prompt-a-Warning-when-stopping-live-slider-300x88.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Content Contribution</strong></h2>



<p>The Content Contribution feature allows users to contribute content to Producer or Channel, etc., without the Grid feature. It allows contributing one copy of the video only vs. Grid’s multi-destination design.</p>



<p>To use the Content Contribution feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>General</strong>.</li>



<li>Scroll down to <strong>Content Contribution</strong>, and then enable the<strong> slider</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="99" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Content-Contribution-slider.jpg" alt="General Content Contribution slider" class="wp-image-168805" style="width:473px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Content-Contribution-slider.jpg 355w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Content-Contribution-slider-300x84.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Progressive Download</strong></h2>



<p>If the TVU server is available, a TVU transmitter can automatically trigger the immediate upload of a high-resolution mirror image of a clip from its SSD to the TVU server by pressing the camcorder’s record button. The Progressive Download format is selected in the Progressive Download <strong>Auto convert to</strong> drop-down menu. The TVU server will display the download process.</p>



<p>To use the Progressive Download Auto convert to feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>General</strong>.</li>



<li>Scroll down to <strong>Progressive Download</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="626" height="240" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Settings-general-progressive-download.png" alt="Settings general progressive download" class="wp-image-129077" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Settings-general-progressive-download.png 626w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Settings-general-progressive-download-300x115.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 626px) 100vw, 626px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Auto convert to</strong> drop-down menu to select from three conversion options for the mirror image.</li>



<li>When finished, click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Default Delay and Bitrate</strong></h2>



<p>Enabling the slider allows users to adjust the delay and bitrate settings.</p>



<p>To set the default delay and bitrate settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>General</strong>.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Default Delay</strong> and <strong>Bitrate</strong> sliders. Click and drag the <strong>Delay</strong> and <strong>Bitrate</strong> bars to the desired settings, then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/general-default-delay-and-bitrate-settings.png" alt="general default delay and bitrate settings" class="wp-image-168721" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/general-default-delay-and-bitrate-settings.png 466w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/general-default-delay-and-bitrate-settings-300x103.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>For information about delay and bitrate settings, refer to<mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"> </mark><a href="/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-0-software-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-4"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Advanced operations</mark></a> “Setting the variable bitrate (VBR) and delay.”</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; External Source</strong></h2>



<p>The External Source panel allows users to select a decoding buffer size for their external source.</p>



<p>To select a decoding buffer size:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>General</strong>.</li>



<li>Scroll to <strong>External Source</strong>, click the drop-down menu, and select a <strong>Buffer size</strong> for your external source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="527" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-External-Source-menu.jpg" alt="General External Source menu" class="wp-image-168812" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-External-Source-menu.jpg 528w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-External-Source-menu-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-External-Source-menu-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-External-Source-menu-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-External-Source-menu-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; NDI Discovery</strong></h2>



<p>In v8.4, the NDI Discovery service searches for and identifies an NDI source in the WAN.</p>



<p>To enable the NDI Discovery feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click<strong> Settings </strong>and select <strong>General</strong>.</li>



<li>Scroll down to the <strong>NDI Discovery</strong> panel and enable the slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="581" height="85" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/NDI-Discovery.jpg" alt="NDI Discovery" class="wp-image-168819" style="width:417px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/NDI-Discovery.jpg 581w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/NDI-Discovery-300x44.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 581px) 100vw, 581px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When you add an NDI source and click the ndi:// field pull-down arrow. The discovery process is activated when “searching” appears.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Add-NDI.jpg" alt="Add NDI source" class="wp-image-169321" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Add-NDI.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Add-NDI-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Switch Live on Hold to Standby</strong></h2>



<p>Users can enable the “Switch Live on Hold to Standby” feature. If a live TVU Pack session is interrupted at the source by either powering down the source or loss of video, the TVU Transceiver will keep the session active until the source returns.</p>



<p>The switch to standby timer will release the session after a user-defined interval, making the receiver available for other transmission sources.</p>



<p>To enable the Switch Live on Hold to Standby feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>General</strong>.</li>



<li>Scroll down to the<strong> Switch Live on Hold to Standby</strong> panel and enable the slider.</li>



<li>Make a <strong>Timer</strong> selection from the drop-down menu, then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="102" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Switch-Live-on-Hold-Standby-slider.jpg" alt="Switch Live on Hold Standby slider" class="wp-image-168826" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Switch-Live-on-Hold-Standby-slider.jpg 526w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Switch-Live-on-Hold-Standby-slider-300x58.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Logo Overlay for IP Stream Output</strong></h2>



<p>This feature allows you to select a local image file (PNG or JPG) and overlay it on a specific IP Output stream (SRT, RTMP, or RTSP).</p>



<p>To use this feature on a v8.4 unit:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Access the Web GUI:</strong> Log in to your VS3600/Transceiver.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>General</strong>, then enable the <strong>Image Overlay for IP Stream Out</strong> feature.</li>



<li>Go to <strong>Settings</strong> &gt;<strong> IP Stream Out</strong>: In the Output section, click <strong>+Add</strong>, and then select your desired stream (e.g., “SRT Output 1”)</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Logo only support png format</strong> checkbox.</li>



<li>Click the image preview box (shown below with the TVU logo) to browse and upload a logo.</li>



<li>Use the<strong> X</strong> and <strong>Y offset </strong>fields to position the logo to your preferred corner, then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>



<li>The overlay will appear instantly on the IP stream without interrupting the video feed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="217" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Image-Overlay-for-IP-Stream-Output.png" alt="General - Image Overlay for IP Stream Output" class="wp-image-168833" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Image-Overlay-for-IP-Stream-Output.png 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Image-Overlay-for-IP-Stream-Output-300x129.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Background mode</strong></h2>



<p>The Background mode feature allows users to change the user interface background to Dark or Light mode.</p>



<p>To change the background mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>General</strong>.</li>



<li>Scroll down to Background Mode, make your selection, and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="527" height="203" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/background-mode.jpg" alt="background mode" class="wp-image-154122" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/background-mode.jpg 527w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/background-mode-300x116.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 527px) 100vw, 527px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211;</strong> <strong>Custom Background logo</strong></h2>



<p>The Custom background logo feature enables users to display their custom logo in the preview window.</p>



<p>To add a custom background logo: </p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down to the bottom of the <strong>General</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Custom Background Logo</strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="468" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/custom-background-logo-setup.png" alt="custom background logo setup" class="wp-image-141435" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/custom-background-logo-setup.png 466w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/custom-background-logo-setup-300x300.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/custom-background-logo-setup-150x150.png 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/custom-background-logo-setup-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/custom-background-logo-setup-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the Plus “+” box to add a logo (in PNG format only), and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; Network setup</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; Network Setup</strong></h2>



<p>The Network Setup window displays the Basic Network IP and port mapping settings and contains the following configurable panels and controls:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> Network settings<br><strong>(B)</strong> DNS settings<br><strong>(C)</strong> Web control tab<br><strong>(D)</strong> Systems setting menu &#8211; Restart service, Restart system, Update firmware, and Shut down.</p>



<p>To open the Network Setup window:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>Network Setup</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="238" height="121" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/settings-Network-setup.jpg" alt="settings - Network setup" class="wp-image-168840" style="width:318px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU Network Setup window displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="281" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Network-setup-window.jpg" alt="Network setup window" class="wp-image-154138" style="aspect-ratio:1.6093189964157706;object-fit:cover;width:559px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Network-setup-window.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Network-setup-window-300x188.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<p>For IPv6 configuration support:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the <strong>IPv6 IP</strong>, <strong>IPv6 Mask</strong>, and<strong> IPv6 Gateway</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Web Control</strong> to return to the Receiver Web interface.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; File Browser</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; File Browser</strong></h2>



<p>The File Browser feature allows users to access downloaded content from the local storage directory. The details of this feature are explained in more detail in “Accessing downloaded files from the local storage directory.”</p>



<p>To access the File browser feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>File Browser</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="236" height="127" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-File-Browser.jpg" alt="Settings File Browser" class="wp-image-168847" style="width:368px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>You may also access the File Browser from the <strong>TVU Receiver</strong> landing page.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; Remote File Storage</strong></h2>



<p>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>Remote File Storage</strong> to open the <strong>Upload Preferences</strong> and <strong>Destination Management</strong> functions. Use the Remote File Storage to push downloaded files to external FTP servers. The details of this feature are further explained in “Remote File Storage service.”</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Remote-File-Storage.jpg" alt="Settings Remote File Storage" class="wp-image-168854" style="width:378px;height:auto"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; Feature Control</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; Feature Control</strong></h2>



<p>Many features in the Feature Control menu must be enabled before they can be used. </p>



<p>To access the Feature Control menu:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To open the Feature Control settings dialog, click <strong>Settings</strong> and select<strong> Feature Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="238" height="170" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Feature-Control.jpg" alt="Settings Feature Control" class="wp-image-168861" style="width:370px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Feature Control menu will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="453" height="529" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Settings-Feature-Control-window.jpg" alt="Settings Feature Control window" class="wp-image-169335" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Settings-Feature-Control-window.jpg 453w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Settings-Feature-Control-window-257x300.jpg 257w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 453px) 100vw, 453px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the slider to the right to enable a feature. Click the slider to the left to disable a feature.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Apply and Restart Later</strong> or <strong>Apply and Restart Now</strong> button to apply the server software changes.</li>
</ol>



<p>Feature Control settings are as follows. These features may be enabled or disabled in the Feature Control dialog:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Auto Download:</strong> Enable this feature to automatically download a live session after it ends.</li>



<li><strong>Auto Live Resume:</strong> This feature will automatically resume the last live source if the server shuts down.</li>



<li><strong>Auto Record: </strong>When enabled, live server transmissions are recorded to local storage.</li>



<li><strong>Auto Sync:</strong> Auto Sync is a high-speed file transfer feature that automatically pushes the files from the transmitter to the server using ISX.
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>There are two Auto Sync methods you can use to send files to the TVU server automatically:
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>You can perform Auto Sync by inserting a USB stick into the transmitter.</li>



<li>You can use the TVU transmitter&#8217;s wireless hotspot feature to transfer files directly to it for upload.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>



<li><strong>Booking Service:</strong> The Booking service enables an operator to preset a specific time for a source to go live.</li>



<li><strong>Connectivity: </strong>Enable the Connectivity feature to switch the service region from the Device Config service. Generally, it will be used by Chinese users or by those using a private deployment.</li>



<li><strong>External Source Receiving:</strong> This feature allows the operator to connect to external video sources, including YouTube, through an IP address or URL.</li>



<li><strong>Global Grid:</strong> Enables pairing with Global Grid sources.</li>



<li><strong>IP Streaming Output:</strong> The live video transmission is encoded into an IP format and can be sent to six different remote locations. Users can convert a video’s aspect ratio from 4:3 to 16:9 using the Stretch to fill option to fill the entire area, or the Lock Aspect Ratio option, which adds black bars to the 4:3 video.</li>



<li><strong>Input match:</strong> The server SDI output will be converted to match the source input resolution setting.</li>



<li><strong>Live Encoder Support:</strong> The Live Encoder support controls one function.
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enabling the operation of the Command Center Share function when used in conjunction with a social media account.</li>
</ul>
</li>



<li><strong>Local SDI:</strong> The operator can view SDI input as a local source.</li>



<li><strong>Remote Commentator feature: </strong>This feature is necessary when using the TVU receiver with TVU Remote Commentator.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Transcriber:</strong> TVU Transcriber is a real-time speech-to-text transcribing service. For detailed information, refer to the <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/guides/tvu-transcriber-feature-guide/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">T</mark></em></a><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">VU Transcriber Feature Guide</mark></em></a>.</li>



<li><strong>Remote File Storage:</strong> Use the Remote File Storage to push downloaded files to external FTP servers.</li>



<li><strong>SDI to IP:</strong> Enables an SDI input for IP streaming output.</li>



<li><strong>TVU G-Link:</strong> The TVU G-Link software feature is an Internet-based, licensed solution for point-to-point live transmission, providing an affordable way to share live video between two locations. Enabling the G-Link software feature allows a receiver to transmit video to and from another G-Link receiver (point-to-point) for bidirectional transmission. The TVU G-Link software feature is added to the existing VS3100, VS3200, VS3500, and VS3600 server Web interface and is accessed and enabled in the Feature Control menu.. Refer to the <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU G-Link Software Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> for detailed information.</li>



<li><strong>TVUGrid Encoder:</strong> Enable the encoding of a TVU pack or local SDI stream to Grid.</li>



<li><strong>TVUGrid Receiving:</strong> This feature is necessary to receive a G-Link transmission from an encoder.</li>



<li><strong>TVUMe Receiving: </strong>TVUMe allows news organizations to connect with video content providers and freelancers worldwide to exchange live and recorded content.</li>



<li><strong>TVUPack Receiving:</strong> Enable TVUPack Receiving to allow the encoding of the pack stream or local SDI stream to Grid.</li>



<li><strong>Time Lock:</strong> The Time Lock feature enables multiple TVU One’s to synchronize with other receivers at the same set latency.</li>



<li><strong>Token service:</strong> Use the Token service feature to create a new Token, set a Token, and check Token information.</li>



<li><strong>User Upgrade: </strong>Enable the on/off switch in feature control.</li>



<li><strong>VLAN Setting</strong>: The VLAN Setting feature allows users to set up a VLAN client and server.</li>



<li><strong>Video Feedback:</strong> Enables remote video feedback by encoding content on the server and sending it to field equipment for remote monitoring. Users can choose various resolutions and bitrates for return video feeds up to 1080p, 720p, 2 Mbps. The Video Feedback setting allows users to set the buffer for ingesting external sources as low as 0.25s under a very stable network.</li>



<li><strong>Vision Tag:</strong> Used to enable/disable live MediaMind AI facial and location recognition.</li>



<li><strong>Web File Support:</strong> Enables ENPS integration functions.</li>



<li><strong>VoIP Start with Live:</strong> Enable this feature to stream audio and video during live broadcasts.</li>



<li><strong>Default Delay and Bitrate Setting:</strong> Enables users to adjust these settings.</li>



<li><strong>Restart Service:</strong> The Restart Service feature can now be accessed in the Settings drop-down menu to reset the WebR after enabling or disabling features.</li>



<li><strong>Set Location:</strong> Select Global and China connectivity settings for your remote location by enabling the Auto detection slider in the Set Location pop-up window. Caution: Enter China only if your receiver location is in China.</li>



<li><strong>Time Zone Setting:</strong> The Time Zone feature allows users to set the appropriate UTC time zone.</li>



<li><strong>Service Control:</strong> Select Service Control from the receiver landing page to enable FTP, SSH, and Media Server.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; Grid Encoder</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; Grid Encoder</strong></h2>



<p>The Grid Encoder feature enables encoding a TVU Pack or local stream to TVU Grid. This feature must be enabled in the Feature Control window before it can be used.</p>



<p>To encode a pack or local stream to TVU Grid:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Settings</strong> menu and select <strong>Grid Encoder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="183" height="203" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/settings-grid-encoder.png" alt="settings grid encoder" class="wp-image-141476" style="width:273px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Grid Encoder window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="546" height="496" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/settings-grid-encoder-window.png" alt="settings grid encoder window" class="wp-image-141484" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/settings-grid-encoder-window.png 546w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/settings-grid-encoder-window-300x273.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 546px) 100vw, 546px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Source</strong> drop-down menu to select the source type you want available on output 1.</li>
</ol>



<p>You can choose from a <strong>TVU Pack</strong>, <strong>TVU Pack and External</strong>, or select <strong>None</strong> to disable output 1. </p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Output 2 will always use the SDI input as its source.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="546" height="498" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/settings-grid-encoder-window-2.png" alt="settings grid encoder window 2" class="wp-image-141493" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/settings-grid-encoder-window-2.png 546w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/settings-grid-encoder-window-2-300x274.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 546px) 100vw, 546px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Codec</strong> from the Codec drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="495" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/settings-grid-encoder-window-3.png" alt="settings grid encoder window 3" class="wp-image-141501" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/settings-grid-encoder-window-3.png 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/settings-grid-encoder-window-3-300x274.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Close the window when finished.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; SDI Output Setting</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; SDI Output Setting</strong></h2>



<p>SDI settings can be configured for single or dual-output servers. </p>



<p>To choose an SDI Output Setting: </p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>SDI Output Setting</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="193" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/image-1.png" alt="" class="wp-image-168875"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The SDI Output Setting window will display.</li>



<li>Enable the<strong> On</strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="494" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/SDI-Output-Setting-window.png" alt="SDI Output Setting window" class="wp-image-129186" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/SDI-Output-Setting-window.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/SDI-Output-Setting-window-233x300.png 233w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The following figure shows the standard configuration of the output ports on a dual channel receiver.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="173" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/dual-channel-receiver-ports.jpg" alt="dual channel receiver ports" class="wp-image-154146" style="width:448px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/dual-channel-receiver-ports.jpg 531w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/dual-channel-receiver-ports-300x98.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “Dual output server configurations.”</p>
</blockquote>



<p>SDI Output settings:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Output Format:</strong> Use the <strong>Output format</strong> drop-down menu to select a resolution for your video output.</li>



<li><strong>3G-SDI formats:</strong> Supports 3G SMPTE level A and SMPTE level B card formats.</li>



<li><strong>Last Frame:</strong> Select <strong>Logo</strong> from the Last Frame drop-down to output the TVU slate screen. Select <strong>Last Frame</strong> to repeat the last frame or select<strong> Black</strong> for no image.</li>



<li><strong>Last Frame lasts for N seconds:</strong> Enter a value for the “Last Frame” selection to display.</li>



<li><strong>Audio Channels:</strong> Use the Audio Channels drop-down to select 2, 8, or 16 audio channels.</li>



<li><strong>Output -12 db audio while standing by (checkbox):</strong> Click the check box to enable a -12 db audio output along with the TVU slate. When the box is unchecked, the -12 db audio output is disabled, and only the TVU slate is enabled.</li>



<li><strong>Stay on last frame during transmission interruption (checkbox):</strong> Click this checkbox to enable the “Last Frame” and “Last Frame to last for N seconds” settings in the event of a transmission interruption.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>In the event of any changes made to the SDI Output setting dialog, you are prompted to restart the server for settings to take effect.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Dual-output server configurations</strong></h2>



<p>With a dual-server configuration, an operator can access each server by completing the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the server<strong> PID</strong> drop-down menu and select a server from the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="306" height="132" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Dual-output-server.jpg" alt="Dual output server" class="wp-image-168882" style="width:409px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Dual-output-server.jpg 306w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Dual-output-server-300x129.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 306px) 100vw, 306px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The login screen opens. Log in to the Receiver Web Control user interface.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="566" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png" alt="Receiver control login page" class="wp-image-141057" style="width:501px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-300x166.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-768x424.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page.png 1376w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; Passthrough Streaming</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; Passthrough Streaming</strong></h2>



<p>The Passthrough Streaming feature allows high-quality CBR video from the TVU Pack to be transmitted to the receiver and converted to IP without transcoding. Note that this feature needs to be specially authorized on the receiver, and an extra charge may apply.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>Passthrough Streaming</strong>.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>SRT</strong> or <strong>UDP</strong> protocol.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="379" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Passthrough-Streaming-window-1.png" alt="Passthrough Streaming window" class="wp-image-109638" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Passthrough-Streaming-window-1.png 379w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Passthrough-Streaming-window-1-300x211.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 379px) 100vw, 379px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the <strong>Mode</strong> and click <strong>Save and Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; Transcriber</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings</strong> &#8211;<strong> Transcriber</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Transcriber uses AI technology to convert speech into text from a live audio input source. This text will be output as closed captions and as a text file, and will be sent to your SDI or IP output stream for monitoring purposes.</p>



<p>The Feature Management menu allows an operator to enable the TVU Transcriber option. Refer to the &#8220;<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Transcriber Feature guide</mark></a></em>&#8221; for detailed information about setup and usage.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; Auto Record</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; Auto Record</strong></h2>



<p>The Auto record feature lets users record live transmissions from the server to local storage.</p>



<p>The Auto Record feature must be enabled in Feature Control before it can be selected.</p>



<p>To enable the Auto Record feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>Feature Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="238" height="170" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Feature-Control-1.jpg" alt="Settings Feature Control" class="wp-image-168889" style="width:312px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Feature Control settings menu will display.</li>



<li>Scroll down to <strong>Auto Record</strong>.</li>



<li>Slide the <strong>Auto Record</strong> switch to the right until it turns green. Click <strong>Apply and Restart Service</strong>, then close the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="460" height="543" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/feature-control-enable-Auto-Download.png" alt="feature control enable Auto Download" class="wp-image-129219" style="width:379px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/feature-control-enable-Auto-Download.png 460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/feature-control-enable-Auto-Download-254x300.png 254w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 460px) 100vw, 460px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click<strong> Confirm</strong> to restart the service.</li>



<li>To ensure Auto download is enabled, click <strong>Settings</strong>. The Auto download displays as a Feature selection.</li>
</ol>



<p>To use the Auto Record feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>Auto Record</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="190" height="176" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/auto-record.png" alt="settings auto record" class="wp-image-141518"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Auto Record window will open.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Profile</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>To generate metadata files for your recordings, enable the <strong>Record Metadata</strong> slider, enter the <strong>Title</strong>, <strong>Description</strong>, and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="820" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Auto-Record-window.jpg" alt="Auto Record window" class="wp-image-169342" style="width:440px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Auto-Record-window.jpg 600w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Auto-Record-window-220x300.jpg 220w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; Auto Download</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; Auto Download</strong></h2>



<p>To enable the Auto Download feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>Feature Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="238" height="170" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Feature-Control.jpg" alt="Settings Feature Control" class="wp-image-168861" style="width:292px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Feature Control settings menu will display.</li>



<li>Slide the <strong>Auto Download</strong> switch to the right until it turns green. Click <strong>Apply and Restart Service</strong>, then close the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="460" height="543" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/feature-control-enable-Auto-Download-1.png" alt="feature control enable Auto Download" class="wp-image-129244" style="aspect-ratio:0.8549905838041432;width:332px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/feature-control-enable-Auto-Download-1.png 460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/feature-control-enable-Auto-Download-1-254x300.png 254w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 460px) 100vw, 460px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong> to restart the service.</li>



<li>To ensure Auto download is enabled, click <strong>Settings</strong>. The Auto download displays as a selection. Click <strong>Auto download</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="171" height="199" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Feature-control-auto-download-selected.png" alt="Feature control auto download selected" class="wp-image-141526"/></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Auto Download pop-up will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="103" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Auto-download-enabled-dialog.png" alt="Auto Download pop up" class="wp-image-129260"/></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable <strong>Auto Download</strong> and close the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; IP Stream Out</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; IP Stream Out</strong></h2>



<p>The optional IP Stream Out feature allows users to take a live TVU transmission and easily output it to a third-party file storage folder, or website, such as YouTube. The live video transmission is encoded and can be sent to a maximum of nine different remote locations (Formats are: File, RTMP(s) HLS, HLS Push, UDP, RTSP, SRT, Zixi, and NDI). In addition, the user can add their logo to the IP streaming output. A maximum of six output selections can be configured simultaneously.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The default is one encoder to purchase additional encoders, contact TVU Sales.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>If the IP Stream Out feature is enabled, click the <strong>Settings</strong> drop-down menu and select<strong> IP</strong> <strong>Stream Out</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="174" height="56" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/IP-Stream-Out.png" alt="IP Stream Out" class="wp-image-128930"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The IP Stream Out window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="451" height="421" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-window.jpg" alt="IP Stream Out window" class="wp-image-169349" style="object-fit:cover;width:513px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-window.jpg 451w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-window-300x280.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 451px) 100vw, 451px" /></figure>



<p>When an Encoder is enabled, the IP Streaming Output options display the following features and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> Images selection<br><strong>(B)</strong> Profile- Supports 4K IP stream output<br><strong>(C)</strong> Source Video stream output menu<br><strong>(D)</strong> + Add output menu<br><strong>(E)</strong> Follow Receiver Live/Stop &#8211; Output follows the receiver’s live/stop progress during IP streaming. Check the box to enable.<br><strong>(F)</strong> IP output URL field<br><strong>(G)</strong> Profile and Image Management links<br><strong>(H)</strong> Audio encoding bitrate<br><strong>(I)</strong> Video bitrate<br><strong>(J)</strong> Frame rate<br><strong>(K)</strong> Resolution</p>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the IP Stream Out window, select a Profile from the<strong> Profile</strong> drop-down menu and click the<strong> Start </strong>button to start an output.</li>



<li>To add a new output, click<strong> +Add</strong>, then make a selection from the drop-down menu and enter the output URL. Click the <strong>Delete</strong> button to remove an existing Output URL field from the list.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Profile Management </strong>gear to open the <strong>Profile</strong> window. A user can <strong>Delete</strong> or <strong>Edit</strong> an existing preset profile from the list or <strong>+Add</strong> and save a custom profile setting.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="528" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-menu.jpg" alt="IP Stream Out - Profiles window" class="wp-image-169356" style="width:528px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-menu.jpg 752w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-menu-300x211.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add and save a new Profile setting, click <strong>+Add</strong>. The IP Streaming Out “<strong>Add</strong>” profile window displays with the following settings:</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="446" height="447" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-settings-Add.jpg" alt="IP Stream Out Profile settings - Add" class="wp-image-169363" style="width:506px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-settings-Add.jpg 446w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-settings-Add-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-settings-Add-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-settings-Add-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-settings-Add-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 446px) 100vw, 446px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> Profile name<br><strong>(B)</strong> Video Encoder settings: Bitrate, Resolution, and Fill.<br><strong>(C)</strong> Advanced CBR settings.<br><strong>(D)</strong> Audio Encoder settings: Bitrate and Codec<br><strong>(E)</strong> Advanced Channel settings: Stereo and Sample Rate<br><strong>(F)</strong> Custom Audio Mapping checkbox</p>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a profile name, select your profile settings, and then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>



<li>Your new profile is displayed in the <strong>Profile</strong> drop-down menu as a selection. To edit a profile, click the <strong>Profile Management </strong>&gt; <strong>Edit </strong>icon. Make the desired changes and click<strong> Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Convert aspect ratio in IP Stream Out feature</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>There are two options:</strong> The Stretch to fill option, which fills the entire area, or the Lock Aspect Ratio option, which adds black bars to the 4:3 video.</li>
</ul>



<p>To convert an IP Stream Out profile’s aspect ratio from 4:3 video to 16:9:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear icon) and select<strong> IP stream Out</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Profile Management</strong> gear icon to open the Profile window.</li>



<li>Locate the desired <strong>Profile Name</strong> and click<strong> Edit</strong> in the operations column.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Stretch to Fill</strong> or <strong>Lock Aspect Ratio</strong> radio button, then click Save.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="314" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Streaming-Output-Fill-options.jpg" alt="IP Streaming Output - Fill options" class="wp-image-169370" style="width:533px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Streaming-Output-Fill-options.jpg 449w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Streaming-Output-Fill-options-300x210.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video Encoder Resolution: Custom width and Height and Rotation features</strong></h2>



<p>Users can select the custom width and height feature in the Resolution menu and choose an appropriate rotation from the Rotation drop-down menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="307" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-Custom-width-and-height-selection.jpg" alt="IP Stream Out Profile - Custom width and height selection" class="wp-image-169377" style="width:535px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-Custom-width-and-height-selection.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-Custom-width-and-height-selection-300x206.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<p>After selecting <strong>Custom Width and Height</strong> in the <strong>Resolution</strong> menu, the <strong>Rotation</strong> menu will appear below your selection.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="712" height="471" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-Rotation-menu.jpg" alt="IP Stream Out Profile -  Rotation menu" class="wp-image-169384" style="width:547px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-Rotation-menu.jpg 712w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Stream-Out-Profile-Rotation-menu-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 712px) 100vw, 712px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video stream URL format and examples</strong></h2>



<p>The IP Stream Output menu includes selections for FILE, RTMP(S), HLS, HLS Push, UDP, RTSP video stream formats, Zixi, SRT, and NDI IP output URLs.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="500" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Streaming-Output-stream-menu.jpg" alt="IP Streaming Output stream menu" class="wp-image-169391" style="width:528px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Streaming-Output-stream-menu.jpg 710w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IP-Streaming-Output-stream-menu-300x211.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></figure>



<p><strong>FILE</strong> &#8211; To Access and record a file using the <strong>File Browser</strong> Web Interface:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the IP Stream window Output section, click <strong>+Add</strong> and select <strong>FILE</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the<strong> FILE</strong> field, enter the <em>filename</em>.3.ts.<br>For example, input “<em>filename</em>.3.ts” as shown below.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="699" height="284" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-FILE.jpg" alt="IP stream FILE" class="wp-image-154194" style="width:540px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-FILE.jpg 699w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-FILE-300x122.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 699px) 100vw, 699px" /></figure>



<p>The file is displayed in the <strong>File Browser</strong> data file root directory. To view the directory:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>File Browser</strong> from the menu.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>*.ts</strong> file from the data file directory. Click the <strong>download</strong> icon to download the file.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="567" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/file-browser-interface-1024x567.jpg" alt="file browser interface" class="wp-image-169398" style="aspect-ratio:1.8413098236775818;width:538px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/file-browser-interface-1024x567.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/file-browser-interface-300x166.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/file-browser-interface-768x425.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/file-browser-interface.jpg 1203w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p><strong>RTMP(S)</strong> &#8211; The RTMP(S) streaming protocol allows you to stream live securely by encrypting the stream between the encoder and the CDN. To use secure live streaming with RTMPS, the CDN location you’re streaming to must support it.</p>



<p>If a CDN provides a stream key:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the IP Stream window, click <strong>+Add</strong> and select <strong>RTMP(S)</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RTMP(S)</strong> field, add the <strong>stream key</strong> after the URL with a forward slash.</li>
</ol>



<p>Example: rtmps://1.10378966.fme.ustream.tv/ustreamVideo/10378966:VHgEzINxjh07XTTVt6iIXKQlY3aTMPEI</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="708" height="285" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-RTMPS.jpg" alt="IP stream RTMPS" class="wp-image-154202" style="width:540px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-RTMPS.jpg 708w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-RTMPS-300x121.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 708px) 100vw, 708px" /></figure>



<p><strong>HLS Push</strong> &#8211; Enter the destination URL address instead of the host-based URL.</p>



<p><strong>HLS </strong>&#8211; HLS files (.m3u8 index and .ts clips) are provided in the Web Browser root directory in the <strong>nginx</strong> &gt; <strong>File folder</strong> &gt; target File folder.</p>



<p>To output an HLS file:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the IP Stream window, click <strong>+Add</strong> and select <strong>HLS</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the<strong> HLS</strong> field, enter the file name you want to use.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="695" height="280" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-HLS.jpg" alt="IP stream HLS" class="wp-image-154210" style="width:532px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-HLS.jpg 695w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-HLS-300x121.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 695px) 100vw, 695px" /></figure>



<p>For example, you can access and play this m3u8 file through the URL “http://IP Address/filename.m3u8” using VLC or with other compatible players. The example below shows a file playing with a Chrome plug-in.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="555" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Playing-an-m3u8-file-using-a-Chrome-plug-in-1024x555.png" alt="Playing an m3u8 file using a Chrome plug in" class="wp-image-106826" style="aspect-ratio:1.8405797101449275;width:521px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Playing-an-m3u8-file-using-a-Chrome-plug-in-1024x555.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Playing-an-m3u8-file-using-a-Chrome-plug-in-300x163.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Playing-an-m3u8-file-using-a-Chrome-plug-in-768x416.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Playing-an-m3u8-file-using-a-Chrome-plug-in.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>The <strong>HLS</strong> files can also be renamed through the File Browser Web interface by completing the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>File Browser</strong> &gt; <strong>nginx</strong> &gt; <strong>File folder</strong> and navigate to the target folder. Select one file in the folder<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">, then click the<strong>&nbsp;pen</strong>&nbsp;icon in the top-right</span> corner, as shown below.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="146" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Selecting-the-HLS-file.png" alt="Selecting the HLS file" class="wp-image-141323" style="aspect-ratio:2.5217391304347827;width:518px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Selecting-the-HLS-file.png 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Selecting-the-HLS-file-300x101.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p>The Rename pop-up window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="486" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-rename-1024x486.png" alt="File Browser rename" class="wp-image-141331" style="aspect-ratio:1.960880195599022;width:512px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-rename-1024x486.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-rename-300x142.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-rename-768x364.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-rename.png 1202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> You can also choose the file and press <strong>F2</strong> on your keyboard as a shortcut.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a new name for the file and click <strong>Rename</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If a file cannot be renamed, please check if it is being used by some process.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>RTSP</strong> &#8211; If a CDN provides a stream key:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the IP Stream window Output section, click<strong> +Add</strong> and select <strong>RTSP</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RTSP</strong> field, add the stream key after the URL with a forward slash.</li>
</ol>



<p>Example: rtsp://1.10378966.fme.ustream.tv/ustreamVideo/10378966:VHgEzINxjh07XTTVt6iIXKQlY3aTMPEI</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="280" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-RTSP.jpg" alt="IP stream RTSP" class="wp-image-154218" style="width:512px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-RTSP.jpg 696w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-RTSP-300x121.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></figure>



<p><strong>UDP</strong> &#8211; “IP” and “port” belong to the receiving destination.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the IP Stream window Output section, click <strong>+Add</strong> and select <strong>UDP</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>UDP</strong> field, add the IP and port.<br>Example: udp://IP:Port</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="694" height="276" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-UDP.jpg" alt="IP stream UDP" class="wp-image-154226" style="width:523px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-UDP.jpg 694w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-UDP-300x119.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 694px) 100vw, 694px" /></figure>



<p><strong>ZIXI </strong>&#8211; The ZIXI streaming protocol allows you to stream live securely by encrypting the stream between the encoder and the CDN. To use secure live streaming with ZIXI, the CDN location you’re streaming to must support it.</p>



<p>If a CDN provides a stream key:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the IP Stream window Output section, click <strong>+Add</strong> and select <strong>ZIXI</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>For <strong>ZIXI </strong>support in IP Streaming Output, the syntax is: zixi://{Broadcaster_IP}:{Broadcaster_Port}/{Channel_Name}?delay={delay_milliseconds}&amp;bitrate={bitrate_kbps}&amp;pwd={password}.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>The last 3 parameters in the URL are optional. Default is: 1000, 10000 and empty.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>ZIXI</strong> field, add the IP and port.</li>
</ol>



<p>Example: zixi://198.51.100.0:2088</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="691" height="265" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-ZIXI.jpg" alt="IP stream ZIXI" class="wp-image-154234" style="width:522px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-ZIXI.jpg 691w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-ZIXI-300x115.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 691px) 100vw, 691px" /></figure>



<p><strong>SRT</strong> &#8211; “IP” and “port” belong to the receiving destination.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the IP Stream window Output section, click <strong>+Add</strong> and select <strong>SRT</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>SRT </strong>field, add the IP and port.<br>Example: srt://192.168.1.2.:5000</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="695" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-SRT.jpg" alt="IP stream SRT" class="wp-image-154242" style="width:533px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-SRT.jpg 695w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/IP-stream-SRT-300x116.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 695px) 100vw, 695px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Image Overlay for IP Stream Output</strong></h2>



<p>and overlay it on a specific IP Output stream (SRT, RTMP, or RTSP).</p>



<p>To use this feature on a v8.4 unit:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Access the Web GUI:</strong> Log in to your VS3600/Transceiver.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>General</strong>, then enable the <strong>Image Overlay for IP Stream Output</strong> feature.</li>



<li>Go to <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>IP Stream Out</strong>: In the <strong>Output</strong> section, click <strong>+Add</strong>, then select your desired stream (e.g., “SRT”) from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Image Management</strong> and add an image (png format only).</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Images</strong> drop-down menu and select an image.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="226" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/select-image.jpg" alt="select image" class="wp-image-169405" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/select-image.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/select-image-300x126.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the image in the preview box and drag it into position.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="314" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/position-image.jpg" alt="position image" class="wp-image-169412" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/position-image.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/position-image-300x175.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; Live Encoder</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; Live Encoder Support</strong></h2>



<p>The Live Encoder controls one function. Enabling the operation of the Command Center Share function when used in conjunction with a social media account.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; Video Feedback</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; Video Feedback</strong></h2>



<p>The Video Feedback feature enables users to set the resolution and bitrate, enter the RVF name for the live receiver and local SDI, and enable the RVF for both.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click Settings and select <strong>Video Feedback</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="235" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Video-Feedback.jpg" alt="Settings Video Feedback" class="wp-image-168899" style="width:285px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Video Feedback</strong> window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="399" height="305" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Video-Feedback-settings.jpg" alt="Video Feedback settings" class="wp-image-160462" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Video-Feedback-settings.jpg 399w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Video-Feedback-settings-300x229.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 399px) 100vw, 399px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the applicable names and enable the appropriate sliders.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; Locate All</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; Locate All</strong></h2>



<p>The Locate All feature displays the location of all live TVU Packs and their PIDs using GPS.</p>



<p>To view pack positions:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click<strong> Settings</strong> and select <strong>Locate All</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="242" height="303" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Locate-All-1.jpg" alt="Settings Locate All" class="wp-image-168906" style="width:293px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Locate-All-1.jpg 242w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Locate-All-1-240x300.jpg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 242px) 100vw, 242px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The GPS location window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1202" height="667" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/locate-all-window.png" alt="GPS location - locate all" class="wp-image-128789" style="width:428px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/locate-all-window.png 1202w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/locate-all-window-300x166.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/locate-all-window-1024x568.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/locate-all-window-768x426.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1202px) 100vw, 1202px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover over the location pin with your mouse to display the TVU pack PID.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong> </p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>In order to improve the location accuracy, make sure the TVU pack is connected to a WiFi card.</li>



<li>If there is no real-time GPS data for a TVU transmitter, cached GPS data will be used for that TVU transmitter and the location pin displays red.</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; Set Location</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; Set Location</strong></h2>



<p>The Set Location feature allows users to select Global and China connectivity settings for their remote location.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Caution:</strong> Select China only if your receiver location is in China.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Complete the following steps to set the location:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This information is used for Grid mapping functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To set the server’s location, click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>Set location</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="242" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Set-Location.jpg" alt="Settings Set Location" class="wp-image-168927" style="width:306px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Set-Location.jpg 242w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Set-Location-222x300.jpg 222w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 242px) 100vw, 242px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Set Location window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="376" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Set-location.jpg" alt="Set Location window" class="wp-image-160469" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Set-location.jpg 376w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Set-location-300x259.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 376px) 100vw, 376px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the<strong> address</strong> in the <strong>Location field</strong> or enable the <strong>Auto Detection</strong> slider.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; IP and Port mapping</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; IP and Port mapping</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For more information about port forwarding refer to the latest <em>TVU Port-forwarding guidelines</em> document.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To access the IP and Port Mapping feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select<strong> IP and Port Mapping</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="238" height="350" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-IP-and-Port-Mapping.jpg" alt="Settings IP and Port Mapping" class="wp-image-168920" style="width:272px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-IP-and-Port-Mapping.jpg 238w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-IP-and-Port-Mapping-204x300.jpg 204w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 238px) 100vw, 238px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The IP and Port Mapping will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="512" height="372" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping.jpg" alt="IP and Port Mapping" class="wp-image-160476" style="width:473px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping.jpg 512w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping-300x218.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the <strong>External</strong> and <strong>Local IP</strong> addresses in the appropriate IP and Port Mapping fields.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> and close the window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; VLAN Setting</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; VLAN Setting</strong></h2>



<p>The VLAN tunnel feature enables you to establish a virtual network between the TVU One in the field and a receiver or VLAN Server to a VLAN client in the studio and all other devices connected to these two devices.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>How to enable VLAN server</strong></h3>



<p>To enable VLAN server:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>VLAN Setting</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="236" height="372" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-VLAN-Setting.jpg" alt="Settings VLAN Setting" class="wp-image-168913" style="width:247px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-VLAN-Setting.jpg 236w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-VLAN-Setting-190x300.jpg 190w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 236px) 100vw, 236px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The VLAN Setting window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="956" height="528" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/VLAN-Setting-window-VLAN-Server-selected.jpg" alt="VLAN Setting window VLAN Server selected" class="wp-image-168934" style="aspect-ratio:1.8179669030732861;width:621px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/VLAN-Setting-window-VLAN-Server-selected.jpg 956w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/VLAN-Setting-window-VLAN-Server-selected-300x166.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/VLAN-Setting-window-VLAN-Server-selected-768x424.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 956px) 100vw, 956px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the VLAN Server radio button. In the VLAN Interface line, click the <strong>Select Interface </strong>drop-down menu and select an unoccupied Ethernet port.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="260" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VLAN-setting-server-interface.png" alt="VLAN setting server interface" class="wp-image-141575" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VLAN-setting-server-interface.png 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VLAN-setting-server-interface-300x154.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>There are usually 2 to 4 Ethernet ports on the back of the server. Ensure the port you select is unoccupied.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The VLAN server address is preassigned to the selected open port and is not yet enabled.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> Before you enable the VLAN server, note that your receiver will become a router server and all other devices connected to the same network are assigned a VLAN IP address.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Connect</strong>. An Alert message displays with a prompt to confirm the action.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="420" height="172" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VLAN-alert-message.png" alt="VLAN alert message" class="wp-image-107276" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VLAN-alert-message.png 420w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VLAN-alert-message-300x123.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VLAN-alert-message-407x168.png 407w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click<strong> OK</strong> to enable the VLAN server. The selected port will display (VLAN), and “In Service” will display in green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VLAN-setting-server-enabled.png" alt="VLAN setting server enabled" class="wp-image-141583" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VLAN-setting-server-enabled.png 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VLAN-setting-server-enabled-300x89.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add your TVU One to the Router Client List in the VLAN Setting window, go to the TVU One hotspot page and navigate to the router configuration page. Enter the VLAN server port and IP information.</li>



<li>To stop the interface, click <strong>Stop Interface</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="347" height="191" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VLAN-stop-interface.png" alt="VLAN stop interface" class="wp-image-107294" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VLAN-stop-interface.png 347w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VLAN-stop-interface-300x165.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 347px) 100vw, 347px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; Token Service</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; Token Service</strong></h2>



<p>To pair a pack transmission with a receiver, source owners can create and send a Token that grants access to their source via the Token Service feature.</p>



<p>To create and set a token:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>Settings,</strong>&nbsp;then</span> select <strong>Token Service</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="245" height="397" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Token-Service.jpg" alt="Settings Token Service" class="wp-image-168941" style="width:292px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Token-Service.jpg 245w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Token-Service-185x300.jpg 185w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 245px) 100vw, 245px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Token Service window will display.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Receiver</strong> name.</li>



<li>Enter the Receiver <strong>PID</strong> and click <strong>Get IP</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the Receiver <strong>Time Span</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the Transmitter <strong>PID</strong>.</li>



<li>The remaining fields are optional.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Create</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="643" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Token-service-create-a-new-token.jpg" alt="Token service create a new token" class="wp-image-154266" style="width:529px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Token-service-create-a-new-token.jpg 643w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Token-service-create-a-new-token-300x213.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 643px) 100vw, 643px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Token link appears as a <strong>link</strong> and <strong>QR</strong> code. Click <strong>Save as</strong> or<strong> Copy,</strong> then email the link to the recipient.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="640" height="452" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/token-service-create-a-token-step-2.jpg" alt="token service create a token" class="wp-image-154274" style="width:544px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/token-service-create-a-token-step-2.jpg 640w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/token-service-create-a-token-step-2-300x212.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Set a Token</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="641" height="455" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/token-service-set-token-step-2.jpg" alt="token service set token" class="wp-image-154282" style="width:545px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/token-service-set-token-step-2.jpg 641w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/token-service-set-token-step-2-300x213.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 641px) 100vw, 641px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Set Token</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Self-service token management</strong></h2>



<p>Token Service is also accessible by clicking <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Token Service</strong> in the TVU Command Center User Interface. The TVU Anywhere app integrates with the Token feature, allowing an operator to perform unlimited automatic server pairing without the intervention of TVU Support. Using the Token Service feature requires activation of a token license from TVU Support.</p>



<p>TVU Networks recommends using the updated self-service pairing method in the Command Center interface to create and manage tokens. Refer to the latest “<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Anywhere Token Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em>” and “<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Grid Token Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em>” for detailed instructions.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings &#8211; Restart Service</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings &#8211; Restart Service</strong></h2>



<p>The Restart Service feature can now be accessed from the <strong>Settings</strong> menu. This feature resets the Receiver user interface when features are enabled or disabled in the <strong>Feature Control</strong> window.</p>



<p>To use the Restart Service feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>Restart Service</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="419" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Restart-Service.jpg" alt="Settings Restart Service" class="wp-image-168948" style="width:305px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Restart-Service.jpg 237w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Restart-Service-170x300.jpg 170w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 237px) 100vw, 237px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Restart Service Alert window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="375" height="167" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/restart-service-alert.png" alt="Restart Service Alert" class="wp-image-129316" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/restart-service-alert.png 375w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/restart-service-alert-300x134.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 375px) 100vw, 375px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select <strong>Confirm</strong> to restart the service.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Partyline feature integration with TVU receivers</strong></h2>



<p>The Linux v7.7 and above TVU receiver officially supports the TVU Partyline product.</p>



<p>A TVU transceiver can receive a stream directly from Partyline and output to SDI. The SDI input source on the transceiver can be used to send a return video stream to Partyline. For more information, refer to the &#8220;<em><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-partyline-quick-start-user-guide/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU P</mark></a><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">artyline Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em>.&#8221;</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Vision Tag settings</strong></h2>



<p>The Vision Tag feature allows an operator to configure visual feature detection and to identify landmarks and celebrities. This feature can also be configured to detect human faces and improper or indecent content in the image details. Refer to the &#8220;<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Transcriber Feature guide</mark></a>&#8221; </em>for detailed information.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Service Control features</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Service Control features</strong></h2>



<p>The Service Control link on the TVU Receiver landing page allows users to enable FTP service, SSH service, Media Server, and Agent Service.</p>



<p>To access these services:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Log in to the <strong>TVU Receiver</strong> landing page, then click the <strong>Service Control link, </strong>and then log in to <strong>Receiver Web Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="382" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png" alt="TVU receiver landing page v7.9" class="wp-image-128489" style="width:540px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>The Service Control page will display.</p>



<p>To enable FTP Service:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>FTP Service</strong> tab, move the slider to the right until it turns green, then click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>back arrow</strong> to return to the TVU Receiver landing page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="608" height="247" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/FTP-Service.jpg" alt="FTP Service" class="wp-image-160490" style="width:551px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/FTP-Service.jpg 608w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/FTP-Service-300x122.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 608px) 100vw, 608px" /></figure>



<p>To enable SSH Service:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> SSH Service</strong> tab, move the slider to the right until it turns green, then click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>back arrow</strong> to return to the Receiver landing page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="592" height="235" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SSH-service.jpg" alt="SSH service" class="wp-image-160497" style="width:554px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SSH-service.jpg 592w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SSH-service-300x119.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /></figure>



<p>To enable Media Server:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Media Server</strong> tab, move the slider to the right until it turns green, then click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> back arrow</strong> to return to the Receiver landing page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="566" height="225" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Media-Server.jpg" alt="Media Server" class="wp-image-160504" style="width:555px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Media-Server.jpg 566w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Media-Server-300x119.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 566px) 100vw, 566px" /></figure>



<p>The <strong>Agent Service</strong> feature installs Agent software to allow the receiver to act as an Agent device.</p>



<p>To enable Agent Service:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Agent Service</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Install</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="636" height="234" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Agent-service.jpg" alt="Agent service" class="wp-image-160511" style="width:562px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Agent-service.jpg 636w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Agent-service-300x110.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 636px) 100vw, 636px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Working with recorded content</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Working with recorded content</strong></h2>



<p>This chapter explains file-based workflows.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Data transmission panel &#8211; Live and record mode tabs</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Data transmission panel &#8211; Live and record mode tabs</strong></h2>



<p>The Live and Record tabs are located on the top left of the data transmission panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="362" height="207" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Data-transmission-monitor-panel.jpg" alt="Data transmission monitor panel" class="wp-image-168598" style="width:577px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Data-transmission-monitor-panel.jpg 362w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Data-transmission-monitor-panel-300x172.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 362px) 100vw, 362px" /></figure>



<p>The data transmission panel <strong>Live</strong> and <strong>Record</strong> tabs control different modes of operation:</p>



<p><strong>(A) Live mode</strong>: The <strong>Live</strong> tab is the primary interface used during a Live transmission. When the Live tab is selected, the Bitrate, Delay, and Operational Mode buttons display. In addition, the status of each data card&#8217;s network connection is displayed in the data card panel.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Record mode</strong>: The <strong>Record</strong> tab displays selectable recorded files by date. By clicking a date. Users can preview, download, and manage the TVU Transmitter&#8217;s stored footage.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="451" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-mode-tab.jpg" alt="Live Mode tab" class="wp-image-160539" style="width:451px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-mode-tab.jpg 451w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-mode-tab-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 451px) 100vw, 451px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="450" height="168" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Record-mode-2.jpg" alt="Record mode" class="wp-image-160546" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Record-mode-2.jpg 450w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Record-mode-2-300x112.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 450px) 100vw, 450px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Record mode operations</strong></h2>



<p>The Record tab displays recorded content timelines and file management operations. This panel is shown in the following image.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1439" height="753" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Management-operations-panel-Record-tab.jpg" alt="File Management operations panel - Record tab" class="wp-image-168955" style="width:606px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Management-operations-panel-Record-tab.jpg 1439w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Management-operations-panel-Record-tab-300x157.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Management-operations-panel-Record-tab-1024x536.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Management-operations-panel-Record-tab-768x402.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1439px) 100vw, 1439px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="451" height="144" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Record-tab-controls-and-operations-2.jpg" alt="Record tab controls and operations" class="wp-image-160560" style="aspect-ratio:3.2095238095238097;width:512px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Record-tab-controls-and-operations-2.jpg 451w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Record-tab-controls-and-operations-2-300x96.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 451px) 100vw, 451px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Record mode</strong></h2>



<p>The Record tab allows users to preview, download, and manage the TVU Transmitter&#8217;s stored footage, including any files transferred via the Auto Sync function. Files transferred using FTP can also be accessed from this interface.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Recorded content panel</strong></h2>



<p>The recorded content panel has the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="370" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/recorded-content-panel.jpg" alt="recorded content panel" class="wp-image-154330" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/recorded-content-panel.jpg 526w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/recorded-content-panel-300x211.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Recorded content timeline:</strong> The timeline displays clips initiated by date.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Number of clips indicator:</strong> The green-circled numbers next to the date indicate the number of clips available. Refer to the recorded content timeline as shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="527" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/recorded-clips.jpg" alt="recorded clip number" class="wp-image-154338" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/recorded-clips.jpg 527w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/recorded-clips-300x88.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 527px) 100vw, 527px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Clip thumbnails:</strong> Thumbnails of selected clips from the recorded clip timeline will display below the timeline. The start time for the clip is also displayed below the thumbnail. The currently selected clip is outlined in blue.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="450" height="181" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-thumbnails.png" alt="Recorded clip thumbnails" class="wp-image-107400" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-thumbnails.png 450w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-thumbnails-300x121.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 450px) 100vw, 450px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D) </strong>When you highlight a thumbnail, its start and end times appear in the left column below the “Download All” button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="452" height="204" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-start-and-end-times.png" alt="Clip start and end times" class="wp-image-107409" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-start-and-end-times.png 452w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-start-and-end-times-300x135.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 452px) 100vw, 452px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E) Clip extraction timeline:</strong> A thumbnail of an extracted clip displays and can be edited in the clip extraction timeline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="451" height="264" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-extraction-timeline.png" alt="Clip extraction timeline" class="wp-image-107418" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-extraction-timeline.png 451w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-extraction-timeline-300x176.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 451px) 100vw, 451px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(F) Clip scrub bar: </strong>Thumbnails by a frame of a selected clip can be marked by sliding the white beginning and ending markers on the green clip scrub bar shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-scrub-bar.png" alt="Clip scrub bar" class="wp-image-107427" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-scrub-bar.png 454w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-scrub-bar-300x100.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></figure>



<p>After a clip is scrubbed, the operator can preview it by pressing the <strong>Preview</strong> button, which initiates a live transmission of the clip.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="130" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-preview-button.png" alt="Clip preview button" class="wp-image-107445" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-preview-button.png 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-preview-button-300x108.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<p>To transfer the clip, click the Download button. The file download is displayed in the file management panel. The download status displays in the Download tab records list during the download.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="362" height="114" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-download-button.png" alt="Clip download button" class="wp-image-107454" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-download-button.png 362w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Clip-download-button-300x94.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 362px) 100vw, 362px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	File management</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>File management panel</strong></h2>



<p>The file management panel has the following file management controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="573" height="438" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/file-management-panel.jpg" alt="file management panel" class="wp-image-154346" style="width:452px;height:331px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/file-management-panel.jpg 573w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/file-management-panel-300x229.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 573px) 100vw, 573px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>File management panel:</strong> The file management panel provides the controls to view, delete, download, and export stored data.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Download tab: </strong>The download tab displays clips downloaded from a TVU transmitter. Once a clip has been downloaded, the stored data can be viewed, deleted, or exported using the playout and control functions within the file management panel.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> A file may be played before the transfer operation completes.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="310" height="240" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Download-tab.png" alt="Download tab v7.9" class="wp-image-129461" style="width:410px;height:287px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Download-tab.png 310w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Download-tab-300x232.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>FTP tab:</strong> The FTP tab displays files uploaded from an FTP client. Once a clip is uploaded, the stored data can be played or deleted.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="212" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/FTP-tab.png" alt="FTP tab v7.9" class="wp-image-129452" style="width:412px;height:295px"/></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Record list: </strong>The record list in the download tab displays clips downloaded from the recorded content panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="280" height="211" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Records-list.png" alt="Records list v7.9" class="wp-image-129469" style="width:417px;height:273px"/></figure>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Playout and download control:</strong> Once a clip has been 100% downloaded, the stored data can be viewed, deleted, downloaded, or exported using the playout and control functions.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="310" height="240" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Download-tab.png" alt="Download tab v7.9" class="wp-image-129461" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Download-tab.png 310w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Download-tab-300x232.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Preview, mark, and download stored data</strong></h2>



<p>To preview, mark, and download a recorded transmission, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Record</strong> mode tab in the data transmission panel. The Recorded content panel displays.</li>



<li>If the TVU Pack is in Live mode, select<strong> Stop</strong> in the source panel&#8217;s top right corner. This will stop the live transmission and change the status to standby.<br><br>The system is now ready to manage the stored data. The downloaded, stored data is paused if you need to return to live mode. The download process will resume when the live transmission is stopped again.<br></li>



<li>Review the recorded content timeline. Click to select the desired clip from the green numbered clip indicators.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="453" height="141" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Stored-records-tabs.png" alt="Stored records tabs" class="wp-image-107508" style="aspect-ratio:3.2065217391304346;width:492px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Stored-records-tabs.png 453w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Stored-records-tabs-300x93.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 453px) 100vw, 453px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate the <strong>green scrub bar (A)</strong> in the “Recorded content panel.” Slide the left start cursor to the start of the time selected (Mark in).</li>



<li>Slide the end cursor to the end of the time selected (Mark out). After a few moments, the system will generate thumbnails of the in and out points.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="702" height="313" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/marking-a-clip.jpg" alt="marking a clip" class="wp-image-154354" style="aspect-ratio:2.2395437262357416;width:486px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/marking-a-clip.jpg 702w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/marking-a-clip-300x134.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 702px) 100vw, 702px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After the mark-in and mark-out points are completed, click the <strong>Download</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="215" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Mark-in-and-out-download.png" alt="Mark in and out download" class="wp-image-107526" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Mark-in-and-out-download.png 454w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Mark-in-and-out-download-300x142.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Refer to the file management panel&#8217;s <strong>Download</strong> tab for the download status. The download status will display 100% upon completion.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="458" height="347" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Download-completed-2.png" alt="Download completed v7.9" class="wp-image-129477" style="width:388px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Download-completed-2.png 458w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Download-completed-2-300x227.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 458px) 100vw, 458px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>File management &#8211; Pause, play, delete, and convert stored data</strong></h2>



<p>The File management panel <strong>Download</strong> tab displays a list of clips downloaded from the recorded content timeline. The File management panel allows an operator to pause, play, delete, and convert recorded content.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Pause a file download</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to pause and resume the download process of stored data:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Before the download completes, select the file and click the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="289" height="213" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/pausing-a-file-download.png" alt="Pausing a file download v7.9" class="wp-image-129487" style="width:401px;height:312px"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Download</strong> button to resume downloading the file to your local drive.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="458" height="347" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Download-a-file.png" alt="Download a file" class="wp-image-129495" style="width:405px;height:272px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Download-a-file.png 458w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Download-a-file-300x227.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 458px) 100vw, 458px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Play a file</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to play stored data from the file management panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the file from the file list and click the <strong>Play</strong> button to play a file.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="219" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Playing-the-selected-file.png" alt="Play a selected file" class="wp-image-129503" style="width:400px;height:271px"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the file from playing, click the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="230" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/stop-playing-the-selected-file.png" alt="Stop playing a selected file" class="wp-image-129511" style="width:408px;height:277px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Delete a file</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to delete stored data from the file management panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">a file from the file list, then click the <strong>Delete</strong> button to delete it</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="225" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Delete-a-selected-file.png" alt="Delete a selected file" class="wp-image-129519" style="width:418px;height:283px"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To delete all files in the file list, click the <strong>Delete</strong> All button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="294" height="223" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Delete-all-files.png" alt="Delete all files" class="wp-image-129527" style="width:414px;height:282px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Exporting a file</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to export stored content into the TS or MOV file format:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To export stored content, click the <strong>green arrows</strong> to open the export menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="317" height="233" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Export-menu.png" alt="Export menu" class="wp-image-129535" style="width:448px;height:296px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Export-menu.png 317w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Export-menu-300x221.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>TS</strong> drop-down menu and select an <strong>Export format</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="328" height="228" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/export-selections.png" alt="Export selections" class="wp-image-129543" style="width:415px;height:315px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/export-selections.png 328w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/export-selections-300x209.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 328px) 100vw, 328px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Rename the file to be exported in the <strong>Save As</strong> field and click the <strong>Export </strong>button to download the transmitter&#8217;s video onto the server.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="442" height="300" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Save-As-export-name.png" alt="Save As export name" class="wp-image-129551" style="width:402px;height:314px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Save-As-export-name.png 442w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Save-As-export-name-300x204.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 442px) 100vw, 442px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Wait for the “Completed” column export status to reach 100%. Wait for the export status of the “Completed” column to reach 100%, then the file transfer can be played out.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="446" height="144" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Export-complete-status.png" alt="file export complete status" class="wp-image-129559" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Export-complete-status.png 446w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Export-complete-status-300x97.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 446px) 100vw, 446px" /></figure>



<p>By default, the file is written to a local storage directory where the last characters are the unique PID of the TVU Pack. There will be one folder per paired pack on a server that pairs with multiple packs.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Accessing downloaded files from the local storage directory</strong></h2>



<p>To access the File browser feature from the Settings menu:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> and select <strong>File Browser</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="236" height="127" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-File-Browser.jpg" alt="Settings File Browser" class="wp-image-168847" style="width:375px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>You may also access the File Browser from the TVU Receiver landing page. Click <strong>File Browser</strong> in the list of links.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="382" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png" alt="TVU receiver landing page v7.9" class="wp-image-128489" style="aspect-ratio:1.8216704288939052;width:523px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>Complete the following steps to access your downloaded content:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Log in to the File Browser, Enter the following:<br>User ID: <strong>tvu</strong><br>Password: Enter the last<strong> 8-digits of the PID</strong> using all caps</li>
</ol>



<p>The Root file directory displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="475" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-home-1024x475.png" alt="file browser home" class="wp-image-141313" style="width:512px;height:232px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-home-1024x475.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-home-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-home-768x356.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-home.png 1085w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>nginx</strong> folder, then the <strong>Server</strong> folder name.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="437" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-2-1024x437.png" alt="File browser 2" class="wp-image-141608" style="width:512px;height:194px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-2-1024x437.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-2-300x128.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-2-768x328.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-2.png 1204w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>download</strong> folder to display the Packs’ unique PID folder(s).</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1204" height="472" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-3.png" alt="file browser 3" class="wp-image-141616" style="width:504px;height:188px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-3.png 1204w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-3-300x118.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-3-1024x401.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-3-768x301.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1204px) 100vw, 1204px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the Packs’ PID folder to display the downloaded file(s).</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="532" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-4-1024x532.png" alt="file browser 4" class="wp-image-141624" style="width:512px;height:267px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-4-1024x532.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-4-300x156.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-4-768x399.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-4.png 1202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the file(s) you want to download.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1204" height="607" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-5.png" alt="file browser 5" class="wp-image-141632" style="width:504px;height:243px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-5.png 1204w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-5-300x151.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-5-1024x516.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-5-768x387.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1204px) 100vw, 1204px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Download</strong> icon in the upper right corner of the page. You can select and download multiple files at one time. The number of downloaded files is in a blue circle next to the download icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="309" height="89" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-6.png" alt="file browser 6" class="wp-image-141640" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-6.png 309w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-6-300x86.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 309px) 100vw, 309px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When finished, click<strong> </strong>close the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="475" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-home-1024x475.png" alt="file browser home" class="wp-image-141313" style="aspect-ratio:2.0338983050847457;width:499px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-home-1024x475.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-home-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-home-768x356.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-Browser-home.png 1085w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Remote File Storage service</strong></h2>



<p>The Remote File Storage service allows users to automatically copy downloaded files from the TVU server to an FTP or AWS server destination. Use the Remote File Storage window to enable the Auto Sync, Progressive Download, Auto File Downloading, and Auto Record features, and to manage FTP destinations.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Linux v7.9 and higher supports the Samba (SMB) protocol. The LucidLink protocol is also supported for customers that have a LucidLink license.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Settings-Remote-File-Storage.jpg" alt="Settings Remote File Storage" class="wp-image-168854" style="width:314px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p>The Remote File Storage window displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1192" height="591" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Remote-File-Storage-window.jpg" alt="Remote File Storage window" class="wp-image-169424" style="aspect-ratio:1.900990099009901;width:529px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Remote-File-Storage-window.jpg 1192w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Remote-File-Storage-window-300x149.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Remote-File-Storage-window-1024x508.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Remote-File-Storage-window-768x381.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1192px) 100vw, 1192px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Destination Management </strong>settings icon to configure your FTP file destinations.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="303" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Destination-Management-settings-icon.jpg" alt="Destination Management settings icon" class="wp-image-169431" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Destination-Management-settings-icon.jpg 303w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Destination-Management-settings-icon-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 303px) 100vw, 303px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When adding an S3 type destination, AWS credentials are required to access this feature.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Add</strong> button in the Destination Management panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="516" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/destination-management-window-1024x516.png" alt="destination management window" class="wp-image-141656" style="aspect-ratio:1.8823529411764706;width:569px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/destination-management-window-1024x516.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/destination-management-window-300x151.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/destination-management-window-768x387.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/destination-management-window.png 1110w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Add panel displays. Select a destination from the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu and enter the required information.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="278" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/remote-file-storage-select-AWS-1024x278.jpg" alt="remote file storage select AWS" class="wp-image-154370" style="object-fit:cover;width:508px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/remote-file-storage-select-AWS-1024x278.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/remote-file-storage-select-AWS-300x82.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/remote-file-storage-select-AWS-768x209.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/remote-file-storage-select-AWS.jpg 1119w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you select <strong>AWS</strong> from the Type drop-down menu, enter your AWS S3 support information accordingly:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Destination Name</strong></li>



<li>Enter an <strong>Access key ID</strong></li>



<li>Select your <strong>Region</strong></li>



<li>Select the <strong>ACL</strong></li>



<li>Select Type <strong>AWS</strong></li>



<li>Enter your <strong>Secret Access key</strong></li>



<li>Enter your <strong>Bucket</strong></li>
</ul>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>. Your AWS destination is now configured.</li>
</ol>



<p>From this point onward, all downloaded content from TVU transmitters and content uploaded via the AutoSync feature will be copied to your selected destination.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Remote File Storage &#8211; Upload Preferences panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Remote File Storage window Upload Preferences panel includes the following features you can enable, edit, or disable.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1194" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Remote-File-Storage-Upload-Preferences-panel.jpg" alt="Remote File Storage - Upload Preferences panel" class="wp-image-169438" style="object-fit:cover;width:527px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Remote-File-Storage-Upload-Preferences-panel.jpg 1194w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Remote-File-Storage-Upload-Preferences-panel-300x79.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Remote-File-Storage-Upload-Preferences-panel-1024x271.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Remote-File-Storage-Upload-Preferences-panel-768x203.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1194px) 100vw, 1194px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto Sync feature</strong></h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To edit the Auto Sync upload destination, click the<strong> edit </strong>icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="311" height="189" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/auto-sync.png" alt="Auto Sync Upload destination" class="wp-image-107815" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/auto-sync.png 311w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/auto-sync-300x182.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 311px) 100vw, 311px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Upload</strong> <strong>Destination</strong> drop-down menu and click <strong>+Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1116" height="561" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-storage-Auto-Sync-window.jpg" alt="Remote file storage Auto Sync window" class="wp-image-168962" style="width:676px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-storage-Auto-Sync-window.jpg 1116w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-storage-Auto-Sync-window-300x151.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-storage-Auto-Sync-window-1024x515.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-storage-Auto-Sync-window-768x386.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1116px) 100vw, 1116px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your new information in the Add panel and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>File Downloading feature</strong></h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To edit the File Downloading upload destination, click the <strong>edit</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="311" height="195" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/file-downloading.png" alt="file downloading" class="wp-image-107824" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/file-downloading.png 311w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/file-downloading-300x188.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 311px) 100vw, 311px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Upload</strong> <strong>Destination</strong> drop-down menu and click <strong>+Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1115" height="562" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-storage-File-Downloading-window.jpg" alt="Remote file storage File Downloading window" class="wp-image-168969" style="width:717px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-storage-File-Downloading-window.jpg 1115w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-storage-File-Downloading-window-300x151.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-storage-File-Downloading-window-1024x516.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-storage-File-Downloading-window-768x387.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1115px) 100vw, 1115px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your new information in the <strong>Add</strong> panel and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Progressive Download feature</strong></h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To edit the Progressive Download upload destination, click the <strong>edit</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="311" height="193" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/progressive-download.png" alt="progressive download" class="wp-image-107833" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/progressive-download.png 311w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/progressive-download-300x186.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 311px) 100vw, 311px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Upload Destination</strong> drop-down menu and click <strong>+Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1118" height="562" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-Storage-Progressive-Download-window.jpg" alt="Remote file Storage Progressive Download window" class="wp-image-168976" style="width:704px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-Storage-Progressive-Download-window.jpg 1118w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-Storage-Progressive-Download-window-300x151.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-Storage-Progressive-Download-window-1024x515.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Remote-file-Storage-Progressive-Download-window-768x386.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1118px) 100vw, 1118px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your new information in the <strong>Add </strong>panel and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto Record feature</strong></h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To edit the Auto Record upload destination, click the<strong> edit</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="223" height="138" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Auto-record.jpg" alt="Auto Record" class="wp-image-160588" style="width:325px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Upload Destination</strong> drop-down menu and click <strong>+Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="610" height="270" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Auto-record-panel-1.jpg" alt="Auto Record Panel" class="wp-image-168990" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Auto-record-panel-1.jpg 610w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Auto-record-panel-1-300x133.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 610px) 100vw, 610px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your new information in the <strong>Add</strong> panel and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Upload Record panel</strong></h3>



<p>The <strong>Upload Record</strong> panel will display a list of all uploads.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="544" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/image-5.png" alt="Upload Record panel" class="wp-image-107787" style="width:550px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/image-5.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/image-5-300x159.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/image-5-768x408.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Network and firewall configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Appendix A &#8211; Network and firewall configuration</strong></h2>



<p>This section provides related support documentation for network and firewall configuration.</p>



<p>TVU Networks® recommends that you assign a static IP address to the TVU server to ensure the network configuration remains stable.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Contact TVU Networks support if you want to use a configuration other than the one specified in the this user guide.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The following configuration allows the transmitters and servers to link with each other and permit video transport automatically. </p>



<p>Complete the following steps to configure your TVU Pack router or firewall:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Allow TCP Outgoing traffic from the TVU server on port 3970.</li>



<li>Allow UDP Outgoing traffic from the TVU server on port 123.</li>



<li>Permit all TCP/UDP incoming traffic for port 8088 to the server.</li>



<li>Forward all traffic arriving on port 8088 of the external firewall interface of the IP address of the TVU server.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Recommended firewall configuration for remote control of the server from an iPad or smartphone</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Pack hotspot feature allows remote configuration of the TVU Pack server settings from a smartphone. To enable this feature, permit all TCP incoming traffic for port 8288 to the receiving terminal; forward all traffic arriving on port 8288 of the external firewall interface to the IP address of the TVU Receiver. This port is configurable.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Bandwidth requirements</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Networks recommends a stable, low-latency connection with guaranteed bandwidth for best results. Allowances should be made for the bandwidth of incoming TVU transmitter transmissions based upon the following criteria:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Each TVU server can utilize up to 20 Mbps of downstream bandwidth per live video feed.</li>



<li>A minimum of 20 Mbps upstream bandwidth per TVU server is required for all features to function efficiently.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU server port-forwarding guidelines</strong></h2>



<p>TVU has developed a separate internal document for port-forwarding information. Please refer to the latest &#8220;<em>TVU Server Port-Forwarding Guidelines</em>&#8221; for Models VS3100, VS3200, VS3250, VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650. If you are a customer, contact TVU Support for detailed information.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Network Diagnostics and Port Testing</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Appendix B &#8211; Network Diagnostics and Port Testing</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU receiver running Linux v7.9 and later has an easy-to-use Network diagnostic tool called the Port Test tool. The Port Test tool allows a user to run diagnostic testing on all incoming and outgoing ports. NTP status can also be tested.</p>



<p>To use the Port Test tool, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Port Test on</strong> the Receiver landing page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="382" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png" alt="TVU receiver landing page v7.9" class="wp-image-128489" style="aspect-ratio:1.824228028503563;width:551px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>The Receiver Web Control Login page displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="566" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png" alt="Receiver control login page" class="wp-image-141057" style="aspect-ratio:1.8113207547169812;width:546px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-300x166.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-768x424.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page.png 1376w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To log in to the TVU server UI, enter the following:<br>User ID: tvu<br>Password: Enter the last 8 digits of the PID using all caps.</li>



<li>The <strong>Network Diagnostics</strong> page opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="542" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/port-test-page-1024x542.png" alt="Network diagnostic page" class="wp-image-107870" style="aspect-ratio:1.886977886977887;width:552px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/port-test-page-1024x542.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/port-test-page-300x159.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/port-test-page-768x407.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/port-test-page.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Fill in the mapped ports before testing the network.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Get Ready</strong> button. The Alert message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="496" height="156" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/port-test-alert-popup.png" alt="port test alert popup" class="wp-image-107879" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/port-test-alert-popup.png 496w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/port-test-alert-popup-300x94.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 496px) 100vw, 496px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To begin the test, click<strong> Yes</strong> to confirm that the regular receiver services on the transceiver can stop.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Test</strong> or <strong>Test All</strong> from the Inbound and Outbound ports or NTP panels.</li>



<li>After testing is complete, click the <strong>Restart Transceiver After Test</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding a custom NTP server</strong></h2>



<p>Users can add a custom NTP server or backup server using the Custom NTP Service. Users can also configure their TVU receiver as a private server when not connected to the internet.</p>



<p>To enable Custom NTP Service:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the receiver web interface, click <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>General</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="181" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Settings-General-selection.png" alt="settings General" class="wp-image-141381" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Settings-General-selection.png 181w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Settings-General-selection-163x300.png 163w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 181px) 100vw, 181px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the Custom NTP <strong>slider</strong> to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="523" height="521" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-1.jpg" alt="Settings General" class="wp-image-168997" style="width:504px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-1.jpg 523w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-1-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-1-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-1-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-1-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 523px) 100vw, 523px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the<strong> IP address</strong>/<strong>Domain name</strong>, and <strong>Port</strong> information for the server or backup server.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="519" height="289" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Enter-the-NTP-Server-and-port-fields.jpg" alt="Enter the NTP Server and port fields" class="wp-image-154410" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Enter-the-NTP-Server-and-port-fields.jpg 519w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Enter-the-NTP-Server-and-port-fields-300x167.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 519px) 100vw, 519px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> and close the window.</li>



<li>Move the <strong>slider</strong> to the left to deactivate this feature and return to the default TVU setting.</li>



<li>To test your NTP status, click <strong>Port Test</strong> on the Receiver landing page and scroll to the bottom of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="382" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png" alt="TVU receiver landing page v7.9" class="wp-image-128489" style="width:512px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-receiver-landing-page-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Test</strong> in the NTP Status panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="94" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/port-test-window-NTP-Test-button.png" alt="port test window - NTP Test button" class="wp-image-129593" style="width:519px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/port-test-window-NTP-Test-button.png 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/port-test-window-NTP-Test-button-300x63.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Server Software UG Linux v8.4 Rev N EN 04-2026</p>
</blockquote>



<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-4-software-user-guide/">TVU Servers Linux v8.4 Software User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU Producer Quick Start User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 13:15:58 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide-copy/</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>TVU Producer is a ground-breaking live cloud production platform combined with video conferencing and social production. </p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/">TVU Producer Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0c40dbe3-f9cd-4c9e-a6d1-8c9468cd2fa7"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="580" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-1024x580-2.png" alt="" class="wp-image-114501" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-1024x580-2.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-1024x580-2-300x170.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-1024x580-2-768x435.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p id="block-f0f4c92d-26d1-43a5-8f11-def79b209bcb">TVU Producer is a groundbreaking live cloud production platform that combines video conferencing and social production. All you need is a PC and Chrome browser to operate TVU Producer.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and use</div>


<h1 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-bc50f0a3-d4ed-4852-b1d5-400865dff8bb"><strong>Introduction, setup, and use</strong></h1>



<p id="block-a11bef72-e563-48f4-a463-ee4782c56c7d">TVU Producer requires a subscription to be activated by registering online or through TVU Support (refer to <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-46"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Purchasing TVU Producer</mark></a> for more information). TVU Networks recommends logging in to your TVU Producer account using your credentials and familiarizing yourself with the user interface, features, and functions.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a7b1e759-0a86-47a1-b263-d4a3bc042b65"><strong>TVU Producer overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-78fab2bb-7106-4dd0-b1fc-5dfa7f299879">TVU Producer allows multiple, live, and synchronized IP video streams from professional cameras, mobile devices, or cloud storage. Video streams are seamlessly switched and combined with graphic overlays. As a result, the operator can simultaneously output video clips to multiple destinations, including TVU Grid for traditional workflows and CDN or social media destinations.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-617e6e42-cae4-4a0c-a080-ac235ab76f78"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Producer-instruction-How-it-works.png" alt="TVU Producer - How it works"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e1cef9e9-dec7-4dac-bb9f-0db283652705"><strong>TVU Producer &#8211; How it works</strong></h2>



<p id="block-66e9b163-52c2-4b03-9c31-1b91ed8ea7f2">The TVU Producer workflow is defined as follows:</p>



<ul id="block-f8ff4b86-4f1f-471f-a360-e799ebf44cc3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Create and manage live productions or programs with the Producer Workbench</li>



<li>Obtain a live video ingest</li>



<li>Upload local video and Assets</li>



<li>Add graphic overlays and audience data</li>



<li>Perform real-time switching, replays, or publishing to a CDN/social media</li>



<li>Monitor your production</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	System requirements</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ef7cba57-9e01-4f9d-9125-f708dd6ec232"><strong>System requirements</strong></h2>



<ul id="block-510ba19d-e787-4ca4-a130-ef2177c079a6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A laptop with an i7 processor or above with 16 GB memory, and a minimum screen resolution of 1920 x 1080</li>



<li>Internet bandwidth &#8211; 32 Mbps (download), 10 Mbps (upload)</li>



<li>Windows 10 or later, Mac OS 12.0 or later</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	User Guide contents</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-93dd0342-2f09-4028-97c4-a6b91b0ebbc8"><strong>User Guide contents</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9402ea4b-c10b-43f4-abf6-9c59c3a178ac">This TVU Producer Quick Start User Guide provides a general overview of each feature and instructions for setting up and using TVU Producer.</p>



<p id="block-18fbc4de-cc5d-4dbc-8bbf-89177e02ae02">This user guide provides details for the following topics:</p>



<ul id="block-8b31174a-1199-4d42-a10a-3e97ab5a250f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Setting up a TVU Producer account</li>



<li>Logging in to TVU Producer</li>



<li>TVU Producer Workbench Web interface overview</li>



<li>TVU Producer Web interface overview</li>



<li>TVU Producer base operations &#8211; How to use TVU Producer</li>



<li>Purchasing a TVU Producer</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Features overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-20e871f8-9651-47fe-b246-63731f1ef63a"><strong>Features</strong></h2>



<p id="block-03ae5f3a-50ba-49fa-890c-580681f9a12d">TVU Producer’s robust cloud-based service comes with the following features:</p>



<ul id="block-1d242beb-bee1-40cc-9016-579e9e469d30" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>New light or dark theme selector</strong> &#8211; This allows users to switch from dark to light mode. The dark mode is the default.</li>



<li><strong>Output Buffer</strong> &#8211; The Output Buffer feature allows users to upload and configure a secondary video for Censorship purposes.</li>



<li><strong>Auto Failover </strong>&#8211; Use the Auto Failover feature to configure a primary and secondary slot so that if the primary video slot stops playing, the secondary slot resumes playback.</li>



<li><strong>Live IP video switcher</strong> &#8211; Up to 8 live video streams can be switched seamlessly in the cloud with precise frame accuracy from the TVU Producer interface. TVU Producer supports four or eight live video sources, 1 EXT IP, one local video clip player, and a custom source.</li>



<li><strong>Transitions</strong> &#8211; A Transition is a special effect in a live streaming show that occurs when you connect to or switch from one live feed or scene to another during a live production. TVU Producer supports three transitions: Dissolve, Iris in, and Iris out.</li>



<li><strong>Clip player feature</strong> &#8211; The new Clip Player feature in TVU Producer is enhanced to support all basic and advanced operations for local clips, including playlist and audio file support.</li>



<li><strong>Works with any standard IP source</strong> &#8211; TVU Producer is designed to work with virtually any IP video source and integrates with TVU Anywhere, TVU One, TVU Grid, TVU Partyline, TVU Replay, and TVU RPS, as well as support for any standard IP video stream, including SRT, RTP, RTMP, HLS, HTTP, UDP, MISS etc.</li>



<li><strong>Workbench</strong> &#8211; Delivers more functionality to allow users to quickly create and manage live production shows or programs. A user can define or choose configuration options for a live production and assist in creating a live streaming workflow.</li>



<li><strong>Partyline / Video conferencing</strong> &#8211; Partyline is the next-generation IFB/video conferencing solution that enables controllable multi-way communication between the event director, camera or graphics operators, audio engineers, and viewers behind the scenes. Producer allows you to add a Partyline participant as a source. Producer can also send its PGM as a video return to Partyline.</li>



<li><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer</strong>&nbsp;&#8211; Advanced Audio Mixer is a dedicated, separate interface built for audio operators to mix audio for the program, separate from video and graphics operations.</li>



<li><strong>Multi-audio channels</strong> &#8211; Support for 2, 4, 6, or 8 embedded output audio channels can be configured in the Workbench Settings window for your Producer project. The Audio mix option in Producer allows up to 4 pairs of audio channels to be configured by selecting the Audio Output Pair Control feature in the Audio mix panel. This feature is useful for multi-language outputs. A user can independently adjust the volume of the audio output channels assigned to each pair. The volume for each pair of output channels can be adjusted or muted using the Master output level control slider in the Audio mix panel.</li>



<li><strong>Video publishing</strong> &#8211; Publishing in landscape and vertical modes, TVU Producer helps push live and recorded content to social media or virtually any CDN and video cloud service workflow (9:16 aspect ratio). Customers can now easily and directly broadcast their live content to Facebook, YouTube, Twitch, Periscope (Twitter), and Yizhibo. Customers can also push their program stream to their CDN or to Grid, where they can distribute the content with their partners.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with TVU Anywhere</strong> &#8211; TVU Producer integrates with TVU Anywhere. Any iOS, Android, or macOS device user can quickly download the TVU Anywhere application and be added as a live video source.</li>



<li><strong>Multi-channel graphic overlays via Singular.live and Viz Flowics integration</strong> &#8211; In the TVU Producer interface a user can upload any PNG graphic, including an alpha channel and transparency, and an NDI alpha channel as an overlay for the video output. TVU Producer supports dynamic overlays using the Singular.live app on multiple channels.</li>



<li><strong>Instant Replay</strong> &#8211; The Replay feature lets users rewind and replay a critical moment from a few minutes ago. With a simple button click, the TVU Producer allows you to replay the selected frames and allows users to see a double-take of the best plays or moments. This increases the value of your live shows.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Replay integration</strong> &#8211; Create playlists within TVU Replay and bring them into the dedicated thumbnail preview within TVU Producer as clips instantly and ready to be produced.</li>



<li><strong>ISO recording</strong> &#8211; With the ISO Recording feature enabled, you can record each camera source or input source independently of other feeds and final program output. ISO feature can assist in many ways, including fixing live production mistakes and creating new content with customized graphics for your mobile and social media audiences. This feature helps enhance your revenue opportunities across all digital assets.</li>



<li><strong>Input Source Recording</strong> &#8211; The Input Source Recording checkbox can be checked in the Workbench Settings menu. When enabled, you can select what input sources will be recorded.</li>



<li><strong>PGM Recording</strong> &#8211; This checkbox in the Workbench Settings menu replaces the previous VM recording service. When adding a new source in Producer, the &#8220;Recording Service&#8221; is now an option. The live recordings completed by your VM are sent to an external recording service. Your recordings display in the Cloud Record tab&#8217;s Remote Record File list. You can add markers to your recording, upload them to the Remote File list, or download them to your local drive.</li>



<li><strong>Customizable Multiviewer</strong> &#8211; The Customizable Multiviewer feature enhances the current Multiview feature within Producer. This feature can create any multi-view sources, including quad-view and dual-view.</li>



<li><strong>SCTE 35-based dynamic ad insertion</strong> &#8211; With TVU Producer, customers can perform a dynamic ad insertion for a Live broadcast by collaborating with third-party ad services. A new feature is available to manually insert SCTE slice points or triggers in Producer to signal an ad-insertion in the transport stream, pre-roll replacement in SCTE pass-through is also supported.</li>



<li><strong>Captioning</strong> &#8211; The Captioning feature enables live and closed captions to be delivered to the program output in TVU Producer. This enables our customers to automatically add captions to the outgoing live feed from TVU Producer.</li>



<li><strong>Intercom</strong> &#8211; The Intercom feature is still available for legacy devices. The Intercom feature allows a producer to communicate with a cameraman using TVU Anywhere or a TVU One transmitter. The intercom feature has been replaced with Partyline, the new collaboration tool that works with TVU Producer.</li>



<li><strong>Basic Collaboration</strong> &#8211; The Basic Collaboration feature allows the TVU Producer user to create a live show and share it with production team members. This feature enables a collaborative effort among production team members to produce and publish a live show.</li>



<li><strong>Monitoring and diagnostics</strong> &#8211; The Monitoring and diagnostics feature provides a dashboard that displays key parameters indicating the health of your IP feed from all input sources and the health of the outgoing live stream to each destination. In addition, the user can view Producer timeline messages and diagnostic errors.</li>



<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>RTMP push/pull</strong>&nbsp;&#8211; </span>The RTMP push/pull features allow users to add RTMP sources from external encoders, webcams, or GoPro devices using Producer.</li>



<li><strong>Custom view and border</strong> &#8211; The custom view and border feature allows users to add multiple custom source views, with or without borders, to Producer.</li>



<li><strong>Clear and remove overlay feature</strong>s &#8211; The clear and remove overlay features allow a user to clear all overlays from the Preview window and remove all overlays from the Program window by clicking a button at the bottom of each window.</li>



<li><strong>Vertical mode </strong>&#8211; The vertical production feature allows users to set up a Producer instance in 9:16 production mode. In addition, cropped 9:16 is supported for 720p and 1080p productions. This feature is enabled in the Workbench Settings menu.</li>



<li><strong>PTZ Control</strong> &#8211; The PTZ camera control feature is integrated into the TVU Producer user interface to provide a single interface for controlling PTZ cameras.</li>



<li><strong>Offline setup</strong> &#8211; Producer allows users to set up a production without starting the Producer program.</li>



<li><strong>Macro service</strong> &#8211; The Macro feature in TVU Producer is a powerful automation tool that lets you record a sequence of actions and trigger it with a single click or keyboard shortcut. It is essential for complex transitions, such as switching a scene while simultaneously changing an overlay and adjusting audio levels.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Quick Start Guide</div>


<h1 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-66bdd8fa-510e-494a-b149-ccd96a7371d9"><strong>Quick Start Guide</strong></h1>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 1 &#8211; Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ec02cda1-8995-4535-a169-5f3e253047ec"><strong>Step 1 &#8211; Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</strong></h2>



<p id="block-d55f6daf-b381-4a57-bf5f-08d866a98c63">To sign up or register for TVU Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>To purchase TVU Producer, go to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-46">Purchasing TVU Producer</a>&#8221; for more information.</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>



<ol id="block-5a450859-11d3-4318-a5cf-5dd634010ca6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a web browser window and enter: <a href="/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production/</a></li>



<li>Click the green <strong>Sign up/Login</strong> at the page’s top right corner and select TVU Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8d53cee8-2795-427d-b87f-6dc8b08c14fe"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="410" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1.png" alt="TVU Producer sign in" class="wp-image-143645" style="width:716px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-5f429f19-5880-4e07-9df5-02d8ba81637c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Producer Sign-in pop-up window displays.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<ol start="4" id="block-95413d30-382c-408b-b106-f8c83360f202" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click&nbsp;Sign Up, and the “Get started for free today” window displays.</li>
</ol>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-d12c1c9a-00af-41f1-b09e-a07f9da7f485"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-up-producer.png" alt="VU Producer Sign up" style="width:232px;height:377px"/></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-3d44ed2e-be62-4498-b744-bed73c0f26a7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>Name</strong>, <strong>email</strong>, and <strong>Password</strong>, then click <strong>Get Started now</strong>.</li>



<li>Check your email, enter the six-digit code, and then click <strong>Verify</strong>.</li>



<li>The TVU Producer Workbench opens. Continue to &#8220;Creating a program.&#8221;</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 2 &#8211; Signing in to your Producer account</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-874ec1d3-e9fa-4205-84c4-66d50e1a8e34"><strong>Step 2 &#8211; Signing in to your Producer account</strong></h2>



<p id="block-7369c878-40a8-4ccb-9bc1-4a080d5e8eed">To Sign in to your TVU Producer account, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-4b0b1454-3f9b-48af-a8e9-6cbc81186253" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a web browser window and enter: <a href="http://om/producer-cloud-production/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://producer.tvunetworks.com/producer-cloud-production/</a></li>



<li>Click the green <strong>Sign up/Login</strong> button at the page&#8217;s top right corner and select <strong>TVU Producer</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3e381c1f-da8c-497d-8cf4-eec8116c1cf4"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="410" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1.png" alt="TVU Producer sign in" class="wp-image-143645" style="aspect-ratio:2.05;width:682px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p id="block-f6a94c6b-b571-4f22-bff2-3929729302fa">The Producer Sign-in pop-up window displays.</p>



<ol start="3" id="block-3ea7db64-ce73-4188-8d8b-6a597d9dce4f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the following information:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>User ID: <strong>email address</strong></li>



<li>Password: Enter your <strong>Password</strong></li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-b1d717dd-73ce-4737-8cea-fbfa74c6bad5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="366" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-login-screen.jpg" alt="Producer login screen" class="wp-image-169998" style="width:674px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-login-screen.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-login-screen-300x191.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-3672d21d-f365-4dfe-ae04-8b95ed7af15e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Sign In</strong>. The Producer Workbench user interface displays. Continue with &#8220;<strong>Creating a Program</strong>.&#8221;</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Creating a program</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-af32800d-3b8c-4e61-86c6-abf04c410d44"><strong>Creating a program</strong></h2>



<p id="block-e2d3596e-1fb9-4e83-90d9-4de398fdb342">To create a program, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-7b048c6a-3953-48e1-9763-819e123ad573" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Workbench tab displays by default. Click the <strong>+ Create a Program</strong> box.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a3c9114a-ab9f-4a05-b7dc-44ea1966d9c2"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="380" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-user-interface.jpg" alt="Workbench user interface" class="wp-image-170006" style="aspect-ratio:1.8316582914572865;width:685px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-user-interface.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-user-interface-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-7a928260-8825-4bdf-8596-528a0f845a69" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Create a program pop-up window, enter a Program name for your production and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-01a0e0c4-c426-43b5-8a28-22e0c35288eb"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="192" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-Create-program.png" alt="Producer create a program" class="wp-image-122836" style="aspect-ratio:2.6861702127659575;object-fit:cover;width:430px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-Create-program.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-Create-program-300x150.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-08a51367-a061-4cf6-9a6f-76e9553aac47" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Settings</strong> pop-up window opens.</li>



<li>Choose the video format you want to use from the <strong>Format</strong> drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you choose a specific Video Format for the Live Show, all your input feeds need to match with this program format for your live switching to be accurate. Please ensure all your input video formats are one and the same. You can separately choose your Output format when you want to go live.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable the multi-channel audio feature, click the <strong>Audio Channel </strong>drop-down menu and select 2, 4, 6, or 8 output channels for your Producer project.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3900233e-3054-43ce-825d-3f71de57ee22"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="347" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Settings-Audio-channel-selection.png" alt="Settings Audio Channel selections" class="wp-image-122845" style="object-fit:contain;width:608px;height:350px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Settings-Audio-channel-selection.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Settings-Audio-channel-selection-300x217.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-f3602b9d-05a8-472b-ae64-30cf719aa7f6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the desired feature checkboxes for your live production, select a <strong>Region</strong>, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>RPS:</strong> Whenever the RPS feature is enabled, the first 6x slots of your production will be reserved as RPS sources only.</li>



<li><strong>Partyline:</strong> Enabling this option automatically forces all TVU Anywhere participants to join a party. The Producer PGM will be in Video Return by default, and UI previews will use an RTIL stream coming directly from the device.</li>



<li><strong>Vertical:</strong> Enable this feature to allow Producer to output your source in vertical (portrait) mode.</li>



<li><strong>Output buffer: </strong>Enabling the Output Buffer allows a time buffer (up to 300 seconds) to be set between what is viewed in the Live Output Program and the actual video being encoded for output. (ISSP/RTMP/Social media output is supported).<br>This feature allows the operator to censor the live source for any issues in the program (such as profanity). If an issue occurs, you have time to react and can switch to a replacement video/image.</li>



<li><strong>Follower mode:</strong> Enable this feature to define programs following the main program. Use the Configure link to define which sources follow the main program. Choosing this feature means this production is the main production. It can not be added as a follower production for any other main program.</li>



<li><strong>Source delay control:</strong> Enable this feature to set a delay in ms for a producer source.</li>



<li><strong>Input Source Recording:</strong> Enable this feature to select the source you want recorded. You can find the recordings in &#8220;Cloud Record&#8221;-&gt;&#8221;Remote Recording.&#8221;</li>



<li><strong>PGM Recording:</strong> Enable this feature to allow recording functionality.</li>



<li><strong>Replay</strong> <strong>App:</strong> Enable this feature to allow replay functionality. It is suggested that it be used with productions running in progressive-scan mode. Enabling the Replay App feature will force the recording of live sources at both high and low resolutions.</li>



<li><strong>Review</strong> <strong>App:</strong> The Review App is not a standard feature and must be enabled by TVU Support before use. Contact support@tvunetworks.com for more information about the Review App and how to test this feature.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The region is related to your IP address and is preset.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-bb445766-e0d5-466e-9cc1-759bd835d720"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="708" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen.jpg" alt="Workbench Settings screen" class="wp-image-170014" style="width:365px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen-205x300.jpg 205w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" id="block-538216b9-cc2a-4e5c-b085-35a9d183928d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover the mouse over the preview<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">, then click&nbsp;<strong>Start</strong>&nbsp;to run</span> your program in TVU Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3938045a-2fb4-4c6c-b93c-78ec3e861884"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="243" height="211" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Starting-a-program.png" alt="Starting a program" class="wp-image-143665" style="object-fit:contain;width:404px;height:206px"/></figure>



<ol start="8" id="block-db8c145a-4f6b-42d2-9f60-137064b05b85" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change a program setting, click the three dots “…” at the top right of the program window and click <strong>Settings</strong>. Make your changes and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="301" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-window-settings-menu.png" alt="Program settings selections" class="wp-image-122872" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-window-settings-menu.png 423w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-window-settings-menu-300x213.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the three dots “…” at the top right of the program window to view and select various program functions:</li>
</ol>



<ul id="block-7d0eceb1-6334-4995-bde5-cb3bf7f382b0" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select <strong>Rename</strong> to change your program name.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Add Collaborators</strong> to enable the Basic Collaboration feature. This feature allows the user to produce a live show by collaborating with production team members.</li>



<li>Select<strong> Setting</strong> to reopen the window and change your program settings.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Monitor</strong> to open the Monitoring and Diagnostics feature dashboard.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Delete</strong> to remove your program from Workbench.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Duplicate</strong> to duplicate a program.</li>



<li>Select<strong> Offline setup</strong> to set up your programming in offline mode.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-977de7ad-b2fa-49df-8e55-1109cbf005a8"><strong>Using the Basic Collaboration feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-434af4aa-aa78-47df-ae28-4472a8a20c94">The Basic Collaboration feature allows the TVU Producer user to create a live show and share the live show with the production team members. This feature allows for a collaborative effort between production team members to produce and publish a live show.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The collaborator must have an active Producer account to participate.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-fd0d7bdc-8565-4426-b9c6-4fcedace7d5d">To use the Basic Collaboration feature, create a program in the Workbench and complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-0e5a73a5-1d60-442d-9fc8-ce6c9fcdfbec" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over the program, and click the three dots “…’ in the program window.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Add Collaborators</strong> from the Program Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-acb537d5-e512-440f-8e5c-35e677756d19"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="424" height="302" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-menu-Add-collaborators.png" alt="Add collaborators" class="wp-image-122882" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-menu-Add-collaborators.png 424w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-menu-Add-collaborators-300x214.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 424px) 100vw, 424px" /></figure>



<p id="block-078dc3d2-c7f0-4514-927a-88eb8c377299">The Add Collaborators pop-up window displays.</p>



<ol start="3" id="block-5e47009b-3c4e-4f0d-af49-21d440601895" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your collaborator’s producer account email address in the Email field and click <strong>Send</strong>.</li>



<li>The Collaborators are displayed in the Add Collaborators pop-up window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c415604c-eb2f-4d25-8601-16140ec8fa0e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="344" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-list.png" alt="Collaborator list" class="wp-image-122891" style="object-fit:contain;width:623px;height:260px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-list.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-list-300x215.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-596a3966-db10-40de-b1a9-dcfe82e80669" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The program owner can now choose the functions the collaborator is entitled to control by clicking the three-dot &#8220;…&#8221; icon and selecting<strong> Edit</strong> to open the User entitlements window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="340" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-settings.png" alt="Collaborator settings" class="wp-image-122900" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-settings.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-settings-300x213.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The program owner chooses the functions the collaborator can control in the User entitlements window and clicks <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="415" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/User-entitlements-window.png" alt="User entitlements" class="wp-image-122909" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/User-entitlements-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/User-entitlements-window-300x259.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The collaborator can now open a browser window and log in to TVU Producer. The shared program and any previously created programs are displayed on the Workbench screen.</li>



<li>The Producer user and collaborator are now ready to run the same program or live show.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a new program is shared with the collaborator by the primary Producer user, the collaborator does not have the option to share the program with other users. The primary Producer user controls that functionality.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="9" id="block-cc502465-0a01-436e-8a76-0181c6fa2b4b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>You can filter the displayed productions from the drop-down menu. The default is <strong>All</strong>.</li>



<li>The<strong> Collaborator icon</strong> turns green when you click the <strong>checkbox</strong> of each program you want to share.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3430d87c-6ac2-47dc-b71b-03a184eb26a6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="604" height="330" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Adding-collaborators-to-your-production.png" alt="Adding collaborators to your production" class="wp-image-143674" style="aspect-ratio:1.7399380804953561;width:649px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Adding-collaborators-to-your-production.png 604w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Adding-collaborators-to-your-production-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the User entitlement window, enter the email addresses of the added collaborators, select the functions you want them to control, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="397" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Adding-collaborators-and-functions.png" alt="Adding collaborators and functions" class="wp-image-122928" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Adding-collaborators-and-functions.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Adding-collaborators-and-functions-300x248.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="12" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To remove yourself as a collaborator, click the three-dot icon and select <strong>Quit as collaborator</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="397" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Quit-as-collaborator.jpg" alt="Quit as collaborator" class="wp-image-170023" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Quit-as-collaborator.jpg 397w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Quit-as-collaborator-300x168.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 397px) 100vw, 397px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Starting and stopping a live transmission</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3aaeb56c-4079-495b-b362-fa570e1379bd"><strong>Starting a live transmission</strong></h2>



<p id="block-972e63d2-2d1d-43b8-b966-4288b6738596">To start the TVU Producer instance to take your program live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-fc210d61-510d-4652-9bda-968b424c3cf3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over a program you want to take live in the Workbench and click <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-6be8c4af-afd0-4979-a66d-d7a388ca1008"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="257" height="219" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Start-a-live-transmission.png" alt="Start a live transmission" class="wp-image-122939"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-c5d510f7-235f-480d-b80f-27753d018c04" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Initiating steps to launch the TVU Producer process begin.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="201" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Initiating-Producer.png" alt="initiating Producer" class="wp-image-122948" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Initiating-Producer.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Initiating-Producer-300x157.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Continue with &#8220;<a href="/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-10">TVU Producer User Interface overview</a>.&#8221;</li>



<li>To stop the program, go to &#8220;Stopping a live transmission.&#8221;</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Programs that are started display “Running” under the program name in the Workbench tab.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ccc3e691-45b1-4678-a4c4-708ca88a333d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="253" height="217" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-running.png" alt="Program running" class="wp-image-122957"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3833cf8f-706f-471e-bb42-286a7dff4792"><strong>Stopping a live transmission</strong></h2>



<p id="block-b316612f-baac-46d0-9792-eb61e310fcdb">To stop your program’s live transmission, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-776d108d-c4bf-4482-a56d-d983f9957651" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the top left<strong> Home</strong> icon in the Producer interface to return to Workbench.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="309" height="121" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Home-icon.png" alt="Home icon" class="wp-image-122966" style="width:478px;height:187px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Home-icon.png 309w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Home-icon-300x117.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 309px) 100vw, 309px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-776aa64e-b597-402a-8917-da36196516e4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over the program you want to stop and click the <strong>power button</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-4c8b3521-196c-4fce-92b5-54e79ee5ce5e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="224" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Running-program-stop-button.png" alt="running program stop button" class="wp-image-122975"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The &#8220;End the program&#8221; pop-up displays. Click <strong>Shut down</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a0477a5e-9b71-4a11-aaa5-2176bef39a28"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="128" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/End-the-program-dialog.png" alt="End the program" class="wp-image-122984" style="width:477px;height:159px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/End-the-program-dialog.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/End-the-program-dialog-300x100.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>In the Workbench, the stopping program indicator displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="218" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Stopping-the-program.png" alt="Stopping the program indicator" class="wp-image-122993"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Producer Interface overview</div>


<h1 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-fded0d26-8dc0-474a-a495-19b125f56718"><strong>Interface overview</strong></h1>



<p id="block-506f98eb-e12a-43e0-9877-540e89e2e9ed">This section describes the essential components of the TVU Producer user interface.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-89ba435f-4241-467d-b346-33644e1b0166"><strong>TVU Producer User Interface overview</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cf5467f0-6ee8-46c8-9e94-dc173cf4b3cf"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="721" height="598" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Producer-User-interface-3.jpg" alt="TVU Producer User interface 3" class="wp-image-170031" style="aspect-ratio:1.2984496124031009;width:710px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Producer-User-interface-3.jpg 721w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Producer-User-interface-3-300x249.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 721px) 100vw, 721px" /></figure>



<p id="block-ad043d12-014e-4b04-be8b-1de4bd789dcd">The Producer user interface displays the following functions and controls (reference number callouts as shown above):</p>



<p id="block-c2cfa2b6-a6bf-43d7-9e5b-f7599eda470a"><strong>(A)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Output:</strong> The Output feature allows users to output the newly produced live stream to desired destinations. These destinations could be a custom CDN or a Social Media destination such as YouTube, Facebook, or others.</p>



<p id="block-4e3cfa65-4a5d-4f0c-961a-c9f4b115db9e">Users can click <strong>+Add</strong> at the bottom of the Output to Destinations panel to select a destination and import social media accounts, CDN, or Grid into their output.</p>



<p id="block-3c7e28df-ee73-4866-bcf7-5aeb23636004">These options enable users to authenticate their credentials to access desired social media destinations.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong><br>1. For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-22"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Using the output feature</mark></a>.&#8221;<br>2. For more information about adding Sources, refer to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-14"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Adding sources to your production</mark></a>.&#8221;<br>3. The three-dot link opens settings for the output destination. Selecting More opens the <strong>Other Output Setting</strong> window.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-616be382-a4c3-4c7c-b0fc-467f7309ad0f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="326" height="259" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-selection-and-Import-screen.jpg" alt="Output selection and Import screen" class="wp-image-170039" style="width:344px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-selection-and-Import-screen.jpg 326w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-selection-and-Import-screen-300x238.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="491" height="551" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting.jpg" alt="Output tab_Settings_More_Other output setting" class="wp-image-170046" style="width:409px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting.jpg 491w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-267x300.jpg 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /></figure>



<p id="block-cb71e45c-f0e2-4796-be42-6c092e610974"><strong>(B)</strong><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong> &#8211; Record tab:&nbsp;</strong>The Record feature allows users to create named clips with manual&nbsp;<strong>Mark in</strong>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<strong>Mark out</strong>&nbsp;points. If desired, these clips are saved to your cloud recordings folder with a new name i</span>n addition to recording the full program. Clip processing may take a few minutes to complete.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3abd9366-4784-4bd0-8213-9a6beb82b616"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="291" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Record-tab.png" alt="Record tab" class="wp-image-123023" style="width:392px;height:386px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Record-tab.png 295w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Record-tab-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Record-tab-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 295px) 100vw, 295px" /></figure>



<p id="block-799c5b9d-4658-4658-9a8a-ffa7cd20f212"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>(C)&nbsp;</strong>&#8211;&nbsp;<strong>Overlay tab:</strong>&nbsp;The Overlay feature allows users to add customized graphics and text overlays to their live video. These include native overlays, such as logos and text, which can be selected from the Native or Logo tabs. In addition, Producer features real-time overlays and data visualizations such as animations and transitions by integrating <strong>Singular.live</strong> sources from the <strong>Singular</strong> tab. To access assets for this feature, click <strong>Overlay</strong>, select the <strong>Native</strong>, <strong>Logo</strong>, <strong>Singular</strong>, <strong>Flowics</strong>, <strong>NDI</strong>, or <strong>URL </strong>tab, enable the slider, then</span> click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-23"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Adding social media accounts</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-cf9dfdd0-5f88-4333-b9cd-919f593ad16f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="396" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab.png" alt="Overlay tab" class="wp-image-123032" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab.png 393w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab-298x300.png 298w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab-150x150.png 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></figure>



<p id="block-839ab290-51ed-4e33-8b13-950bfda0e9e7"><strong>(D) </strong>&#8211; <strong>Audio mixer tab:</strong> AFV is enabled by default. When <strong>AFV All</strong> is enabled, the audio follows the video when cut.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-31"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Audio control</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-34241490-5a67-4054-bed3-7956b2f715d5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="501" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON.png" alt="AFV enabled" class="wp-image-143684" style="width:348px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON-169x300.png 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<p id="block-e3c2f7da-648a-44d9-83ca-4546a570989c">When AFV is disabled, the audio selection menu displays. The operator can select one audio source channel from the menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8e56b57b-c300-4652-b37d-b5a582abb956"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="464" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-All-slider-disabled.png" alt="AFV disabled" class="wp-image-143692" style="width:356px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-All-slider-disabled.png 284w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-All-slider-disabled-184x300.png 184w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 284px) 100vw, 284px" /></figure>



<p id="block-e924103e-29ac-46e6-afc9-d9008b702c2d"><strong>(E) </strong>&#8211;<strong> Intercom tab:</strong> The Intercom feature is now replaced with TVU Partyline, a new collaboration tool that works with Producer. The Partyline tool is used by TVU One and TVU Anywhere users to communicate with the Technical Producer in the studio. However, the Intercom feature is still available for legacy devices. The Intercom feature allows a producer to communicate with a cameraman using TVU Anywhere or a TVU One transmitter.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-66266570-035c-4032-a702-4b62ec502562"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="459" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/intercom-feature.jpg" alt="intercom feature" class="wp-image-170054" style="aspect-ratio:0.6981891348088531;width:268px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/intercom-feature.jpg 279w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/intercom-feature-182x300.jpg 182w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 279px) 100vw, 279px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Captions tab: </strong>When this feature is enabled, the Caption tab displays. The tab displays &#8220;ON&#8221; when in use. The Captioning feature enables the delivery of both live and closed captions to the program output of TVU Producer.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="61" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Captions-icon.png" alt="Captions tab" class="wp-image-143701" style="width:81px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p id="block-a69dce71-d582-4312-a37a-bf89a6f6a278"><strong>(F) </strong>&#8211; <strong>SCTE:</strong> The SCTE 35-based dynamic ad insertion feature allows users to manually insert SCTE slice points or triggers in Producer to signal an ad insertion in the transport stream. SCTE pass-through and pre-roll replacement in pass-through are also supported.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4ed1c7c9-dd3e-4674-a833-dbcdd8908158"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="285" height="460" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SCTE-Tab.jpg" alt="SCTE tab" class="wp-image-170063" style="aspect-ratio:0.6149732620320856;width:309px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SCTE-Tab.jpg 285w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SCTE-Tab-186x300.jpg 186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 285px) 100vw, 285px" /></figure>



<p id="block-1c71ca33-307c-4cd9-b310-c217abc4c055"><strong>(G)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Monitor tab:</strong> The Monitor tab opens the Monitoring and Diagnostics dashboard. The Monitoring and Diagnostics feature dashboard displays key parameters indicating your IP feed health across all Input sources and the health of the outgoing live stream to each destination.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-0ed9303d-85dd-460f-bf45-215e3c529467"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="59" height="63" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Monitor-tab.png" alt="Monitor tab" class="wp-image-123086" style="width:84px;height:90px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6d444b3b-5dc9-4084-a3cb-7ae5eb8f4571"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1460" height="886" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard.png" alt="Monitoring and Diagnostics dashboard" class="wp-image-143711" style="aspect-ratio:1.4954627949183303;width:697px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard.png 1460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-300x182.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-1024x621.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-768x466.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1460px) 100vw, 1460px" /></figure>



<p id="block-987b896b-3d1a-4cf5-a2b2-f4bca966ba7c"><strong>(H)</strong> &#8211; <strong>PTZ Control tab:</strong> The PTZ camera control feature is integrated into the TVU Producer user interface software to provide users a way of controlling PTZ cameras supporting VISCA protocol through a VLAN tunnel connection between TVU Devices in the field with TVU Producer. The Router feature is required on the TVU device.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-5e6d44b4-baae-4e08-bb5f-3b0b556ea3f3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="584" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/PTZ-Control-tab.png" alt="PTZ Control tab" class="wp-image-170070" style="width:317px;height:651px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/PTZ-Control-tab.png 284w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/PTZ-Control-tab-146x300.png 146w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 284px) 100vw, 284px" /></figure>



<p id="block-3082a07d-3fb0-45a5-9a60-f6621db527f0"><strong>(I) Preview:</strong> In the green-outlined&nbsp;preview&nbsp;window at the top left, the operator can preview a selected source before going live.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about starting a Producer program reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>



<p><strong>(J) Clear Overlay:</strong> Click the Clear Overlay button to clear all overlays from the Preview window.<br><strong>(K) Remove Overlay:</strong> Click the Remove Overlay button to remove all overlays from the Program window.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="295" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clear-and-remove-overlay-1024x295.png" alt="clear and remove overlay" class="wp-image-170078" style="width:588px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clear-and-remove-overlay-1024x295.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clear-and-remove-overlay-300x86.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clear-and-remove-overlay-768x221.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clear-and-remove-overlay.png 1307w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(L) Program:</strong> The Program window is the Live screen that everyone can view. It is the top-right Live screen, outlined in red.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about starting a Producer program reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="437" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Producer-User-Interface.jpg" alt="TVU Producer User Interface" class="wp-image-170085" style="width:587px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Producer-User-Interface.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Producer-User-Interface-300x195.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(M) Session Time Used (N) Time remaining indicator:</strong> Your session timer is located next to the Purchase button and displays the time remaining in your session. When you hover over the remaining time, the expiration date for your session appears.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about the timer reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-38"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Time remaining indicator</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="103" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/session-timer.jpg" alt="session timer" class="wp-image-170093" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/session-timer.jpg 528w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/session-timer-300x59.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To stop your session timer, click the <strong>Power button</strong> in the top-right navigation to shut down the program.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(O) Power button:</strong> Clicking the Power button stops your session timer and prompts you to Shut down the program.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="200" height="46" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/power-button.png" alt="power button" class="wp-image-170101" style="width:261px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p><strong>(P) Macro tab:</strong> Click the Macro tab and click the link to open the Macro service in a new tab and add a Macro to an event.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="380" height="100" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-tab.jpg" alt="Macro tab" class="wp-image-170108" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-tab.jpg 380w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-tab-300x79.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 380px) 100vw, 380px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1013" height="694" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Macro-service.jpg" alt="TVU Macro service" class="wp-image-170116" style="width:625px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Macro-service.jpg 1013w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Macro-service-300x206.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Macro-service-768x526.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1013px) 100vw, 1013px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(Q) Auto Failover tab: </strong>Click the Auto Failover tab to set up a primary video in slot one and a secondary video as a backup in slot two. Configure the failover time in seconds.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="70" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-tab-1.png" alt="Auto Failover tab" class="wp-image-124671"/></figure>



<p><strong>(R) &#8211; Replay App: </strong>The Replay App tab opens the Replay panel. The Replay panel allows a user to authenticate their Producer login by scanning a QR code with the Replay App or by copying the URL and opening it in a new browser window. This feature enables users to create playlists in TVU Replay and import them into the dedicated thumbnail preview in TVU Producer as clips, instantly and ready to be produced.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="79" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Replay-app-tab.jpg" alt="replay app tab" class="wp-image-170124"/></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-35"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Replay operations</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="368" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Replay-app-settings-clip.jpg" alt="Replay app settings clip" class="wp-image-170131" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Replay-app-settings-clip.jpg 284w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Replay-app-settings-clip-232x300.jpg 232w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 284px) 100vw, 284px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/replay-app-menu.png" alt="replay app menu" class="wp-image-170138"/></figure>



<p><strong>(S) Buffer tab: </strong>The Buffer tab allows users to set the output reaction time in the buffer settings panel to upload and configure a secondary replacement video if the primary video requires censoring. Click the Censorship page link to open the page in a new tab.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="58" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Buffer-tab.png" alt="Buffer tab" class="wp-image-123068" style="width:82px;height:79px"/></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;Output Buffer feature.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="363" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/buffer-settings.jpg" alt="buffer settings" class="wp-image-170146" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/buffer-settings.jpg 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/buffer-settings-232x300.jpg 232w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(T) Clip Player tab:</strong> The clip player tab opens the clip playlist panel. Here, users can upload and view recorded clips using the breakout clip player viewer from a local drive or from the Cloud drive to use as source files in Producer. In addition, the clip player supports audio files. Copy the &#8220;Breakout Clip player&#8221; link and paste it into a new tab to view local clips.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-96922ef1-6fe2-48cb-816f-21644670deb3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="710" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png" alt="Clip Player tab - Clip player panel" class="wp-image-143719" style="width:386px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel-229x300.png 229w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<p id="block-5f3ae91e-967d-4367-a352-a7e0df0c74bb"><strong>(U) Overlay Cut button:</strong> Click the Overlay Cut button (F6) to cut an overlay from the Preview window to the Program window.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about starting a Producer program, reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="50" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-cut.png" alt="Overlay cut button" class="wp-image-123185" style="width:75px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p><strong>(V) Video Cut button:</strong> Click the Video Cut button to cut video from the Preview window to the Program window. To cut the overlay and video together, click the link icon.</p>



<p>For more information about starting a Producer program, reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="45" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/video-cut.png" alt="Video cut button" class="wp-image-123194" style="width:68px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p id="block-b72b8559-533e-478e-8acf-2d4ca1257949"><strong>(W)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Purchase button: </strong>The Purchase button lets users securely purchase Producer online using PayPal. Click the Purchase button to display TVU Producer and TVU One products and review the latest pricing.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>To purchase a TVU Producer TVU Oneage, go to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-38"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Advanced Audio Mixer</mark></a>&#8221; for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e496c162-9a4e-4f4d-bb33-08c10187c564"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="235" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Purchase-button.png" alt="Purchase button" class="wp-image-143770" style="width:363px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p id="block-4cf750ca-bc59-4624-9f7d-c688a4250479"><strong>(X)</strong> &#8211; <strong>User management menu:</strong> The Producer User management menu contains Language, Shortcut list, and Sign Out selections.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-d4baa435-677b-4fa9-b48d-da095ef4802e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="183" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/user-management-menu.png" alt="user management menu" class="wp-image-143786" style="object-fit:contain;width:423px;height:279px"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Language selection:</strong> To translate the Producer interface into English or Chinese, click the <strong>User management</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>English</strong> or <strong>Chinese</strong>.</li>



<li><strong>Shortcut List:</strong> Select <strong>Shortcut List</strong> to open the keyboard shortcut panel.</li>



<li><strong>Sign Out:</strong> Select <strong>Sign Out</strong> to return to the Workbench. Click the power button to stop the running program, then click the User management drop-down menu. Select <strong>Sign Out</strong> to end your session.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about the timer in the top navigation reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-38"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Time remaining indicator</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(Y)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Source windows:</strong> A green border around the source window indicates that the video is in the Preview mode. A red border means that the video is Live in the Program window. Click a source window once to cut it into the Preview window.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1249" height="805" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-window-2.png" alt="producer source windows" class="wp-image-170157" style="width:748px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-window-2.png 1249w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-window-2-300x193.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-window-2-1024x660.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-window-2-768x495.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1249px) 100vw, 1249px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(Z)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Audio indicator bars:</strong> The Audio indicator bars are located to the right of the Program and to the left of the Preview windows. Audio levels for both windows can be monitored visually from the Producer user interface.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="180" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Audio-bars.png" alt="Audio bars" class="wp-image-123240" style="width:758px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Audio-bars.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Audio-bars-300x94.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Management Center and Cloud Recording</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Management Center and Cloud Recording access</strong></h2>



<p>If you are in Producer, click the Home icon in the top left panel to return to the Workbench tab. There are two more tab selections in the top-left panel. Click the appropriate tab to access the Management Center and Cloud Record pages.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="51" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Workbench-menu-selections.png" alt="workbench menu selections" class="wp-image-143804" style="width:524px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Workbench-menu-selections.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Workbench-menu-selections-300x27.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Management Center tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Management Center menu provides access to Usage details, Settings, and the keyboard Shortcuts configuration page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1219" height="471" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab.jpg" alt="management center tab" class="wp-image-170164" style="aspect-ratio:2.2586206896551726;width:552px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab.jpg 1219w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-300x116.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-1024x396.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-768x297.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1219px) 100vw, 1219px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Usage:</strong> Select Usage to view your consumed and reloaded hour usage.</p>



<p><strong>Settings:</strong> Select Settings to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable email notifications.</li>



<li>Enable Auto Shutdown to automatically shut down your production when you are away from producing more than 30 minutes without streaming.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1250" height="307" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-settings.jpg" alt="management center tab settings" class="wp-image-170172" style="width:582px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-settings.jpg 1250w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-settings-300x74.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-settings-1024x251.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-settings-768x189.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1250px) 100vw, 1250px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Shortcuts:</strong> Select Shortcuts to configure keyboard shortcuts, select, and use them in your Producer program.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="938" height="584" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Management-Center-Shortcuts.png" alt="Management Center Shortcuts" class="wp-image-170180" style="width:676px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Management-Center-Shortcuts.png 938w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Management-Center-Shortcuts-300x187.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Management-Center-Shortcuts-768x478.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 938px) 100vw, 938px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Cloud Record tab</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Accessing</strong> <strong>Recorded files:</strong> On the Workbench page, click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab in the top panel. The TVU Recording Service page opens in a new tab. Select <strong>Remote Record Files</strong> or <strong>Shared with me</strong> from the left panel to view a list of recorded files. Open the file folder, click the green <strong>Download </strong>button, and save the file to your local drive.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1492" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-recorded-files.jpg" alt="remote recorded files" class="wp-image-170188" style="width:711px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-recorded-files.jpg 1492w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-recorded-files-300x85.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-recorded-files-1024x290.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-recorded-files-768x218.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1492px) 100vw, 1492px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="254" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/shared-with-me-menu-1024x254.jpg" alt="Shared with me files menu" class="wp-image-170195" style="width:713px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/shared-with-me-menu-1024x254.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/shared-with-me-menu-300x74.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/shared-with-me-menu-768x190.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/shared-with-me-menu.jpg 1496w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Input Source Recording</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7b1ce1a2-bf67-4eb9-a970-3f27e32b92a7"><strong>Input Source Recording feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-158bd045-c2fa-4fa2-afee-3bc1e40a8106">The Cloud Record tab in the Workbench top navigation contains the Recorded file and Remote Recorded file lists:</p>



<ul id="block-99b9ba1a-ff10-487b-86fb-fc792c7486d8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The recorded file list contains locally recorded files.</li>



<li>The Remote Recorded file list contains files from the Remote Recording service. These files can be marked, clipped, and saved as a new input source .json file, which outputs from Producer as an HLS stream.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-825c7939-1aac-4544-8197-b7ac7d504d5c">To enable the Remote Recorded file editing feature:</p>



<p id="block-1302b2fa-e73f-46d7-80a1-fa0c9a4cc401">Open the program&#8217;s Settings menu in Workbench, then click the checkbox to enable <strong>Input Source Recording</strong> and select your sources.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e2d2dc24-fb5e-4285-82de-57764dda5f43"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="230" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select.png" alt="Input source recording" class="wp-image-123292" style="width:555px;height:332px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p id="block-2e626ef3-04d7-41f9-9091-060770ea08dc">To choose the input source recording in producer:</p>



<ol id="block-760e3bc3-24f9-44d8-8034-6a6de4a7f7de" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add Source</strong> and select <strong>Recording Service</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a recording, and then an<strong> input source</strong> .json file to take live.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-b16f5f5b-4201-4c51-a30b-60b6611a6bad"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/input-source-selection.png" alt="input source selection" class="wp-image-123301" style="width:546px;height:364px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/input-source-selection.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/input-source-selection-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-430248c9-9dbf-40fb-82bc-609d0f1f3736" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Add to Source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-e01fc26e-9552-4cb0-818c-1240455eda9c">The recordings automatically start with a live source that is in production. You can access the live recording, add markers, and save it as a new clip while still live:</p>



<ol start="4" id="block-4ad5ad14-0005-4e57-80ad-a96f72027fe4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab in Workbench.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Remote Record</strong> <strong>Files</strong> in the left panel.</li>



<li>Click a json file, then click the <strong>Clipping</strong> button in the Action column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6e3b8d3e-bfd2-46cf-b767-9d5a0fd7f746"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1452" height="554" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-record-files-download-and-clip.jpg" alt="remote record files download and clip" class="wp-image-170204" style="width:566px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-record-files-download-and-clip.jpg 1452w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-record-files-download-and-clip-300x114.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-record-files-download-and-clip-1024x391.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-record-files-download-and-clip-768x293.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1452px) 100vw, 1452px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Clipping iFrame displays. Set the <strong>Mark in</strong> and <strong>Mark out</strong> points and click the <strong>Clip</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-6c521d60-a643-4d69-bcd1-6fdaf171a65d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="491" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-Record-Files-Mark-in-and-out.png" alt="Remote record files mark in and mark out" class="wp-image-123319" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-Record-Files-Mark-in-and-out.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-Record-Files-Mark-in-and-out-293x300.png 293w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-Record-Files-Mark-in-and-out-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Recorded files: </strong>Click <strong>Recorded files</strong> from the <strong>user management </strong>menu to view a list of recorded files. </p>



<p>If the user management menu does not include the Recorded files selection, click the Producer <strong>Home </strong>icon to return to Workbench. Click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab in the top navigation to access the Recorded file and Remote Recorded files menus. Open the desired file folder, then click the Clipping button. The clip opens.</p>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Clip</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="427" height="185" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clip-button.jpg" alt="clip button" class="wp-image-170211" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clip-button.jpg 427w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clip-button-300x130.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 427px) 100vw, 427px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" id="block-79ba2bf0-0d9f-42b7-8db0-33b8427aeaa2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change your file Export settings, click the <strong>Settings</strong> gear and <strong>+Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="362" height="253" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-file-menu.jpg" alt="export file menu" class="wp-image-170219" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-file-menu.jpg 362w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-file-menu-300x210.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 362px) 100vw, 362px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Profile name</strong>, and choose a <strong>Format</strong>. Click<strong> Save</strong> when finished.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="478" height="488" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-settings-window.jpg" alt="export settings window" class="wp-image-170226" style="width:384px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-settings-window.jpg 478w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-settings-window-294x300.jpg 294w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-settings-window-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 478px) 100vw, 478px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Profile name</strong> choose the <strong>video format</strong>, and <strong>Upload destination</strong>.</li>



<li>The success message is displayed. The new clip is displayed in the <strong>Remote Recorded Files</strong> list.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Base operation</div>


<h1 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-181708e5-9e48-46f6-a560-f1d19af13995"><strong>Base operation</strong></h1>



<p id="block-18934f1f-2f99-49c3-9c6d-38dfbeeda65e">This section provides step-by-step instructions on using TVU Producer features and functions.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> How to videos related to this Quick Start guide are available in the Product tips section. Expand the Support menu in the www.tvunetworks.com main navigation menu.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding sources to your production</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f68d50dc-40ac-4b94-b20e-5315b734a355"><strong>Adding sources to your production</strong></h2>



<p id="block-82c4c8eb-b78e-49d8-84de-3e81c82dd9e4">By default, TVU Producer supports six input streams: four live sources, one IP video, and one local video source. The option to customize a video source and add a Replay source is also included.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3fadb696-636d-4d0b-b111-2d6f9d386f09"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1456" height="888" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows.png" alt="source windows" class="wp-image-143796" style="width:779px;height:506px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows.png 1456w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows-1024x625.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows-768x468.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1456px) 100vw, 1456px" /></figure>



<p id="block-6525bb69-90be-4f5c-8667-aae662188753">When the advanced configuration feature is enabled, TVU Producer supports up to eleven sources: eight live and three additional sources. This feature may come with an additional cost and is enabled for subscribers who opt for this feature.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c0765ba7-4eaf-451b-b931-51fdbcc97a66"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="373" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Advanced-configuration-selection-windows.png" alt="Advanced configuration selections" class="wp-image-123357" style="aspect-ratio:1.7798165137614679;width:783px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Advanced-configuration-selection-windows.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Advanced-configuration-selection-windows-300x194.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-e03011dd-d1e2-49de-981e-fca424bd6e6f">Source windows below the Preview and Program windows display as a black box when a source is absent.</p>



<p id="block-c6dd2e2a-61ce-461b-9989-998bb197b6a7">To add a source to your production, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-027a1163-1f09-4e7b-8573-90e9f755a951" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the Plus <strong>+ Add Source</strong> icon in the source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-66ad96fe-9bbe-4e45-94a7-3565640249ad"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="298" height="171" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/source-window.png" alt="source window" class="wp-image-123366" style="width:321px;height:190px"/></figure>



<p id="block-d0f5ad53-bd3a-405d-9111-686b3d45b24c"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">When you click </span><strong><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">+</span> Add source</strong>, the source selection window opens. You can&nbsp;add&nbsp;several source types&nbsp;to your production.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For information about adding a specific source selection type, continue to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-15">Source selection types</a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" id="block-44748f1f-bd00-4ac5-ae92-f3b222b34ee1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select one of the source types in the left panel.</li>



<li>Select an available source and click the green <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>



<li>When you select a source type, a list of sources displays in the right panel. Click to highlight and choose the desired source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-47681afa-57f7-4f97-b500-d7b2ba104f3f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="722" height="485" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-window-EXT-IP.png" alt="Source selection window - EXT IP" class="wp-image-143921" style="width:525px;height:352px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-window-EXT-IP.png 722w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-window-EXT-IP-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 722px) 100vw, 722px" /></figure>



<p id="block-34e74ba6-f392-464d-8e65-b225b9b0fb96">Your source selection is displayed in the source panel.</p>



<ol start="5" id="block-3eee7c39-eb1e-4fea-b031-b2099f5b1f5a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To remove a source from the source panel, click the three-dot &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; icon in the source panel and select <strong>Remove</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-72bf3e2c-8eeb-43a5-951e-2f68faa3de17"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="340" height="197" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/removing-a-source.jpg" alt="removing a source" class="wp-image-170235" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/removing-a-source.jpg 340w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/removing-a-source-300x174.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 340px) 100vw, 340px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Source selection types</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-275fc241-9a34-4e83-aad3-5a89e23548cb"><strong>Source selection types</strong></h2>



<p id="block-a568ff37-d795-4eff-ac02-334c02a1812f">This section describes the following source selection types you can add to your TVU Producer production from the source window panel. </p>



<p id="block-a568ff37-d795-4eff-ac02-334c02a1812f">The source, preview, and program windows feature a headset icon in the top-left corner that lets users turn monitoring on and off.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>TIP:</strong> <a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=tips#/signIn">Product tip</a> videos are available for adding source types to your Producer production.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul id="block-d5522624-c563-4e13-851c-64c7107d1ed8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Favorites</li>



<li>EXT IP source</li>



<li>TVU Anywhere</li>



<li>TVU One</li>



<li>TVU RPS One</li>



<li>TVU Grid</li>



<li>TVU Transceiver</li>



<li>YouTube</li>



<li>RTMP Push</li>



<li>HTML</li>



<li>TVU Partyline</li>



<li>Zixi Pull</li>



<li>RTP-FEC</li>



<li>SRT</li>



<li>NDI</li>



<li>Recording Service</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0f707a4a-3164-4bfa-b88d-45e535f767b1"><strong>TVU One source selection</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9ab0b951-3b37-4517-87ea-647a8974d6c1">To select a TVU One source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-053185cf-67d1-4cd1-96b2-e610ddeb9f22" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add source</strong> in the source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0892902a-d0f1-46bf-8192-5dfc66a9e856"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="153" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-source-3.png" alt="add source 3" class="wp-image-123476"/></figure>



<p id="block-ece43eb4-6022-433f-a891-aae42d049099">The ‘Add TVU One source’ window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-d79fd187-f2b6-4d0e-ad86-524d6da943cb" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click<strong> TVU One</strong> in the left navigation menu.</li>



<li>Select a source from the ‘Add TVU One source’ list and click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-41a51c8b-26e8-4e04-8e50-9adaf70dcac1"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-tvu-one-source.png" alt="add tvu one source" class="wp-image-123413" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-tvu-one-source.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-tvu-one-source-300x204.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p id="block-57245850-3bb0-4422-a3d7-bc8d78d37315">The selected source is displayed in the source window.</p>



<ol start="4" id="block-4cc3d530-f87c-4357-ae35-f96402d43715" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After you add a source, click the <strong>source window</strong> to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e80690c0-92e2-4683-a430-da1d6491aacf"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1458" height="888" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview.png" alt="source preview" class="wp-image-143943" style="width:727px;height:471px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview.png 1458w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-1024x624.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-768x468.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1458px) 100vw, 1458px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-00218fec-21b3-4707-b034-2f34f6b47e9d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add more sources, repeat the process.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-514de4b3-9a86-4fd7-a574-cf30959983cc"><strong>TVU Anywhere source selection</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f7026fbe-59c2-4f0d-909f-a1fde9acd4e7">There are two methods to add a TVU Anywhere source:</p>



<ul id="block-d3806808-9b31-43c6-a2d2-32753a353d2b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> Source in the Producer source window and scan the <strong>QR code</strong> in the <strong>Add Anywhere Source </strong>window with the TVU Anywhere App.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> Source in the <strong>Add Anywhere Source</strong> window click <strong>Copy Li</strong>nk to open TVU anywhere with the link.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-f07d432d-f22d-449e-9f10-ce0e04300b36">To select a TVU Anywhere source by scanning the <strong>QR code</strong> with the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<ol id="block-aa55a2c1-2a0e-4290-8bc8-928c69d6301d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>+Add Source</strong> icon in the source window. The <strong>Add Anywhere Source</strong> pop-up window displays.</li>



<li>Select <strong>TVU Anywhere</strong> in the left panel.</li>



<li>Scan the<strong> QR code</strong> in the Add Anywhere Source pop-up window with the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li>Your device will appear in the window. Select the device and click the <strong>Add to Source</strong> button.</li>



<li>Your TVU Anywhere source appears in the selected source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-478236ab-a286-495a-9be9-2f5091819fb7"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="723" height="487" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Scan-qr-code-from-pop-up-window.jpg" alt="Scan qr code from pop up window" class="wp-image-170250" style="aspect-ratio:1.6293929712460065;width:584px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Scan-qr-code-from-pop-up-window.jpg 723w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Scan-qr-code-from-pop-up-window-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 723px) 100vw, 723px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-ba2fbda5-4f72-49ed-926d-9d31f98ad719" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To scan or manually enter the QR Token code using the TVU Anywhere app, open your TVU Anywhere app and click the <strong>Scan</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a3f972aa-d3bf-4560-b6e4-be0d7f768278"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Home-screen-2.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Home screen 2" class="wp-image-170257" style="aspect-ratio:2.160337552742616;width:432px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Home-screen-2.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Home-screen-2-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>Name</strong> and <strong>Phone number</strong> (optional), then click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-screen-1.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Scan screen 1" class="wp-image-170265" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-screen-1.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-screen-1-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" id="block-cb1a80c6-8841-423e-8999-c53e1d0b4908" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Scan screen displays. There are two methods for pairing your device: auto-scan or manual entry. Click the <strong>Scan</strong> icon to scan the<strong> QR code</strong> in the <strong>Add Anywhere Source</strong> window.</li>



<li>Place the app over the Token code, centering it over the green scrolling scanner. Then wait a few seconds for the auto-scan to complete.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-67be1b27-838f-46a3-87cd-97dea56183ab"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-QR-Code-screen.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Scan QR Code screen" class="wp-image-170273" style="aspect-ratio:2.1702127659574466;width:456px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-QR-Code-screen.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-QR-Code-screen-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p>To select a TVU Anywhere source by entering the Token code in the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-7467b09d-6e78-428d-8c10-307ff2f81c36" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the &#8220;<strong>123</strong>&#8221; number icon to enter the Token code manually, then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scanning-screen-enter-token-code.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Scanning screen enter token code" class="wp-image-170281" style="width:453px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scanning-screen-enter-token-code.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scanning-screen-enter-token-code-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the &#8220;&lt;&lt;&#8221; to open the functions bar on the <strong>Home</strong> screen. Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon, then the <strong>About</strong> icon. Scroll down to About to confirm the pairing.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Settings.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Settings" class="wp-image-170288" style="width:457px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Settings.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Settings-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After you add your source to the <strong>Add Anywhere Source</strong> list, you can go live with your source from the Producer source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7ad6b7d5-ea2e-4e2b-b12b-4aca33bce01d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="724" height="486" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-anywhere-source-list.jpg" alt="Add anywhere source list" class="wp-image-170243" style="width:559px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-anywhere-source-list.jpg 724w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-anywhere-source-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 724px) 100vw, 724px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the TVU Anywhere app. Click the <strong>QR code</strong> in the Source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="351" height="262" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Scan-QR-code-from-source-window.jpg" alt="Scan QR code from source window" class="wp-image-170295" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Scan-QR-code-from-source-window.jpg 351w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Scan-QR-code-from-source-window-300x224.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 351px) 100vw, 351px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-f6556bfb-fde3-4074-85c2-167982e6211f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The selected source is displayed in the source, Preview, and Program windows.</li>



<li>To change a source, click a new source window to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-32fdb132-49a8-496e-a88f-db66c7475544"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1458" height="888" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview.png" alt="source preview" class="wp-image-143943" style="width:685px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview.png 1458w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-1024x624.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-768x468.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1458px) 100vw, 1458px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" id="block-31dead8b-3a09-42e4-86cf-3c4402097738" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add more sources, repeat the process.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1e0de59a-a295-4f35-b50b-c2d5c29aa8d3"><strong>TVU Grid source selection</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ba9f7d5c-7daf-4fd0-b288-f6507dfdef7f">To select a Grid source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-b0891ae1-c5eb-4b85-ab35-6525674867b5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add source</strong> in the source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-2833cce9-4d21-4b3e-907b-02d43742d48a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="153" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-source-3.png" alt="add source 3" class="wp-image-123476"/></figure>



<p id="block-22e72cd5-9e7a-40de-864d-ebe5b2fae66b">The ‘Add Grid source’ window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-0c42e9a7-49c1-4893-b56e-11c6315e53af" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click<strong> TVU Grid</strong> in the left navigation menu.</li>



<li>Select a source from the ‘Add TVU Grid source’ list and click the<strong> Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-d536a01e-66d3-4431-a4b4-9175857542f6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="723" height="483" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-TVU-Grid-source-selection.jpg" alt="Add TVU Grid source selection" class="wp-image-170304" style="aspect-ratio:1.4893617021276595;width:558px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-TVU-Grid-source-selection.jpg 723w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-TVU-Grid-source-selection-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 723px) 100vw, 723px" /></figure>



<p id="block-072af5e1-8a6a-4cc1-9d47-925ec4cff31a">The selected source displays in the source window.</p>



<ol start="4" id="block-4a4b051a-4ee3-44df-861d-d77ea8760692" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After you add a source, click the<strong> source window</strong> to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-20cd1c99-23b7-4c2e-991f-a8d8a0e834af"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1458" height="890" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid.png" alt="source preview Grid" class="wp-image-143975" style="width:704px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid.png 1458w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid-1024x625.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid-768x469.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1458px) 100vw, 1458px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-f5ff1c0d-0ca8-4cea-8ca1-365122efca2f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add more sources, repeat the process.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-de3e0459-2629-4c6f-a942-a3a98414916f"><strong>EXT IP source selection</strong></h2>



<p id="block-c4bf9ced-8437-469c-8aa0-25c891f7dd23">EXT IP sources are output to social media accounts, such as an IP stream from a standard internet source using the https, rtsp, issp, or other formats.</p>



<p id="block-24621cbb-6b29-46a3-8274-defe3fdd86cd">To select and output a source to a social media account, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-59579251-e9f7-4b5a-a197-4ab3892ec4cd" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add source</strong> or <strong>QR code</strong> in the Add Source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-f8f94815-06ae-4287-a1e9-c41d68692d27"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="267" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-source-4.png" alt="add source 4" class="wp-image-123485"/></figure>



<p id="block-52a79623-1e83-4570-8b92-e4bd19a13d43">The source selection dialog window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-8ff3901a-5d03-469a-898a-343f84f9a76d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>EXT IP source</strong> in the left navigation menu.</li>



<li>To add a new Generic EXT source, click the <strong>+Add</strong> button. Type a description and the stream&#8217;s IP address or URL, then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>



<li>To add a YouTube or Generic EXT stream, click the dropdown menu in the URL field and select <strong>YouTube</strong> or <strong>Generic EXT</strong>. Then<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">&nbsp;enter the&nbsp;<strong>stream&#8217;s URL</strong>&nbsp;or&nbsp;<strong>IP address</strong>&nbsp;</span>and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c4eb7698-0b70-474e-9153-fb9ed92d7e2a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ext-IP-source-menu.png" alt="ext ip source menu" class="wp-image-123458" style="width:533px;height:355px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ext-IP-source-menu.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ext-IP-source-menu-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your new source in the Add EXT IP Source list and click the green<strong> Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7e00e93a-6ef4-440c-8186-159325455cf6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-ext-ip-list.png" alt="add to ext ip list" class="wp-image-123449" style="width:546px;height:365px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-ext-ip-list.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-ext-ip-list-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p id="block-7c7c4a0c-9435-496a-bc54-a604c015164f">The selected source displays in the source window.</p>



<ol start="6" id="block-eb95135d-f4ac-4b33-9203-9975ccd68430" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After you add a source, click the <strong>source window</strong> to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0fdca8e5-c32d-42dc-9649-2e1d976adcd3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="345" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/EXT-IP-preview.png" alt="EXT IP preview" class="wp-image-123467" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/EXT-IP-preview.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/EXT-IP-preview-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add more sources, repeat the process.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding a Clip Player source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6747320a-73ad-4dc4-b1e0-e4e90caebe73"><strong>Adding a Clip Player source</strong></h2>



<p id="block-3c14e0c0-56b7-4152-90b6-7e26d709c078">To select a local video source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-e64390c9-865f-4fb9-85c7-c7fd1fb8175f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add clip player</strong> in the (5) source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-2db738ed-e67c-47e0-a5eb-49cd8096e98f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="270" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-clip-player-5.png" alt="add clip player" class="wp-image-123494"/></figure>



<p id="block-62d317ea-3fb2-4d34-8c25-5e792f6cb5b8">The Clip player file panel opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-435e2e25-e818-4f60-821a-5a93948c3552"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="710" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png" alt="Clip Player tab - Clip player panel" class="wp-image-143719" style="width:552px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel-229x300.png 229w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-3f37de27-0161-48e2-8596-8749c829025c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a local clip, click the <strong>+Add</strong> button and select <strong>From computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-86e52ae9-25a4-42fe-8342-2ff89b2f987d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="425" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Select-local-video-file-location.png" alt="Select local video file location" class="wp-image-143984" style="width:314px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Select-local-video-file-location.png 278w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Select-local-video-file-location-196x300.png 196w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 278px) 100vw, 278px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-84e7f09b-5acd-4eca-a089-51b37ce27692" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To upload a local clip, browse and select a file, and click <strong>Open</strong>. Your clip is displayed in the clip panel. If you select a file from your cloud drive, select the file and click the <strong>Add</strong> button. Your video upload progress displays in the clip panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cdb51cc8-bfe4-47ab-84f8-45123eadcdfc"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="453" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/select-local-clip-file.png" alt="select local clip file" class="wp-image-143993" style="width:313px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/select-local-clip-file.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/select-local-clip-file-187x300.png 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-f43c2d56-e814-4f23-8b9e-474bf61cf4a3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click on a source from the clip panel. The clip is displayed in the source window.</li>



<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Using the control bar in the panel, you can choose how you want your clip to play. Then,&nbsp;<strong>c</strong>lick</span> the source window to move the clip into the preview window.</li>



<li>To <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">edit your media using the&nbsp;<strong>mark-in</strong>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<strong>mark-out</strong>&nbsp;controls, hover over&nbsp;</span>the image and click the <strong>Edit</strong> icon. To preview your edits, click the <strong>Play</strong> icon, then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large" id="block-d9728dd8-e581-4150-8c8c-704535abf41f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="624" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window-1024x624.png" alt="local file moved to preview" class="wp-image-144001" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window-1024x624.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window-768x468.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window.png 1459w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" id="block-200eb0db-28cb-40f4-b7ab-5a810e44a3f1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the source window to move the local clip into the preview window.</li>



<li>To add more local clip sources to the clip panel list, click the <strong>+Add</strong> button. A local file window opens. Select a local clip and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-666c5d19-b95f-4c3e-872a-255e7b844135"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1460" height="889" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list.png" alt="building a local file list" class="wp-image-144009" style="width:824px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list.png 1460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list-1024x624.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list-768x468.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1460px) 100vw, 1460px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Breakout Clip Player feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f990405f-73ba-466c-8c40-d7d62fcc466a"><strong>Breakout Clip Player feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ed305237-bb46-46be-b749-75b4361cf183">When you use the Breakout Clip Player, you can arrange and activate a list of local clips as a single source in Producer. In addition, the TVU Clip Player tab includes the Edit Media panel for advanced local video editing.</p>



<p id="block-d7e184d9-de4e-4a01-b1d0-50e566e153ce">To use the Breakout Clip Player feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-5bffcb05-8ba4-416d-9eb8-99bc846d0b3f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Add a list of local videos to the Local video file list. To add a custom video, click the green <strong>+Add</strong> and select <strong>From computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>. Select a local file and click <strong>Open</strong>. If you select a file from your cloud drive, select the file and click the <strong>Add</strong> button.</li>



<li>At the bottom of the Breakout clip player file list panel, click <strong>Copy</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-ebb9c820-bc2f-4634-9b0f-782ea753c50a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="749" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Breakout-clip-player.png" alt="Breakout clip player" class="wp-image-144017" style="width:652px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Breakout-clip-player.png 749w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Breakout-clip-player-300x135.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 749px) 100vw, 749px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-e3b408c9-62f6-467c-bf06-c3a158ea3906" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a browser window, paste the URL in the address bar, and press <strong>Ente</strong>r. The Breakout Clip Player window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-21b0bbe1-e396-4a5d-b069-218511e4e555"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1407" height="613" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-window.jpg" alt="Breakout clip player window" class="wp-image-170313" style="width:661px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-window.jpg 1407w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-window-300x131.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-window-1024x446.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-window-768x335.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1407px) 100vw, 1407px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add an additional video, click the <strong>+Add clip player</strong> frame and select <strong>From computer</strong>. If you select <strong>From TVU Drive</strong>, you will access your TVU Cloud storage assets.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="166" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-add-video.jpg" alt="Breakout clip player add video" class="wp-image-170320" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-add-video.jpg 393w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-add-video-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-78fa996e-159f-44b0-af4a-ff5033058729" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the browser window, select a desired video and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-5b3e1220-ec1e-4c24-87b5-cc2c7baf8b6a"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Browser-window.png" alt="Browser window"/></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>TVU Drive window</strong>, make a selection from the left panel and click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="825" height="511" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-TVU-drive-window.jpg" alt="Breakout clip player TVU drive window" class="wp-image-170328" style="width:548px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-TVU-drive-window.jpg 825w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-TVU-drive-window-300x186.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-TVU-drive-window-768x476.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 825px) 100vw, 825px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>During this process, the screen stays blank until the video uploads.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="7" id="block-fab22ec7-7919-40c2-a933-2306a723d36c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your selection is added to the Breakout clip player window and Clip Player tab. The Clip Player tab allows you to edit the file name and add <strong>mark-in </strong>and <strong>mark-out</strong> points to a media file. To perform advanced local media edits, hover your mouse over the top of the clip and click the <strong>Edit</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-8b734bb0-8b8f-440b-9879-b1a72c9c0512"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Edit-icon.png" alt="Local video edit icon location"/></figure>



<p id="block-e1a77354-e17c-44f9-9844-106883f7435c">The Edit media panel opens on the left side of the window.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9e67e459-596d-4890-b9da-986950e86129"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1459" height="845" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel.png" alt="local media editing panel" class="wp-image-144026" style="width:771px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel.png 1459w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel-300x174.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel-1024x593.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel-768x445.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1459px) 100vw, 1459px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" id="block-7934fdf9-2633-46c6-9976-bf58e074fc7e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the<strong> Mark in</strong> and <strong>Mark out</strong> controls to edit your media. To preview your edits, click the <strong>Play</strong> icon, then click <strong>Save</strong> to save your edits.</li>



<li>To play out your local file selections, you can select and drag a clip into a desired order to rearrange the clips.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>settings</strong> icon at the top-right of the source window to open the Autoplay, Cut PGM to PVW, Play from the mark-in, and Return to the mark-in slider controls for a selected source.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Autoplay is ON by default. Disabling autoplay will stop the program from playing.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul id="block-48caaed8-7f83-409c-92d8-2ad0b8b438cb" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Autoplay</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting plays the video from the mark-in point when selected as a source and taken to PGM.</li>



<li><strong>Cut PGM to PVW</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting automatically cuts the preview to PGM when the video has ended. (Loop mode must not be selected).</li>



<li><strong>Play from the mark-in </strong>&#8211; Enabling this setting plays the clip from the mark-in when taken to PGM. To mark-in and mark/out files, hover your mouse over the file thumbnail and click <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>



<li><strong>Return to the mark-in</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting automatically returns to the mark-in of the last played clip when the video has ended. (Loop mode must not be selected).</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-2dee5ad7-a0c0-4729-93e9-94cd262db242"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="220" height="326" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu.png" alt="Clip player settings menu" class="wp-image-144034" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu.png 220w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu-202x300.png 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 220px) 100vw, 220px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click a <strong>source thumbnail</strong> to select it and activate it as the local source in Producer.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding IP video</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7625e53b-0c84-4b16-b7ec-ee954d09a1c8"><strong>Add IP video</strong></h2>



<p id="block-abc070ef-c1f4-4714-9623-ea7b587bb476">To select an IP video source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-fd25610c-2e41-48de-8955-b849c6498909" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the + <strong>Add IP video</strong> source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-04d925af-a058-441d-8cff-a7e0f6dc5dd2"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="268" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-IP-video-6.png" alt="add IP video 6" class="wp-image-123569"/></figure>



<p id="block-955ab9f6-8a5c-47a9-af45-28d33fb4b4d2">The ‘Add EXT IP Source’ window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-e6c438f7-fc3d-4102-a52b-961cfaf26255" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a source type from the left column (e.g., Favorites, EXT IP Source, Youtube, NDI).</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-65bf8737-ff1a-4230-bcc1-503d6118248c"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="720" height="484" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-IP-video-window.jpg" alt="Add IP video window" class="wp-image-170336" style="width:576px;height:385px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-IP-video-window.jpg 720w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-IP-video-window-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 720px) 100vw, 720px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-12e2cabe-8b05-4fdc-bc64-d7a8bf35bcc7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a source to the EXT IP Source window, click the green <strong>+Add</strong> button.</li>



<li>The EXT IP Source window opens. In the Name field, enter the <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">source&#8217;s name</span> and, in the URL field, the <strong>URL</strong>. Then, click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-01710612-a972-413e-9fbc-369bea7b05ca"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="727" height="484" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/EXT-IP-source-selection-window.jpg" alt="EXT IP source selection window" class="wp-image-170350" style="width:577px;height:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/EXT-IP-source-selection-window.jpg 727w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/EXT-IP-source-selection-window-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 727px) 100vw, 727px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the new source in the ‘Add EXT IP source’ list and click <strong>Add to source</strong>.</li>



<li>After a source is selected and added to the source window, click the source image to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-abbcdb73-f841-4b67-b5fe-666397a6e29f"><strong>Adding an RTMP push/pull source</strong></h2>



<p id="block-3a34a060-0ecf-4966-9ad2-d62ed7159b55">To add an RTMP push video stream into Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-e2c51f3e-5aa9-496e-bdb1-02b262a5107c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Producer User Interface, click <strong>+Add Source</strong>.</li>



<li>In the Add EXT IP Source pop-up window, Click <strong>RTMP Push</strong> and click <strong>+Add</strong> at the bottom of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9803b43a-0887-416f-a614-73e63dc17fd7"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="725" height="485" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-RTMP-Source-window-1.jpg" alt="Add RTMP Source window 1" class="wp-image-170357" style="width:581px;height:390px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-RTMP-Source-window-1.jpg 725w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-RTMP-Source-window-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 725px) 100vw, 725px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-bef60cba-6ba7-420b-b098-49f577596073" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Name field, enter a <strong>Name</strong> for your RTMP source.</li>



<li>The unique address in the Server field is required to push the RTMP to the Producer instance. The stream destination address must be entered on the external device.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> that the server URL will change with a new Producer instance.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" id="block-4d13e8ea-c04c-4890-83b7-5094fe05b674" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Generate</strong> button to generate an authentication key.</li>



<li>Below the key field, Click <strong>Copy URL</strong>. Enter this complete URL into the source device.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-35789bd6-59fe-4b36-a6a5-2f9aa2d82453"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="723" height="485" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-RTMP-push-source-window.jpg" alt="add RTMP push source window" class="wp-image-170364" style="width:583px;height:391px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-RTMP-push-source-window.jpg 723w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-RTMP-push-source-window-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 723px) 100vw, 723px" /></figure>



<p id="block-24abca19-e26c-4e5d-a754-53e639b93c22">The Add RTMP Push Source window opens.</p>



<ol start="8" id="block-bdcea187-d635-4ccb-abd2-f7125301511e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your new RTMP source, and the green check mark displays to confirm your selection.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Add to Source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-f64208f2-4bf4-4a7c-81c2-3796920c0190"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="723" height="482" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-RTMP-Push-source-2.jpg" alt="Add RTMP Push source 2" class="wp-image-170372" style="width:589px;height:395px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-RTMP-Push-source-2.jpg 723w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-RTMP-Push-source-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 723px) 100vw, 723px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a2ecd44b-2aae-4323-96cf-8d6fe0581a47"><strong>Adding an HTML source</strong></h2>



<p id="block-6fcb6e9f-067d-447e-b1ca-f04048d1b4d6">To add an HTML video stream into Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-0511cade-2762-48bf-9a0b-a90b971ae7b2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Producer User Interface, click <strong>+Add Source</strong>.</li>



<li>In the Add EXT IP Source pop-up window, Click <strong>HTML</strong> from the left menu and click <strong>+Add</strong> at the bottom of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="724" height="484" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-1.jpg" alt="add HTML source 1" class="wp-image-170379" style="width:589px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-1.jpg 724w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 724px) 100vw, 724px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a source <strong>Name</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter a source <strong>URL </strong>in the HTML field and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-accb66c9-fb58-4d3e-b315-28ca52568d49"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="723" height="483" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-2.jpg" alt="add HTML source 2" class="wp-image-170386" style="width:595px;height:399px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-2.jpg 723w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 723px) 100vw, 723px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-60b17836-9046-4576-a95b-1d843f6e64a7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source feed from the list and click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3ed58c6c-02a5-4805-ad27-77f108d7aa52"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="722" height="482" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-3.jpg" alt="add HTML source 3" class="wp-image-170393" style="width:604px;height:408px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-3.jpg 722w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-3-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 722px) 100vw, 722px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding a Partyline source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-c193df4a-bd55-4718-9573-50540c1a961f"><strong>Adding a Partyline source</strong></h2>



<p id="block-a1715b50-54f4-49da-93e2-47cfa211d87d">To add an active Partyline participant source into Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-ab68c477-b04a-446c-aa11-86b732c9c157" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Producer User Interface, click <strong>+Add Source</strong>.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Add Partyline Source</strong> pop-up window, Click <strong>Partyline</strong> in the left menu. An active Partyline session ID displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6e64d508-8ab7-4c44-96d9-55e4996b68b4"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="726" height="486" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-Partyline-Source-window.jpg" alt="Add Partyline Source window" class="wp-image-170400" style="width:611px;height:410px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-Partyline-Source-window.jpg 726w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-Partyline-Source-window-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 726px) 100vw, 726px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-64837d91-d23d-40f9-9146-07348ef99374" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Partyline ID</strong> and choose a Partyline participant from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Add to source </strong>button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Customizable Multi view feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-9cb1fa5f-6534-4273-a179-2a934933e983"><strong>Customizable Multiview feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-1e77ebce-f6b0-4482-8766-e11e7718a945">The Customizable Multiview feature allows users to crop and resize custom multi-view sources within TVU Producer for a Live show. The multiview sources, such as the quad-view and dual-view, are available on input source 7.</p>



<p id="block-59bf2d15-6f97-4cb0-9053-d1c393c778a4">Using the Customizable Multiview feature enhances the editing capabilities of the multi-view landscape and vertical mode functionality. It also assists in transforming a single input source into a two, three, four, five, or six-window view to quickly match the needs of the technical producer for a Live show. Users can<br>build their unique, innovative multi-views based on the number of talents participating in a news or entertainment show.</p>



<p id="block-002c38d1-44e9-46a1-99de-c959f80b72b5">The following examples show how multi-view sources display.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-a3fead0b-2f7c-4f46-b7f6-d3f95175d66e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="165" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/triview-2.png" alt="multiview example" class="wp-image-123659"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-600aae3b-1cf4-4083-b11b-bfe398a03462"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="294" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dualview.png" alt="crop tool" class="wp-image-123669" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dualview.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dualview-300x230.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-dafa235f-769e-46a0-8be9-0025716088ab"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="216" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/news-crew-1.png" alt="tri view" class="wp-image-123678" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/news-crew-1.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/news-crew-1-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p id="block-8920ed7f-3139-4d77-a317-f5bfe591f729">To use the Customizable Multiview feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-174196d9-6918-4b87-8e7f-2998e0704540" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Go to Input Source 7 and click <strong>+ Add Custom Video</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Create a view</strong>. The canvas displays to build your Multiview sources.</li>



<li>Add your first source and resize your image with X and Y coordinates.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Crop</strong> tool.</li>



<li>Adjust the Crop coordinates as desired. Then, click <strong>Finish Crop</strong>.”</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To create a duplicate of your source, use the Copy command.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="6" id="block-8269faf9-f5b4-4ff3-ad5a-834cea98a4d4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Add your second source, use the X and Y coordinates to resize your image, and set it to the same height as the first image.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Crop</strong> tool.</li>



<li>Adjust the Crop coordinates as desired. Then, click <strong>Finish Crop</strong>.</li>



<li>You can continue building the supported Multiview sources based on your needs.</li>



<li>To change the name of your custom source, click <strong>Custom Source</strong>. Then, enter a new name.</li>



<li>To change the background image, click<strong> Background</strong> in the left panel to change and upload a new image. Then, click <strong>Done</strong>.</li>



<li>The “Add Custom Video” menu displays. This menu will enable you to edit, duplicate, or delete the custom view.</li>



<li>To add a custom view to the input source, select any “custom source” from the menu, and click the <strong>Add to Source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Custom view and border feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-60cce96c-7ce6-4c6b-9c83-fbce373b9746"><strong>Custom view and border feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-5f2b3c03-b2f1-4feb-b80e-67c25828b468">Producer and the Multiview feature allow users to customize multiple views with borders. The basic Producer account includes the quad view and PiP custom views as default selections for this feature.</p>



<p id="block-c19cd42e-400e-46fa-91dc-b96c3e89b807">To use the custom view and border feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-d58494af-4067-41f9-8f66-dc27080ab013" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click +<strong>Add custom video</strong> in the source window. The “Add custom video” window displays.</li>



<li>Select a view and click <strong>+ Create a view</strong> at the bottom of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cad5e505-6c02-45b7-bfaf-61fb2e640570"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-source-window.png" alt="custom source window" class="wp-image-123687" style="width:605px;height:406px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-source-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-source-window-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-78a2fbe0-2a03-4118-b03d-20aefb0c7ad1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the “Edit Source” panel, click <strong>+Add</strong>. Select any number of available sources you want to customize from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-31291d79-e564-4695-9a52-7938e489f1d0"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="313" height="350" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-source-panel.png" alt="edit source panel" class="wp-image-144043" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-source-panel.png 313w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-source-panel-268x300.png 268w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 313px) 100vw, 313px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-254cc2e6-9848-4a4f-9a75-207ac67990b2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your selected source is displayed in the “Edit source” panel. Click the source and drag it to a desired position into the “Custom Source” window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-080594d5-fc16-488c-9047-b484780b17b1"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="591" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel-1024x591.png" alt="edit custom source panel" class="wp-image-144051" style="width:573px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel-1024x591.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel-300x173.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel-768x443.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel.png 1487w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-394813b3-3b7d-4e09-8c47-8e1110e2a648" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a border to your selected source, click the <strong>checkbox</strong> to enable the Border feature. Then choose your <strong>border width</strong>, <strong>position</strong>, and<strong> color</strong> from the drop-down menus and click the <strong>Done</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-42e92a85-81d5-4363-b3b7-c8a37a7a0018"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="199" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/custom-source-border.png" alt="custom source border" class="wp-image-123707"/></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-74b5d75b-af59-4023-b57c-a92ac41955a4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the Background image, click the <strong>Background </strong>tab, hover your mouse over the preview background image, click <strong>Change Picture</strong>, select <strong>From Computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>, and select the new image. Click the <strong>Done</strong> button to save your changes.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Overlay</strong> to add a Logo overlay and click <strong>+ Add</strong>, then choose <strong>From Computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>. Select the overlay, adjust the size, and click the Done button to save your changes</li>



<li>In the “Add custom video” window, select a “Custom Source.” A green check mark confirms your selection. Then, click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button to move your custom source into Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-765f8144-a1f9-4fc4-aa11-f9dd7ec11cf2"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Select-custom-source-for-production.png" alt="select custom source for production" class="wp-image-123716" style="width:599px;height:402px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Select-custom-source-for-production.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Select-custom-source-for-production-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" id="block-c1528da2-fa74-4831-a44c-242d73609414" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Repeat the procedure to add a second custom source to your Producer project.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4236fef8-2766-4f15-8adf-45b8512aec6a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-view-example.png" alt="custom view example" class="wp-image-123725" style="width:600px;height:349px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-view-example.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-view-example-300x174.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Using the output feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-d0954bb9-fe2f-407a-86b7-4022410427b7"><strong>Using the output feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-36d0e1d1-5cef-42ef-bee2-5d9843889969">TVU Producer can simultaneously output live video directly to Facebook Live, YouTube Live, Periscope, Producer, and CDN platforms. It can also output video to SDI through a TVU receiver decoder.</p>



<p id="block-7ded0af0-8b5d-477b-adac-0745d98c3514">To select an output destination for a video source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-e082b62e-c715-429f-8631-b4c27e753c28" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source preview window and click the <strong>Output</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-95ab741c-81c8-45ea-b0eb-42a21b86df6f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="53" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-icon.png" alt="output icon" class="wp-image-123743" style="width:76px;height:79px"/></figure>



<p id="block-01e886e0-ac13-4e9a-8c87-24caeb2e4d72">The Output to destinations menu opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-395285f1-28d8-48fd-bf79-8353f24a6930"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="426" height="261" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-tab-1.png" alt="" class="wp-image-123734" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-tab-1.png 426w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-tab-1-300x184.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 426px) 100vw, 426px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Clock</strong> icon to filter your list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="280" height="245" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-tab-filter-menu-clock.png" alt="output tab clock filter menu" class="wp-image-123753"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-1cb8f9d5-c2a7-49aa-a4f5-f20d07096d48" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> to choose an output type and Select the output destination.</li>



<li>Select your output method in the panel list. To configure your output choice, click the three dots &#8220;..&#8221; and enter the required information.</li>



<li>To take your source live, click the<strong> Go Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding a social media account</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ac2f9c6e-9523-4da3-9e57-ff5723e4dd95"><strong>Adding a social media account</strong></h2>



<p id="block-3d949f42-77d4-4bf8-b646-1de2fe521aa2">The first time a user logs in, the output section will not have any social media accounts to choose from. The user must bind social media accounts to the list before proceeding.</p>



<p id="block-125135f1-a964-44fe-a444-58414e921b14">To bind a list of social media accounts, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-f82ebb90-2500-407a-8a11-a32f888b57d0" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source preview window and click the <strong>Output</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-eaa7f291-9f42-416c-927d-36dbc4c3d8ad"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="53" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-icon.png" alt="output icon" class="wp-image-123743" style="width:80px;height:83px"/></figure>



<p id="block-d21a814b-dad3-43ee-96f0-26ee9e19e0fd">The Output window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-c84a4c40-7868-491f-8286-ef3b967ada07" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>+ Add</strong> button at the bottom of the Output to destinations panel.</li>



<li>Select a social media account from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-f343c7a5-ba4c-4772-a7ce-62e5a8d6c483"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Import-social-Media-selection.png" alt="Import social media selection"/></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-1b665110-a8d8-4f66-bdd5-8a3fc96499c4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Bind Social Accounts menu opens.</li>



<li>Click<strong> Add</strong>, and a list of all social media options display.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong> The ISSP, HLS, and SRT output menu options are also available. The ISSP single output transmission, GRID output requires Support to configure your PID.</p>



<p>The <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-25">Other menu</a> option is described in &#8216;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-24">Vertical mode outputs in Producer</a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-658ba910-b38d-43a1-85b7-329a41becbdf"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Binding-social-media-accounts-window.png" alt="Binding social media accounts" style="width:626px;height:365px"/></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-018c23d7-0f9e-4a60-af06-a1a37e55f46c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a new YouTube account. Select <strong>YouTube</strong> from the pop-up menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-87a604cf-af68-48a1-88d2-5a93e8abed40"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Adding-a-YouTube-account.png" alt="Adding a YouTube account"/></figure>



<p id="block-8417a2d5-ad87-462c-906f-61c6ce7b3665">The <strong>YouTube Account </strong>window opens.</p>



<ol start="7" id="block-e530678c-5479-4f32-9cd1-eb916329b775" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a<strong> Name</strong> for the channel in the Output Name field.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Automatic</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>Choose an <strong>Aspect Ratio</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong> and <strong>Bitrate</strong>.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Slot</strong> and <strong>Stream type</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Video Title</strong> and<strong> Description</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-ba2855e4-f668-4c19-b8a2-22f1b75095b8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="396" height="603" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-account.jpg" alt="YouTube account" class="wp-image-170409" style="width:342px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-account.jpg 396w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-account-197x300.jpg 197w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /></figure>



<ol start="13" id="block-920c6d43-7be3-4b15-b19e-43f50a77be6a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Log in to your YouTube account. Click the Account &#8220;?&#8221; to open the Automation settings for YouTube in another tab.</li>



<li>Click the Authenticate button and click Save to output the stream.</li>



<li>To edit the YouTube setting, click the <strong>three-dot</strong> <strong>&#8216;…</strong>&#8216; icon and select <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-e1515f5e-45fc-457d-9554-a930d950824d"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/edit-youtube-setting.png" alt="Editing a YouTube setting"/></figure>



<ol start="12" id="block-5b361170-2ec4-491d-b219-c071b6c262ee" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your changes in the<strong> YouTube Output Setting</strong> pop-up and click<strong> Save</strong> or <strong>Save and Go Live</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-2595ec8f-0bc3-4cb0-9c1b-f4d87acd3166"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="396" height="603" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-Output-Setting-window.jpg" alt="YouTube Output Setting window" class="wp-image-170416" style="width:351px;height:507px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-Output-Setting-window.jpg 396w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-Output-Setting-window-197x300.jpg 197w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /></figure>



<p id="block-cb05b5bf-caee-41fd-8b7b-dd08822faeb4">Perform the same steps to authenticate the other social account selections. Once an account is added, the user imports the social account to be shown in the output section. Then, it is ready to go live on specific outputs.</p>



<p id="block-fa99508e-19d3-4038-8cc3-2aa67ef719b5">For a list of Automation settings for YouTube, click the Account ”<strong>?</strong>” icon to open the guidebook for sharing on the social help page.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Vertical mode outputs in Producer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6c036a3a-f545-4b51-abc9-014f5a662f7d"><strong>Vertical mode outputs in Producer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-279192ff-d480-4776-a07a-57fbefa99a8d">Complete the following two steps to output a TVU Anywhere video in the vertical mode in Producer.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> make sure the output destination supports 9:16.</p>
</blockquote>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-138f2143-ff25-453a-b592-eaf1cb705623">Step 1</h3>



<ol id="block-3ec4d64b-7721-4855-bd15-8381362d8f0a" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Sign in</strong> to your Producer account. After a successful sign-in, the Producer Workbench user interface displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-e43eccc2-8d94-4360-866d-e79ee73759a9"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/workbench-interface.png" alt="workbench interface" class="wp-image-123772" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/workbench-interface.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/workbench-interface-300x176.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-f6017fd9-875d-4d58-b39f-abfaae803d15" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Create or select a program to start. Select the video to be output in the Program window.</li>



<li>Locate the output account, click the <strong>three-dot</strong> &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; icon, then click <strong>Setting</strong>.</li>



<li>The Settings pop-up window displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-67d2564c-e99e-401c-8392-acd82ab026b9"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="708" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen.jpg" alt="Workbench Settings screen" class="wp-image-170014" style="width:367px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen-205x300.jpg 205w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-ff114206-de72-42a7-8b33-79393b30db4d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Vertical</strong> checkbox to enable the Vertical video mode feature. Set the Aspect Ratio to <strong>9:16</strong> and the Resolution to <strong>608&#215;1080</strong>. Then, click <strong>Save</strong>. Note: Cropped 9:16 is supported for 720p and 1080p productions.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Enter</strong> to start your program in TVU Producer. The Producer user interface is displayed in a vertical format.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-841a9132-1f49-4a44-8123-446d64d998df"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1491" height="858" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format.png" alt="TVU Producer interface in a vertical format" class="wp-image-144060" style="width:742px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format.png 1491w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format-300x173.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format-1024x589.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format-768x442.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1491px) 100vw, 1491px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e4b5f5e0-9cd7-4228-8894-ea932c6f684c">Step 2</h3>



<p id="block-0d007c77-25ca-4019-bc70-2433d125742f">Set your source output settings in Producer to match your vertical source settings In the TVU Producer interface:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-05eda636-72ac-4da5-b0a3-2159bc5c0dbe" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add source</strong> and add a video source from the Add source window. Then click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>



<li>To select a video to be output in the Program window, click <strong>Output</strong> in the left pane and set up or select an authenticated destination from the list. Click <strong>Output</strong> in the left pane.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>three-dot</strong> &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; icon, then click <strong>More</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-365d9baa-2668-4a50-8811-c33d85e80bd8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="370" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-menu-new.png" alt="output menu" class="wp-image-123790" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-menu-new.png 278w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-menu-new-225x300.png 225w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 278px) 100vw, 278px" /></figure>



<p id="block-87b346dd-a5ab-4626-8eb7-7f9d65765db8">The Output Setting pop-up window displays.</p>



<ol start="4" id="block-4a0daf12-1abe-4c0e-b9a8-7141ede30e35" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Set the Aspect radio to<strong> 9:16 </strong>and the Resolution to <strong>608&#215;1080</strong>. Then, click <strong>Save and go live</strong> to start output in the vertical mode.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-514b4c5b-d0fd-46c8-b285-6f328cdec8a7"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="396" height="603" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-Output-Setting-window.jpg" alt="YouTube Output Setting window" class="wp-image-170416" style="width:351px;height:507px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-Output-Setting-window.jpg 396w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-Output-Setting-window-197x300.jpg 197w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /></figure>



<p id="block-a53e30d5-4b09-4568-bf3e-0861df1232a0">Your video sources display in vertical (portrait) format.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9f5e044c-dbcc-48c1-8f95-9a2fcf12dd6c"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1409" height="806" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-Vertical-selected.jpg" alt="Producer Vertical selected" class="wp-image-170423" style="width:577px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-Vertical-selected.jpg 1409w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-Vertical-selected-300x172.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-Vertical-selected-1024x586.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-Vertical-selected-768x439.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1409px) 100vw, 1409px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-888da1eb-4427-4f46-8c1c-2ba8f0e22bde"><strong>Vertical output lines in the TVU Anywhere app</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9e47ffe4-bf31-46d9-a1b1-e6a64105e7b0">The vertical lines in the TVU Anywhere app will display on a specific occasion. When Producer is in horizontal mode, you can set the output to 9:16. When set to 9:16, the vertical lines in the TVU Anywhere app will display. When Producer is configured for vertical output, these lines do not display in the TVU Anywhere app.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8fb556c3-6ff1-4b1c-8349-1d69c2dd8a72"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="216" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Anywhere-mode-bars.png" alt="Anywhere mode bars" class="wp-image-123817" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Anywhere-mode-bars.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Anywhere-mode-bars-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Other IP outputs</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7673d89e-ee77-4990-9481-300c23f87e44"><strong>Other IP outputs</strong></h2>



<p id="block-de5babed-fd12-40c1-a0f1-43ac4c8cac9c">The Other selection in the social media menu allows a user to enter a URL to take a stream to a custom CDN or their Live cloud workflow. Supported protocols are File, RTMP(s), UDP, RTSP, and MISS.</p>



<p id="block-ed780c46-737d-4ac6-9dbe-0c56b199baa6">To use the Other social media menu option, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-8e4fc2d5-8f09-4e4b-ab0b-765e14349aff" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source preview window and click the <strong>Output</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4b0080f5-5aed-4429-8ec1-6466c743b5eb"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="53" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-icon.png" alt="output icon" class="wp-image-123743" style="width:78px;height:81px"/></figure>



<p id="block-318631f2-2350-41d3-b2c0-afe8e1298e42">The Output to destinations panel opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-c3ef973b-bc18-4a0d-921c-e85cc0d947c6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Output selection pop-up menu opens.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong>, a list of all social media options including the other options display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-676a85e1-d09e-4998-a87b-3dc98e0e7bf8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="277" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-other-Output.jpg" alt="Add other Output" class="wp-image-170431"/></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-c5ea0011-517b-4fa2-8fe5-963a3704043b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a new YouTube account. Select <strong>Others</strong> from the popup menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0da2a874-15ef-4940-89cf-aff260ea2ae6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="268" height="232" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/adding-an-IP-output-account.png" alt="adding an ip account" class="wp-image-123826"/></figure>



<p id="block-af1ac096-48b7-4bb7-9ca4-4dcfd0a5d6cd">The Other IP Output window opens.</p>



<ol start="5" id="block-df66461f-072f-45db-b1c4-2d4343645590" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>name</strong> for the channel in the <strong>Output Name</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>address</strong> in the <strong>Output Address</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Stream Type</strong> and <strong>Slot</strong> number.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-531e8387-42a6-4c51-8431-3c6afcd39673"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="491" height="551" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-1.jpg" alt="Output tab_Settings_More_Other output setting" class="wp-image-170439" style="object-fit:cover;width:488px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-1.jpg 491w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-1-267x300.jpg 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /></figure>



<p>To configure an RTMP(S), UDP, RTMP(S), and RTSP IP outputs in Push or Pull mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Output</strong> Icon and select RTMP(S), UDP, RTMP(S), or RTSP from the list.</li>



<li>Enter an <strong>Output name</strong>, <strong>Mode</strong>, and <strong>Output address</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Aspect Ratio</strong>, <strong>Resolution</strong>, <strong>Video bitrate</strong>, <strong>Stream Type</strong> and<strong> Slot</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Advanced setting </strong>icon at the top-right of the window to choose your settings and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>



<li>Return to the RTMP(S) IP Output window and Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="491" height="551" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-1.jpg" alt="Output tab_Settings_More_Other output setting" class="wp-image-170439" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-1.jpg 491w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-1-267x300.jpg 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Video publishing</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-601f0185-d209-457c-b7bc-fe196c991a1d"><strong>Video publishing</strong></h2>



<p id="block-5960327a-ac01-47ff-b282-cd1f1cc6571f">The vertical video users have increased as 75% of users play videos on their mobile devices. This TVU Producer feature helps to improve your chances of making your live broadcasts go viral. Using this feature has the following benefits:</p>



<ul id="block-c604c07c-d7bf-49e9-9d32-eadbcea3e6ed" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enables mobile customers with immersive experiences by sending out the vertical video in portrait mode with a 9:16 aspect ratio.</li>



<li>Target your live audience using social media outputs already supported on Facebook and YouTube.</li>



<li>Allows simultaneous recording and optimization of videos to enable both landscape and portrait modes.</li>



<li>Distribute to target destinations according to device orientation, geography, platform specifications, and audience needs.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0b25ab88-74b1-4038-86e2-02565430a929"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Vertical-video.png" alt="vertical video" class="wp-image-123853" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Vertical-video.png 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Vertical-video-300x174.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p id="block-28a7d4b8-1aeb-4695-9766-0bab24fd4236">TVU Producer supports video publishing in multiple ways:</p>



<ul id="block-2dfdbd00-048c-45c5-a985-7c4c089b0b62" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Output to all social media using direct integrations.</li>



<li>Output a custom CDN using generic protocols such as SRT, Pro-MPEG, and RTMP.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-f2e47773-86aa-482f-ae64-e8aa706045d3">To add an SRT output, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-746ff548-8b23-46b0-862e-6ade0d630706" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source preview window and click the <strong>Output</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7a12433e-1ce9-4d32-949a-42c8a4294b82"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="53" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-icon.png" alt="output icon" class="wp-image-123743" style="width:67px;height:70px"/></figure>



<p id="block-aa2452c8-22db-492f-b64f-7988addcef3c">The Output window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-bc783e90-b46e-491c-9b35-98acda61f279" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click +<strong>Add</strong> and select <strong>SRT</strong>.</li>



<li>Choose a <strong>Stream mode</strong> and <strong>port</strong>, then select the appropriate parameters.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Save and Go Live</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Using the overlay feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-641dc05a-d548-41ea-a499-ca166e2c790c"><strong>Using the overlay feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-14f0b927-9d0a-4e40-ad01-5535eef900c8">The Overlay feature allows a user to add customized graphic and text overlays to your live video. These include native overlays such as text from the <strong>Native</strong> tab and Logos from the<strong> Logo</strong> tab. In addition, Producer features real-time overlays and data visualizations such as animations and transitions by integrating Singular.live sources from the <strong>Singular</strong> tab and Flowics integrations from the <strong>Flowics</strong> tab. The <strong>URL</strong> and <strong>NDI</strong> tabs can be used to integrate an overlay from other third-party platforms.</p>



<p>To access assets for this feature, click <strong>Overlay</strong>  in the left navigation menu and select the <strong>Native</strong>, <strong>Logo</strong>, <strong>Singular</strong>, <strong>Flowics</strong>, <strong>NDI</strong>, or<strong> URL</strong> tab, enable the slider and click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-53e4d51e-6982-43e3-a03f-02b8a9d6686f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="55" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-icon.png" alt="overlay icon" class="wp-image-123863" style="width:67px;height:65px"/></figure>



<p id="block-b164a5d2-3ad0-4f23-8beb-316938ba63d6">In the Overlay menu, there are six overlay tabs: Native, Logo, Singular, Flowics, URL, and NDI. There functions are as follows:</p>



<ul id="block-a846e74f-cb04-4a0b-962c-2926596382b9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Native</strong> or <strong>Logo</strong> tab to select and place a locally sourced logo overlay or text into your production. Graphics can also be added to the list by clicking the +<strong>Add</strong> button.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Singular</strong> or <strong>Flowics</strong> tab to select and add a dynamic overlay into your production from Singular.live or Flowics.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> URL</strong> and <strong>NDI</strong> tabs to integrate an overlay from other third-party platforms.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="219" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/overlay-tab-options.png" alt="overlay tab options" class="wp-image-123872"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0d98bf1c-f83a-4642-9cc3-66e9ee4b379d"><strong>Native text overlay</strong></h2>



<p id="block-403e5dac-0d67-4c8d-b6fd-d8181c755956">The native text overlay feature allows the user to add a text overlay within the producer UI without subscribing to an external overlay program.</p>



<p id="block-49edb10a-4060-432c-8d1e-a64a26209d78">To add a native text overlay to your production, start the Producer instance and complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-ad7f08fd-6902-478e-9159-376d39a22a85" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> icon in the left navigation menu and click the <strong>Native</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Use the slider to <strong>Enable Native Graphics</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> &gt; <strong>Text</strong> &gt; <strong>Simple text</strong> or <strong>Text Ticker</strong> for scrolling text.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0edec04e-0197-4de8-9962-0fecaa204e7e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="361" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Native-tab-options.png" alt="native tab options" class="wp-image-123890" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Native-tab-options.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Native-tab-options-234x300.png 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-bb7abb76-0127-4e28-b501-2286fef9a010" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your text and select your font and display options from the menu.</li>



<li>To edit a text overlay, click the text element in the Preview window and make changes to the text panel.</li>



<li>To enable or disable text overlay, click the <strong>Enable Native Graphics</strong> slider.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Clear overlay</strong> button to clear all overlays from the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-7a0e166f-dec9-4a46-80ab-84ec24e14c35"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="286" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/native-text-overlay-examples-NEW.png" alt="Native text example" class="wp-image-123899" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/native-text-overlay-examples-NEW.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/native-text-overlay-examples-NEW-300x149.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-03b5d59b-2c77-4c2e-b37f-b80abccaf915"><strong>Native logo overlay</strong></h2>



<p id="block-08642f0e-411b-412c-a239-02696b863354">To add a native logo overlay to your production, start the Producer instance and complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-c22b9067-88ab-4eee-a5e7-508fb102e8d3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> icon in the left navigation menu and click the<strong> Logo</strong> tab. The logo list displays.</li>



<li>If you prefer a logo that does not appear in the logo list, click the +Add button and select <strong>From computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-d0f10c69-26dd-41ee-a1f6-19465831e28b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Add-native-logo-overlay.png" alt="add native logo overlay" class="wp-image-123908"/></figure>



<p id="block-23b6c1b8-6759-4692-ad21-3acd04e82180">The local file browser window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-6e98a693-5160-4e4e-9902-75fce472fa01"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="314" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/file-browser.png" alt="file browser window" class="wp-image-123917" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/file-browser.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/file-browser-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/From-Cloud-Drive-window.png" alt="From cloud drive window" class="wp-image-123926" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/From-Cloud-Drive-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/From-Cloud-Drive-window-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-1cd61a87-421d-4ab9-9fdb-bb2c3887a66e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate your preferred logo file. Supported formats are JPG, GIF, and PNG (up to 1920&#215;1080 ppi). Select the file and press <strong>Open</strong>. The image is added to the list.</li>



<li>Select a logo overlay from the list. The logo moves to the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-651398fb-ca0e-49c7-b8ed-857ffb5bd642"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="341" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/insert-logo.png" alt="insert native logo" class="wp-image-123935" style="object-fit:contain;width:826px;height:386px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/insert-logo.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/insert-logo-300x178.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-bae00b02-bfe3-4d05-8324-17613dbe172b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To move your overlay from the preview window into the program window, click the <strong>Overlay Cut (F6)</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-bbbae659-636d-4129-95fc-98678b2a96e4"><strong>Singular overlay</strong></h2>



<p id="block-61774090-f768-4137-9827-c2d7b3d1e044">To add a Singular.live App Token overlay to your production, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-cd14d8ca-3855-43f3-9728-0b60e9560b5c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> icon in the left navigation menu and click the <strong>Singular</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ac119607-db13-4313-9335-99ddeddf9ce8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="331" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-tab.png" alt="Singular tab" class="wp-image-123945" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-tab.png 296w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-tab-268x300.png 268w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-d2c031fb-8f77-40a1-9357-5afa3a508f7d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To use an App URL, click <strong>Input Token</strong>. Enter your token code and click <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-a76c9ec4-d91e-421c-bea3-18d5acfa4129"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="286" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-app-token.png" alt="Singular app token" class="wp-image-123954" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-app-token.png 290w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-app-token-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-app-token-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 290px) 100vw, 290px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-6e08c680-7b99-41eb-a90e-cca2c4399a77" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The dynamic Singular.live overlay selections display.</li>



<li>Select an overlay from the list. The status icon turns to a red box when active. Click <strong>Update</strong> to move the overlay into the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-87eb63ac-1ae8-4b71-8de4-182584d5c502"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="277" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-selected.png" alt="Singular file selected" class="wp-image-123963" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-selected.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-selected-300x144.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-46bec009-bc9d-4702-affa-c3b2c1152c2d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To edit a selected overlay, make changes and click the <strong>Update</strong> button to save and move your changes into the preview window. Repeat this procedure to add additional App URL overlays into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ce74cb54-f650-4ff5-ac01-f7ff82cab736"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="345" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-edit-and-update.png" alt="Singular file edit and update" class="wp-image-123972" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-edit-and-update.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-edit-and-update-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-9aef2ae1-38fc-48f2-997b-8979f09cd087" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To move your overlay into the program window, press <strong>F6</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-e14a4b38-0476-4421-aa2a-3fac6aa7e627"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="263" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-overlay-cut.png" alt="Singular overlay cut" class="wp-image-123981" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-overlay-cut.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-overlay-cut-300x137.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e7d067bd-398c-4675-9cce-77226616b4b4"><strong>Flowics overlay</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9b534679-1927-4ca5-a132-626ae2dfa9b2">To add a Flowtics overlay, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-16a6c30e-34ae-4c1a-b11b-afdee2dec69e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> icon in the left navigation menu, and click the<strong> Flowics</strong> tab, then click <strong>Input Token</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a98c3a01-71dd-457a-b51e-9b6a27f2554f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="292" height="298" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-tab.png" alt="Flowics tab" class="wp-image-123990" style="object-fit:contain;width:279px;height:256px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-tab.png 292w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-tab-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 292px) 100vw, 292px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-836261e3-bf71-4557-9c31-2e25b3dbe3f2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Follow the window prompts, then copy and paste the App Token and click <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-f9529964-5833-41e1-9b33-9e77c83fdfc2"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-app-token.png" alt="flowics app token" class="wp-image-123999" style="width:278px;height:290px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-app-token.png 296w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-app-token-274x300.png 274w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-42436580-e590-4941-b92b-83e10a759918" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When clicking &#8220;Login&#8221;, a separate tab redirects the user to Flowics for login.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a3936876-8601-4d91-ab3f-3be57c3e3313"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="431" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-program.png" alt="Flowics login" class="wp-image-124008" style="width:281px;height:296px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-program.png 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-program-251x300.png 251w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-8dfa7f4d-4552-453a-8ba6-a4de7bdce605" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable the Flowics slider to use the controls in the Flowics tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ba43347c-347c-41cf-bd69-dca71286f43b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="432" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-overlay-panel.png" alt="Flowics overlay panel" class="wp-image-124017" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-overlay-panel.png 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-overlay-panel-250x300.png 250w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>URL overlay</strong></h2>



<p>To add a URL overlay, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> tab in the left navigation menu, click the <strong>URL</strong> tab, and then enter the <strong>never.no/Singular.live</strong> URL.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/overlay-URL-source.png" alt="overlay url source" class="wp-image-144070" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/overlay-URL-source.png 295w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/overlay-URL-source-275x300.png 275w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 295px) 100vw, 295px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Done</strong> when finished.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>NDI overlay</strong></h2>



<p>To add an NDI overlay, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> tab in the left navigation menu and click the <strong>NDI</strong> tab.</li>



<li>If desired, enable the <strong>NDI Alpha preview</strong> slider. Note that Enabling the slider will add additional delay.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="292" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-slider.png" alt="NDI slider" class="wp-image-144087"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add</strong> and enter the <strong>NDI URL</strong> as: <em>ndi://HOSTNAME(SOURCENAME)</em></li>



<li>Click <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-panel.png" alt="NDI panel" class="wp-image-144079" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-panel.png 290w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-panel-281x300.png 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-panel-71x75.png 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 290px) 100vw, 290px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-44d48c3e-d5a8-4e22-beaf-4caec0bb31b5"><strong>Clear and remove overlay feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-722c9980-98e8-4661-8a04-1648534ca9f9">The clear and remove overlay feature allows a user to clear overlays in the Preview window and remove overlays from the Program window with a simple click of a button:</p>



<ul id="block-8df73302-b3fa-4409-86fc-bf6ba0691c0b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To clear overlays from the Preview window, click the <strong>Clear overlay</strong> button below the Preview window.</li>



<li>Click the Remove overlay button below the Program window to remove overlays from the Program window.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-38f42cf3-fcb7-469e-a283-4711935c5fe1"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/clear-and-remove-overlay-buttons-1.png" alt="clear and remove overlay buttons" class="wp-image-124027" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/clear-and-remove-overlay-buttons-1.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/clear-and-remove-overlay-buttons-1-300x38.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Taking a source live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8f06ec1f-6c77-4ccd-bd50-870f377f7438"><strong>Taking a source live</strong></h2>



<p id="block-58f73824-fab0-4388-866e-bce9e6e6290e">To take a source live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-a7d11a58-b1ba-49f2-809b-bdeb0cf7074c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click a source in the source panel. The source is displayed in the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cab5b96a-752a-4c42-98c7-33e88db3eb4e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="373" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/source-preview.png" alt="source preview" class="wp-image-123422" style="width:775px;height:502px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/source-preview.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/source-preview-300x194.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-425e8811-76cc-4ad4-bcbf-87efdadbeb08">The Preview window is the top left window outlined in a green border. A preview of a video source is displayed in the Preview window.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-96b5badf-73f0-41d6-99d3-52043471042d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To hide the video in the preview window, click the <strong>eye</strong> icon in the bottom left corner of the preview window. To turn on sound monitoring, click the <strong>headset</strong> icon. To turn these features off, click the icons again.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7a5615c1-6c7b-4481-89f8-ec51308ad745"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="263" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-window.png" alt="Preview window" class="wp-image-123122" style="object-fit:contain;width:550px;height:339px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-window-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p id="block-5c9aa8e4-6b9c-44c4-a83c-3dfda0bc6286">The Program window is the top right window outlined in a red border.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-11170d35-c696-473e-9546-717238f91441"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="259" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/program-window.png" alt="program window" class="wp-image-124036" style="width:561px;height:311px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/program-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/program-window-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-3a56bb4c-f1ad-4d1a-92b3-239de254dbdb" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">To move the video into live mode, click the&nbsp;<strong>Space bar</strong>&nbsp;or&nbsp;<strong>Video Cut</strong>&nbsp;button located between the Preview and program windows</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-f6216af5-86ae-4f29-a583-f8bcc9cc84aa"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="127" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/overlay-and-video-cut-buttons.png" alt="overlay and video cut buttons" class="wp-image-124046" style="object-fit:contain;width:105px;height:139px"/></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>link</strong> icon and press the<strong> space bar </strong>or<strong> Video Cut</strong> button to simultaneously move the overlay and preview into the Program window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="111" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Link-icon.png" alt="link icon" class="wp-image-124055"/></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Video Cut button moves the source from the Preview window to the Program window.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-7c9a2f46-8dcc-418d-9381-6e002f37590e">In addition, the following keyboard shortcuts are supported in TVU Producer:</p>



<ul id="block-736798b1-6a3f-4443-a29c-c9986ba5e419" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press<strong> 1</strong> to take your Input Source #1 to the PVW window. Then, press the <strong>space bar</strong> to cut source #1 in PVW to the PGM window.</li>



<li>Press<strong> 2 </strong>to take your Input Source #2 to the PVW window. Then, press the<strong> space bar</strong> to cut source #2 in PVW to the PGM window.</li>



<li>Press <strong>7</strong> to take your Input Source #7 to the PVW window. Then, press the<strong> space bar</strong> to cut source #7 in PVW to the PGM window.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-2a8abb80-da0a-4ed9-954d-230a3b45e301">A ‘LIVE’ overlay displays in the Program window to indicate a live transmission.</p>



<p id="block-71708073-22ff-4d07-b3d6-12bc49e008e6">To access the keyboard shortcuts page, click the <strong>Management Center</strong> tab in the Workbench UI and select <strong>Shortcuts</strong> in the left menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-dac71ead-e513-4eab-b8e1-734b547abca3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="170" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-menu-1.png" alt="Management center menu" class="wp-image-124064" style="width:565px;height:250px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-menu-1.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-menu-1-300x133.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>The Keyboard Shortcuts page opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="299" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-Shortcuts-1.png" alt="Management Center shortcuts" class="wp-image-124073" style="width:687px;height:428px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-Shortcuts-1.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-Shortcuts-1-300x187.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-38a8bc66-0ce9-4a0d-b245-e67b525812c9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To turn on sound monitoring, click the <strong>headset</strong> icon. To turn the feature off, click the icon again.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-02fa0058-82bc-4a64-a287-b4177085d304"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="221" height="70" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/headset-icon.png" alt="headset icon" class="wp-image-124082"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Switching and transition features</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e717e1b6-5c05-4838-8187-8b3299b342ff"><strong>Switching and transition features</strong></h2>



<p id="block-bb5bce7b-a583-4893-a6b7-dc3196cf5bc4">There are six icons between the PVW and PGM windows, primarily including two key switches: Video Cut, Overlay Cut, three transitions, and Settings. The three transitions include Dissolve, Iris in, and Iris out. To cut the overlay and video simultaneously, click the<strong> link icon</strong> between the Overlay cut and Video cut icons.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-085401f5-a9e8-4bbd-a39e-056cac5d8d43"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="391" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-transitions.png" alt="Producer transition features" class="wp-image-124091" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-transitions.png 391w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-transitions-300x242.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 391px) 100vw, 391px" /></figure>



<p id="block-29af8856-6c06-4b07-aa63-9afe8ee1bfe0">The Transition feature provides three special effects displayed in the live streaming show when you connect or switch from one live feed or scene to another live feed or new scene when producing a live production. The Transition feature increases the overall production value and provides a better experience for the audience.</p>



<p id="block-281c5a72-be86-4450-a273-9b5e46eecd18">The primary operator of the live show usually controls live production transitions. When switching between the two scenes or live feeds, the operator must choose the transition in the TVU Producer UI. This feature is also useful when the producer is taking a break or returning after taking a break.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-df1e5202-6a84-4e20-9f59-96887b2a89f9"><strong>Switching feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-021ad2e3-b9ae-4368-8045-4eabd6464083">The TVU Producer Web interface provides the following two switching features for the primary TVU Producer operator:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8d9842c3-6787-407a-8911-a50e6e96624d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="50" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-cut.png" alt="Overlay cut button" class="wp-image-123185" style="object-fit:contain;width:105px;height:139px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e529cb95-0092-4c70-a7ad-c6fef4ce1ebb"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="45" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/video-cut.png" alt="Video cut button" class="wp-image-123194" style="object-fit:contain;width:105px;height:139px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1413451b-764a-45e1-b568-7861667c8465"><strong>Transition feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-4e251bbd-1ccc-4f1a-a006-59f2c2c9f4ab">The TVU Producer Web interface provides the following three key transition features for the primary TVU Producer operator:</p>



<ul id="block-477dd827-af14-4867-9111-477796897fc7" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Dissolve</strong> – The Dissolve transition (F1) is a special effect that allows a gradual change from one image to another. As the first image dissolves, the second image gradually appears.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-51a2a527-7008-4d74-bbca-6374df8c2403">The Dissolve transition allows a previous scene to dissolve, revealing the new scene.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e44bbbb0-197d-4e68-91b5-87b318819f6a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dissolve-icon.png" alt="dissolve icon" class="wp-image-124100" style="width:76px;height:68px"/></figure>



<p id="block-b66a20c6-2359-4c9e-a193-96b8f31ea088">The Dissolve transition allows a previous scene to dissolve, revealing the new scene.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="197" height="38" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-setting-icon.png" alt="L band dissolve transition icon" class="wp-image-124109" style="width:347px;height:67px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-523aee51-7250-4d28-a264-ddbfea1edeb1" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Iris In</strong> &#8211; The Iris In transition (F2) places a circle around the frame and creates a dark silhouette around the image. Using the Iris In effect, enables the user to close a previous scene to reveal a new scene.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4b55a05c-13b6-4b54-a0ac-2e066c8ade8f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="49" height="46" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/iris-in-icon.png" alt="Iris In icon" class="wp-image-124118" style="object-fit:contain;width:80px;height:64px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-35e2a2dd-53da-42ed-84dd-5920b82ceba2" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Iris Out</strong> &#8211; The Iris Out transition (F3) turns the edges of the frame to solid black. Then, the black edges push inwards, forcing the view of the scene into an ever-dwindling circle as if the camera iris closing.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-bf41fb69-40ac-4f36-a22d-90896d9114db"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="48" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/iris-out-icon.png" alt="Iris out icon" class="wp-image-124127" style="object-fit:contain;width:82px;height:66px"/></figure>



<p id="block-3cc87b69-087b-447b-9169-c3abc355812c">The Iris transitions provide an alternative to fade-in or fadeout functionality. Use the Iris In and Iris Out transitions as creative masking techniques to draw the viewers’ attention to a specific visual before the rest of the scene fully displays.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-cc78b4fc-fec7-4306-9188-376f81addd1f"><strong>Using the Transition feature in TVU Producer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-8ab3edae-460b-40fb-aa6e-3bbb3b06c15f">Three different transitions, Dissolve, Iris In, and Iris Out, are currently supported in TVU Producer. The Overlay cut and Video cut icons below the transition icons are used to cut the selected transitions from the PVW into the PGM window. Keyboard shortcuts for each function are printed on each icon.</p>



<p id="block-fa72459c-4139-4233-b85a-f51b07aabcc7">To enable the transition features, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-5d15d380-a8c6-4cda-9486-3b2d59330191" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select to place your transition type icons between the PVW and PGM windows.</li>



<li>A control panel displays next to the selected icon as you select your transition type.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-0f5dace7-262f-41bc-b511-11fa246d1dce"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="314" height="183" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Control-example-F1.png" alt="control example F1" class="wp-image-124136" style="width:359px;height:204px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Control-example-F1.png 314w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Control-example-F1-300x175.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-664fa145-d0f6-4ab3-b0db-41f357a684e1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the control panel to set the time (in milliseconds) to execute the selected transition.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The default value for each transition is 1500 milliseconds. This default can be changed by the operator as appropriate.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" id="block-5ad30c68-b352-46e6-8810-31f3a9be846e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Repeat the process for each transition.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Overlay cut</strong> icon (<strong>F6</strong>) and <strong>Video cut</strong> icon (<strong>space bar</strong>) as needed.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>L band transition</strong></h2>



<p>The L band transition menu allows users to create a new transitional view in the Program window while live. This Dissolve transition allows a previous scene to dissolve, revealing the new scene.</p>



<p>To create a new view or add one, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the L band transition <strong>Setting</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="197" height="38" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-setting-icon.png" alt="L band dissolve transition icon" class="wp-image-124109"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the L band transition setting window, click <strong>+Create a view</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-window.png" alt="L band transition window" class="wp-image-124234" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-window-300x203.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Choose the <strong>Squeeze type</strong> and edit the transition. Click the <strong>Background</strong> tab to add a (1920 x 1080) background.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Done</strong> button to save your settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="307" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-squeeze-type.png" alt="L band squeeze type" class="wp-image-124244" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-squeeze-type.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-squeeze-type-300x160.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the<strong> background</strong> and click the <strong>Add to L-Band</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-L-band.png" alt="add to L band button" class="wp-image-124253" style="width:574px;height:386px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-L-band.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-L-band-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Stopping a live transmission</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0c7f2e4e-f050-4004-a505-459ac772ee67"><strong>Stopping a live transmission</strong></h2>



<p id="block-78d38236-ca36-471c-8ff4-36e0893947a8">To stop the live transmission, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-be2fc2ed-5bef-4f3a-9f1b-8cf643599ca8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the red <strong>On Air icon </strong>in the left navigation menu. The output menu opens. The Live transmission in the Output to destination list displays as ‘On Air.’</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-bd56eedf-7e21-4d34-aaca-c01f852230ca"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="364" height="511" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/go-live-stop.png" alt="Go live stop" class="wp-image-124263" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/go-live-stop.png 364w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/go-live-stop-214x300.png 214w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Mouse over <strong>On Air</strong> to reveal the End Live button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="371" height="503" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-end-live.png" alt="output end live" class="wp-image-124272" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-end-live.png 371w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-end-live-221x300.png 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 371px) 100vw, 371px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-1af22131-8fcb-4af5-93d3-dd475cc12364" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>End live </strong>button to stop the transmission.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding an overlay to the live transmission</strong></h2>



<p>Press the<strong> Overlay cut</strong> (F6) button to move the overlay source from the Preview window to the Program window. The Overlay cut button is located between the preview and program windows.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Audio control</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6aa1ef39-9934-41fe-8fe6-065ee6bdb2a7"><strong>Audio control</strong></h2>



<p id="block-39ab71ea-aa3f-4d35-9bca-585e942f375a">The <strong>Audio Mixer</strong> tab is located in the left navigation menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-51012082-2107-4e68-b68c-2b78e8fd4b2f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="344" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2.png" alt="audio mixer tab" class="wp-image-144095" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2.png 283w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2-247x300.png 247w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 283px) 100vw, 283px" /></figure>



<ul id="block-c5397a7a-3f69-4a9a-9b60-eab364f99c94" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The AFV switch is enabled by default, allowing the input source cut to live broadcast/PGM to have its sound channel cut along with it.</li>



<li>If the AFV switch is disabled/off, the sound for live streaming is selected by choosing an alternate audio channel source.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-b8b47f05-0020-459c-af82-1146a88f6c74">To choose an alternate audio channel source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-486e9215-869b-410e-91b9-f4f3deaddb28" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio mixer</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8fdd9c6f-7a23-445f-b29f-cff2982319ff"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="65" height="96" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/audio-mixer-tab-2-1.png" alt="AFV OFF" class="wp-image-144111"/></figure>



<p id="block-aa5bedcc-4fc2-4f1f-9a5b-4a145cf56c9c">The Audio Control menu opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-d32e52ea-873c-4091-8fb2-5d73681ca98f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="344" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2.png" alt="audio mixer tab" class="wp-image-144095" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2.png 283w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2-247x300.png 247w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 283px) 100vw, 283px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-c8c9f378-cfdb-47a7-b335-7b6257af626e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the <strong>Audio Follows Video</strong> switch to the left (green) to disable the switch (AFV OFF). The Audio control window displays alternate channels.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-c8a7342c-2a52-4ce6-baf7-2963e443a68d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="362" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-off.png" alt="AFV off" class="wp-image-144119" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-off.png 286w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-off-237x300.png 237w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 286px) 100vw, 286px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-1092aa43-1577-4f09-ad72-d5c3b924e3d2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the source <strong>AFV</strong> slider to the right to enable an alternate audio channel source.</li>



<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">When the&nbsp;</span><strong>AFV All</strong>&nbsp;slider is enabled, the audio tab changes from AFV OFF to AFV ON, and the audio follows the video when cut.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9bd81b13-053c-4467-af81-26a59a73aafe"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="501" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON-1.png" alt="AFV toggle on" class="wp-image-144128" style="width:324px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON-1.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON-1-169x300.png 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To adjust the volume control for each Producer source, click the <strong>speaker</strong> icon and move the <strong>slider</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="257" height="223" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Speaker-icon-Audio-control-slider.png" alt="Speaker icon - Audio control slider" class="wp-image-139767"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Using the PIP feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-655d3a10-5ecb-451f-80b0-03fc5fde1f77"><strong>Using the PIP feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-02281564-8738-4e4e-a360-2cd129f414a6">The picture-in-picture (PIP) feature allows the user to display a thumbnail of a source window on top of your live transmission. The PIP selection is located at the bottom of the source window in the settings &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; menu. The PIP menu selection changes its color according to the following three states:</p>



<ul id="block-d75bcbeb-256a-4b9c-8646-6adf8a61dd01" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the PIP menu selection does not have a colored background, this feature is not being used.</li>



<li>When the PIP menu selection is green, this indicates that the PIP overlay has been moved into the preview window.</li>



<li>When the PIP menu selection is red, the PIP overlay has been cut to the program window and is live.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-1d136d2f-4886-4688-b3bc-796a35ef1f7d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="202" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-selection.png" alt="PiP selection" class="wp-image-124319" style="object-fit:contain;width:311px;height:177px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c4cb80a4-1205-47bc-863f-916d4fe49858"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="154" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-in-preview.png" alt="PiP in Preview" class="wp-image-124328" style="object-fit:contain;width:311px;height:176px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8a7763a2-f009-4354-a6ee-229d7a3da535"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="153" height="202" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-in-program-window.png" alt="PiP in program window" class="wp-image-124337" style="object-fit:contain;width:311px;height:176px"/></figure>



<p id="block-3266e9f7-31b6-46bb-8a6e-f0473bf7a66a">To use the PIP feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-c76e987e-a7d7-44b9-adac-6c31da0a9eda" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>source window</strong> to move the source to the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-75370e62-d6e0-438d-8146-79c43ba3cde5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="346" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-select-a-source-window.png" alt="PiP select source window" class="wp-image-124347" style="width:727px;height:437px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-select-a-source-window.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-select-a-source-window-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-c5b9e53c-bc2f-4108-a087-6f6640ed7a48" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a second source or <strong>+Add</strong> a second source to the source panel.</li>



<li>To add a PiP, click the three-dot “…” icon in the second source window and select <strong>Picture in picture</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8519031a-15dd-497b-a9d5-18d447346c91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="354" height="212" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-source-selection.png" alt="PiP source selection" class="wp-image-124359" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-source-selection.png 354w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-source-selection-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 354px) 100vw, 354px" /></figure>



<p>The second source is displayed in a small box at the bottom of the Preview window.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4983eea0-85b9-44b5-be16-fa258d1a4565"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="345" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-added-to-the-preview-window.png" alt="Add PiP to preview window" class="wp-image-124368" style="width:741px;height:444px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-added-to-the-preview-window.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-added-to-the-preview-window-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To remove the PIP overlay from the preview window, click the <strong>Clear overlay</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6a3e78a3-b758-47b4-92da-adaee9a1573e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="345" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-removed-from-the-preview-window.png" alt="PiP removed from preview" class="wp-image-124377" style="width:741px;height:444px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-removed-from-the-preview-window.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-removed-from-the-preview-window-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-2f93f245-f7bd-4d02-a184-1b6a59e6f3d1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To move the PIP overlay to your live transmission, add the PiP to the preview window and click the <strong>Overlay cut (F6)</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-a8f9dfe5-a42e-4d13-9d55-af7e53cd24ea"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-overlay-cut-to-pgm.png" alt="Cut overlay PiP into Program window" class="wp-image-124386" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-overlay-cut-to-pgm.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-overlay-cut-to-pgm-300x157.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-20e86159-beb3-47ec-a2af-7ce0acdf874e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Remove overlay</strong> button to remove the PiP from the Program window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-97dbf9fd-261b-49e1-b562-dc7d1fe13c89"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="396" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remove-overlay.png" alt="Remove PiP overlay" class="wp-image-124395" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remove-overlay.png 396w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remove-overlay-300x114.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Input Source Recording feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-dbed7aae-1fc8-4c38-934e-cfde52e4c3c6"><strong>Input Source Recording feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-980f28b9-0d3f-409b-81d9-2dd7e2eb1cad">With the Input Source Recording feature is enabled, users can record each camera source independently of other feeds and the final program output. Recorded files are saved in TS file format.</p>



<p id="block-dea492c7-124e-4a64-9f69-2555a5d66689">Postproduction teams are continually looking to TVU Oneage and reTVU Oneage content not just for TV but also for mobile apps and social media platforms. In this environment, recording only the final output/ master mix is no longer enough, as it limits the editing playing field.</p>



<p id="block-8a5e7e45-ddfd-47a8-985f-8f578c5cd6f7">Editors can now feel the freedom and be well prepared for all the postproduction requests by having HD quality ISO’s for each individual feed, much in advance.</p>



<p id="block-4c17b52b-de5d-47e6-835e-47c1f13c6852">The Input Source Recording feature enables you to:</p>



<ul id="block-4c8375bd-5260-4d0d-961e-21dd0cc691ad" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Effortlessly fix live mistakes during postproduction</li>



<li>Create custom content for social media</li>



<li>Add customized graphics to formulate a whole new program</li>



<li>Enhance revenue opportunities for your digital asset</li>



<li>Re-purpose and rehash content with clean feeds</li>



<li>Significantly slash cost and time</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about downloading files, refer to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-37"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">User management menu</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-213584ff-85f7-4b4d-99da-5c9765874fd8">To enable the Input Source Recording feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-e92497dc-4173-461b-a4bc-703e3eaef59f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Workbench interface.</li>



<li>Create a new Program or Edit your current program settings and enable the <strong>Input Source Recording</strong> checkbox.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8e961061-230c-4ea4-b38a-504127030a2f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="708" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen.jpg" alt="Workbench Settings screen" class="wp-image-170014" style="width:382px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen-205x300.jpg 205w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Add the source slots you want to record from the drop-down menu and click<strong> Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="230" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select-1.png" alt="select input source recording slots" class="wp-image-124424" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select-1.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select-1-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-4ff6c9eb-a203-4add-969f-ab3eb3232534" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Start your program or live instance.</li>



<li>As soon as the new Producer program is up and running, the ISO recording automatically switches ON. It records all the ingested sources from the beginning until the end of your live show. The input source recording will stop only when you shut down your producer instance or program.</li>



<li>All cloud recordings can be accessed using the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab option within the Workbench.</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-6264491e-f5ac-4a82-9343-8575edd9bd8c">To access the recordings, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-7b5a326c-5029-4e7e-bab4-fcdfd8b16fa1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the TVU Producer<strong> Workbench</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The “Management Center” and “Cloud Record” tabs are displayed in the top panel.<br>You can see all the input source recordings in the Cloud Record tab. The Cloud Record tab opens in a new window.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab. In the left panel, you can select <strong>Remote Recorded files</strong> and <strong>Recorded files</strong>. Each recording is named with the program name, date, and time, along with details about the Start and End times of your program instance.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-19bc90f2-adf8-4fb8-b6ec-969147ec686c"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="289" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Cloud-record-window-new-tab.png" alt="Cloud record tab" class="wp-image-124433" style="width:599px;height:250px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Cloud-record-window-new-tab.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Cloud-record-window-new-tab-300x151.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-f094b170-36ce-46fe-bb0a-26f81f22230f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When you click <strong>Recorded files</strong> and select a recording folder, your Input and Output source folders display the following folders:</li>
</ol>



<p>Input Source 1, Input Source 2, Input Source 3, Input Source 4, Input Source 5, Input Source 6, and PGM Output.</p>



<p id="block-c4ed9973-e22c-4774-8796-0a2bf3ba8de5">To download your program file to your local drive, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-ceded933-fcb6-4a5e-9310-cd1a544d9ad2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click<strong> Recorded files</strong> in the left panel. A list of your recordings displays.</li>



<li>Click on a recording source. Hover your mouse over the recording you would like to download. Then, click the <strong>download</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-18f88ad2-4475-44f6-b2c0-ba929d9c65d4"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Download-recorded-file-1.png" alt="download recorded file" class="wp-image-124442" style="object-fit:cover;width:501px;height:132px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Download-recorded-file-1.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Download-recorded-file-1-300x133.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Management Center tab functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-75de30c0-8140-458d-835a-d4307640ee40"><strong>Management Center tab functions</strong></h2>



<p id="block-1690e10c-a231-4511-8259-6aaa40b8980d">The Management Center tab provides a list of all of your previously recorded program files before the Input Source Record feature is enabled. From the Management Center tab, you can view your usage, program <strong>shortcuts</strong> and enable or disable <strong>email notifications</strong> and <strong>Auto shut-down</strong> functions.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1219" height="471" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab.jpg" alt="management center tab" class="wp-image-170164" style="width:755px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab.jpg 1219w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-300x116.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-1024x396.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-768x297.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1219px) 100vw, 1219px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Replay operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-849c7253-7c7d-4606-9429-89ad163b8345"><strong>Replay operations</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Producer enables users to create replay clips from an active production and save them to the Replay App. Use the Replay app to customize the highlights of a clip using Replays’ Mark-in and Mark-out features, add commentary, and make it available for production. Saved clips are selectable in the Producer Clip panel. Selecting a clip from the Producer <strong>Replay App</strong> tab -&gt; <strong>Clip</strong> panel places it into the Replay preview window in Producer as a selectable source for the director to cut to PGM.</p>



<p id="block-01fa7b99-8ce6-4745-a4e5-54ea26bb4aa2">The Replay function can record and last 60 seconds of video input from source windows 1 through 4. The recorded video can be rewound and previewed from the Replay panel.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This feature must be enabled by support. When enabled, The Replay tab is displayed in Producer.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-7a4c96e6-4df4-41e3-afd6-706a456be50e">To preview or replay your recording, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-061f0109-88de-427b-bd7a-1fa881e49cf9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Replay</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="79" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Replay-app-tab.jpg" alt="replay app tab" class="wp-image-170124"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-0beb06d9-549f-4696-8b80-988ce4942b03" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>+Add replay</strong> source window or the <strong>Replay App</strong> tab in the left panel. The Clip panel opens.</li>



<li>Use one of the two methods to authenticate your TVU Producer review session with TVU Replay:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Authenticate yourself into the review session by selecting an active production in the producer UI, this requires a login.</li>



<li>You can tap the <strong>Scan [-]</strong> button on the TVU Replay Welcome screen to log in, scan the <strong>QR</strong> code with your camera app, or access the URL at the bottom of the Producer review page to authenticate yourself to the producer session.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="597" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab-1024x597.png" alt="image 4 replay tab" class="wp-image-144139" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab-1024x597.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab-300x175.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab-768x448.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab.png 1101w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Replay app</strong> displays the Producer video.</li>



<li>Tap the<strong> Mark In</strong> button. The vertical bar indicates the marked-in state.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-1024x768.png" alt="" class="wp-image-144147" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-1024x768.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-300x225.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-768x576.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-1536x1151.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-2048x1535.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Mark Out</strong> button.</li>



<li>To preview window plays the new clip, tap the <strong>Screen</strong> to stop the running preview.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>circular icon(s)</strong> in the <strong>Add Clip</strong> panel to select which sources you want to save. The selected source icons display green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-1024x768.png" alt="Replay mark out" class="wp-image-144155" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-1024x768.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-300x225.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-768x576.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-1536x1151.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-2048x1535.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Save clip</strong> button to save your selections as a clip or tap the <strong>Cut to PGM</strong> button.</li>



<li>Saved clips are available in the Producer <strong>Replay App</strong> tab &gt; <strong>Clip</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Select the clip in the <strong>Clip panel</strong> to add it to the Replay source preview box as a source selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="506" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-1024x506.png" alt="Replay clips created" class="wp-image-144163" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-1024x506.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-300x148.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-768x380.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-1536x759.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-2048x1012.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="12" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>Clip</strong> panel, users can enable/disable the default bumper shot and upload their custom bumper shots.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="506" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-1024x506.png" alt="Replay bumper shot" class="wp-image-144171" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-1024x506.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-300x148.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-768x379.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-1536x758.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-2048x1011.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Clip player feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8b9538f0-5063-4934-be8e-83035fbf6ac7"><strong>Clip player feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-86b013cd-3894-4f07-8143-7fc39589286f">The Clip Player feature in TVU Producer is enhanced with comprehensive support capabilities for all local clips’ basic and advanced operations, including playlist. Video uploads are also unlimited.</p>



<p id="block-d1cd5bf6-5b98-4692-a722-0b66da0ef20d">The new playback enhancements added to the Local Clip player in TVU Producer include the following basic functions:</p>



<ul id="block-79dd16ec-5251-4d53-b74f-562c23a9abb7" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Play</strong>, <strong>Pause, forward, rewind, and Seek</strong> &#8211; The Clip Player now allows you to pause, rewind, and fast-forward the local clip as desired and/or play it from your desired location for a specific duration.</li>



<li><strong>Cue, mark-in setting for each local clip</strong> &#8211; To cue a video, determine the desired initial playback point in a specific frame of your video Clip. The enhanced clip player allows users to cue video in the desired location and play it in the PGM window from a current frame location.<br>Users can set the mark-in locations for the start time and end time. The mark-in function allows the user to play any local clip from a particular start time for a specific duration or until a selected end time in the playback duration is reached.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-93fc3eb1-12ae-4a6c-a796-b354eb6e692b"><strong>Using the Clip player features</strong></h2>



<p id="block-822ee9c2-6076-4324-ae9c-9bf456536c39">To use the <strong>Clip player</strong> tab features, use the full set of functions displayed in the local video file list panel to perform the play, rewind, pause, forward, and seek controls. Users can access the Advanced functions by clicking the Setting icon for any local clip associated with the live show.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-61be85b3-f416-44b5-8555-49668a14442d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="710" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png" alt="Clip Player tab - Clip player panel" class="wp-image-143719" style="width:559px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel-229x300.png 229w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-64166ef2-4417-45e0-966c-f0bf7ce76ba6"><strong>Clip player interface</strong></h2>



<p id="block-90fb8e84-857b-4175-bee3-e8683104f7b1">The local clip player provides a set of comprehensive features to run video clips within TVU Producer.</p>



<p id="block-223b2814-c879-4d04-9ce7-8baeee73fc91">You can add any number of local video files to your program for running alternate footage in your live show. Running alternative footage adds the necessary dimension to your live show, helps cover potential errors, and keeps your audience actively engaged.</p>



<p id="block-7e420ca6-a588-4344-8cf2-5eb42a2907f4">The local clip player supports all the basic and advanced operations to either play a single video clip or a set of video clips as a playlist. The TVU Producer Web interface allows you to change the file order and adjust your playlist based on your needs.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-dfdbb35c-88a2-4cac-8143-3f28aaba13d0"><strong>Basic functions</strong></h3>



<p id="block-6ead5212-d374-4c48-9fa7-d974adff98e8">The local clip player Web interface includes the following basic functions:</p>



<ul id="block-14436a2a-bead-4ec2-9de1-d89dde348651" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Play icon</strong> &#8211; Click the play icon to play the clip<strong>.</strong></li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-95c93768-db7b-4157-b999-f3d926be2cab"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Play-icon.png" alt="Play video icon" style="width:52px;height:55px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-fa30802a-2b54-44b2-a924-db0c9e475ee1" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Rewind icon</strong> &#8211; Click the rewind icon to rewind the clip.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-bc0ba826-22b7-4681-b5d3-6610cc138e66"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Rewind-icon.png" alt="Rewind video icon"/></figure>



<p id="block-2c075d00-683b-456e-8ee2-be67d35ff09c"><strong>Forward icon</strong> &#8211; Click the forward icon to advance your clip forward in the timeline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-06e4686f-b4f9-4493-82c3-afa04893ecc4"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Forward-icon.png" alt="Forward video icon"/></figure>



<ul id="block-ef82139d-6eaa-42b0-8276-d41aa3e9aabc" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Seek bar </strong>&#8211; The seek bar enables you to cue the player or determine the desired initial playback point in a video clip.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="246" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Seek-bar.png" alt="seek bar" class="wp-image-144181"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Settings icon </strong>&#8211; Opens the Play Settings panel.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="35" height="33" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/clip-player-settings-icon.png" alt="clip player settings icon" class="wp-image-144189" style="width:62px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b77d4e8d-1651-452e-b9b8-8ddd2265628c"><strong>Advanced functions</strong></h3>



<p id="block-2aa4968d-4f67-4f61-bf66-99dd247df911">The local clip player Web interface includes the following advanced functions. Click the left (<strong>Single clip</strong> icon) to set a desired Advanced function:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="285" height="225" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Advanced-controls.png" alt="clip player advanced controls" class="wp-image-144198" style="width:314px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Single clip icon </strong>&#8211; The single clip icon enables you to play a single clip and auto-pause until the end of the clip stops.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-096e69f6-8374-4b71-88d9-1304cb6ce2f8"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Play-single-clip-icon.png" alt="Play single clip icon" style="width:66px;height:54px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-edcc1abd-8c10-4267-b79a-97c6b502349f" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Loop file icon</strong> &#8211; The loop file icon enables you to loop a single file.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-7d508d3a-3ba1-44f2-b477-75d67acced86"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Loop-single-file-icon.png" alt="Loop single file icon" style="width:67px;height:70px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-7f5c2837-6937-442f-80f9-56146d6a4966" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Play-to-playlist icon</strong> &#8211; The play-to-playlist icon enables you to play the playlist one time and stops at the end.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-e8e7cdbb-d99c-4a62-9b1d-77e41f5dd27f"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Play-to-playlist-icon.png" alt="Play to playlist icon" style="width:71px;height:68px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-ce47c944-bfd9-4efa-abcb-7bf402d66003" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Loop playlist icon</strong> &#8211; The loop playlist icon enables you to loop all clips the playlist.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-3b1e6618-4ee0-4601-b325-d64cdba4567f"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Loop-playlist-icon.png" alt="Loop playlist icon" style="width:74px;height:66px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-142fa36a-4962-45ce-80fa-dd1e1b4000fd" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Edit file icon</strong> &#8211; Click the edit file icon to open the Mark Media panel. Here, you can set the clip mark-in and mark-out points. Saved changes will automatically display in the program.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-fa93e442-4b33-4ded-94ee-b5a677e39740"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="216" height="122" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/edit-clip-icon.png" alt="edit clip icon" class="wp-image-124535" style="width:297px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="227" height="294" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/set-mark-in-points.png" alt="set mark in and out points" class="wp-image-144207"/></figure>



<ul id="block-09af5dae-9111-45cb-a88d-ba3de2ada724" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Play settings menu</strong> &#8211; Click the settings icon at the top-right of the source window to open the Play Settings panel. In this panel you can access the Autoplay, Cut PGM to PVW, Play from the mark in, and Return to the mark-in slider controls for a selected source.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Autoplay is ON by default. Disabling autoplay will stop the program from playing.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-97308ce9-6662-47bb-9c61-ac25c432e269"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="220" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu.png" alt="Clip player settings menu" class="wp-image-144034" style="width:292px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu.png 220w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu-202x300.png 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 220px) 100vw, 220px" /></figure>



<p id="block-8118ab1c-3494-4e40-a13c-96464445f5bc">The Play settings menu has the following settings and functions:</p>



<ul id="block-dd6a3166-2a2b-48e2-bf92-250ee204ce28" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Autoplay</strong> &#8211; Autoplay is ON by default. Enabling this setting plays the video from the mark-in point when selected as a source and taken to PGM.<br><br>When Autoplay is OFF, the file will not re-start automatically. The file will continue in the paused state when it is Cut to PGM.</li>
</ul>



<ul id="block-52a57d65-66ca-42eb-a565-42e28b951be1" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Cut PVW to PGM</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting automatically cuts the preview to PGM when the video has ended. (Loop mode must not be selected).</li>



<li><strong>Play from the mark-in</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting plays the clip from the mark-in when taken to PGM. To mark-in and mark/out files, hover your mouse over the file thumbnail and click Edit.</li>



<li><strong>Return to the mark-in</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting automatically returns to the mark-in of the last played clip when the video has ended. (Loop mode must not be selected).</li>
</ul>



<p>To use a clip as a Local source in Producer, click a clip preview in the clips panel to move it into Producer.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	User Management</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b2feba0e-fc4a-40e1-8ae1-ec885e356664"><strong>User management menu</strong></h2>



<p id="block-2190a47e-a89b-4654-9f3b-7cdc5e38f6f4">The User Management menu allows a user to access the following:</p>



<ul id="block-a1756260-a9ee-40f6-8b11-25ebe21fe1d9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select between English and Chinese languages</li>



<li>Access the keyboard shortcut menu</li>



<li>Sign out of Producer</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-110aee1c-2712-48da-be39-0a37224afcd2">To open the User Management menu, click the round icon next to the power button in the main navigation bar.</p>



<p id="block-550f2c1e-3be0-4134-b0ad-5051647d6df6">To access the Recorded files selection, click the back button in the top left of the screen to return to Workbench. Then, click the <strong>Management Center </strong>tab to access the recorded file menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-b6f12005-53a8-41b8-8dcf-dcab7835a769"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="183" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/user-management-menu.png" alt="user management window" class="wp-image-143786"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Time remaining indicator</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f6850fa9-13b6-43e3-be00-2b0b49158ee6"><strong>Time remaining indicator</strong></h2>



<p id="block-eab02f90-b9f9-471b-ae0e-0b6552f7057f">The time remaining indicator is located on the right side of the main navigation bar. This indicator shows you how much time is left on your Producer subscription. Once you log in, the timer starts. To stop the timer, you must click the <strong>power button</strong> in the window&#8217;s top left corner.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-73ac5773-0afb-4bc2-83f6-d887191bfaa5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Session-timer.png" alt="Session timer" class="wp-image-143736" style="width:638px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Session-timer.png 533w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Session-timer-300x28.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Audio Mixer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ecb84b57-a22f-451e-9d77-cdf1c89f4c66"><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-d1f2829e-bb35-4429-9c35-31e4beb5bf5f">The Advanced Audio Mixer is a dedicated separate interface built for audio operators to mix audio for the program separately from video and graphics operation.</p>



<p id="block-822d4719-7488-4173-afe8-e6711c30326c">Use the Advanced Audio Mixer to:</p>



<ul id="block-e6937d28-532f-4efb-b01c-f5e35327b263" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Monitor each video feed for production</li>



<li>Adjust all audio input levels as well as the master output</li>



<li>Adjust pans (audio gain) for each channel</li>



<li>Assign channels for each group for simple management of multiple sources</li>



<li>Mute each channel or select as a solo monitor for fine tuning</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-2e6b1765-8738-42f7-8634-8aab5f662cf0"><strong>Multi-audio channel feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ae08b0e7-9761-4e48-a652-a6064ad91874">This feature supports 2, 4, 6, or 8 embedded output audio channels in Producer. These channels are configured in the Workbench Settings window for your Producer project. The Audio mix option in Producer allows up to 4 pairs of audio channels to be configured by selecting the Audio Output Pair Control feature in the Audio mix panel. This feature is useful for multi-language outputs.</p>



<p id="block-521f3cc6-5338-403d-b4a9-09580d2ab188">A user can independently adjust the volume of the audio output channels assigned to each pair. The volume for each pair of output channels can be adjusted or muted using the Master output level control slider in the Audio mix panel.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For more information, refer to the <a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Producer Audio Mixer Quick Start User Guide</mark></a>.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Captioning feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f5d000d6-7ff7-4c07-9f21-fbaee15cc134"><strong>Captioning feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0b393488-c403-46cd-b69f-374b39b3eda9">The Captioning feature in Producer provides the capability to deliver both closed captions and live captions into the program output of TVU Producer. This enables our customers to automatically add closed and live captions to the outgoing live feed from TVU Producer. Live Captioning is supported by integration with a third-party caption provider EEG. Closed captioning is provided through TVU Producer’s integration with TVU transcriber.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To enable this feature, please contact your TVU Sales representative.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-40518b69-ba72-4eca-90f5-14adc5bd41b2">To enable the Captioning feature, TVU Producer is integrated with TVU Transcriber, the AI-based audio-to-text TVU converter, to insert the captions. The captions are generated in real time, ensuring perfect synchronization with audio and video as needed for the audience. The Captioning feature is fully compliant with the Federal Communication Commission.</p>



<p id="block-6bec9f50-7825-41d3-bd64-e4dde1a55084">To use the Captioning feature in Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-98f08f8c-cd6c-4f6c-9d9c-b142e06454f9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Go to the <strong>Live Captions</strong> Menu item.</li>



<li>Go to <strong>Transcriber</strong> on top.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Go with it</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	SCTE 35 feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-610763e2-8863-4602-aa88-82ed69c6d27f"><strong>SCTE 35- based dynamic ad insertion feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-26cd01aa-0de1-4e63-a3e7-04e36dde161b">Using TVU Producer, customers can perform a dynamic ad insertion for a Live broadcast by collaborating with third-party ad services. A new feature is available to manually insert SCTE slice points or triggers in Producer to signal an ad-insertion in the transport stream. Pre-roll replacement in SCTE pass-through is also supported. This new feature complies with SCTE-35 protocols.</p>



<p id="block-6337b9aa-3da3-4075-b386-ea4836adbab4">SCTE 35 markers are well-known and widely used in the digital broadcast industry and are supported in newer ABR delivery formats such as HLS.</p>



<p id="block-78d28a95-4a36-4111-bd26-14d227164688">An SCTE 35 marker inserts an ad into the stream at an exact timestamp. The inserted ad is active for several seconds. A splice point in the specific timestamp in a stream corresponds to an Instant Decoder Refresh (IDR) frame, which can be decoded independently without depending on what frames were decoded previously.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-74dfe359-6307-41b5-a585-6c8c324a4e26"><strong>Benefits</strong></h3>



<ul id="block-4dd1bd04-215d-42d3-b5f6-15fdfef3ec84" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The SCTE-insertion feature allows customers to create additional sponsor revenue opportunities.</li>



<li>The SCTE-insertion feature is intuitive in TVU Producer and accessible in the Producer interface.</li>



<li>This ad insertion methodology is better than adding the ads on the client side.</li>
</ul>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1c387c72-5c66-444f-9d67-fdffb046d142"><strong>Using the SCTE insertion feature</strong></h3>



<p id="block-fd4e41d3-9e54-4142-a050-44649bfafc77">To use the SCTE insertion feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-613653be-b2f7-41fd-bad7-c77aaeb21ba1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>SCTE</strong> in the left navigation menu. The SCTE settings menu displays.</li>



<li>Select the SCTE insertion option from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-6e1be059-29b0-4963-b4d3-b465717aac00"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="465" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SCTE-tab-1.png" alt="SCTE tab" class="wp-image-124581" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SCTE-tab-1.png 286w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SCTE-tab-1-185x300.png 185w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 286px) 100vw, 286px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-466b6a54-b916-48d1-9975-3d5e520b9e80" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Insert the SCTE slice points at the desired time slots. Then, choose the durations in the program output.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Any number of insertions can be added at preferred time slots.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Monitoring and Diagnostics</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0c36378d-4700-4244-b6ba-d9c947020f21"><strong>Monitoring and Diagnostics feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-6eee33e0-f4b4-4f43-8d0a-237b6dc4a88a">The Monitoring and diagnostics feature provides a dashboard that displays the key parameters to indicate your IP feed health coming to all Input sources and the health of the outgoing live stream going into each destination. In addition, the user can view Producer timeline messages and diagnostic errors.</p>



<p id="block-7c070400-5b72-43e6-ad28-ffd46c603206">Diagnostic errors are run-time errors that occur as you start your cloud instance and build your live streaming workflow. This section lists any issues you could encounter during the ingest process or starting a live stream to any targeted destinations. Diagnostic errors may also point out transmission or network bandwidth issues.</p>



<p id="block-9426bbc4-ad1d-4df2-9b98-749394c6c462">Users should run the Monitoring feature or Dashboard on a separate PC as it also takes CPU and memory resources to present all the health-related metrics, including the PGM Output of Producer.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-08468df4-5719-4a6d-8bcd-4d53d3d6f4d4"><strong>Using the Monitoring and Diagnostics feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0c19b94e-1ef9-4166-b3bb-55a1ed0ea786">To use the Monitoring and Diagnostics feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-7520baf3-b71d-4f5d-9e74-e7207d325a28" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the left panel of the Producer User Interface, click the <strong>Monitor</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-91c6ea21-0fb6-4fe5-80a7-40a9d96d91c5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="338" height="85" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Monitor-tab-2.jpg" alt="Monitor tab and link" class="wp-image-170450" style="width:390px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Monitor-tab-2.jpg 338w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Monitor-tab-2-300x75.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-ba887d94-1bff-455e-9d1a-60b11b4b4a53" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Copy and paste the link in a new tab. </li>



<li>The Producer Monitoring dashboard page displays in a new browser window.</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-3873284f-df43-4e86-b80a-def07df43fdb">The Producer Monitoring Dashboard displays all the relevant sections, Viz. Program Info, Input, Output, Closed captions, SCTE 35 Ad insertion feature, and the diagnostic log panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c35cea2d-808c-4d14-89fc-c2404c6ff196"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1460" height="886" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard.png" alt="Monitoring and Diagnostics dashboard" class="wp-image-143711" style="width:745px;height:498px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard.png 1460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-300x182.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-1024x621.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-768x466.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1460px) 100vw, 1460px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-ec24b1f5-4d9f-4c82-b4a4-265f666d9c41" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The diagnostic logs are located in the left-scrolling panel.</li>



<li>To download diagnostic logs, click the <strong>download</strong> icon in the top-right corner of the scrolling panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="730" height="419" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Diagnostic-logs-download-icon.png" alt="diagnostics logs download" class="wp-image-144217" style="width:597px;height:346px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Diagnostic-logs-download-icon.png 730w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Diagnostic-logs-download-icon-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 730px) 100vw, 730px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	PTZ Control and VLAN configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0468a588-f186-4873-8563-02df44d343c5"><strong>Using the PTZ Control feature</strong></h2>



<ol id="block-3550d576-7d52-49c3-bcbe-c2b3527b9ddb" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable the PTZ control feature, click the<strong> PTZ Control </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-b65dd06e-bffd-4633-9820-4ef5073a855a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="584" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PTZ-Control-tab-1.png" alt="PTZ control tab" class="wp-image-124617" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PTZ-Control-tab-1.png 284w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PTZ-Control-tab-1-146x300.png 146w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 284px) 100vw, 284px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-66d8073a-e1f1-46ab-9e28-77479d98b69c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a source, click the three-dot &#8216;…&#8217; icon, and select <strong>Add to PTZ Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-e2013f8f-1662-4a69-8d5f-8cefe97f3a5d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="336" height="212" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-to-PTZ-source.jpg" alt="add to PTZ source" class="wp-image-170458" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-to-PTZ-source.jpg 336w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-to-PTZ-source-300x189.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 336px) 100vw, 336px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-0c949a92-9237-48b8-bbad-e103219a0868" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The PTZ control panel controls are enabled. In the Source number drop-down menu, select a source <strong>Slot number</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-da56792c-23bb-4fca-a21a-3019cafbcd4e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="585" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-to-PTZ-source-2.jpg" alt="add to PTZ source 2" class="wp-image-170466" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-to-PTZ-source-2.jpg 283w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-to-PTZ-source-2-145x300.jpg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 283px) 100vw, 283px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-a2227382-a520-458b-8526-efc1d516946d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the <strong>camera control icons</strong> below the preview to change the camera view.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-93119fd4-b782-4e17-bd23-2059558b26f3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="223" height="213" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ptz-camera-controls.png" alt="PTZ camera controls" class="wp-image-124644"/></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-dcca6350-939a-4eba-8f7a-70b7bf75c8a2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter an IP address and Port in the provided fields to take your source live, then click the <strong>Connect</strong> button.</li>



<li>To disable the PTZ Control feature, go to the PTZ source window, click the three-dot &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; icon, then select <strong>Remove from PTZ Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Buffer feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Output</strong> <strong>Buffer feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Output Buffer feature allows users to cut into a video when censorship is necessary then, resume programming.</p>



<p>To use the Buffer feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Buffer</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="58" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Buffer-tab-1.png" alt="Buffer tab" class="wp-image-124653"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Upload replacement video</strong> button on the Buffer settings panel and choose a video <strong>From computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="537" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/buffer-settings-panel.png" alt="buffer settings panel" class="wp-image-144225" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/buffer-settings-panel.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/buffer-settings-panel-158x300.png 158w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the uploaded video and set a <strong>Reaction time</strong> in seconds using the slider.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Auto Failover feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto Failover feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Auto Failover feature allows users to set up a backup video to the primary video. If the primary video in PGM fails to play within the time for Auto Failover, it automatically replaces the primary with a secondary video.</p>



<p>To use the Auto Failover feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Auto Failover</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="70" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-tab-1.png" alt="Auto Failover tab" class="wp-image-124671"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Primary</strong> and <strong>Secondary</strong> slot.</li>



<li>Set the <strong>Time for Auto Failover</strong> and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="382" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-slot-selections.png" alt="Auto Failover slot selections" class="wp-image-124680" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-slot-selections.png 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-slot-selections-221x300.png 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Macro service feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Macro service feature</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Macro service is a tool within the TVU Networks ecosystem designed to automate broadcast workflows by creating sequences of events and actions.</p>



<p>Think of it as a &#8220;programmable remote&#8221; for your live production. You can chain together specific commands across different TVU services so they trigger automatically or in a specific order.</p>



<p>To set up the Macro service feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Macro</strong> tab, and then the link. A new <strong>Macro Service</strong> window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="380" height="100" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-tab.jpg" alt="Macro tab" class="wp-image-170108" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-tab.jpg 380w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-tab-300x79.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 380px) 100vw, 380px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Macro</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="389" height="144" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-1.jpg" alt="+ Macro service" class="wp-image-170560" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-1.jpg 389w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-1-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 389px) 100vw, 389px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Macro name</strong> and click <strong>+Event</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="940" height="520" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-2.jpg" alt="Name macro" class="wp-image-170568" style="width:680px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-2.jpg 940w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-2-300x166.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-2-768x425.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 940px) 100vw, 940px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter an <strong>Event name</strong>, then click <strong>+Action</strong>.</li>



<li>Set the<strong> Delay</strong> (how long to wait before starting), <strong>Run times</strong> (how many times to repeat), and <strong>Run interval</strong> (the gap between repeats).</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="606" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-Action-edit-panel-1024x606.jpg" alt="Macro service action edit panel" class="wp-image-170575" style="width:688px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-Action-edit-panel-1024x606.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-Action-edit-panel-300x177.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-Action-edit-panel-768x454.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-Action-edit-panel.jpg 1511w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>The Action Edit panel opens. Here you can control several TVU components:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>MediaService / MediaHub: </strong>For routing and managing video feeds.</li>



<li><strong>Channel:</strong> For cloud playout and FAST channel scheduling.</li>



<li><strong>PTZ Service: </strong>To automate Pan-Tilt-Zoom camera movements.Producer: To trigger transitions, overlays, or source switches in your cloud production.</li>



<li><strong>Audio Mixer: </strong>To automate volume levels or mutes.</li>



<li><strong>Native Overlay: </strong>To manage graphic layers and tickers.</li>



<li><strong>SCTE APP: </strong>For automated ad insertion (SCTE-35/104 triggers).</li>
</ul>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Service</strong> from the drop-down menu and configure your <strong>Actions</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="606" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-1024x606.jpg" alt="Macro service selection" class="wp-image-170589" style="width:699px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-1024x606.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-300x177.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-768x454.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service.jpg 1511w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>The following image shows an example of an action and a service.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="505" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-complete-example-1024x505.jpg" alt="Macro complete example" class="wp-image-170596" style="width:702px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-complete-example-1024x505.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-complete-example-300x148.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-complete-example-768x378.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-complete-example.jpg 1370w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>. Your macro will appear in the <strong>Macro list</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Purchasing TVU Producer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8a116610-c968-4f3b-8870-33bb6f20195c"><strong>Purchasing TVU Producer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-1474952a-0bfb-4a0f-b2bf-b743c0d94be8">After registering for an account, a user can purchase Producer online using PayPal. To purchase a TVU Producer subscription, sign up for an account and click the <strong>Purchase</strong> button in the top main navigation bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="235" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Purchase-button.png" alt="Purchase button" class="wp-image-143770" style="width:273px"/></figure>



<p id="block-740b1786-ae19-4e11-9ebf-422cf98d497f">We empower publishers, broadcasters, and enterprises to deliver the broadcast to the widest audience on any platform, anywhere on the globe, by transforming your PC into a live production control room. You can innovate and create your live event into a unique next-generation experience.</p>



<p id="block-78b95abd-c892-4464-b356-21d40bab5701">There are two ways to purchase TVU Producer:</p>



<ul id="block-6f8c2a66-4a7e-4f42-8230-38c88ffc2ee7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Online at http://producer.tvunetworks.com/producer/</li>



<li>The TVU sales team can set up a monthly pricing schedule for customers who do not prefer to pay online by contacting TVU Sales by Phone at +1 650.440.4812 or email at <a href="mailto:support@tvunetworks.com">support@tvunetworks.com</a></li>
</ul>



<p id="block-690a3f9e-3c89-4f27-a7cf-280924224fbe"><br><br></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Producer QSUG Rev O EN 04-2026</p>
</blockquote>



<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/">TVU Producer Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU Producer Advanced Audio Mixer User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-audio-mixer-quick-start-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2026 18:27:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=143276</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Easily capture and mix audio feeds in the cloud. Harmonize the sound like an orchestra conductor with the Advanced Audio Mixer. Adjust all audio input levels as well as master output.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-audio-mixer-quick-start-guide/">TVU Producer Advanced Audio Mixer User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-f30164f8-3652-47ee-a47d-6408280f5620"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-Audio-Mixer-QSUG-1024x580.png" alt="TVU Producer Audio Mixer User Guide"/></figure>



<p id="block-30291bc2-89f5-49aa-9940-b0c38ed336db">Easily capture and mix audio feeds in the cloud. Harmonize the sound like an orchestra conductor with the Advanced Audio Mixer. Adjust all audio input levels and the master output. Adjust pans (audio gain) for each channel. Mute each channel or select a solo monitor for fine-tuning.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, user experience, and behavior</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b87cc072-df28-474d-a6f0-3cf12059a53a"><strong>Introduction, user experience, and behavior</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0de89a49-91ea-446b-aed3-311ed9267266">Using the TVU Producer Audio Mixer requires a Producer subscription activation from TVU Support. Before you begin, refer to the TVU Producer System requirements below, then contact TVU Support to obtain your login credentials. TVU Networks recommends logging in to your TVU Producer account using your credentials and familiarizing yourself with the user interface, features, and functions.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-9ba74d44-015a-45d8-a1be-6843caa8f124"><strong>TVU Producer Audio Mixer overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-5be0ae16-fd61-4c67-96cc-81f7062a1bb9">The Audio Mixer is a dedicated interface embedded into the TVU Producer user interface. The Audio Mixer feature is built for audio operators to mix audio for the TVU Producer program separately from the video and graphics operations.</p>



<p id="block-cba3a25c-e99e-4721-950c-807ffa9b047c">The Audio Mixer interface opens in a separate tab, allowing the individual operator to adjust the volume. The basic functions include adjusting each input source&#8217;s volume or fader level and mixing selected audio sources.</p>



<p id="block-65b0fdb0-8dd0-45ca-84da-45e8ba8e9c4d">The Advanced Audio Mixer Panel allows a Producer user to manage all input levels and the master output, complemented by real-time remote commentary. Advanced capabilities serve multiple collaborators or users working to produce a single live show. The operator primarily focuses on using the advanced capabilities of the audio mixer.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Audio Mixer features</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-22836728-ef6c-41b7-ad03-7519e3a22a05"><strong>Audio Mixer features</strong></h2>



<p id="block-8075f3c2-f8be-43ba-b6d1-8b4b3ca96cda">Audio Mixer enables the operator to perform the following advanced operations:</p>



<ul id="block-08c2b095-2fc0-4b29-aaf1-296f79b85af6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Automatic Gain Control (AGC) supports the master mix and all source types.</li>



<li>Streamdeck support.</li>



<li>MIDI support for multi-channel sources and source on/off controls.</li>



<li>Monitor each video and audio feed for production.</li>



<li>Adjust all audio input levels as well as the master output</li>



<li>Adjust pans (audio gain) for each channel.</li>



<li>Mute each channel.</li>



<li>Assign channels for each group for simple management of multiple sources.</li>



<li>Allows Audio Follow Video (AFV) by source for all pairs in a multi-channel source.</li>



<li>Allows AFV for Custom Sources.</li>



<li>Link faders across output pairs.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	User Guide contents</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3f015f5a-2979-4e9a-aace-bd53ed0a8c09"><strong>User Guide contents</strong></h2>



<p id="block-b98bca58-2821-4689-9adc-f94becdb5371">This TVU Producer Audio Mixer Quick Start User Guide provides a general overview of the basic and advanced features and interface behaviors.</p>



<p id="block-09d860e7-fae8-46b1-af86-060dbe7057b6">This user guide provides instructions to perform the following tasks:</p>



<ul id="block-16900fbd-272f-4b40-be9b-d2b01b3db30f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</li>



<li>Logging into TVU Producer</li>



<li>How to use the Audio Mixer</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 1 &#8211; Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-2ff8966f-a9d9-48fe-96d9-1ea09e588520"><strong>Step 1 &#8211; Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</strong></h2>



<p id="block-fb475610-a411-4aa5-89a6-b3b2a26c3a65">To sign up or register for the TVU Producer free trial, complete the following steps:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Note:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>To purchase TVU Producer, go to “Purchasing TVU Producer” for more information.</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>



<ol id="block-670fc492-378f-4062-ada6-b4325be7a24d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a Web browser window and enter: <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production/</a> </li>



<li>Click the <strong>Sign up/Login icon</strong> in the page’s top right corner and select TVU Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-524996b4-6cf4-419c-b0f6-a8295030674d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="410" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in.png" alt="TVU Producer log in" class="wp-image-161489" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-3f48d8e9-5ddb-40b3-963b-0b90231ed1de" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Producer <strong>Sign in</strong> pop-up window displays. Click <strong>Sign Up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-c280201f-dd28-47bd-9ff0-908244205301"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="880" height="542" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-Sign-in-page.jpg" alt="SIgn up page" class="wp-image-161496" style="aspect-ratio:1.5;object-fit:contain;width:685px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-Sign-in-page.jpg 880w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-Sign-in-page-300x185.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-Sign-in-page-768x473.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 880px) 100vw, 880px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-ca988357-707b-4dc9-97fe-1311c50b3595" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>Name</strong>, <strong>e-mail</strong>, and <strong>Password</strong>. Click the<strong> Agreement check box</strong> and click <strong>Get Started now</strong>.</li>



<li>Check your e-mail and enter the six-digit code, then click <strong>Verify</strong>.</li>



<li>The TVU Producer Workbench opens. Continue to “Creating a program.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="457" height="748" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-up-window.png" alt="Sign up window" class="wp-image-96759" style="aspect-ratio:0.6109625668449198;width:224px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-up-window.png 457w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-up-window-183x300.png 183w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 2 &#8211; Start your Producer session</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-4fb76188-8e7a-4f0d-93ed-674e3646c137"><strong>Step 2 &#8211; Start your Producer session</strong></h2>



<p id="block-fcf893df-efc8-42c6-891a-e7f2f64648ce">To Sign in to your TVU Producer account:</p>



<ol id="block-176ee95e-cf9a-4c45-a09f-c9b067e5bea0" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To launch Producer, open a web browser window and enter: <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production</a> </li>



<li>Click the<strong> Sign up/Login</strong> button in the page&#8217;s top right corner and select <strong>TVU Producer</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-1ea7327f-4133-4d46-a3e4-6aaca1cb5836"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="410" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in.png" alt="TVU Producer log in" class="wp-image-161489" style="aspect-ratio:2.0506912442396312;object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p id="block-1239ee4d-0189-4213-a1fc-769d6cb91998">The Producer Sign in pop-up window displays.</p>



<ol start="3" id="block-0c5fb776-4338-47a6-a82a-a817b573d005" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the following information:</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-be2bce62-1fa3-40f2-842d-8f3f26596884">User ID: <strong>email address</strong><br>Password: Enter your <strong>Password</strong> </p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-c280201f-dd28-47bd-9ff0-908244205301"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="457" height="706" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-in-pop-up.png" alt="TVU Producer Sign in window" class="wp-image-96752" style="aspect-ratio:0.6473087818696884;width:265px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-in-pop-up.png 457w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-in-pop-up-194x300.png 194w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-a9b7d5dc-7d42-4231-a86f-7a6b907a00b8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Sign In</strong>. The Producer Workbench user interface displays.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b4fc2814-e59f-42ce-ad0b-cafc6f3764e7"><strong>Creating a program</strong></h2>



<p id="block-7660bd75-b3c9-4ea1-8c9b-1c610b7c1fa0">To create a program:</p>



<ol id="block-d2c07bab-a1d4-41f3-880a-024c51ff5811" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Workbench</strong> tab displays by default. Click <strong>+ Create a Program</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e9e2411c-3afa-4015-ab60-79bc305515f8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="236" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Producer-workbench.png" alt="Producer workbench" class="wp-image-161503" style="width:740px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Producer-workbench.png 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Producer-workbench-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-460abde7-61d1-482e-a4df-ad4bbfbbf166" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Create a program pop-up window, Enter a Program name for your production and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-644a727a-8082-4bd0-97fb-1bc8f774340f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="223" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Create-a-program-window.jpg" alt="Create a program window" class="wp-image-161510" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Create-a-program-window.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Create-a-program-window-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-f579e77a-c970-4245-b63d-66dc702618d1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Settings pop-up window displays.</li>



<li>Choose the video format you would like to use from the <strong>Format</strong> drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If you choose a specific Video Format for the Live Show, all your input feeds need to match with this program format for your live switching to be accurate. Please ensure all your input video formats are one and the same. You can separately choose your Output format when you want to go live.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio Channel </strong>drop-down menu and select 2, 4, 6, or 8 output channels for your Producer project to enable the multi-channel audio feature.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-5376203e-52b8-441b-9db2-711df5f697fc"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="350" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Format-and-Audio-Channel-settings.jpg" alt="Format and Audio Channel settings" class="wp-image-161518" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Format-and-Audio-Channel-settings.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Format-and-Audio-Channel-settings-300x217.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-0e310a3e-1354-493b-8fd7-31e0f2c6387f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the desired feature checkbox(es) for your live production, select a Region, and click <strong>Save</strong>:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>RPS:</strong> Whenever the RPS feature is enabled, the first six slots of your production will be reserved as RPS sources only.</li>



<li><strong>Vertical:</strong> Enable this feature to allow Producer to output your source in vertical (portrait) mode.</li>



<li><strong>Output buffer:</strong> The Output Buffer allows a time buffer (up to 300 seconds) to be set between what is viewed in the Live Output Program and the actual video being encoded for output. HLS, ISSP, RTP-FEC, SRT, Zixi, TVU Grid, TVU Channel, RTIL, RTMP(S), UDP, RTSP, YouTube, and /Social media outputs are supported.<br>This is primarily so the operator can censor the live source for any issues in the program (such as profanity). If an issue occurs, you have time to react and can switch to a replacement video/image.</li>



<li><strong>Partyline:</strong> Enabling this option automatically forces all TVU Anywhere participants to join a party. The Producer PGM will default to Video Return, and UI previews will use the RTIL stream coming directly from the device.</li>



<li><strong>Follower mode:</strong> Enable this feature to define programs that will follow the main program. Choosing this feature means this production is a Main production. It cannot be added as a follower production for any other Main production. Use the Configure link to select a follower program and follower feature.</li>



<li><strong>Source delay control:</strong> Enable this feature to set a delay in ms for a producer source.</li>



<li><strong>Input Source Recording:</strong> Enable this feature to select the source you want recorded. You can find the recordings in “Cloud Record”->”Remote Recording.”</li>



<li><strong>PGM Recording:</strong> Enable this feature to allow recording functionality.</li>



<li><strong>Replay App:</strong> Enable this feature to force recording of live sources at high and low resolutions. It is suggested that the Relay App be used with productions running in progressive-scan mode to enable replay functionality. Replay is not a standard feature and must be enabled by TVU Support before it can be used. Contact support@tvunetworks.com for more information about the Replay App and testing the feature.</li>



<li><strong>Review App:</strong> Enable this feature to allow review functionality. Review is not a standard feature and must be enabled by TVU Support before it can be used. Contact support@tvunetworks.com for more information about the Review App and how to test the feature.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="7" id="block-cb7bc16f-daae-4b79-865f-809853f45ced" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the region related to your IP address, then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="662" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Setting-window.jpg" alt="Setting window" class="wp-image-169208" style="width:472px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Setting-window.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Setting-window-218x300.jpg 218w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change a program setting, click the three dots “…” in the program window and click <strong>Settings</strong>. Make your changes and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="418" height="254" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Program-Settings-menu.jpg" alt="Program Settings menu" class="wp-image-161532" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Program-Settings-menu.jpg 418w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Program-Settings-menu-300x182.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 418px) 100vw, 418px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>three dot</strong>s “…” on your program window to view and select various program functions:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select <strong>Rename</strong> to change your program name.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Add Collaborators</strong> to enable the Basic Collaboration feature. This feature allows the user to produce a live show by collaborating with production team members.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Setting</strong> to reopen the <strong>Settings</strong> window and change to your program settings.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Monitor</strong> to open the Monitoring and Diagnostics feature dashboard.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Delete</strong> to remove your program from Workbench.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Duplicate</strong> to duplicate a program.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Offline setup</strong> to set up your programming in offline mode.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over the new program and click<strong> Start</strong> to initialize your program in TVU Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="249" height="203" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Starting-a-program.jpg" alt="Starting a program" class="wp-image-161539"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Basic Audio Mixer functionality</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a1ed3cb3-9407-4e2e-bcd8-2d5f59c89630"><strong>Basic Audio Mixer functionality</strong></h2>



<p id="block-bafef8a1-dd7e-454a-b98c-4ad2d338e429">Basic audio mixer functionality is embedded into the Producer User Interface. Each input source has a dedicated audio icon that enables the operator to view, raise, and lower the volume of the audio channel.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The basic audio mixer feature is enabled by default.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-38a70754-8b27-426b-bb6f-2449584b5203"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="312" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg" alt="Audio icon location" class="wp-image-161547" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg 261w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location-251x300.jpg 251w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 261px) 100vw, 261px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Audio Control</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-970c2f8c-a11c-4d04-8a62-6b832cd1e00b"><strong>Audio Control</strong></h2>



<p id="block-c54ea430-d043-4fe9-862a-7a596ea8af66">The Audio Mixer tab is located in the left navigation menu. Click the tab to open the Audio Control panel. The Audio Control panel displays the Source, AFV controls, and indicates when a source is being output in Producer.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-761f8d5d-7c82-4e33-8271-88132c6ff8be"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="597" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Mixer-tab.png" alt="Audio Mixer tab" class="wp-image-161554" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Mixer-tab.png 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Mixer-tab-141x300.png 141w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Audio Follow Video mode (AFV) switch is enabled by default, allowing the input source cut to live broadcast/PGM to have its sound channel cut along with it.</li>



<li>If the AFV switch is disabled/off, the sound for live streaming is selected by choosing an alternate audio channel source.</li>
</ul>



<p>To choose an alternate audio channel source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio Mixer</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="95" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AFV-switch-icon.png" alt="AFV switch icon" class="wp-image-161561"/></figure>



<p>The Audio Control panel opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="288" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-panel-AFV-switch-ON.jpg" alt="Audio Control panel - AFV switch ON" class="wp-image-161568" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-panel-AFV-switch-ON.jpg 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-panel-AFV-switch-ON-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the <strong>AFV</strong> switch to the left to disable it. The Audio tab displays AFV/OFF.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="288" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-Panel-AFV-switch-OFF.jpg" alt="Audio Control Panel - AFV switch OFF" class="wp-image-161575" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-Panel-AFV-switch-OFF.jpg 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-Panel-AFV-switch-OFF-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Audio Control panel displays audio sources. Move the AFV slider to the right of an available audio source. When an audio source is enabled and being output in Producer, the <strong>ON button</strong> displays red.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-off-new-source-selected.png" alt="Audio control panel - New source selection" class="wp-image-161582" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-off-new-source-selected.png 279w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-off-new-source-selected-248x300.png 248w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 279px) 100vw, 279px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Alternatively, you can move the <strong>All </strong>slider to the right to enable or to the left to disable all audio sources.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-default-on.png" alt="Audio control panel - All slider" class="wp-image-161589" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-default-on.png 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-default-on-267x300.png 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To adjust the volume control for each source, click the <strong>Audio</strong> icon and move the audio control slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="312" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg" alt="Audio icon location" class="wp-image-161547" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg 261w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location-251x300.jpg 251w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 261px) 100vw, 261px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Audio Mixer functionality</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-638c8fdd-d06d-405f-b763-9689f1a80613"><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer functionality</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f5fea8d6-33c6-4972-a73f-5fd8aab1d4c6">To switch to the ‘advanced’ audio mixer functionality, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-b1da5448-30ef-441e-ba99-00b90a3b6716" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio mixer</strong> icon in the left panel. The Audio Control menu displays.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> the menu options for the advanced Audio Mixer functions display.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" id="block-2a1377e0-d28f-41b9-ac29-967936ae22cf" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong> at the bottom of the Audio Control panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-bf036581-7380-499b-9e07-641707643fc0"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="488" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-menu-AFV-on.png" alt="Audio Control menu, AFV on" class="wp-image-161597" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-menu-AFV-on.png 276w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-menu-AFV-on-170x300.png 170w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 276px) 100vw, 276px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-335b55c3-0506-4769-893f-eaa939368712" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a browser window, paste the URL in the address bar, and press <strong>Enter</strong>. Alternatively, you can click the <strong>URL</strong> to open the advanced version of the Audio Mixer in a new browser window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Audio Mixer interface</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f25e537d-e197-4222-83be-615945e5a864"><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer interface</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0cd15001-1668-4606-ba44-fd38291bea59">The TVU Audio mixer user interface displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-f52d13f7-2110-40f2-afbf-a24e1beada5d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="715" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-Web-interface-3.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer Web interface" class="wp-image-169215" style="width:663px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-Web-interface-3.jpg 715w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-Web-interface-3-300x192.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 715px) 100vw, 715px" /></figure>



<p id="block-c9c0d983-85e9-422e-90e6-1bc038e25563">The Advanced Audio Mixer has the following controls:</p>



<p id="block-5f168b87-7287-47d6-8880-c6112b046b30"><strong>(A)</strong> Audio Mixer source settings and menu<br><strong>(B)</strong> Audio Mixer MIDI device menu<br><strong>(C) </strong>Audio Mixer Preset menu<br><strong>(D)</strong> Headphone control or sound monitoring<br><strong>(E)</strong> Fader level control<br><strong>(F)</strong> Pan control<br><strong>(G)</strong> Audio usage Indicator and audio enable/disable, displays red<br>or grey.<br><strong>(H)</strong> Mute icon<br><strong>(I)</strong> Master audio level setting<br><strong>(J)</strong> Monitoring modes and Master Preview toggle<br><strong>(K)</strong> Source Preview toggle<br><strong>(L)</strong> Audio Output Pair Control<br><strong>(M)</strong> Monitor Levels setting<br><strong>(N)</strong> Source mute and slide sync with output pairs menu</p>



<p id="block-9853b440-ff54-4e5f-8492-f8f7d4bbbeb8">All of the audio mixing controls are available for the event. The audio mixer engineer can work with up to 4 output pairs. Each output pair has a dedicated independent audio panel. Each input source can have up to 4 audio pairs. Each pair can be controlled independently.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-2fa514a8-aea6-4efc-9970-3a6c543237dd"><strong>Left panel controls:</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f03adddf-6a62-440a-bcef-18984413ea49">The Audio Mixer Source Settings menu enables users to display visible and unavailable sources. In this menu, users can enable AFV, AGC, and add a description to each source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-35085b90-9ed8-43d0-8c8e-90b041b06e79"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="716" height="353" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-source-settings-menu-2.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer source settings menu" class="wp-image-169222" style="width:585px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-source-settings-menu-2.jpg 716w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-source-settings-menu-2-300x148.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 716px) 100vw, 716px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>MIDI icon</strong></h3>



<p id="block-4a926eb7-af9a-421f-993d-783df0fe24f2">The MIDI device menu displays available and connected MIDI devices. MIDI is supported for multi-channel sources and source on/off controls.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-febf8dca-e195-4982-9f43-37e225d1ed50"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="706" height="309" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-MIDI-device-menu-2.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer MIDI device menu" class="wp-image-169229" style="width:596px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-MIDI-device-menu-2.jpg 706w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-MIDI-device-menu-2-300x131.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 706px) 100vw, 706px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio Mixer icon</strong></h3>



<p id="block-f7a2ea83-b4d0-41d3-a26a-57bc73080923">Audio Mixer Presets can be configured and saved for each source in the Preset panel.</p>



<p>To select an Audio Preset for a specific channel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio Preset</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3705f229-7c74-4954-b045-a54b32556e14"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="701" height="309" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-presets-2.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer presets" class="wp-image-169243" style="width:600px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-presets-2.jpg 701w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-presets-2-300x132.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 701px) 100vw, 701px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Preset panel opens. Click <strong>+ Add Preset</strong> at the bottom of the panel and select a Source from the Select drop-down menu. To add a source, click <strong>+ Add source</strong> and make a selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="314" height="729" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-volume-adjust-preset-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer volume adjust preset menu" class="wp-image-169250" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-volume-adjust-preset-menu.jpg 314w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-volume-adjust-preset-menu-129x300.jpg 129w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source mute and slide sync icon</strong></h3>



<p>The <strong>Source mute and slide sync with output pairs</strong> icon displays selectable output pairs that correspond with the Audio Output Pair Control and allows you to mute the source from the Audio mixer.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="717" height="293" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Source-mute-and-slide-sync-icon.jpg" alt="Source mute and slide sync icon" class="wp-image-169257" style="width:641px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Source-mute-and-slide-sync-icon.jpg 717w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Source-mute-and-slide-sync-icon-300x123.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 717px) 100vw, 717px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="351" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/NEW-source-mute-icon-menu.png" alt=" source mute icon menu" class="wp-image-161650" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/NEW-source-mute-icon-menu.png 351w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/NEW-source-mute-icon-menu-300x270.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 351px) 100vw, 351px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3080e0d3-3ece-47c1-9d3a-e4375a3c6dee"><strong>Multi-audio channel feature</strong></h3>



<p id="block-4f6d17c2-a8a0-4452-abb8-d4ad58200473">This feature supports 2, 4, 6, or 8 embedded output audio channels in Producer. The Audio mix option in Producer allows up to 4 pairs of audio channels to be configured by selecting a number in the Audio Output Pair Control feature in the Audio mix panel. This feature is useful for multi-language outputs.</p>



<p id="block-b071c7ed-e54f-4cb1-b159-a72ccde2c8fc">A user can independently adjust the volume of the audio output channels assigned to each pair. The volume for each pair of output channels can be adjusted or muted using the Master output level control slider in the Audio mix panel.</p>



<p id="block-bd31f6ce-fc5b-49fb-a580-01648f296c5d">To set up multiple audio output channels in Producer:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-47e87bb6-8f28-41a5-935f-75d2b429e208" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a source in the Producer User Interface and click the <strong>Audio Mixer</strong> icon in the left panel. The Audio Mixer panel opens.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>URL</strong> at the bottom of the panel to open the Audio Mixer interface.</li>



<li>Locate the &#8220;Audio Output Pair Control&#8221; at the top-right corner of the interface. Channel setting number 1 is selected by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-22e65423-8c7f-4830-bb06-f0d607b63f81"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="670" height="67" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Audio-Output-Pair-Control.jpg" alt="Audio Output Pair Control" class="wp-image-169264" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Audio-Output-Pair-Control.jpg 670w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Audio-Output-Pair-Control-300x30.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 670px) 100vw, 670px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-79e170d6-7d7a-4ac6-9c17-f0dcbb32af9a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Left-Right buttons</strong> in the audio source panel to select the audio source channels you would like to pair with setting 1.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “Advanced Audio Mixer user experience behavior” for information about stereo and dual mono settings.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" id="block-dce3e97b-c7ad-4c74-84b8-c1a6221312a6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Adjust the individual source audio settings for <strong>channel 1</strong>, then adjust the <strong>Master audio level</strong> in the left panel to the desired setting.</li>



<li>Click channel setting<strong> 2 </strong>and repeat steps 4 and 5, respectively, and so on, to pair up to 4 channels (with a maximum of 8 outputs).</li>



<li>To adjust your audio channel paired settings, click the appropriate Audio Output Pair Control channel <strong>number</strong> to display your settings.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Audio Mixer user experience behavior</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-93d5be95-0d82-4377-b830-2106d0bc63a8"><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer user experience behavior</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0a383359-b605-458b-ba0d-ef57e9342669">The following two types of audio sources are supported in the Advanced Audio Mixer interface:</p>



<p id="block-ead8fbb1-a764-486d-903b-ee5467c9d59a"><strong>Stereo</strong>: Stereo has one channel and includes one fader, pan control, and audio level indicators. When stereo is selected, both left and right indicators illuminate together to indicate one channel.</p>



<p id="block-f48f59f5-1373-4384-9e64-c2e6f6dae217"><strong>Dual mono</strong>: Dual mono has a left and right channel and includes two fader controls, two pan controls, and two audio level indicators. When dual mono is selected, both left and right indicators illuminate separately to indicate two channels.</p>



<p id="block-220cb039-7407-4761-9b98-8cc472f4937e">The &#8220;Stereo and Dual-mono channel examples&#8221; figure shows the Stereo and dual mono channels:</p>



<ul id="block-45aed627-3bfe-4abb-9986-322b993ce555" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Source 1</strong> indicates Stereo (one channel)</li>



<li><strong>Source 2</strong> shows Dual mono (left and right channels)</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-23eda35e-063f-4bf0-af62-d4a97587b73c">The Fader level indicator ranges from -∞ to +12</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The following stereo and dual-mono channel example is shown to highlight the differences.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-3f275f07-d6ed-42cd-8295-024bc8752af6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="182" height="505" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-and-Dual-mono-channel-examples.jpg" alt="Stereo and Dual-mono channel examples" class="wp-image-161657" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-and-Dual-mono-channel-examples.jpg 182w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-and-Dual-mono-channel-examples-108x300.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 182px) 100vw, 182px" /></figure>



<p id="block-85b0cf61-2011-40fa-858b-ad45b18f16bc">Audio usage indicators are displayed in red at the bottom of the panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-21bbf855-e24c-4b2f-b7aa-4e65e2c1675d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="116" height="522" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-usage-indicators-Dual-mono.jpg" alt="Audio usage indicators (Dual mono)" class="wp-image-161664"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-bcfb972a-5bbe-4daa-882f-a7405d13b70f"><strong>Stereo audio source</strong></h3>



<p id="block-3b9b06be-ff48-4df1-837f-b95793b17f3b">The Stereo audio source has only one fader and one balance control (or Pan control), as shown below.</p>



<ul id="block-b58553c9-938b-4f8d-a01a-a01490d83d80" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The fader level indicator range is from -∞ to +12.</li>



<li>Balance control ranges from 0 to 100. The balance is set to 50 (middle).</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-c702a6c7-763f-4c6e-af52-777ad5bdfbe8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="127" height="568" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-audio-source.jpg" alt="Stereo audio source" class="wp-image-161671" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-audio-source.jpg 127w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-audio-source-67x300.jpg 67w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 127px) 100vw, 127px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b06eb41b-c303-4af2-beee-a609137ad7ea"><strong>Dual-mono audio source</strong></h3>



<p id="block-09d9c7b8-1cf0-4537-bf3c-747f0161d7dc">The Dual-mono audio source has two faders and two pan controls. One fader controls the left channel, and the other controls the right channel. The two channels operate independently.</p>



<ul id="block-1693ccb9-8c72-4902-8e04-39056e6e3891" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Each channel has an independent fader level indicator ranging from -∞ to +12.</li>



<li>The pan control slide ranges from 0 to 100. The left pan control setting is 0, and the right pan control setting is 100.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Dual Mono mode does not support MIDI devices. A warning message will display allowing you to convert to Dual Mono. Switching the source to stereo will support MIDI devices.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-2b4b1fa2-466a-4153-8b29-5180ddc5387d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="126" height="500" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Dual-mono-audio-source-controls.jpg" alt="Dual-mono audio source controls" class="wp-image-161678"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-9eb2aa9b-cbce-4ce2-94c9-a952b435385b"><strong>Headphone control and sound monitoring</strong></h3>



<p id="block-6ee9aca4-7536-4ba1-8bbb-fd189d234fc5">The headphone icon allows the operator to monitor a specific audio channel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-1c8c78ee-9206-4f8e-9b02-08c3a028166b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="125" height="472" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Headphone-icon.jpg" alt="Headphone icons" class="wp-image-161685"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-74bb319e-6fcd-4a07-8b72-e094121374c6"><strong>Fader level control</strong></h3>



<p id="block-287a1519-e145-461b-979a-a943e93db732">The fader level indicators show the appropriate status from the basic mixer. When the Audio Mixer displays for the first time, the fader level indicators must be set to the appropriate volume or gain, even though sound monitoring is switched.</p>



<p id="block-67660403-5b3c-49cb-9036-d8e6c6d53551">This will provide the audio operator with real-time results, ensuring all audio channel volumes are correctly working. The operator can then adjust the gains of specific audio channels as desired.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-0a404b22-4460-4e5d-9372-283d8f2694c3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="131" height="622" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Fader-level-indicators.jpg" alt="Fader level indicators" class="wp-image-161692" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Fader-level-indicators.jpg 131w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Fader-level-indicators-63x300.jpg 63w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 131px) 100vw, 131px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-d6511939-53d5-4292-95f6-8ddf6474621b"><strong>Audio usage indicator and enable/disable functions</strong></h3>



<p id="block-88e68955-df41-437c-b0e6-b35fc831ccb1">The audio usage and enable/disable indicator button at the top of the panel (turns red or grey).</p>



<p id="block-9f83bcd9-8318-4074-a010-acbdb90b9138">The Audio usage button (one for each channel in the input source) indicates which audio channels are used or enabled.</p>



<ul id="block-0644ec91-fd79-45d8-a29a-886b64620249" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the audio switch is ON or enabled, it turns red</li>



<li>When the audio switch is OFF or disabled, it turns grey</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-f2369566-ffd5-4092-93dc-75afe2d68e49">When live sources are switched, the audio usage indicator (in red) is applied to the newly switched input source and the channels. If PIP is enabled on a live source, then both these input sources, which are going to program output, will indicate usage when their left and right channel indicators turn red.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If AFV is enabled, the audio usage is read-only. The operator cannot enable audio on more than one channel.</p>
</blockquote>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If AFV is disabled, the operator can click on the audio usage button to switch between grey (disabled) to red (enabled) or red (enabled) to grey (disabled).</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-ada2b462-a447-49b1-9eb1-70c272e2a732">If the operator changes the audio usage on two different channels to Red, those two audio channels will go to program output.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-952df480-578b-471a-9f68-2c3e59dfc960"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="135" height="575" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-usage-button.jpg" alt="Audio usage button" class="wp-image-161699"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-29f3a6ad-1730-4727-8ce5-a47659d51ae3"><strong>Audio control for quad mode</strong></h3>



<p id="block-230fc197-0be0-4a11-a24b-bf83f8d9de75">When the quad mode (input source 7) is selected, it behaves like any other source.</p>



<p id="block-f42b6eb3-095d-4d0f-a5ad-943b7a24ca02">The audio usage indicator is ON for source 7 (and is only lit up for source 7), and whatever the presetting was for its original source still applies.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-a8afa7c5-92f8-4a1e-a706-d1cfe2989cc4"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/source-7.png" alt="Audio Mixer source 7"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized is-style-default" id="block-98c06e44-d167-4356-96de-9813f804eea6"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Audio-control-quad-mode.png" alt="Audio control quad mode" style="width:289px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6c66451e-5378-4a74-a9c0-ff1b42abf337"><strong>Monitor level control</strong></h3>



<p id="block-fe44aadf-512c-4dfb-8bf6-309382278e70">The Monitor level control in the audio mixer controls the volume of the Audio Mixer tab in the Chrome browser.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-6b3131cc-1661-4d8c-b49a-c9c5db7f6603"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/monitor-level.png" alt="Monitor level control"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-15cbe667-5f83-4a22-ab4e-2d655d319962"><strong>Mute control</strong></h3>



<p id="block-afabe4cd-b9cd-4fde-baed-7fc0d7be5212">The Mute control allows the end-user to silence the audio channel completely. This will also silence the channel output audio.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Mute can be used in both use-cases, when AFV is ON or OFF.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-d2976b1e-faf3-42b5-9c60-e78e1a835c2b">The user can mute the stereo source or dual-mono source channels when AFV is ON. When the mute icon is switched ON for the ‘Source’ chosen to go to Program output, the master volume is also muted.</p>



<p id="block-f7ef9bce-b329-4371-b70c-79475f15c4c2">In the following example, AFV is enabled. Video source 6 is chosen to go to the program output. When both channels are muted for this specific audio source, the master volume is entirely muted on the program output. Group audio is not enabled in the following ‘Use-case example.’</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default" id="block-b5a84ebd-e324-4532-9fe2-2f33f927c2a6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="560" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-1024x560.png" alt="Use-case example" class="wp-image-169271" style="aspect-ratio:1.8285714285714285;width:691px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-1024x560.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-300x164.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-768x420.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-1536x840.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example.png 1664w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p id="block-312e1071-b95e-44aa-a91b-4fa0800f4f7f">Mute functionality works similarly if AFV is OFF and the Group Audio feature is enabled.</p>



<p id="block-2bd6725a-df7d-4bc3-9f0d-c3a9738134dd">In the use-case example, the user can use the mute functionality associated with the group directly. When using the mute icon associated with Group 1 or Group 2, the user can mute all of the audio sources assigned to Group 1 or Group 2.</p>



<p id="block-ba97a54f-9a39-4298-9934-4acd2244f90f">The user can also mute one of the audio channels chosen for Group 1, which will silence only that specific channel.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-93ab54f4-0708-44c8-9e77-e0da3cb42a46"><strong>Group Audio feature</strong></h3>



<p id="block-b429d0e1-77bd-4794-ab6b-c4b6fdbda374">The Group Audio functionality is enabled only when AFV is OFF. Users cannot choose groups in AFV mode.</p>



<p id="block-e207c23a-927e-44f0-9b93-e2edf9b0d43d">The Group Audio feature enables users to assign audio channels to specific groups. The Audio Mixer Panel supports two groups.</p>



<p id="block-6e981bdb-2875-4f34-806d-564500449d07">To use the Group Audio feature:</p>



<ol id="block-57a05230-0f0e-4289-8bdc-dbc033b6db5c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Advanced Audio Mixer</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Assign each desired audio channel in each respective audio source (whether a stereo source or dual mono) to <strong>group 1</strong> or <strong>2</strong>.</li>



<li>Choose the desired <strong>channels</strong> and assign them to either <strong>group 1</strong> or <strong>2</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Selecting audio channels for specific groups can be completed initially without enabling the group audio functionality.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" id="block-7b2d5a14-37dc-4713-b9fe-beb5901ca95d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the Group Audio setting, select <strong>Group 1</strong> or <strong>2</strong> in the program output panel, then click the <strong>ON</strong> button in the Audio panel above Group Audio.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Users can switch either group or both groups simultaneously to manage and control all of the audio channels and sources associated with a specific group.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" id="block-ee3010c8-6ff9-454d-b542-4b78fb582fd8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If desired, a user can dynamically assign new channels to either of the groups.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The ‘ON” Audio Button can be enabled only after assigning at least one audio channel. If the user has not assigned any audio sources to either group, the user cannot switch ON the group audio.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-d1b1ef21-abd9-4176-b83a-0b236f2cc0fa">In the following ‘Channel and input source example,’ channel 2 of input source 1 is assigned to Group 2. In addition, the two audio channels of the input source 3 are also assigned to Group 2. The User interface will now allow the user to switch ON the Group 2 control, then reduce the fader levels of all the associated channels using the Group fader controls.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Enabling the group feature will not have any impact on the current master volume functionality.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default" id="block-891b8ee9-6934-4546-81d4-32c142ef0ee6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="520" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-1024x520.png" alt="Channel and input source example" class="wp-image-169278" style="aspect-ratio:1.9726027397260273;width:730px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-1024x520.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-300x152.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-768x390.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-1536x780.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2.png 1791w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Purchasing TVU Producer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-4cf9da63-893e-4b9e-abb0-5ed9d252273c"><strong>Purchasing TVU Producer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-b18ea89d-ba52-4cd1-ac80-deb2f775d552">A user can purchase Producer online using PayPal. To purchase a TVU Producer subscription, sign in to your trial account and click the Purchase button in the top main navigation bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-28b24d90-8f6e-4ee9-bd04-20420ecac0e6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="55" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/TVU-Producer-Purchase-button.jpg" alt="TVU Producer Purchase button" class="wp-image-169285" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/TVU-Producer-Purchase-button.jpg 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/TVU-Producer-Purchase-button-300x52.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<p id="block-12d53998-f780-4489-b78b-1ab1c146eff4">We empower publishers, broadcasters, and enterprises to deliver the broadcast to the widest audience on any platform, anywhere on the globe. By transforming your PC into a live production control room, you can innovate and create your live event into a unique next-generation experience.</p>



<p id="block-686fd577-1b86-4a4c-9455-c74e3f93952e">There are two ways to purchase TVU Produce hours:</p>



<ul id="block-0d43301c-9bc3-4e10-80e7-b6b81e857c5b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Sign in online at https://producer.tvunetworks.com/producer/ and click the Purchase button.</li>



<li>The TVU sales team can set up a monthly pricing schedule for customers who do not prefer to pay online by contacting TVU Sales by Phone at +1 650.440.4812 or email at support@tvunetworks.com</li>
</ul>



<p><br></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Producer Audio Mixer QSUG Rev H EN 03-2026</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	</div><p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-audio-mixer-quick-start-guide/">TVU Producer Advanced Audio Mixer User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU Servers Linux v8.4 Hardware User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-4-hardware-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 12:51:57 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=168345</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>This TVU server hardware setup user guide provides instructions for setting up and configuring TVU servers running Linux v8.4.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-4-hardware-user-guide/">TVU Servers Linux v8.4 Hardware User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="580" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-HW-Featured-image-1024x580.jpg" alt="TVU Server v8.4 HW Featured image" class="wp-image-168346" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-HW-Featured-image-1024x580.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-HW-Featured-image-300x170.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-HW-Featured-image-768x435.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-HW-Featured-image.jpg 1031w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>This TVU server hardware setup user guide provides instructions for setting up and configuring TVU server models VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650. <a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Use Linux v7.9 for Models VS3100, VS3200, and VS3250</mark></span></a>.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> It is recommended that only Models VS3500 and VS3550 (v2-v7) hardware be upgraded to the v8.4 software build. The VS3600 and VS3650 (v1-v7) hardware can be upgraded to the v8.4 software build.</p>



<p><strong>Note:</strong> The VS3500/VS3550 (v1) hardware is not supported.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p>For more information, refer to the “Appliance cross-reference matrix” on page ii. Throughout this user guide, the TVU server may be referred to as the TVU server model, along with the following designations:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU Model VS3100 high-density server</li>



<li>TVU Models VS3200 and VS3250 servers</li>



<li>TVU Models VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650 servers</li>
</ul>



<p>For advanced server configuration, refer to the “<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Server Software User Guide, models VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650 &#8211; Linux</mark></a></em>” as appropriate.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Standard components</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU server includes the following standard components:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Server</li>



<li>Power cable</li>
</ul>



<p>Optional components include the following:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Interrupt for broadcast (IFB) external USB interface</li>



<li>Keyboard and mouse</li>



<li>Regionalized power cord</li>
</ul>



<p>This hardware guide provides information about the following topics:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU server hardware overview and setup</li>



<li>Understanding the faceplate controls and the operations panel</li>



<li>Logging in to the TVU server</li>



<li>TVU server Web interface overview</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Appliance cross-reference matrix</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Appliance cross-reference matrix</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="125" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Appliance-cross-reference-matrix.jpg" alt="Appliance cross-reference matrix v8.4" class="wp-image-168353" style="width:837px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Appliance-cross-reference-matrix.jpg 559w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Appliance-cross-reference-matrix-300x67.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Server front and rear panel overviews</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Front panel overview (VS3200 / VS3250)</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU server (models VS3200 and VS3250) front panel features the following connections and controls, and runs <a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Linux v7.9</mark></a>:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="717" height="215" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3200-Front-panel.png" alt="VS3200 VS3250 front panel" class="wp-image-105798" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3200-Front-panel.png 717w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3200-Front-panel-300x90.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 717px) 100vw, 717px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Rear <strong>panel overview (VS3200 / VS3250)</strong></strong></h2>



<p>The TVU server (model VS3200) rear panel is shown with a single power supply and features the following components and connections:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="721" height="221" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3200-back-panel-panel.png" alt="vs3200 rear panel single power supply" class="wp-image-105807" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3200-back-panel-panel.png 721w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3200-back-panel-panel-300x92.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 721px) 100vw, 721px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Front panel overview (VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650)</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU server (models VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650) front panel features the following connections and controls:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="720" height="203" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3500-3600-front-panel.png" alt="models VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650 front panel" class="wp-image-105816" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3500-3600-front-panel.png 720w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3500-3600-front-panel-300x85.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 720px) 100vw, 720px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Rear panel overviews (VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650)</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU server (models VS3500 and VS3600) rear panel with the quad SDI card option features the following components and connections:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="721" height="219" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3500-3600-back-panel-quad-card.png" alt="models VS3500 and VS3600 quad SDI card" class="wp-image-105834" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3500-3600-back-panel-quad-card.png 721w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3500-3600-back-panel-quad-card-300x91.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 721px) 100vw, 721px" /></figure>



<p>The TVU server (models VS3550 and VS3650) rear panel is shown with dual power supplies and a dual SDI card option, and features the following components and connections:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="552" height="129" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/models-VS3550-and-VS3650-dual-power-supplies-1.jpg" alt="models VS3550 and VS3650 dual power supplies" class="wp-image-157894" style="width:754px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/models-VS3550-and-VS3650-dual-power-supplies-1.jpg 552w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/models-VS3550-and-VS3650-dual-power-supplies-1-300x70.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="556" height="156" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/VS3550-VS3650-single-dual-and-quad-configs.jpg" alt="VS3550 VS3650 single dual and quad configs" class="wp-image-157902" style="width:769px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/VS3550-VS3650-single-dual-and-quad-configs.jpg 556w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/VS3550-VS3650-single-dual-and-quad-configs-300x84.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 556px) 100vw, 556px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU high-density server front panel overview</strong> <strong>(VS3100)</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU high-density server front panel features the following connections and controls, and runs <a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Linux v7.9</mark></a>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="302" height="144" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-panel-controls.png" alt="Model 3100 High density front panel" class="wp-image-105883" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-panel-controls.png 302w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-panel-controls-300x143.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 302px) 100vw, 302px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU high-density server rear panel overview</strong> <strong>(VS3100)</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU high-density server rear panel features the following components and connections:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="350" height="240" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-rear-panel-controls.png" alt="Model 3100 High density rear panel" class="wp-image-105874" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-rear-panel-controls.png 350w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-rear-panel-controls-300x206.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Only use a TVU Networks supplied AC adapter with this unit.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>IMPORTANT: </strong>Information regarding the supplied AC adapter:</p>



<p>The supplied AC adapter is designed for use with an input voltage of 100-240 V AC.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Powering the TVU server on and off</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the steps in the following procedure to power the server on and off or to restart the unit.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To power on the TVU server, press the square or circular <strong>power button</strong> on the front panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="339" height="385" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Powering-the-servers-on-and-off.png" alt="Powering the server's on and off" class="wp-image-105892" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Powering-the-servers-on-and-off.png 339w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Powering-the-servers-on-and-off-264x300.png 264w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 339px) 100vw, 339px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To power off the TVU server, hold the <strong>power button</strong> down for four seconds.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The TVU server will automatically restart if the power button is pressed and held in for less than four seconds.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Complete the procedures to set up the TVU server.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To assist with the setup procedures, refer to the front and rear panel overviews for the server connection descriptions and locations.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting up the server</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before setting up the TVU server, TVU Networks recommends allocating a static IP address to the server to ensure the network configuration remains stable. All incoming ports in “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-1-hardware-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Appendix A, Network and firewall configur</mark></a><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/guides/tvu-servers-linux-v7-8-hardware-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-8"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">ation</mark></a>” are configurable. Please contact TVU Networks Customer Support at <a href="mailto:support@tvunetworks.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">support@tvunetworks.com</mark></a> if you wish to use a configuration other than the one specified in this documentation.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To assist with the software setup procedures, refer to the “<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Server Software User Guide &#8211; Linux</mark></a></em>.”</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting up the Linux server</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting up the TVU Linux server</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to set up the TVU server:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the factory-supplied power cable to the server.</li>



<li>Connect a monitor to the encoder using the HDMI or display port connections.</li>



<li>Connect a keyboard and mouse to the encoder using the USB ports.</li>



<li>Connect an Ethernet cable to one of the two Ethernet ports.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Notice whether your server comes with a dual or quad SDI card.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the SD/HD-SDI video source to the SDI input port if your server has a dual card.</li>



<li>If you have a high-density server, connect the HD/SD video source to the SDI port on the back of the server.</li>



<li>To power on the TVU server, press the <strong>power button</strong> on the front panel.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> At boot-up, the TVU Receiver landing page displays.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="398" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-landing-page.jpg" alt="TVU Receiver landing page" class="wp-image-168360" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-landing-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-landing-page-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Network Setup</strong>. The Receiver Web Control login page displays.</li>
</ol>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the following information:</li>
</ol>



<p>User ID: tvu<br>Password: last 8 digits of the PID using all caps.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="566" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png" alt="Receiver control login page" class="wp-image-141057" style="aspect-ratio:1.8123893805309734;width:564px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-300x166.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-768x424.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page.png 1376w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Login</strong>. The TVU Network interface displays.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Linux Receiver UI Network configuration</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="451" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Network-interface-2.jpg" alt="TVU Receiver Network interface 2" class="wp-image-168367" style="aspect-ratio:1.2491349480968859;width:570px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Network-interface-2.jpg 451w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Network-interface-2-300x224.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 451px) 100vw, 451px" /></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Network setting panel, complete the following actions as indicated:</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(A) Network Interface:</strong> Click the<strong> Interface</strong> drop-down menu to select an <strong>Ethernet adapter</strong>.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Is Up:</strong> The <strong>Is Up</strong> setting displays the state of the selected Ethernet adapter.</p>



<p><strong>(C) IP:</strong> When you select <strong>Static mode</strong>, you can enter the<strong> IP address</strong> in the field provided.</p>



<p><strong>(D) Gateway:</strong> When you select <strong>Static mode</strong>, you can enter the <strong>gateway address</strong> in the field provided.</p>



<p><strong>(E) IP Method:</strong> Click the <strong>IP Method</strong> drop-down menu to select a <strong>Static IP</strong> or <strong>DHCP</strong> address setting.</p>



<p><strong>(F) MAC Address:</strong> The MAC address of the Ethernet adapter is displayed.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Mask:</strong> When you select <strong>Static mode</strong>, you can enter the <strong>Subnet mask</strong> address in the field provided.</p>



<p><strong>(H) DNS1 and DNS2:</strong> The DNS setting fields are displayed in the <strong>DNS</strong> panel.</p>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When finished, click the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon, then <strong>Restart Service</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="262" height="174" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/System-settings-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="System settings drop-down menu" class="wp-image-168374"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Continue with &#8220;Logging in to the TVU Server Web UI.&#8221;</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Logging in to the Web UI</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Logging in to the TVU Server Web UI</strong></h2>



<p>To log in to the TVU receiver Web UI, have your server’s static IP address available and complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a Web browser window and enter:</li>
</ol>



<p>      http://external_IP_Address:8288<br>      (Where External_IP_Address is your server’s static IP address)</p>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Enter</strong>. The TVU Receiver landing page displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="398" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-landing-page.jpg" alt="TVU Receiver landing page" class="wp-image-168360" style="aspect-ratio:1.8253119429590017;width:660px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-landing-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-landing-page-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>The Receiver landing page includes access to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Web Control</strong> &#8211; TVU Receiver Web UI</li>



<li><strong>Network Setup</strong> &#8211; Network and DNS setup</li>



<li><strong>File Browser</strong> &#8211; Recorded files and Profile settings</li>



<li><strong>Migration</strong> &#8211; R configuration restoration</li>



<li><strong>Port Test</strong> &#8211; Network diagnostics for inbound/outbound ports, and NTP status</li>



<li><strong>Service Control </strong>&#8211; The Service Control link allows users to enable FTP service, SSH service, Media Server, and Agent Service.</li>



<li><strong>Check for Updates (BETA)</strong></li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For detailed information about the Receiver landing page refer to the <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Server Software UG Linux v8.4</mark></a></em>.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Web Control</strong>. The TVU Networks Receiver Web Control Login page displays.</li>



<li>Enter the following information:</li>
</ol>



<p>     <strong> User ID:</strong> tvu<br>      <strong>Password:</strong> Enter the last <strong>8 digits of the PID</strong> using all caps</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="566" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png" alt="Receiver control login page" class="wp-image-141057" style="aspect-ratio:1.8123893805309734;width:688px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-300x166.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-768x424.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page.png 1376w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Login</strong>. The TVU Receiver Web UI displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="425" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI.jpg" alt="TVU Receiver Web UI" class="wp-image-168381" style="width:685px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI-300x190.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To complete the setup procedure, continue with &#8220;TVU Linux Receiver UI configuration.&#8221;</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Receiver configuration settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Linux Receiver UI configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Receiver interface Settings drop-down menu in the top-right panel displays several options. These include accessing the Network setup page, selecting an output video format, configuring IP and port mapping, and accessing Web services.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Restart Service feature can now be accessed in the Settings drop-down menu to reset the WebR after enabling or disabling features.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="211" height="366" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Settings-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="Settings drop-down menu" class="wp-image-160117" style="width:238px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Settings-drop-down-menu.jpg 211w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Settings-drop-down-menu-173x300.jpg 173w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 211px) 100vw, 211px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IP and port mapping</strong></h2>



<p>To configure IP and Port Mapping, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the TVU Receiver User Interface, click the <strong>Settings</strong> menu in the top-right corner of the screen, then select <strong>IP and Port Mapping</strong>. For more information about port forwarding, refer to the latest &#8220;<em>Port-forwarding guidelines</em>&#8221; document.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="207" height="358" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping-selection.jpg" alt="IP and Port Mapping selection" class="wp-image-160124" style="width:267px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping-selection.jpg 207w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping-selection-173x300.jpg 173w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 207px) 100vw, 207px" /></figure>



<p>The IP and Port Mapping window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="517" height="380" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping-window.jpg" alt="IP and Port Mapping window" class="wp-image-160131" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping-window.jpg 517w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping-window-300x221.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 517px) 100vw, 517px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the <strong>External IP</strong> and<strong> Local IP</strong> address in the appropriate IP and Port Mapping fields. To add an additional slot, click <strong>+Add</strong>. Then, click <strong>Apply</strong> and close the window.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>SDI output settings</strong></h2>



<p>To configure your video output format, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Settings drop-down menu, select <strong>SDI Output Settings</strong>. </li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="203" height="359" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SDI-Output-Setting-selection.jpg" alt="SDI Output Setting selection" class="wp-image-160138" style="width:263px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SDI-Output-Setting-selection.jpg 203w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SDI-Output-Setting-selection-170x300.jpg 170w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 203px) 100vw, 203px" /></figure>



<p>The SDI Output Settings window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Output Format</strong> drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="633" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/SDI-output-setting-format-menu.png" alt="SDI output setting  format menu" class="wp-image-106025" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/SDI-output-setting-format-menu.png 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/SDI-output-setting-format-menu-212x300.png 212w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>format</strong> from the menu, click <strong>Apply</strong>, and close the window.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Network setup page</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To access the Network settings page from the Receiver Web UI, select <strong>Network Setup</strong> from the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="355" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Network-Setup-selection.jpg" alt="Network Setup selection" class="wp-image-160145" style="width:265px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Network-Setup-selection.jpg 206w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Network-Setup-selection-174x300.jpg 174w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 206px) 100vw, 206px" /></figure>



<p>The Network setup interface opens in a new window.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="456" height="353" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Network-settings-panel.jpg" alt="Network settings panel" class="wp-image-153770" style="width:558px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Network-settings-panel.jpg 456w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Network-settings-panel-300x232.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To open the System settings menu, click the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon in the top right corner of the Network interface screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="262" height="174" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/System-settings-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="System settings drop-down menu" class="wp-image-168374" style="width:305px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>You can use the system settings menu to restart the service, restart the system, update the firmware, and shut down the server.</li>



<li>To return to the Receiver user interface, click the <strong>Web Control</strong> icon in the top navigation bar.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Network-setup-interface-Web-Control-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Network setup interface Web Control icon" class="wp-image-168388"/></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU Receiver Web user interface displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="425" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI.jpg" alt="TVU Receiver Web UI" class="wp-image-168381" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI-300x190.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications &#8211; Model VS3600, VS3650, VS3500, and VS3550 servers</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product Specifications</strong> &#8211;<strong> Model VS3600, VS3650, VS3500, and VS3550 servers</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU VS3600/VS3650 4K Server models are designed to host multiple TVU applications that can perform numerous tasks simultaneously, including SDI/IP encoding and decoding, frame-accurate IP video switching, graphics overlay, AI-based closed captioning, store-and-forward file transfers, and more. TVU Server is also the gateway to TVU Grid®, allowing IP content to be routed and distributed easily within your network or with partner networks.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="190" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png" alt="The TVU VS3600/3650 4K Server " class="wp-image-106087" style="aspect-ratio:5.389473684210526;width:410px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-300x56.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-768x143.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="558" height="379" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3600-4K-with-a-single-power-supply.jpg" alt="Server model VS3600 4K with a single power supplyv8.4  prod spec" class="wp-image-168395" style="aspect-ratio:1.4838709677419355;width:829px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3600-4K-with-a-single-power-supply.jpg 558w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3600-4K-with-a-single-power-supply-300x204.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 558px) 100vw, 558px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="190" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png" alt="The TVU VS3600/3650 4K Server " class="wp-image-106087" style="aspect-ratio:5.389473684210526;width:445px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-300x56.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-768x143.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="374" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3650-4K-with-a-dual-power-supplies-v8.4-prod-spec.jpg" alt="Server model VS3650 4K with a dual power supplies v8.4 prod spec" class="wp-image-168402" style="aspect-ratio:1.48;width:823px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3650-4K-with-a-dual-power-supplies-v8.4-prod-spec.jpg 560w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3650-4K-with-a-dual-power-supplies-v8.4-prod-spec-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="190" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png" alt="The TVU VS3600/3650 4K Server " class="wp-image-106087" style="aspect-ratio:5.389473684210526;width:470px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-300x56.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-768x143.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="554" height="386" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3500-with-a-single-power-supply.jpg" alt="Server model VS3500 with a single power supply v8.4" class="wp-image-168409" style="aspect-ratio:1.4786096256684491;width:838px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3500-with-a-single-power-supply.jpg 554w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3500-with-a-single-power-supply-300x209.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="190" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png" alt="The TVU VS3600/3650 4K Server " class="wp-image-106087" style="aspect-ratio:5.389473684210526;width:477px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-300x56.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-768x143.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="388" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3550-with-dual-power-supplies-v8.jpg" alt="Server model VS3550 with dual power supplies v8.4" class="wp-image-168416" style="aspect-ratio:1.488;width:828px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3550-with-dual-power-supplies-v8.jpg 559w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3550-with-dual-power-supplies-v8-300x208.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications &#8211; Model VS3100 server</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product specifications &#8211; Model VS3100 high-density tray mount  server</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="556" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-1024x556.png" alt="2RU server, tray mount (VS3100)" class="wp-image-106098" style="aspect-ratio:1.841726618705036;width:226px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-1024x556.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-300x163.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-768x417.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-1536x834.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-2048x1112.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="589" height="328" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VS3100-v7.9-spec.png" alt="vs3100 v7.9 spec" class="wp-image-141105" style="aspect-ratio:1.8013029315960911;width:839px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VS3100-v7.9-spec.png 589w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VS3100-v7.9-spec-300x167.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 589px) 100vw, 589px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications &#8211; Model VS3200 and VS3250 servers</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product specifications &#8211; Model VS3200 and VS3250 servers</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="780" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TX3200-Front-panel.png" alt="VS3200 and VS3250 servers" class="wp-image-106107" style="aspect-ratio:5.27027027027027;width:459px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TX3200-Front-panel.png 780w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TX3200-Front-panel-300x57.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TX3200-Front-panel-768x146.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 780px) 100vw, 780px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="588" height="635" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VS3200-ans-VS3250-v7.9-specs.png" alt="vs3200 vs3250 v7.9 specs" class="wp-image-141113" style="aspect-ratio:0.9328859060402684;width:840px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VS3200-ans-VS3250-v7.9-specs.png 588w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VS3200-ans-VS3250-v7.9-specs-278x300.png 278w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 588px) 100vw, 588px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Network and firewall configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Appendix A &#8211; Network and firewall configuration</strong></h2>



<p>This section provides related support documentation for network and firewall configuration.</p>



<p>TVU Networks® recommends assigning the TVU server a static IP address to ensure the network configuration remains stable.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Contact TVU Networks support if you want to use a configuration other than the one specified in the this user guide.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The following configuration allows the transmitters and servers to link automatically and enable video transport.</p>



<p>Complete the following steps to configure your TVU Pack router or firewall:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Allow TCP Outgoing traffic from the TVU server on port 3970.</li>



<li>Allow UDP Outgoing traffic from the TVU server on port 123.</li>



<li>Permit all TCP/UDP incoming traffic for port 8088 to the server.</li>



<li>Forward all traffic arriving on port 8088 on the external firewall interface of the TVU server&#8217;s IP address.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Recommended firewall configuration for remote control of the server from an iPad or smartphone</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Pack hotspot feature allows remote configuration of the TVU Pack server settings from a smartphone. To enable this feature, allow all incoming TCP traffic on port 8288 to the receiving terminal; forward all traffic arriving on port 8288 on the external firewall interface to the TVU Receiver&#8217;s IP address. This port is configurable.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Bandwidth requirements</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Networks recommends a stable, low-latency connection with guaranteed bandwidth for best results. Allowances should be made for the bandwidth of incoming TVU transmitter transmissions based upon the following criteria:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Each TVU server can utilize up to 20 Mbps of downstream bandwidth per live video feed.</li>



<li>A minimum of 20 Mbps upstream bandwidth per TVU server is required for all features to function efficiently.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU server port-forwarding guidelines</strong></h2>



<p>TVU has developed a separate internal document on port-forwarding. Please refer to the latest &#8220;TVU Server Port-Forwarding Guidelines&#8221; for the VS3100, VS3200, VS3250, VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650 models. If you are a customer, contact TVU Support for detailed information.</p>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Server Hardware UG Linux v8.4 Rev M EN 03-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-4-hardware-user-guide/">TVU Servers Linux v8.4 Hardware User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU MLink TE5500 v7.4 and TE5800 v8.0 User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-mlink-te5500-v7-4-and-te5800-v8-0-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 14:06:02 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=167981</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>This MLink User Guide provides specifications and instructions for setting up and operating two MLink Models.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-mlink-te5500-v7-4-and-te5800-v8-0-user-guide/">TVU MLink TE5500 v7.4 and TE5800 v8.0 User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-227fc3b4-c9e5-4ed2-af1e-45f928f47159"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1033" height="584" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-MLink-v7-v8.jpg" alt="Featured image MLink TE5500 and TE5800 v7 v8" class="wp-image-167992" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-MLink-v7-v8.jpg 1033w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-MLink-v7-v8-300x170.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-MLink-v7-v8-1024x579.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-MLink-v7-v8-768x434.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1033px) 100vw, 1033px" /></figure>



<p id="block-6d1b45f9-aac7-47ac-9913-c1122b83b354">TVU MLink is the complete and versatile rack-mount IP video solution designed specifically for use in vans, trucks, sport utility vehicles, and fixed studios. MLink uses all cellular 3G/4G/LTE/5G, satellite, microwave, WiFi, and Ethernet connections to transmit a high-quality, reliable HD video stream with sub-second latency. A stream can be started with any type of connection, and additional or removed connections can be made at any time, without disrupting video.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-045c245e-a8b9-47cd-85e6-565850402244"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p id="block-16f0602a-c8d1-4ffb-b4f3-592f4336d896">The TVU MLink features Inverse StatMux Plus (ISX) technology for dependable video broadcast in even the most challenging transmission environments, such as a moving vehicle. TVU MLink uses IP67-rated external roof-mounted antennas to ensure the best possible signal strength.</p>



<p id="block-1818b527-f7ec-433f-954e-e688575aa0d3">The TVU MLink transmitter also features the new TVU 7 platform, which supports the TVU Partyline feature.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-19ab3f8a-f475-403d-bb36-fe3e147acb86"><strong>TVU MLink overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-1d024a38-2317-4f13-981f-c914e2d0232d">TVU MLink models TE5500 and TE5800 are a part of the TVU ecosystem. The video streams from MLink can also be easily distributed to multiple locations using TVU Grid® for live video switching, routing, and distribution solutions.</p>



<p id="block-a8926293-24ad-4e92-81ed-2623feab10a7">The TVU MLink TE5500 transmitter (encoder) uses the TVU Command Center Web interface, which provides a cloud-based centralized management and control solution for all TVU devices and services. For detailed information about TVU Command Center, refer to the “TVU Command Center Setup and User Guide.“</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-aff6a404-0af6-4b61-ace9-c2e53397bfb6"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/command-center-3-1024x623.png" alt="This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is command-center-3-1024x623.png"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	</div>

<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Features overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-31f0298a-b322-417a-8a56-dba858e31ffe"><strong>Features overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-aeb3a23a-94e3-47e1-ab09-72fe08a7e603"><strong>TVU MLink Model TE5500 contribution encoder:</strong></p>



<ul id="block-3765adad-080e-4240-a0b3-7f8776b84e47" class="wp-block-list">
<li>MLink TE5500 is an ISX transmitter in a 1RU rack-mount form factor.</li>



<li>Auto-senses and supports virtually all video formats 4K 25/30P, 1080p, 1080i, 720p, NTSC/PAL transmission using HEVC or H.264 VBR or CBR encoding (300K-50Mb/s).</li>



<li>Connect to virtually any live professional/consumer video device via 6G-SDI or HDMI 2.0a input, including cameras, video routers, pool feeds, video switchers, video players, and more.</li>



<li>Ultra-low latency transmission over commodity internet. Glass-to-glass latency as low as 500ms over cellular / 350ms over Ethernet.</li>



<li>Supports up to 16 SDI-embedded audio channels or 8 channels of HDMI-embedded audio.</li>



<li>Single Ethernet port for commodity internet connectivity.</li>



<li>Support for TVU Return Video Feed via rear-panel HDMI port.</li>



<li>Status monitor output via DP or HDMI.</li>



<li>Talkback support uses TVU Voice (2-way voice) or traditional IFB (package dependent).</li>



<li>Supported as a source when used with TVU Partyline for collaboration.</li>



<li>Dual encoder support (package dependent); one is dedicated for live transmission, and the other automatically records in a 7.5 hour, 8 Mbps CBR loop anytime an input is connected (whether you are live or not). Access recordings locally or via the TVU Transceiver back at the studio.</li>



<li>Upload files from the field using a connected USB device (thumb drive or HDD/SSD) with file management capability (Package dependent).</li>



<li>Web-based ConfigT interface for local or remote monitoring and control. Supports up to 6 IP source inputs.</li>



<li>Supports HTTP, UDP, RTMP, and RTMPS protocols.</li>



<li>Directly compatible with TVU Cloud production tools, including TVU Command Center, TVU Producer, TVU Partyline, TVU Channel, and TVU CloudR.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-8ff9b288-013e-49bc-b60f-81fed6d3dcea"><strong>TVU MLink Model TE5800 &#8211; ISX field / Remote uplink:</strong></p>



<ul id="block-d21ce1f3-eb64-4c42-a77a-3effbed917cc" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The MLink TE5800 is an ISX transmitter in a 2RU rack-mount form factor.</li>



<li>Aggregates any mix of cellular, Ethernet, WiFi, satellite, and microwave.</li>



<li>Supports up to 6 embedded LTE or 5G modems. Ships standard with external IP67 rated external LTE antennas (3m cables) or optional 5G antennas.</li>



<li>Has the ability to support a mix of 5G (optional) /LTE/4G and 3G modems (internal to the chassis) with external SMA antenna connections (4x SMA per 5G Modem, 2x SMA per LTE modem). The MLink TE5800 allows modem antennas to connect directly to the chassis, simplifying cabling.</li>



<li>Auto-senses and supports virtually all video formats, including 4K (50/59.94P), 1080p, 1080i, 720p, NTSC/PAL transmission using HEVC or H.264 VBR or CBR encoding (300K-50Mb/s).</li>



<li>Connect to virtually any live professional/consumer video device via 6G-SDI or HDMI 2.0a input, including cameras, video routers, pool feeds, video switchers, video players, and more.</li>



<li>Super low-latency transmission over commodity internet. Glass-to-glass latency as low as 500ms over cellular / 350ms over Ethernet.</li>



<li>Supports up to 16 channels of SDI-embedded audio or 8 channels of HDMI-embedded audio.</li>



<li>Dual encoder support (package dependent); one is dedicated for live transmission, and the other automatically records in a 7.5 hour, 8Mb/s CBR loop anytime an input is connected (whether you are live or not). Access recordings locally or via the TVU Transceiver back at the studio.</li>



<li>File upload management; Upload files from the field using a connected USB device (thumb drive or HDD/SSD) with file management capability (package dependent).</li>



<li>Web-based ConfigT interface for local or remote monitoring and control. Supports up to 6 IP source inputs.</li>



<li>Easily accessible front panel SIM card slots for easy configuration.</li>



<li>Front panel LCD interface for easy configuration, control, and monitoring.</li>



<li>Embedded outbound WiFi module with external antenna support (MIMO) for use with ISX transmissions.</li>



<li>Embedded HotSpot WiFi module with external antenna support (MIMO) for access point use (Internet connectivity).</li>



<li>Support for TVU Return Video Feed via rear-panel HDMI port.</li>



<li>Talkback support uses TVU Voice (2-way voice) or traditional IFB (package dependent).</li>



<li>Supported as a source when used with TVU Partyline for collaboration.</li>



<li>Optional TVU Router support (TVU model RE980 only) which turns MLink into a high-speed access point in virtually any location. All data connections are aggregated together to provide high-speed connectivity.</li>



<li>Optional dual power supply</li>



<li>Directly compatible with the TVU Cloud production tools, including TVU Command Center, TVU Producer, TVU Partyline, TVU CloudR, and TVU Channel.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-3db1face-0b93-48b2-8a2d-2139a32db887"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="452" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ENG-vehicle-configuration-example.png" alt="ENG vehicle configuration example" class="wp-image-95581" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ENG-vehicle-configuration-example.png 476w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ENG-vehicle-configuration-example-300x285.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	About this guide</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-9aac6628-8ccf-4df0-9bfc-aac5cf04dbd8"><strong>About this guide</strong></h2>



<p id="block-73b73475-1841-4baf-8ddc-f00857636c36">This MLink User Guide provides specifications and instructions for setting up and operating two MLink Models, the TVU MLink Model TE5500 (for Ethernet applications) and the TVU MLink Model TE5800 transmitters.</p>



<p id="block-f0e5aada-3c50-4b35-8b60-1d103cd6a5d4">Main topics:</p>



<ul id="block-2855e063-7cae-4fe0-bf76-5de665484dd5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Setting up the TVU MLink model TE5500 and model TE5800</li>



<li>Using the faceplate controls and operations panel</li>



<li>Configuring, monitoring, and controlling the TVU MLink transmitter using the Web UI</li>



<li>Operating the TVU MLink model TE5500 and model TE5800</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Model TE5500 front and back panel overviews</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-cf23d1a6-8a14-435a-9bd0-30da9c802077"><strong>Model TE5500 front panel overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-41fae7e2-bc62-474c-9658-b3072d805fd6">The TVU MLink model TE5500 front panel features the following connections, indicators, and controls.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> USB ports on the front panel are intended to support only a keyboard and mouse. Do not connect USB modems, network adapters, and like devices into these ports.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-51eb4480-fbcc-4c9f-89cc-1d1587027e09"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="141" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5500-front-panel.png" alt="TVU MLink model TE5500 front panel" class="wp-image-95735" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5500-front-panel.png 528w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5500-front-panel-300x80.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e1055d03-65f7-4aaa-ae14-59956fb1a7ca"><strong>Model TE5500 rear panel overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9b344a6b-c28b-4df5-864e-55fa037b397f">The TVU MLink model TE5500 rear panel features the following connections.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The USB ports support up to four USB devices from any of the six ports.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-7e07b14f-18c3-4f7a-95fc-50a68ddf29de"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="180" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5500-rear-panel-connections.png" alt="TVU MLink model TE5500 rear panel connections" class="wp-image-95742" style="aspect-ratio:2.95;width:688px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5500-rear-panel-connections.png 531w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5500-rear-panel-connections-300x102.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Model TE5800 front and back panel overviews</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-63f82d77-36bf-4f9b-a0dc-fdd6a4ce7310"><strong>Model TE5800 front panel overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-4745b904-4279-4cb6-9de4-2bef02b0f53e">The TVU MLink model TE5800 front panel features the following connections, indicators, and controls. The TE5800 ships with 3 standard LTE dome antennas to support 6 modems.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-7365d3c0-4b3d-4b8e-9faf-ed771c2a75d5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="512" height="177" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5700-front-panel.png" alt="TVU MLink model TE5700 front panel" class="wp-image-95749" style="aspect-ratio:2.8926553672316384;width:742px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5700-front-panel.png 512w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5700-front-panel-300x104.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-774c131e-d5c6-490a-907b-a7c3288d4a23"><strong>Model TE5800 rear panel overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f79b08c4-6237-445a-a0f7-31dd381384c2">The TVU MLink model TE5800 and rear panel feature the following connections.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The top left USB port supports WiFi while the bottom right port supports hotspot functionality (for TE5800 support only)</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-4803474f-7176-4e4f-ba4a-b18300a14db3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="705" height="279" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TE5800-back-panel-2.jpg" alt="TE5800 rear panel" class="wp-image-167985" style="aspect-ratio:2.6116504854368934;object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TE5800-back-panel-2.jpg 705w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TE5800-back-panel-2-300x119.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 705px) 100vw, 705px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Before you begin</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f9c911de-af64-4ba3-ad48-c5ee57b4062d"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f996f828-633d-4b49-84ff-15af08fec6d8">Complete the following procedures to set up the TVU MLink model TE5500 and TE5800 transmitters.<br>Refer to the front and rear panel overviews for MLink transmitter connection descriptions and locations to assist with the setup procedures. Contact TVU Support if you have any difficulties during the setup process.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Model TE5500 setup</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-727d10fd-c597-429a-9b2d-cf96f2f7fec7"><strong>MLink TE5500 transmitter setup procedure</strong></h2>



<p id="block-04866067-8ee5-4e57-8903-5fe200b8ecdb">Complete the following steps to set up the MLink model TE5500 transmitter. All input sources must be in a supported video format and frame rate:</p>



<ol id="block-a6688ead-48c6-4771-abc3-1c9d0adf4b0b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the factory-supplied AC power cable to the MLink and AC power source.</li>



<li>Connect a computer display connector to the rear panel display or HDMI output port to view real-time system status.</li>



<li>Connect a TP-Link wireless card dongle to the top left rear panel USB port to enable WiFi if required.</li>



<li>Connect a TP-Link wireless card dongle to the bottom right rear panel USB port to enable hotspot functionality if required.</li>



<li>Connect an Ethernet cable to the left Ethernet port on the rear panel.</li>



<li>Connect the HD/SD video source to the SDI or HDMI port on the back of the MLink. Refer to the rear panel overview diagram for the SDI input and HDMI input port locations.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Supports up to 8 channels of embedded audio.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="7" id="block-645bb35a-3fc3-4e3e-96ff-7d215516415f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU IFB and VoIP service are provided using the USB audio box connected to the receiver. Connect your audio equipment as appropriate.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Model TE5800 setup</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-028c6532-4a3f-4468-83e8-969ed834d54b"><strong>MLink TE5800 transmitter setup procedure</strong></h2>



<p id="block-b71b061e-c3b1-4030-ab61-89272a6bd692">Complete the following steps to set up the MLink model TE5800 transmitter:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> All input sources must be in a supported video format and frame rate.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol id="block-2705eff2-62d4-4a5f-adf5-bbc0e0110913" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the factory-supplied AC power cable to the MLink and AC power source.</li>



<li>Connect the computer display to the rear panel display or HDMI output port to view real-time system status.</li>



<li>If required, connect WiFi MIMO antennas to the top left WiFi connectors to support the MIMO mode configuration for LTE downloading (does not support uploading.)</li>



<li>Connect an Ethernet cable to one of the two GbE Ethernet ports on the rear panel.</li>



<li>Connect the antenna connector to the modem connection on the rear panel:</li>
</ol>



<ul id="block-ad52d0e1-b733-40cf-afb9-db43293aba90" class="wp-block-list">
<li>LTE dome antenna (3 antennas) with two connectors. One antenna supports 2 modems and should be installed at least 20 centimeters apart.</li>



<li>5G modem antenna (one per modem) with four connectors. The 5G antenna should be installed at least 20 centimeters apart.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-9ef0e27e-29c2-4c84-aad7-1687ebf90691"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="763" height="484" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/WiFi-MIMO-antennas.png" alt="WiFi MIMO antennas" class="wp-image-95497" style="aspect-ratio:1.5764462809917354;width:495px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/WiFi-MIMO-antennas.png 763w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/WiFi-MIMO-antennas-300x190.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 763px) 100vw, 763px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-5bb7d6fe-b593-4472-8f41-86ed39d1f4e5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="381" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/LTE-dome-antenna.png" alt="LTE dome antenna" class="wp-image-95623" style="aspect-ratio:1.6377952755905512;width:463px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/LTE-dome-antenna.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/LTE-dome-antenna-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-4c384503-c628-40e0-9063-6cfbd85734c6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="656" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/5G-modem-antenna.png" alt="5G modem antenna" class="wp-image-95511" style="aspect-ratio:1.5508274231678487;width:468px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/5G-modem-antenna.png 656w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/5G-modem-antenna-300x193.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 656px) 100vw, 656px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-b26aacbc-eaff-47ac-882d-1b034a503e07" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the HD/SD video source to the SDI or HDMI port on the back of the MLink. Refer to the rear panel overview diagram for the SDI input and HDMI input port locations.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Supports up to 8 channels of embedded audio.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="7" id="block-40118d21-0ab8-4396-a416-5c64bdb459b9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU IFB and VoIP service are provided using the USB audio box connected to the receiver. Connect your audio equipment as appropriate.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	MLink TE5800 front panel controls and operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f34630c5-1e1f-42fc-9ce6-7396c3f93a12"><strong>MLink TE5800 front panel controls and operations</strong></h2>



<p id="block-af727db7-ccfb-4b6f-81cf-c6866731eab9">You will use the control panel buttons to access common device functions, such as switching receivers, changing transmission modes, or triggering a live transmission.</p>



<p id="block-1199da4c-2dee-4cf9-9b00-cd4daea6fff8">The control panel button functions are as follows:</p>



<ul id="block-a0131ccf-4a6b-4da5-ad5c-1b221342d614" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the<strong> Left</strong> and <strong>Right arrows</strong> to switch between paired receivers or transceivers.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>green check button</strong> to go live or to confirm an action.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>Red X button</strong> to stop a live transmission or deny an action.</li>



<li>Use the <strong>Up</strong> and <strong>Down arrows</strong> to switch between preset transmission modes.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-41795cdd-4ae6-4c5d-9d7d-b94369c82d92"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Control-panel-buttons.png" alt=" Control panel buttons" class="wp-image-95539" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Control-panel-buttons.png 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Control-panel-buttons-300x86.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 1 &#8211; Powering the TVU MLink TE5800 On and Off</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b72ebb1f-1314-4225-8eee-4adb02564570"><strong>Step 1 &#8211; Powering the TVU MLink TE5800 On and Off</strong></h2>



<p id="block-09ebd495-d9d2-4342-a911-53ea44204272">Complete the following steps to power on/off and restart the MLink transmitter:</p>



<ol id="block-98812fa0-b63d-4fc5-b8d2-862811408755" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To power On the TVU MLink, press the power button in the front panel&#8217;s left lower section.<br><br>The name and PID number of the unit displays on the MLink LCD screen during boot-up.</li>



<li>To power Off the TVU MLink, press and hold the power button down for more than four seconds.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The TVU MLink will automatically restart if the power button is pressed and held in for less than four seconds.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-c401d83b-fce7-4474-bc0a-b47e77a7ad85"><strong>TVU MLink TE5800 front LCD panel and functions</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ca76c0ae-9d76-417c-ab7f-8312d8300364">The MLink front LCD display panel allows the user to view the status of the following functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-2cdef7f4-368b-4e01-bd0d-aac59557f512"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="338" height="156" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-front-LCD-panel.png" alt="TVU MLink front LCD panel" class="wp-image-95707" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-front-LCD-panel.png 338w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-front-LCD-panel-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1624205c-0d2b-451d-96f7-b39188706975"><strong>Transmission status monitor</strong></h2>



<p id="block-811a979c-6beb-482d-a6ac-97055a3da2f9">The transmission status monitor displays the current transmission status of the paired TVU One, referred to as the “TVU Pack.”</p>



<ul id="block-2b31b680-e067-42a6-99eb-0fbfa0e55c51" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If the display is flashing “LIVE,” it indicates the transmission is live.</li>



<li>If a camera or input source is not connected to the TVU MLink transmitter, the LCD panel displays “Online.”</li>



<li>If a video source is detected, but the session is not Live, the display will show “STDBY” to indicate it is in Standby mode.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-053a5c96-2265-4e27-9c10-43758524dca9"><strong>Receiver name</strong></h2>



<p id="block-104919fe-bc7e-4232-b5a7-833bb117f8b1">The currently selected receiver name is displayed on line 2.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-bd8294f3-4b0c-4d15-8504-f15296240397"><strong>Preset transmission mode</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ef2503ec-be68-4119-a30d-2ddcafb8d76b">The transmission mode status for the selected receiver is displayed under the receiver name.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b6129e97-a166-475d-adbe-ed6de373c630"><strong>Input</strong></h2>



<p id="block-a1011731-4825-4d79-a904-7f5b641fb98f">The input source is displayed on line 4.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a0a5a91e-a4fe-4e78-b02a-25e0afb46b96"><strong>Using the TVU MLink controls and operations panel</strong></h2>



<p id="block-88725c0d-e21c-421f-87f4-9953a87fecd0">Complete the following procedures in steps 2 through 4 to use the TVU MLink front panel controls and operations functions. The MLink status displays on the LCD screen.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to the following “LCD status display panel” figure unless otherwise indicated for this section.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-b85be09c-78ff-4779-9c51-6bd755e5759b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="212" height="108" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/LCD-status-display-panel.png" alt="" class="wp-image-95616" style="aspect-ratio:1.962962962962963;width:448px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8182a10c-316f-4939-97d5-463498e00f0c">Figure reference: LCD status display panel</h5>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 2 &#8211; Choosing a transceiver</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-2d9cc179-6deb-4aa2-99ad-8885682fcd6b"><strong>Step 2 &#8211; Choosing a transceiver</strong></h2>



<ol id="block-05c58cea-a05b-4290-86b9-829a18648759" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate the currently selected transceiver’s name. Refer to callout<strong> ( 2 )</strong> on the MLink “LCD status display panel” figure.</li>



<li>To choose a preset transmission mode, use the controls and operations panel. Press the <strong>Left</strong> and <strong>Right arrows</strong> to scroll through and select the available receiver.</li>



<li>Verify your change on the LCD panel.</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-6a6ffade-d9af-4818-b6ab-478910b8dd97">The default preset transmission mode may be different for each receiver or transceiver. You may see the preset transmission mode change when switching between other receivers and transceivers.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 3 &#8211; Choosing a preset transmission mode</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-5db3dcbb-7269-4f88-8cac-07e130a498bc"><strong>Step 3 &#8211; Choosing a preset transmission mode</strong></h2>



<ol id="block-96c971f3-869e-4ad4-8f36-db40f3457a71" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate the preset transmission modes displayed under the receiver name. Refer to callout<strong> ( 3 )</strong> on the MLink “LCD status display panel” figure.</li>



<li>To choose a preset transmission mode, use the controls and operations panel<strong> Up</strong> and <strong>Down arrow keys</strong> to scroll through and select the desired option.</li>



<li>Verify your change on the LCD display panel.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 4 &#8211; Going live with your transmission</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1ed36f76-e25b-4073-9196-0ebc031c4783"><strong>Step 4 &#8211; Going live with your transmission</strong></h2>



<ol id="block-fbd091e2-c4d6-40a1-8d1f-59796c36cf6d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Before going “Live,” connect the camera or input source to the MLink transmitter. If a camera or input source is not connected, “Online” displays in the top left corner of the LCD panel.</li>



<li>Verify that the camera or input source is connected. The LCD panel displays “STDBY” in the top left corner of the LCD panel. Refer to callout<strong> ( 1 )</strong> on the MLink “LCD status display panel” figure.</li>



<li>To go “Live,” press the <strong>green check mark button</strong> on the front control panel. The transmitter will prompt you to start a live transmission in the LCD display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-e393ceb4-cb15-4de9-a5bd-a6bd85e744b5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="359" height="121" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Go-Live-action-display.png" alt="Go Live action display" class="wp-image-95602" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Go-Live-action-display.png 359w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Go-Live-action-display-300x101.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 359px) 100vw, 359px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-c081d575-7a67-499f-adfc-d96e45a39110" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To confirm, click the<strong> green check mark button</strong> once more.</li>



<li>To deny the request, click the front panel controls <strong>red X button</strong>. The selected preset transmission mode and paired receiver name will display on the LCD panel.</li>



<li>When the transmitter is in “Live” mode, the word “LIVE” (as shown in the go-live confirmation display) blinks in the top left corner of the LCD panel. The variable bitrate will also display in real-time next to the flashing “LIVE” indicator.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-d72687bf-4727-492d-9445-49a8d20bd714"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="372" height="131" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Go-live-cancellation.png" alt="Live confirmation display" class="wp-image-95609" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Go-live-cancellation.png 372w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Go-live-cancellation-300x106.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 372px) 100vw, 372px" /></figure>



<p id="block-62acf93f-df1a-4113-9d5a-bcdc5a6ab448">The selected preset transmission mode, paired receiver name, and input source are displayed.</p>



<ol start="7" id="block-21b72411-0130-4165-a9ca-31a06bb9b719" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>red X button</strong> on the control panel to stop a live transmission. The unit will prompt you to stop the live transmission, as shown in the following figure.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-7c5c5a0f-6e0d-490d-baa2-eee6b8a61fde"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="366" height="125" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/go-live-cancellation-2.png" alt="Go live cancellation 2" class="wp-image-96642" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/go-live-cancellation-2.png 366w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/go-live-cancellation-2-300x102.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 366px) 100vw, 366px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" id="block-e85217b5-2d41-4952-8250-23fd16f89da0" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To confirm that you want to stop the transmission, press the front panel&#8217;s controls&#8217; <strong>green check mark button</strong>. Then, click the <strong>red X button</strong> on the front panel controls to deny the request.</li>



<li>After the live transmission has stopped, the screen returns to (“STDBY”) mode.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 5 &#8211; Using the display or HDMI port</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ad48fefc-7c24-42c0-82c8-d00c0cceb21a"><strong>Step 5 &#8211; Use the Display or HDMI port to view the Video preview and transmission status screen</strong></h2>



<p id="block-fc580d6c-1b9f-4c55-ac24-14bca291ecf6">To view a detailed view of the status screen, complete the following steps to connect a monitor to the Display or HDMI port on the TVU MLink rear panel:</p>



<ol id="block-b1224f7e-3bf6-46bb-81fb-05ed88238219" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect a Display or HDMI monitor cable to the appropriate port on the TVU MLink to view the detailed status display screen.</li>



<li>Connect a camera to the TVU MLink and power on both the camera and MLink devices. The Video Preview Transmission screen displays.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-53a2e8e3-a716-4b42-8422-902585af82be"><strong>Video Preview Transmission screen</strong></h2>



<p id="block-e4f0afda-fd2f-499b-ac08-d75df99cc82d">Refer to the following “Video preview transmission screen” figure and the live TVU MLink display status screen settings and descriptions list.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3927a50f-ad5f-4aa1-9c46-abe85d33d77a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="671" height="382" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/video-preview-transmission-screen.png" alt="video preview transmission screen" class="wp-image-167999" style="width:627px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/video-preview-transmission-screen.png 671w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/video-preview-transmission-screen-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 671px) 100vw, 671px" /></figure>



<p id="block-9e975f9c-6871-4231-a895-2bea81985d3e">TVU MLink display status screen settings and descriptions:</p>



<ul id="block-e9b13133-fea5-4d8d-9e49-5586cc6de8e5" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Input preview</strong> &#8211; Shows the live picture from the camera and captured in TVU MLink.</li>



<li><strong>Transmission status monitor</strong> &#8211; Provides the current transmission status of the TVU Pack. TVU MLink transmits a “Live” picture if the indicator is red. If the indicator displays black/gray, the TVU MLink is not transmitting live and is on “Standby.”</li>



<li><strong>File upload status monitor</strong> &#8211; Displays the progress of any file being uploaded from the TVU MLink’s SSD hard drive to the TVU Receiver.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Uploading a file is not possible when the TVU Pack is in “Live” mode.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul id="block-63aad145-ac79-482e-a680-f05d8050f8a9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Data card status monitor:</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-a8d714ba-2126-4f24-8362-0bd30e2c2aff">&#8211; Displays the current number and status of all data cards connected to the TVU MLink.<br>&#8211; The status of data cards connected to the Pack will appear as green, red, or black.<br>&#8211; The green status indicates that the data card is connected.<br>&#8211; The red status indicates that the data card is attempting to dial.<br>&#8211; The black status indicates there is no card.</p>



<ul id="block-22675e3b-085f-49f8-8941-9a13d776674e" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>TVU MLink PID and firmware version information</strong> &#8211; Indicates the unit’s identifying PID and version number. Be sure to have this information available when contacting TVU customer support.</li>



<li><strong>Audio input level monitor</strong> &#8211; Dynamically displays a graphic indicator in color for the TVU MLink audio input level (DBFS).</li>



<li><strong>VoIP/IFB indicator</strong> &#8211; Indicates whether or not the IFB function is on. The small red IFB box indicates that the IFB function is enabled and connected. If the red box does not appear, IFB is not connected or is disabled.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e7053efb-6f3b-4504-b963-baa7ca244f54"><strong>Standby video input status screen</strong></h2>



<p id="block-6aa5f754-5bcb-41d0-808f-e457670fcd95">Refer to the following “Standby video input status screen” and the TVU MLink standby video status screen settings and descriptions list.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-f268236b-72b5-43ee-bff1-2366de2179ce"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="702" height="403" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/standby-video-input-status-screen.png" alt="standby video input status screen" class="wp-image-168006" style="width:631px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/standby-video-input-status-screen.png 702w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/standby-video-input-status-screen-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 702px) 100vw, 702px" /></figure>



<ul id="block-658e7387-cca0-48ba-92f3-d138b070aece" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Connection status:</strong></li>
</ul>



<p id="block-5fbbb05e-32a8-4686-9cc7-62424ff6e797">&#8211; Displays the status and IP of each network connection. The status of data cards connected to the TVU Pack will appear green, red, or black.<br>&#8211; The <strong>green</strong> status indicates that the data card is connected.<br>&#8211; The <strong>red</strong> status indicates that the data card is attempting to dial.<br>&#8211; The <strong>black</strong> status indicates there is no card detected.</p>



<ul id="block-03e3c539-d79e-4cbc-98eb-039beee00497" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Transmission status monitor</strong> &#8211; Provides the current transmission status of the Pack. TVU MLink transmits a “Live” picture if the indicator is red. If the indicator is black/gray, TVU MLink is not transmitting live and is on “Standby.”</li>



<li><strong>File upload status monitor</strong> &#8211; Displays the progress of any file being uploaded from the TVU MLink’s SSD hard drive to the TVU Receiver.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Uploading a file is not possible when the TVU Pack is in “Live” mode.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul id="block-3cb1933f-5fe4-4279-a187-b722edd34dfd" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Data card status monitor:</strong></li>
</ul>



<p id="block-6162844d-0102-4641-837d-7d9938a0a9a8">&#8211; Displays the current number and status of all data cards connected to the TVU MLink.<br>&#8211; The status of data cards connected to the TVU Pack will appear green, red, or black.<br>&#8211; The <strong>green</strong> status indicates that the data card is connected.<br>&#8211; The <strong>red</strong> status indicates that the data card is attempting to dial.<br>&#8211; The <strong>black</strong> status indicates there is no card detected.</p>



<ul id="block-6746a05e-f5c0-4f47-9ea3-bf8a098153da" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>VoIP/IFB indicator</strong> &#8211; Indicates whether or not the IFB function is on. The small red IFB box indicates that the IFB function is enabled and connected. If the red box does not appear, IFB is not connected or is disabled.</li>



<li><strong>TVU MLink PID and firmware version information</strong> &#8211; Indicates the unit’s identifying PID and version number and is used when contacting TVU customer support.</li>



<li><strong>Audio input level monitor </strong>&#8211; Dynamically displays a graphic indicator in color for the TVU MLink audio input level (DBFS).</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1096bb2e-7122-4498-9515-5500907a2119"><strong>Advanced Configuration</strong></h2>



<p id="block-2a8633c8-f068-486e-b46c-b48bb42af067">This section provides instructions for advanced configuration settings for hotspot, WiFi, modem, microwave, router, and BGAN configuration for the MLink model TE5800 transmitter.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-2d80faff-c0c4-4f24-8e3f-fa1a77b89c60"><strong>TVU MLink system status monitoring and control using a Web browser on an iPhone or a smart mobile device</strong></h2>



<p id="block-23344aa8-5a67-4bde-a8e6-123ddc57adef">The TVU Transmitter&#8217;s operational status can be monitored, and various parts of the transmission can be controlled from a Web browser. This interface can be accessed using a standard web browser connected to the TVU MLink TE5800 hotspot USB port on the rear transmitter panel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-768fedfb-caef-4e63-9e01-de29877b4e6f"><strong>Connecting the MLink TE5500 to the internal hotspot (optional)</strong></h2>



<p id="block-15a0120a-43b6-4ea0-a9b4-df8fd3304421">Complete the following steps to configure the TVU MLink transmitter to the internal hotspot using your iPhone or a smart mobile device:</p>



<ol id="block-d3b9bfba-fd18-481d-bad8-35b331cbb873" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the TP-Link WiFi dongle to the rear panel bottom right USB port.</li>



<li>Search for the Hotspot on your iPhone/smart device, then, when prompted, enter the case-sensitive SSID:
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVUPACK_XXXX<br>(Where X is the last 4 digits of the MLink’s PID)</li>



<li>The default password is the last 8 digits of the MLink PID</li>



<li>All password characters are uppercase. The password can be changed in the Web UI if desired.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>



<ol start="3" id="block-386349a3-2223-4408-b12c-281b874a5074" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect to the SSID using your iPhone/smart device. Refer to the following “TVU MLink status; video and network screen” for examples of how the status screens display on a smart device Web browser.</li>



<li>Once the connection is established, open a web browser and enter the following IP address in the address line to see the transmitter&#8217;s &#8220;System status&#8221;: <strong>http://192.168.4.1</strong></li>



<li>The MLink System Status panel will display.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>MLink System status panel overview</strong></h2>



<p>The System status panel provides access to the following information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-5a0616c8-6f56-40e2-ab82-262664494ad8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="344" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TE5800-system-status-panel.jpg" alt="TE5800 system status panel" class="wp-image-168013" style="aspect-ratio:0.8590604026845637;object-fit:contain;width:436px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TE5800-system-status-panel.jpg 261w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TE5800-system-status-panel-228x300.jpg 228w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 261px) 100vw, 261px" /></figure>



<p id="block-626f8a6f-d636-4579-8b12-75bcb64cefd8">The MLink transmitter System status panel provides access to the following information:</p>



<p><strong>(A) MLink advanced operations icon</strong> &#8211; Tap the three-bar icon to open the advanced operations menu. This opens the Live, File,<br>General, and Advanced menu selection panels.. Refer to “MLink Advanced operations &#8211; Web interface controls” for more information.<br><strong>(B) Configuration shortcut icons</strong> &#8211; These icons open the WiFi, HotSpot, Modem, and Ethernet configuration panels.<br><strong>(C) System panel</strong> &#8211; Displays the MLink mode, version, PID, CPU capacity, and temperature.<br><strong>(D) Network panel</strong> &#8211; Modem card information including type, connectivity, and IP address all organized by slot number.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="863" height="576" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Network-panel.jpg" alt="Network panel" class="wp-image-168020" style="width:575px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Network-panel.jpg 863w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Network-panel-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Network-panel-768x513.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E) IFB/VoIP panel</strong> &#8211; This panel allows the user to change the audio level of the IFB function.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="464" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg" alt="IFB VoIP panel" class="wp-image-168027" style="width:585px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg 862w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/IFB-VoIP-panel-300x161.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/IFB-VoIP-panel-768x413.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(F) Video panel</strong> &#8211; Displays video transmission information and status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="859" height="574" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Video-panel.jpg" alt="Video panel" class="wp-image-168034" style="width:604px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Video-panel.jpg 859w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Video-panel-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Video-panel-768x513.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 859px) 100vw, 859px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(G) Power panel</strong> &#8211; Contains the reboot and power off buttons.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="863" height="531" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Power-panel.jpg" alt="Power panel" class="wp-image-168041" style="width:602px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Power-panel.jpg 863w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Power-panel-300x185.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Power-panel-768x473.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-c5db7c4c-272f-4888-a06d-4e09368dde6c"><strong>Network configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Network configuration panel allows users to monitor and control all aspects of MLink network connectivity.</p>



<p>To open the <strong>Network</strong> configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>General</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu.jpg" alt="General menu" class="wp-image-168048" style="width:590px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>LAN Settings</strong> panel will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="General Network LAN settings" class="wp-image-168065" style="width:610px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-768x376.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the LAN settings panel, set the MLink&#8217;s local LAN address. The default IP address is <strong>192.168.4.1</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Subnet Mask</strong> and select a <strong>Router</strong> setting from the drop-down menu; the default is <strong>Auto</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>WiFi configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The WiFi panel provides configuration information and access to change the WiFi settings. The MLink TE5500 can optionally support multiple WiFi connections by purchasing optional hardware. For more information, contact TVU Networks support.</p>



<p>When multiple WiFi adapters are connected, you can scan available slots for WiFi adapters and configure the WiFi login information using the TVU MLink WiFi setup and configuration panel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring WiFi</strong></h2>



<p>To configure your WiFi settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> WiFi </strong>icon, or click <strong>General</strong> &gt; <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="167" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-icon.jpg" alt="WiFI icon" class="wp-image-168072" style="width:419px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-icon-300x87.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down to the <strong>WiFi</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>WiFi</strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="362" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Ethernet-icon-WiFi-panel.jpg" alt="Ethernet icon WiFi panel" class="wp-image-158285" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Ethernet-icon-WiFi-panel.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Ethernet-icon-WiFi-panel-300x189.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Scan</strong> button to display any available networks. The center panel displays available networks. Choose the desired network from the <strong>Devices</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Click the “<strong>i</strong>” Information icon in the <strong>Devices</strong> list. The Security window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="252" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/wifi.png" alt="wifi" class="wp-image-158292" style="width:580px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/wifi.png 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/wifi-300x150.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Security setting supports WPA2/WPA-PSK.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the <strong>Password</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Join</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Hotspot settings</strong></h2>



<p>The Hotspot panel provides status information about clients connected through the hotspot.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>To configure your WiFi settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Hotspot</strong> icon, or click <strong>General </strong>&gt; <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="171" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/HotSpot-icon.jpg" alt="Hotspot icon" class="wp-image-168079" style="width:469px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/HotSpot-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/HotSpot-icon-300x89.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down to the <strong>Hotspot</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong><strong>Hotspot</strong></strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="578" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hotspot-panel.jpg" alt="Hotspot panel" class="wp-image-168086" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hotspot-panel.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hotspot-panel-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hotspot-panel-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hotspot-panel-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hotspot-panel-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To update the <strong>Password</strong>, edit the <strong>Password field</strong>.<br><br>The new password must be 8 characters. A system restart is necessary after changing the password.<br></li>



<li>The hotspot feature will enable a connected device to access the internet using one of the connected networks.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Hotspot access allows FTP file transfers. If higher bandwidth is required, refer to “Router configuration settings.”</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Connected Clients</strong> panel displays a list of devices that are connected to hotspots.</li>



<li>To manually select the route taken (for example, a Hotel WiFi network), choose the path from the <strong>Connected Clients</strong> list. In the Bandwidth drop-down menu, choose 2.4G or 5G.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your changes.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Modem configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Modem panel provides modem configuration information. Many cellular data cards are automatically detected by the TVU MLink transmitter and will self-configure. If this is the case, no further action will be required. However, if a data card requires configuration, you can use the Modem panel to configure it.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For information about the RPS Link and MLink v8 Model TE5800 antenna configuration, refer to “Antenna configuration RPS Link and MLink v8.0 model TE5800.”</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To open the Modems panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Modem</strong> icon, or click <strong>General</strong> &gt; <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="165" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-icon.jpg" alt="Modem icon" class="wp-image-168093" style="width:503px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-icon-300x86.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down to the <strong>Modems</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Continue to Configuring data cards.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring data cards</strong></h2>



<p>There are two data card configuration methods, Auto and Manual.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto configuration</strong></h2>



<p>Data cards are “Auto” detected, and further configuration is not necessary.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="556" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-Auto.jpg" alt="General Network Modems Auto" class="wp-image-168100" style="width:663px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-Auto.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-Auto-300x248.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>To confirm that the data cards are auto-detected:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Both <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong> and <strong>Roaming for this modem </strong>box are checked by default.</li>



<li>The <strong>Auto</strong> Network registration radio mode button is selected.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Available Slots</strong> drop-down list to confirm the list of available slots.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manual configuration</strong></h2>



<p>When using the Manual data card configuration method, you can scan the list of available carriers and select the ones you want to configure. You can also change the APN or other details as needed.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="665" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-manual.jpg" alt="General Network Modems manual" class="wp-image-168107" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-manual.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-manual-300x297.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-manual-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-manual-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>To “Manually” configure specific data cards:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Both <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong> and <strong>Roaming for this modem </strong>box are checked by default.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Available Slots</strong> drop-down list to display available slots for configuration.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Manual</strong> Network registration mode radio button. The Carrier panel opens.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Scan</strong> button to refresh the <strong>Carrier</strong> list. Make a selection, then input the setting information provided by the carrier.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your changes.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router configuration settings</strong></h2>



<p>In its standard deployment, the MLink can use one of its connections to support a data connection. When featured and deployed in router mode, the MLink can fully aggregate bandwidth.<br>Note: Router mode cannot be deployed in conjunction with a VLAN deployment, which is discussed in the next section.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VLAN Mode configuration</strong></h2>



<p>VLAN mode is used for hotspot pass-through, providing a single default connection.</p>



<p>The VLAN settings are accessed on the network page. When disabled, it will offer to switch to router mode. Once enabled, the receiver, receiver port, and switch mode (layer 2) options will be displayed.</p>



<p>If neither router nor VLAN-only features are applied, none of these will be displayed.</p>



<p>To configure the pass-through in VLAN mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>General</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu.jpg" alt="General menu" class="wp-image-168048" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>LAN Settings</strong> panel will display.</li>



<li>The <strong>Router</strong> setting is set to <strong>Auto</strong> by default in the<strong> LAN settings</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="General Network LAN settings" class="wp-image-168065" style="width:642px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-768x376.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down to the <strong>VLAN</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When the Router mode feature is enabled, the Switch to Router mode button appears in the VLAN panel.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="970" height="308" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/general-Network-VLAN.jpg" alt="general Network VLAN" class="wp-image-158341" style="width:649px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/general-Network-VLAN.jpg 970w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/general-Network-VLAN-300x95.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/general-Network-VLAN-768x244.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 970px) 100vw, 970px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the <strong>VLAN slider</strong> to the right to enable VLAN.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>receiver</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>server port</strong> of the receiver.</li>



<li>Enable <strong>Switch mode (layer 2)</strong> for a single LAN segment at both the MLink and Receiver locations. This is recommended for most users. If a separate LAN segment at each location is desired, leave this option disabled.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/General-Network-VLAN-1.jpg" alt="General Network VLAN 1" class="wp-image-158348" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/General-Network-VLAN-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/General-Network-VLAN-1-300x145.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router mode configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU router has two pass-through data modes, VLAN and TVU Router mode. In VLAN mode, the MLink TE5800 can be used as an internet hotspot using one of the data connections. In the advanced TVU Router mode, the MLink TE5800 can utilize and make available the full aggregate bandwidth of the system for pass-through traffic. As a result, the bandwidth can often exceed 200 Mbps.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> TVU Router is an advanced licensed feature that must be activated by TVU Support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>Router</strong> can be selected in the top menu when <strong>Router mode</strong> is enabled.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="971" height="287" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Router-menu.jpg" alt="Router menu" class="wp-image-158355" style="width:664px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Router-menu.jpg 971w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Router-menu-300x89.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Router-menu-768x227.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 971px) 100vw, 971px" /></figure>



<p>To configure Router mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Router</strong> in the top menu.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Switch to Router mode</strong> button, then click <strong>Yes</strong> in the pop-up message box.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="970" height="404" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/switch-to-Router-mode-button.jpg" alt="switch to Router mode button" class="wp-image-158362" style="width:674px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/switch-to-Router-mode-button.jpg 970w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/switch-to-Router-mode-button-300x125.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/switch-to-Router-mode-button-768x320.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 970px) 100vw, 970px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Router configuration panel opens. The <strong>Router slider</strong> is enabled by default.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Router Server</strong> drop-down menu and select your region.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Ethernet Host</strong> checkbox to enable services for up to 10 attached devices.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Users can switch to VLAN mode by clicking the <strong>Switch to VLAN mode</strong> button.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="653" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/router-1024x653.png" alt="Router mode panel" class="wp-image-158369" style="width:591px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/router-1024x653.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/router-300x191.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/router-768x490.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/router.png 1035w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Router feature (Client connections)</strong></h2>



<p>If higher bandwidth is required when using a hotspot, the optional TVU Router feature can be enabled to allow clients connected to the MLink speeds of up to 200 Mbps.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>General</strong> &gt; <strong>Network</strong> tab and expand the LAN Settings panel.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Auto</strong> in the Router drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>IP address</strong> and <strong>Subnet Mask</strong>, then click<strong> Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="General Network LAN settings" class="wp-image-168065" style="width:584px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-768x376.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down on the <strong>Hotspot</strong> panel. Connected Clients will display in the <strong>Connected Clients</strong> device list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Hotspot-1.jpg" alt="General Network Hotspot" class="wp-image-168114" style="width:583px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Hotspot-1.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Hotspot-1-300x267.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Hotspot-1-768x683.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Ethernet configuration DHCP IP</strong></h2>



<p>Ethernet settings are configured from the Receiver Control Config page.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The DHCP IP method, the address is automatically generated and cannot be manually entered.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To configure your DHCP IP Ethernet settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Ethernet </strong>icon, or click <strong>General</strong> &gt; <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="169" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Ethernet-icon.jpg" alt="Ethernet icon" class="wp-image-168121" style="width:491px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Ethernet-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Ethernet-icon-300x88.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down to the <strong>Ethernet</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select the<strong> DHCP IP</strong> method.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Slot ID</strong> drop-down menu and select a slot number.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="861" height="407" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-DHCP.jpg" alt="General Network Ethernet DHCP" class="wp-image-168128" style="width:605px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-DHCP.jpg 861w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-DHCP-300x142.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-DHCP-768x363.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 861px) 100vw, 861px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Ethernet configuration Static IP</strong></h2>



<p>To configure your Ethernet settings for a Static IP address:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select the <strong>Static IP</strong> method.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Slot ID</strong> number from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Static IP address</strong> in the <strong>IP Address</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Subnet Mask</strong> in the <strong>Mask</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Gateway</strong> in the <strong>Gateway</strong> field.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="861" height="507" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-Static.jpg" alt="General Network Ethernet Static" class="wp-image-168135" style="width:643px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-Static.jpg 861w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-Static-300x177.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-Static-768x452.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 861px) 100vw, 861px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Antenna configuration: RPS Link and MLink v8 model TE5800</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a757ccae-5fe2-44b0-9a74-be7a29827bf2"><strong>Antenna configuration RPS Link and</strong> <strong>MLink v8 model TE5800</strong></h2>



<p id="block-451c2118-121b-4536-af02-e4af7bd4e731">This section provides antenna configuration procedures for the RPS Link, MLink v7, and Rack Router v2 (Models RE975/980/990)</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8ba8f2bf-1593-4c51-9498-de360d8b8bae"><strong>RPS Link and MLink v</strong>8</h2>



<p id="block-6895b12c-1cfa-4507-88a8-33423e352b47">To configure antennas for the RPS Link and MLink model TE5800 unit with 6x 4G/LTE modem configuration, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-412c07f8-ff8f-4613-839d-946bdeea9266" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0 on all 6 slots.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8fc8ad01-4355-4b1e-bf9d-835d8bf09c8f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ANT-0-antenna-configuration.png" alt="ANT 0 antenna configuration" class="wp-image-95518" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ANT-0-antenna-configuration.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ANT-0-antenna-configuration-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-9e34766f-f56b-4130-af90-26882a437815" class="wp-block-list">
<li>For RPS Link and MLinkV7 (TE5800) unit with 2x 5G modem and 4x 4G/LTE modem configuration, connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0, ANT 1, ANT 2, ANT 3 on slot 1 and slot 2 for 2x 5G modems, and connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0 on slot 3, slot 4, slot 5, slot 6 for 4x 4G/LTE modems.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-fafca7b4-dfd9-4f78-9d35-f10814825bf0"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/2x-5G-modem-and-4x-4G-LTE-modem-configuration.png" alt="2x 5G modem and 4x 4G LTE modem configuration" class="wp-image-95504" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/2x-5G-modem-and-4x-4G-LTE-modem-configuration.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/2x-5G-modem-and-4x-4G-LTE-modem-configuration-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<p id="block-47854015-af18-41d8-be7c-e840e363f0d4">Notes:</p>



<ul id="block-64c625bd-3c38-4791-9de8-5bd5c1a3bdbb" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The 5G antenna is compatible with 5G modems and 4G/LTE modems, whereas the 4G/LTE antenna can only be used with 4G/LTE modems but not 5G modems.</li>



<li>In addition, by connecting a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to the ANT 0 port for a 4G/LTE modem, the user has the option to connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to the ANT 1 port for a 4G/LTE modem. Meaning both ANT 0 and ANT 1 ports can be used for the antenna connection. However, connecting the ANT 1 port on both RPS Link and MlinkV8 (TE5800) product lineup is optional and not mandatory.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-67b2fe08-bb4a-461f-aed8-b189d38342b6"><strong>Rack Router v2 (RE975/980/990)</strong></h2>



<p id="block-cf44781d-b314-4338-a3ab-e2e7c1748520">To configure the Rack Router V2 unit with 6x 4G/LTE modem configuration, also known as RE975 unit, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-0823d8b8-f10a-4866-8ed7-0883b423f14e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0, and ANT 1 on all 6 slots.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8d208f97-fee2-43a6-be63-21feb4cf8175"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-router-modem-configuration.png" alt="Rack Router V2 unit with 6x 4G/LTE modem configuration" class="wp-image-95665" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-router-modem-configuration.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-router-modem-configuration-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-cf224ac7-acc3-459d-9582-ecd5ee13a2ef" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To configure a Rack Router V2 unit with 2x 5G modem and 4x 4G/LTE modem configuration, also known as RE980 unit, connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0, ANT 1, ANT 2, ANT 3 on slot 1 and slot 2 for 2x 5G modems, and connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0, ANT 1 on slot 3, slot 4, slot 5, slot 6 for 4x 4G/LTE modems.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-64267436-18e0-4273-bed1-0cd8d113be34"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-Router-V2-unit-with-2x-5G-modem-and-4x-4G-LTE-modem-configuration.png" alt="Rack Router V2 unit with 2x 5G modem and 4x 4G/LTE modem configuration" class="wp-image-95672" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-Router-V2-unit-with-2x-5G-modem-and-4x-4G-LTE-modem-configuration.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-Router-V2-unit-with-2x-5G-modem-and-4x-4G-LTE-modem-configuration-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-7c1ba589-63f7-44e1-9cda-414f1a9978f1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>For a Rack Router V2 unit with 6x 5G modem configuration, also known as RE990, connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0, ANT 1, ANT 2, ANT 3 on all 6 slots.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-5e15dc31-fcfe-43b7-8b9e-c98065f4b5f0"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-Router-V2-unit-with-6x-5G-modem-configuration.png" alt="Rack Router V2 unit with 2x 5G modem and 4x 4G/LTE modem configuration" class="wp-image-95679" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-Router-V2-unit-with-6x-5G-modem-configuration.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-Router-V2-unit-with-6x-5G-modem-configuration-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced transmitter operations &#8211; Web interface controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-fd44bf6c-b9a4-465f-a972-74d22059c3b7"><strong>Advanced transmitter operations</strong> &#8211;<strong> Web interface controls</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ee3b4217-0ba3-4093-a150-8162c6c2fb0a"><strong>Advanced operations using an iPhone, smart device or laptop</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> There are two methods you can use to access the Mlink Advanced operations menu selections. The instructions in this chapter will show laptop display examples.</p>
</blockquote>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Method 1</strong></h3>



<p>To access the Advanced operations menu using an iPhone or smart device:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar icon</strong> to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="MLink advanced icon" class="wp-image-158405" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Advanced operations are categorized in the following menus: <strong>Live</strong>, <strong>File</strong>, <strong>General</strong>, and <strong>Advanced</strong>. The following sections will address all five menus.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="MLink Advanced menu" class="wp-image-158412" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-menu.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-menu-300x209.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Method 2</strong></h3>



<p>To access the Advanced operations menu using a laptop:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Advanced operations are categorized in the top drop-down menus. They are located at the top right of the system status screen: <strong>Live</strong>, <strong>File</strong>, <strong>Router</strong> (when enabled), <strong>General</strong>, and <strong>Advanced</strong>. The following topics will address all five menus.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="502" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Config-Home-screen.jpg" alt="Advanced config home screen" class="wp-image-168142" style="width:604px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Config-Home-screen.jpg 867w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Config-Home-screen-300x174.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Config-Home-screen-768x445.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live menu operations</strong></h2>



<p id="block-bd3db4c4-7063-4b5a-b5db-c58530f42901">The <strong>Live</strong> menu operations include the following settings:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Encoder</li>



<li>Receiver</li>



<li>Return Video</li>



<li>IP Source</li>



<li>VoIP/IFB</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b9f40106-8e7b-4075-aea5-cc08ca86e2cc"><strong>Live &#8211; Encoder</strong></h2>



<p id="block-5c908f15-58e8-4bc6-ad62-ef16399d01d5">Use the Encoder panel to configure video, audio encoding, and audio output mapping.</p>



<p>To access the Encoder panel:</p>



<ol id="block-5f80d0c9-2bc3-4ce4-99f8-38a213963ed7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Live</strong> menu, and then tap <strong>Encoder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg" alt="Live menu" class="wp-image-168149" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Encoder status and controls</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the optional HEVC license is purchased, both H.265 Interview and H.265 Fast Motion mode will be available as selections.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To configure Live video and audio encoding settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Video Encoding</strong> mode that suits your application based on the following criteria:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The encoding mode default is <strong>H.264</strong>.</li>



<li>If the optional HEVC license is purchased, both <strong>H.265 Interview</strong> and <strong>H.265 Fast Motion</strong> encoding modes will be available as selections.</li>



<li>Select the<strong> H.265 Interview</strong> radio button for shots containing limited motion, such as stand-ups or fixed shot interviews.</li>



<li>Use the <strong>H.265 Fast Motion</strong> radio button to optimize compression for video with significant motion, such as sports footage with high motion or fast pans and zooms.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="2" id="block-33f6af95-0b75-4302-87b6-757e7a1da8ff" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your <strong>Audio Encode</strong> panel configurations.</li>



<li>Select an <strong>Audio output mapping</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="863" height="767" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Encoder-panels.jpg" alt="Live Encoder panel" class="wp-image-168156" style="width:616px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Encoder-panels.jpg 863w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Encoder-panels-300x267.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Encoder-panels-768x683.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live &#8211; Receiver</strong></h2>



<p>Use the Receiver panel to configure your receivers. The Receiver panel displays the receiver status and controls.</p>



<p>To access the Receiver panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu, and then <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg" alt="Live menu" class="wp-image-168149" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Receiver</strong> panel opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="669" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver.jpg" alt="live menu receiver" class="wp-image-168163" style="width:590px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver.jpg 862w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver-300x233.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver-768x596.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receiver status and controls</strong></h2>



<p>To select an alternate receiver, view its status, and set up and control a ”Live” transmission:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To view and select a different receiver, click the Receiver <strong>Select R</strong> drop-down menu and select a receiver from the list.</li>



<li>Enable the<strong> Solo</strong> slider if you want a specific MLink to only display ‘Online” on the receiver you selected from the Receiver <strong>Select R</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Delay</strong> field, enter the desired transmission delay.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Bitrate (kbps)</strong> field, enter the desired transmission bitrate.</li>



<li>To enable the <strong>Low Bitrate Warning</strong>, enable the slider and enter a <strong>Low Bitrate</strong> <strong>Threshold</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="774" height="157" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver-Low-bitrate-enabled.jpg" alt="Live Receiver Low bitrate enabled" class="wp-image-168170" style="width:580px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver-Low-bitrate-enabled.jpg 774w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver-Low-bitrate-enabled-300x61.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver-Low-bitrate-enabled-768x156.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 774px) 100vw, 774px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Apply</strong> button to save your changes.</li>



<li>To <strong>Start</strong> or <strong>Stop</strong> the live transmission, click the <strong>Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live &#8211; Return Video</strong></h2>



<p>The built-in HDMI output uses 720p by default, but can provide up to 1080p resolution and allows a user to send a confidence monitor or SDI source back to crews in the field. This onboard feature now supports viewing the return video feed on iPhone and iPad. Contact TVU Support for 1080p configuration.</p>



<p>To access the Return Video panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu, and then <strong>Return Video</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg" alt="Live menu" class="wp-image-168149" style="width:573px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Return Video</strong> panel opens. There are three RVF From selections: <strong>Receiver</strong>, <strong>Producer</strong>, and <strong>Partyline</strong>.</li>



<li>Select where you want the RVF to come from. If you choose <strong>Receiver</strong>, select a <strong>Receiver</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select where your source is coming <strong>from</strong>.</li>



<li>Select where you want your <strong>Output to</strong> go and click <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="671" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-for-Receiver.jpg" alt="Live Return Video for Receiver" class="wp-image-168177" style="width:573px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-for-Receiver.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-for-Receiver-300x233.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-for-Receiver-768x596.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RVF from Producer selection:</strong></h3>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Producer.jpg" alt="Live Return Video Producer" class="wp-image-168184" style="width:584px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Producer.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Producer-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Producer-768x376.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RVF from Partyline selection:</strong></h3>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="860" height="424" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Partyline.jpg" alt="Live Return Video Partyline" class="wp-image-168191" style="width:592px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Partyline.jpg 860w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Partyline-300x148.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Partyline-768x379.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 860px) 100vw, 860px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live &#8211; IP Source</strong></h2>



<p>The IP Source panel allows users to select an external IP source or camera source from the selection window to go live.</p>



<p>To access the IP Source panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu, and then<strong> IP Source</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg" alt="Live menu" class="wp-image-168149" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>IP Source</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>SDI</strong> or <strong>IP Source</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>SDI</strong> radio button to display the camera source that is connected to the MLink.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="279" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source.jpg" alt="Live IP Source SDI" class="wp-image-168198" style="width:607px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source.jpg 862w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source-300x97.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source-768x249.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>IP Source</strong> radio button to add an IP Source with which to go live.</li>



<li>Enter the valid<strong> IP address</strong> in the field under an available source selection with which you want to go live, then click the <strong>Apply</strong> button to save your source selection.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Home</strong> button to send all IP sources in one matrix picture to the TVU MLink.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="573" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source-IP-Source.jpg" alt="Live IP Source-  IP Source" class="wp-image-168205" style="width:619px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source-IP-Source.jpg 862w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source-IP-Source-300x199.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source-IP-Source-768x511.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live &#8211; VoIP/IFB</strong></h2>



<p>The VoIP/IFB panel enables you to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Integrate VoIP/IFB audio in/out and from/to the transceiver.</li>



<li>Integrate IFB audio from the transceiver to the MLink.</li>
</ul>



<p>To access the <strong>VoIP/IFB</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu, and then <strong>VoIP/IFB</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg" alt="Live menu" class="wp-image-168149" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>VoIP/IFB</strong> panel opens. <strong>VoIP(Auto)</strong> is the default.</li>



<li>VoIP (Auto): Auto-select the VoIP technology based on the receiver software versions.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> A reboot is required when switching between VoIP and IFB if the receiver version is lower than v8.2.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="376" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB.jpg" alt="Live menu &gt; VoIP/IFB panel - Legacy VoIP" class="wp-image-168212" style="width:574px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB.jpg 865w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-300x130.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-768x334.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live menu > VoIP/IFB panel &#8211; Legacy VoIP</strong></h5>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="863" height="385" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-selected.jpg" alt="Live VoIP IFB selected" class="wp-image-168219" style="width:580px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-selected.jpg 863w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-selected-300x134.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-selected-768x343.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live menu &gt; VoIP/IFB panel &#8211; IFB</strong></h5>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="408" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-Embedded-Audio-menu.jpg" alt="Live VoIP IFB Embedded Audio menu" class="wp-image-168226" style="width:582px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-Embedded-Audio-menu.jpg 867w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-Embedded-Audio-menu-300x141.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-Embedded-Audio-menu-768x361.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live menu > VoIP/IFB panel &#8211; Embedded Audio menu</strong></h5>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make the appropriate selections.</li>



<li>Select an <strong>Embedded Audio</strong> if applicable.</li>



<li>Adjust the <strong>Audio level</strong> slider if applicable.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>File menu operations</strong></h2>



<p>The File menu is located at the top right of the system status screen.</p>



<p>The File menu operations include:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>File Uploader</li>



<li>Sync Folder</li>



<li>Recorder</li>
</ul>



<p>To access the Advanced operations menu using an iPhone or smart device:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar</strong> icon to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="MLink advanced icon" class="wp-image-158405" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Advanced operations panel opens. Tap <strong>File</strong> &gt; <strong>File Uploader</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>File &#8211; File Uploader</strong></h2>



<p>The File Uploader panel lets you upload files to a specified receiver with the Auto Sync feature.</p>



<p>The Auto Sync feature lets you wirelessly transmit digital content from the MLink to the TVU receiver via a USB memory stick.</p>



<p>The MLink will auto-detect the memory stick and transfer its contents to its internal SSD. The content will then be available for wireless transmission to the TVU receiver.</p>



<p>To access the File Uploader panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>File</strong> menu, and then <strong>File Uploader</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu.jpg" alt="File menu" class="wp-image-168233" style="width:486px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>File Uploader</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Choose where you want your file uploaded <strong>From</strong>.</li>



<li>Choose where you want your file uploaded <strong>To</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the<strong> Upload</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="701" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader.jpg" alt="File Uploader all to one" class="wp-image-168240" style="width:612px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader.jpg 862w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader-300x244.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader-768x625.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you select the <strong>Customize</strong> radio button, choose where you want your file uploaded <strong>From</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Upload</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>For more information, refer to the “File-Based Workflows Reference” document&#8217;s topic “Using the Auto Sync feature with a USB stick.”</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="713" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader-Customized.jpg" alt="File Uploader Customized" class="wp-image-168247" style="width:632px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader-Customized.jpg 862w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader-Customized-300x248.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader-Customized-768x635.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>File &#8211; Sync Folder</strong></h2>



<p>The Sync Folder panel enables users to transfer and sync files to a specified receiver and monitor the progress.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>Sync Folder</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>File</strong> menu, and then <strong>Sync Folder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu.jpg" alt="File menu" class="wp-image-168233" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Sync Folder</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>receiver</strong> to sync your files to. The default is the last receiver you went live with.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Set as Default</strong> slider to set a specific receiver as your default.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>For more information, refer to the “File-Based Workflows Reference” document&#8217;s topic “Auto Sync feature.”</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="863" height="416" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Sync-Folder.jpg" alt="File Sync Folder" class="wp-image-168254" style="width:599px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Sync-Folder.jpg 863w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Sync-Folder-300x145.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Sync-Folder-768x370.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>File &#8211; Recorder</strong></h2>



<p>The Recorder tab allows users to select, mark, download, rename, and upload recorded files.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>Recorder</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>File</strong> menu, and then <strong>Recorder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu.jpg" alt="File menu" class="wp-image-168233" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Recorder</strong> panel opens.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to the File-based Workflow Reference guide “Working with recorded content” topic for detailed information about how to use the Record feature.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="819" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Recorder.jpg" alt="File recorder" class="wp-image-168261" style="width:616px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Recorder.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Recorder-246x300.jpg 246w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General menu operations</strong></h2>



<p>The General Operations menu includes:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Network</li>



<li>Firmware Upgrade</li>



<li>Region</li>
</ul>



<p>To access the <strong>Advanced operations</strong> menu using an iPhone or smart device:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar</strong> icon to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="MLink advanced icon" class="wp-image-158405" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Advanced operations panel opens. Tap <strong>General</strong> &gt; <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Network</strong></h2>



<p>The <strong>Network </strong>panel enables users to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Configure LAN settings</li>



<li>Users can complete the Hotspot configuration for client connections in the Hotspot panel.</li>



<li>Create additional WiFi connections with additional USB WiFi adapter support. Users can enable or disable WiFi from the UI. The WiFi will automatically redial if network connectivity fails.</li>



<li>Configure Ethernet</li>



<li>Configure Modems</li>
</ul>



<p>To access the <strong>Network</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>General</strong> menu, and then <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-1.jpg" alt="General menu" class="wp-image-168268" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-1.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-1-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Network</strong> panel opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="535" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/General-Network-1.jpg" alt="General Network panel" class="wp-image-158552" style="width:602px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/General-Network-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/General-Network-1-300x239.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Router</strong> drop-down menu and select an option. <strong>Auto</strong> is the default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="860" height="421" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-Router-Auto.jpg" alt="General Network LAN settings Router Auto" class="wp-image-168275" style="width:607px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-Router-Auto.jpg 860w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-Router-Auto-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-Router-Auto-768x376.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 860px) 100vw, 860px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Network configuration information is explained in “Network configuration.”</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Firmware Upgrade</strong></h2>



<p>You can check for firmware updates in the <strong>Firmware Upgrade</strong> panel.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>Firmware Upgrade</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>General</strong> menu, and then <strong>Firmware Upgrade</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-1.jpg" alt="General menu" class="wp-image-168268" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-1.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-1-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Firmware Upgrade</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>The following message appears when a firmware update is unavailable.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="363" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Firmware-Upgrade.jpg" alt="General Firmware Upgrade" class="wp-image-168282" style="width:521px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Firmware-Upgrade.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Firmware-Upgrade-300x126.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Firmware-Upgrade-768x323.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a new Firmware version is available, you will have the option to upgrade from this panel.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced menu operations</strong></h2>



<p>The Advanced menu includes:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Progressive Download</li>



<li>SelfCheck</li>



<li>NTP</li>



<li>MediaMind Story</li>



<li>MediaMind Setting</li>



<li>Messages</li>



<li>Token</li>
</ul>



<p>To access the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu using an iPhone or smart device:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar</strong> icon to open the Advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="MLink advanced icon" class="wp-image-158405" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Advanced operations panel opens.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced &#8211; Progressive Download</strong></h2>



<p>The Progressive Download feature is enabled in the Progressive Download panel and is controlled by using the record button on the video camera (e.g., Camcorder).</p>



<p>To access the <strong>Progressive Download</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and then <strong>Progressive Download</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced menu" class="wp-image-168289" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Progressive Download</strong> panel opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="861" height="393" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Progressive-Download-enabled.jpg" alt="Advanced Progressive Download enabled" class="wp-image-168296" style="width:656px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Progressive-Download-enabled.jpg 861w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Progressive-Download-enabled-300x137.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Progressive-Download-enabled-768x351.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 861px) 100vw, 861px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To use the Progressive Download feature, Move the <strong>Enable</strong> slider to the right until green.</li>



<li>The receiver is specified in the <strong>File</strong> menu &gt; <strong>Sync folder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced &#8211; NTP</strong></h2>



<p>The NTP panel enables users to lock and synchronize an NTP host IP to the domain controller.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>NTP</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and then <strong>NTP</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced menu" class="wp-image-168289" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>NTP</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>The Lock to <strong>Auto (Default)</strong> selection will lock to the closest available Host IP.</li>



<li>The NTP Host IP should display “<strong>Synchronized</strong>” in green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="369" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-NTP.jpg" alt="Advanced NTP" class="wp-image-168303" style="width:710px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-NTP.jpg 867w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-NTP-300x128.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-NTP-768x327.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced &#8211; MediaMind Story</strong></h2>



<p>The MediaMind Story panel allows you to add a Story name to a progressive download file.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>MediaMind Story</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, then <strong>MediaMind Story</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced menu" class="wp-image-168289" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>MediaMind Story</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Enter a<strong> Story Name</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Tag</strong> to include the <strong>Story Name</strong> in the Progressive Download file name.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="498" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Story.jpg" alt="Advanced MediaMind Story" class="wp-image-168310" style="width:679px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Story.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Story-300x173.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Story-768x443.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced &#8211; MediaMind Setting</strong></h2>



<p>The MediaMind Setting panel enables you to configure live settings for face, speech, and speaker recognition up to four languages when you are using the TVU MediaMind Appliance (MMA) service.</p>



<p>Whether it is a live stream, an IP video stream, or a video file, the TVU MediaMind Appliance (MMA) uses AI technology to automatically generate metadata, organize, and search for content.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>MediaMind Setting</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and then <strong>MediaMind Setting</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced menu" class="wp-image-168289" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>MediaMind Setting</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Configure your live settings for MMA and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="857" height="577" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Setting.jpg" alt="Advanced MediaMind Setting" class="wp-image-168317" style="width:688px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Setting.jpg 857w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Setting-300x202.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Setting-768x517.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 857px) 100vw, 857px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced &#8211; Messages</strong></h2>



<p>The Messages panel enables you to send and receive messages between the MLink and transceivers.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>Messages</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and then <strong>Messages</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced menu" class="wp-image-168289" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Messages</strong> panel opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="863" height="503" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Messages.jpg" alt="Advanced Messages" class="wp-image-168324" style="width:650px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Messages.jpg 863w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Messages-300x175.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Messages-768x448.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>To</strong> field, enter the recipient’s TVU receivers’ <strong>PID</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter your message in the <strong>Message</strong> field and tap the <strong>Send</strong> button.</li>



<li>Expand the <strong>Received Message</strong> caret to view messages that were received by the MLink.</li>



<li>Expand the<strong> Sent Message</strong> caret to view messages that were sent by the MLink.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced &#8211; Token</strong></h2>



<p>The Token panel allows you to create and configure tokens. Tokens are used to allow a recipient temporary access to your device.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>Token</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and then <strong>Token</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced menu" class="wp-image-168289" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Token</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Create Token</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the device <strong>PID</strong>. The device name automatically populates.</li>



<li>Enter the recipient’s <strong>email address</strong>.</li>



<li>Set up a <strong>Valid Time</strong> range: (<strong>D</strong>) Days, (<strong>H</strong>) Hours, (<strong>M</strong>) Minutes, and (<strong>S</strong>) Seconds for the token to be active.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Create Token</strong>.</li>



<li>In the Set Token panel, click<strong> GetMsgPipe Token</strong> and enter the <strong>Token String</strong>, and then click <strong>Set Token</strong>.</li>



<li>To <strong>Reset</strong> the <strong>Password</strong>, enter and confirm the new password and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>



<li>To <strong>Reset</strong> the <strong>Valid Time</strong>, select the <strong>receiver</strong> from the drop-down menu, set the <strong>Valid time</strong>, then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="1094" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Token.jpg" alt="Advanced Token" class="wp-image-168331" style="width:632px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Token.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Token-184x300.jpg 184w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Token-629x1024.jpg 629w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p id="block-10fdae2b-4209-470d-ba55-0d2d3a253774"></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-4004cdc3-5238-4a23-af11-2201e0b7424c"><strong>Product Specifications:</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-472614b5-e4b4-4582-a8ce-2ddc21ba55a5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="566" height="632" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-TE5500-prod-spec.jpg" alt="MLink TE5500 prod spec" class="wp-image-158208" style="aspect-ratio:0.9121951219512195;width:811px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-TE5500-prod-spec.jpg 566w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-TE5500-prod-spec-269x300.jpg 269w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 566px) 100vw, 566px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-e85ddcaf-4495-491b-88f7-4a512f6759aa"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="554" height="683" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/MLink-Model-TE5800-Peoduct-Spec.jpg" alt="MLink Model TE5800 Product Spec" class="wp-image-168338" style="aspect-ratio:0.8037518037518038;width:817px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/MLink-Model-TE5800-Peoduct-Spec.jpg 554w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/MLink-Model-TE5800-Peoduct-Spec-243x300.jpg 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU MLink TE5500 and TE5800 QSUG Rev A EN 02-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-mlink-te5500-v7-4-and-te5800-v8-0-user-guide/">TVU MLink TE5500 v7.4 and TE5800 v8.0 User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Software QSUG v8.3</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-software-qsug-v8-3/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2026 16:08:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=166410</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The TVU Networks RPS One is a cloud and studio 4-channel REMI Live solution runs two software variations, the single-channel "One" and multi-channel RPS One. </p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-software-qsug-v8-3/">TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Software QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="583" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-SW-Featured-image-3-1024x583.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-134228" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-SW-Featured-image-3-1024x583.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-SW-Featured-image-3-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-SW-Featured-image-3-768x437.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-SW-Featured-image-3.jpg 1028w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setup, configuration, and Going live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before you use your TVU RPS One encoder, refer to the latest <em><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-hardware-qsug-v8-3/"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> to set up the hardware and identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, TVU services, and unit accessories.</p>



<p>The TVU RPS One encoder running The One/RPS One Software version 8.3 (Build 83128) or later uses the same hardware, which features two LCD console interfaces:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The One single-channel transmitter</li>



<li>TVU RPS One multi-channel encoder</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>To switch from a One to an RPS One console, contact TVU Support at support@tvunetworks.com. Once authorized, switching consoles is performed automatically. A reboot is necessary.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Single and multi-camera connections</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Single and multi-camera connections</strong></h2>



<p>The encoder&#8217;s LCD screen can be operated using single or multi-channel inputs. For input connection configurations and “Multi-Channel connections and behaviors,” refer to the following figures.</p>



<p>The following camera combinations are supported:</p>



<p>HDMI only &#8211; Up to 4K p60</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="141" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/HDMI-only-Up-to-4K-p60.jpg" alt="HDMI only - Up to 4K p60" class="wp-image-151157"/></figure>



<p>12G SDI In (1) only &#8211; Up to 4K p60</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="141" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/12G-SDI-In-1-only-Up-to-4K-p60.jpg" alt="12G SDI In (1) only - Up to 4K p60" class="wp-image-151165"/></figure>



<p>Up to 4 3G SDI In &#8211; Up to 1080 p60</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="144" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Up-to-4-3G-SDI-In-Up-to-1080-p60.jpg" alt="Up to 4 3G SDI In - Up to 1080 p60" class="wp-image-151173"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this guide</strong></h2>



<p>This software quick-start user guide provides information on performing basic configuration and operating the TVU RPS One encoder.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Refer to the <em><em><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-hardware-qsug-v8-3/"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em></em> to set up your hardware.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning on the RPS One</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>power</strong> button, and the RPS One transmitter will begin to boot up.</li>



<li>The initial status screen will display.</li>



<li>The modems begin to connect automatically.</li>
</ol>



<p>When no transmission feed is connected to the unit, &#8220;No video input&#8221; will display on the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:389px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> you may be prompted to upgrade your firmware. If you choose to upgrade, click the notification at the top of the status screen. It may take up to 30 minutes to complete.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Live status screen functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU RPS One encoder Live status screen functions</strong></h2>



<p>When SDI is connected, field transmission control is enabled.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="288" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/live-status-functions.jpg" alt="live status functions" class="wp-image-151189" style="width:523px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/live-status-functions.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/live-status-functions-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Transmission Status:</strong> The LCD touchscreen displays the RPS One&#8217;s current transmission status. When video input sources (SDI 1-4) are connected to the RPS One encoder, the touchscreen will display Standby until a channel is selected and taken “Live.”</p>



<p><strong>(B) Data Card Status Monitor:</strong><br>The status monitor displays the current number and status of all data cards connected to the RPS One. The status of data cards connected to the encoder will appear as <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark>, <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark>, <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-orange-color">orange</mark>, or black. <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Green</mark> status indicates that the data card is connected. <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-orange-color">Orange</mark> status indicates that the data card is attempting to dial. <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">Red</mark> status indicates that the data card is not connected. Black status indicates that no card is present.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Ethernet Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the Ethernet connection.</p>



<p><strong>(D) Hotspot Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the hotspot connection.</p>



<p><strong>(E) WiFi Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the WiFi connection.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Latency Status:</strong> Displays the current latency of the transmission.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Bit Rate Status:</strong> Displays the current Bit Rate (B/R).</p>



<p><strong>(H) Receiver Name:</strong> Shows the receiver name to which the unit is transmitting.</p>



<p><strong>(I) Audio Input Level Monitor:</strong> This monitor dynamically displays the unit&#8217;s audio input level (DBFS) with graphical colors.</p>



<p><strong>(J) Battery Status:</strong> Indicates the battery&#8217;s status.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Going live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Going Live</strong></h2>



<p>To go live using the receiver with which you last went live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Live</strong> button on the initial status screen to start the live transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The RPS One unit will prompt you to slide the ‘Slide to go live’ button from left to right.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Slide-to-go-live.png" alt="Slide to go live" class="wp-image-151197" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Slide-to-go-live.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Slide-to-go-live-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the button is engaged, the RPS One begins the live transmission using the last receiver with which you most recently went Live.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a receiver and going Live</strong></h2>



<p>To select a receiver, configure your settings, and go Live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li> Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon on the bottom right of the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The new menu will display. The new menu allows users to reorder, remove, and add menu options to customize the menu order based on user habits.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Setting,WiFi, and Hotspot buttons can not be removed.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To return to the previous screen, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Setting menu will display, tap the <strong>Receiver</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting config select receiver" class="wp-image-166433" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver you want to go live with from the drop-down menu, then tap<strong> OK</strong>, then tap the <strong>Go</strong> <strong>Live</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you only want to select a receiver but do not want to go Live, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button at the bottom-right corner of the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting select receiver" class="wp-image-166440" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When starting a live transmission from this menu, you will not be prompted to slide a button. The transmission will begin with a countdown.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="660" height="495" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png" alt="connecting with receiver screen" class="wp-image-151221" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png 660w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 660px) 100vw, 660px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Controlling multiple channels</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Controlling multiple channels</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a channel, then the green <strong>Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection.jpg" alt="Live 1 selection" class="wp-image-151229" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a channel is live with a receiver, “PGM” appears next to the channel number in the top-left corner of the preview screen.</li>



<li>Press and hold the channel number preview to stop a Live transmission until the red <strong>Stop</strong> button displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/stopping-a-live-transmission.jpg" alt="stopping a live transmission" class="wp-image-151237" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/stopping-a-live-transmission.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/stopping-a-live-transmission-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the live transmission is stopped, the LCD displays “Standby” in the top-left corner of the screen.</li>



<li>A message will be displayed if a live transmission fails after reboot.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Multi-channel operational modes</strong></h2>



<p>This section explains the RPS One operational modes and the expected behavior for each mode.</p>



<p>Users can select a multi-channel (group control) or single-channel (single mode) transmission on the touchscreen.</p>



<p>The RPS One displays the four connected SDI video input previews on the LCD touchscreen. It has two operational modes: single and group control. The RPS One default is group-control mode.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Multi-channel preview 1- 4 behavior</strong></h2>



<p>The video preview number displayed in the top-left corner of each video preview corresponds to the SDI video input channel.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Live source displays a red “<strong>PGM</strong>” next to the channel number on the top left of the video preview screen.</li>



<li>When the source is in Preview mode, the video preview <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">screen displays a green “<strong>PVW</strong>” next to the slot number in the top-left corner</span>.</li>



<li>Only the channel number will be displayed when a source is not in PVW or PGM mode.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Stop-All-Live.jpg" alt="stop all live" class="wp-image-151253" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Stop-All-Live.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Stop-All-Live-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a video preview to enter the group-control mode (default).</li>



<li>Tap and hold a video preview for 3 seconds to control the channel independently. To control another channel and return to group-control mode, wait 20 seconds between selections, then press another preview.</li>



<li>Tap the video preview, then the full-screen icon to enable the full-screen preview.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="28" height="29" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-icon.jpg" alt="full screen icon" class="wp-image-151261" style="width:49px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a PGM or PVW video preview, then the “<strong>&gt;</strong>” in the right panel to display the Tally banner.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="328" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Tally-PGM.jpg" alt="Tally PGM" class="wp-image-151269" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Tally-PGM.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Tally-PGM-300x203.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Tally-PVW.jpg" alt="Tally PVW" class="wp-image-151277" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Tally-PVW.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Tally-PVW-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Starting and stopping a multi-channel transmission</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">The&nbsp;<strong>Live All</strong>&nbsp;button will display on the LCD touchscreen when all channels are detected</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Standby-Live-All-button.jpg" alt="Standby Live All button" class="wp-image-151285" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Standby-Live-All-button.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Standby-Live-All-button-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Tap a live preview and the&nbsp;<strong>Stop All</strong>&nbsp;button on the LCD touchscreen to stop all live multi-channel transmissions</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Multi-view-stop-all.jpg" alt="Multi-view stop all" class="wp-image-151293" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Multi-view-stop-all.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Multi-view-stop-all-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Starting and stopping a single-channel transmission</strong></h2>



<p>To start a single-channel transmission:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a video preview and press for two seconds.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Live</strong> button. You will notice that the selected channel number will be displayed on the &#8220;Live&#8221; button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection.jpg" alt="Live 1 selection" class="wp-image-151229" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the channel is transmitting, the preview window will be framed in red, and “PGM” will display in red next to the channel number.</li>



<li>To take another preview live, wait 20 seconds and repeat the process.</li>
</ol>



<p>To stop a single-channel live transmission:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap, press, and hold the channel number preview.</li>



<li>Tap the red <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Multi-view-Stop.jpg" alt="Multi-view Stop" class="wp-image-151301" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Multi-view-Stop.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Multi-view-Stop-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Full-screen preview</strong></h2>



<p>To enable single full-screen views from the touchscreen.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>channel</strong> and tap the<strong> full-screen</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="28" height="29" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-icon.jpg" alt="full screen icon" class="wp-image-151261" style="width:50px;height:auto"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-selection.jpg" alt="full-screen selection" class="wp-image-151309" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the multi-view display, tap the bottom-right icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-view.jpg" alt="full screen mode" class="wp-image-151317" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-view.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-view-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	RPS One config tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One configuration settings</strong></h2>



<p>This section describes the list of RPS One pack settings and explains how to locate and configure them.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon on the initial status page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-166582" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the configuration <strong>setting</strong> page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting an encoder option</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU RPS One has true dual encoding. It encodes the same content at a fixed bitrate in the background and records to local storage. Users can monitor the live-stream bitrate. A visual notification is displayed on the home screen if the selected transmission bitrate drops below the threshold.</p>



<p>The TVU RPS One model TM1100 supports onboard H.265/HEVC or H.264 encoding.</p>



<p>To select an encoding option:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button on the main menu to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, then tap<strong> Encoder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select an input<strong> Source</strong> channel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-config-encoder.jpg" alt="setting config encoder" class="wp-image-167299" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-config-encoder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-config-encoder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Video</strong> to open the <strong>Video Encode</strong> menu.</li>



<li>Configure the <strong>Encoding</strong> and <strong>HDR/HLG</strong> settings.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>HDR / HLG Explained</strong></h3>



<p><strong>HDR (High Dynamic Range)</strong> increases contrast and color range, displaying brighter highlights and deeper shadows for more realistic images.</p>



<p><strong>HLG (Hybrid Log-Gamma)</strong> is a type of HDR designed for broadcast; compatible with both HDR and standard displays without needing metadata, making it ideal for live production.</p>



<p>Using 8-bit with HDR/HLG often results in visible artifacts, especially in smooth gradients. For effective HDR, 10-bit or higher is strongly preferred.</p>



<p>The <strong>Disabled</strong> HDR/HLG option disables HDR/HLG decoding or 10-bit.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-video-H264.jpg" alt="setting encoder video H264" class="wp-image-167306" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-video-H264.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-video-H264-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-video-H265.jpg" alt="setting encoder video H265" class="wp-image-167313" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-video-H265.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-video-H265-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<p>When the device is live with a low version receiver that does not support 10-bit, the following error message will be displayed.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="328" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/10-bit-message.jpg" alt="10 bit message" class="wp-image-167320" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/10-bit-message.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/10-bit-message-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Your selection will highlight green. The RPS One must be in live mode before you can change selections.</p>
</blockquote>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Chroma Subsampling: 4:2:0 vs 4:2:2</strong></h3>



<p>Chroma subsampling reduces color information to save bandwidth while preserving image detail.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>4:2:0 samples color at half the horizontal and vertical resolution; best for streaming or storage-efficient video with lower color fidelity.</li>



<li>4:2:2 samples color at full vertical resolution and half horizontal; preserves more color detail, preferred for professional editing or broadcast.</li>
</ul>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>H.265 Interview</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.264 Normal</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.265 Fast Motion</strong></li>
</ul>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Back </strong>Arrow.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Audio</strong> to open the <strong>Audio Encode</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-config-encoder.jpg" alt="setting config encoder" class="wp-image-167299" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-config-encoder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-config-encoder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio Codec descriptions:</strong></h3>



<p><strong>Advanced Audio Coding (AAC)</strong><br>AAC is a versatile audio compression format known for delivering high-quality sound with efficient file sizes.<br>AAC-LC (Low Complexity):<br>AAC-LC is a specific profile within the AAC format, optimized for lower computational complexity and broad compatibility. It offers excellent sound quality while being easier to decode, making it ideal for devices with limited processing power. AAC-LC is commonly used on platforms such as iTunes, YouTube, and digital radio.<br>AAC-HE (High Efficiency):<br>AAC-HE, also known as AAC+ or AAC Plus, is an extension of the AAC format designed for even greater compression efficiency. It utilizes more advanced encoding techniques to achieve higher compression ratios, reducing file sizes without significant loss of audio quality.<br>AAC-HE is particularly suited for low-bitrate applications such as streaming over limited bandwidth or storing audio on devices with constrained storage capacity<br><strong>OPUS Audio Codec:</strong><br>OPUS is a highly versatile and efficient audio codec designed for interactive, real-time audio applications like voice calls, video conferencing, and live streaming. It is widely adopted for delivering high-quality audio at low bitrates, making it perfect for modern communication and entertainment platforms.</p>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your <strong>Audio Encode</strong> selections. The Audio Codec now includes an OPUS option alongside the two AAC profile options.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-audio.jpg" alt="setting encoder audio" class="wp-image-167327" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-audio.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-audio-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the <strong>Encoder </strong>menu, tap the <strong>back Arrow</strong>.</li>



<li>To return to the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, tap the <strong>back Arrow</strong> again.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Delay management</strong></h2>



<p>To manage the second and sub-second Latency settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Delay</strong> to configure the latency.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a box and use the <strong>up</strong> and<strong> down</strong> buttons to set the delay.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay.jpg" alt="setting delay" class="wp-image-166482" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong> to confirm your settings. To return to the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, tap the <strong>back Arrow</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>NPT Host</strong></h2>



<p>Users can view the NTP host status at the touchscreen display. The NTP Host IP address is configured in the Advanced settings Web UI panel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP &amp; IFB</strong></h2>



<p>Users can configure VoIP and IFB for both single-channel and multiple-channel scenarios.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP &amp; IFB &#8211; Single-channel configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To configure VoIP and IFB settings for a single channel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>VoIP &amp; IFB</strong> to configure the settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / VoIP &amp; IFB</strong> config will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>down</strong> button, then tap <strong>Bluetooth</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-2.jpg" alt="Multi channel config Voip and IFB settings 2" class="wp-image-167334" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-2.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-2-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable the <strong>slider</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-off.jpg" alt="single channel config voip and IFB settings bluetooth off" class="wp-image-167341" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-off.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-off-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The currently connected device will display a <strong>green checkmark</strong> when the bluetooth is enabled.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bluetooth-Connected-device.jpg" alt="Bluetooth - Connected device" class="wp-image-167348" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bluetooth-Connected-device.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bluetooth-Connected-device-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<p>When you tap the currently connected device, it will disconnect, and one of the following messages will be displayed.<br>You must disable the slider before disconnecting the device.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-disconnect.jpg" alt="single channel config voip and IFB settings bluetooth disconnect" class="wp-image-167362" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-disconnect.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-disconnect-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To remove a device from the saved set, tap the “X”.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bluetooth-remove-device.jpg" alt="Bluetooth - remove device" class="wp-image-167355" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bluetooth-remove-device.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bluetooth-remove-device-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A confirmation to “Forget” the device will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-forget.jpg" alt="single channel config voip and IFB settings bluetooth forget" class="wp-image-167369" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-forget.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-forget-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP &amp; IFB &#8211; Multiple-channel configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To configure VoIP and IFB settings for multiple channels:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>VoIP &amp; IFB</strong> to configure the settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / VoIP &amp; IFB</strong> config will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>down</strong> Arrow to ensure that <strong>Bluetooth</strong> is enabled &#8220;On&#8221;.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings.jpg" alt="Multi channel config Voip and IFB settings" class="wp-image-167390" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Transmitter</strong> to configure.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-2-1.jpg" alt="Multi channel config Voip and IFB settings 2" class="wp-image-167383" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-2-1.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-2-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the <strong>Audio Setting</strong> from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-3.jpg" alt="Multi channel config Voip and IFB settings 3" class="wp-image-167376" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-3.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-3-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Data card monitoring</strong></h2>



<p>To monitor detailed encoder information along with Ethernet, hotspot, and WiFi connections:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon, then the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, then tap <strong>Slot</strong>.</li>



<li>The data cards and their status display along with Ethernet, Hotspot, and WiFi indicators:</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> Ethernet<br><strong>(B)</strong> Hotspot<br><strong>(C)</strong> WiFi connection<br><strong>(D)</strong> Slot number</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="302" height="229" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring.jpg" alt="Slot monitoring" class="wp-image-166496" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring.jpg 302w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring-300x227.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 302px) 100vw, 302px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Slot speed</strong></h2>



<p>A user can view the speed of each slot in real-time. To view a slot speed:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “<strong>&gt;</strong>” to view the real-time speed of a slot. The selected slot is framed in green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="323" height="218" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection.jpg" alt="Slot selection" class="wp-image-166503" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection.jpg 323w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 323px) 100vw, 323px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The real-time speed of the slots is displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="332" height="221" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed.jpg" alt="Slot speed" class="wp-image-166510" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed.jpg 332w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 332px) 100vw, 332px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the slot screen, tap the “&lt;” icon.</li>



<li>To return to the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, click the <strong>Back</strong> <strong>Arrow</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One transmitter information (About)</strong></h2>



<p>To access the RPS One model number, Peer ID, software version, App version, the designated ISX or IS+ mode, and region:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon, then the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down and tap <strong>About</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / About </strong>information window displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-About-ISX.jpg" alt="setting About ISX" class="wp-image-167397" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-About-ISX.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-About-ISX-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-about-is.jpg" alt="setting about IS+" class="wp-image-167404" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-about-is.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-about-is-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, tap the <strong>Back Arrow</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Language selection</strong></h2>



<p>Users can choose English or Chinese. </p>



<p>To select a language:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon, then the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the<strong> Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down to tap the <strong>Language</strong> option. The default is English.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your location option using the <strong>up</strong> and <strong>down</strong> arrows.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language.jpg" alt="setting language" class="wp-image-166524" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the<strong> Setting</strong> main menu, tap the <strong>back Arrow</strong> twice.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	WiFi</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>WiFi</strong></h2>



<p>The pack will automatically attempt to reconnect if the current WiFi connection disconnects.</p>



<p>When multiple WiFi adapters are connected, you can scan available slots for WiFi adapters and configure the WiFi login information on the Pack’s LCD screen or by using the RPS One WiFi setup and configuration panel. For detailed information, refer to “WiFi configuration and settings.”</p>



<p>To confirm the RPS One’s WiFi status:<br>The “W” icon at the bottom of the initial status screen will display green when WiFi is connected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/image.png" alt="" class="wp-image-167411" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/image.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/image-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p>To configure WiFi:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Gear</strong> icon on the initial status screen to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, then tap the <strong>WiFi</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you don’t see the name, tap the<strong> Scan</strong> button to refresh the screen.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi name</strong> you want to connect to.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-screen.jpg" alt="WiFi screen" class="wp-image-167418" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-screen.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-screen-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The virtual keyboard will display.</li>



<li>Enter the<strong> Password </strong>and tap <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard.jpg" alt="wifi enter password keyboard" class="wp-image-166545" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Hotspot</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>The Hotspot tab displays two QR codes. Users can scan the Hotspot QR code to join the packs’ internal Hotspot. Scanning the Configuration page QR code opens the WiFi Configuration page in a Web browser.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot </strong>button.</li>



<li>Use your smart device to scan the <strong>Hotspot QR code</strong> to join the pack’s network.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="318" height="215" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code.jpg" alt="Hotspot QR code" class="wp-image-166552" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code.jpg 318w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code-300x203.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the connection is established, scan the <strong>Configuration page QR code</strong> to open the web browser window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="318" height="212" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code.jpg" alt="Config qr code" class="wp-image-166559" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code.jpg 318w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>For more information about the Hotspot feature and client connections, refer to “Configuring hotspot.”</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router</strong></h2>



<p>Users can enable the Router on the touchscreen. Once enabled, the Ethernet Host slider appears.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This feature must be enabled by support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the Router Feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-167425" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Setting</strong> menu will display. Tap the <strong>Router</strong> button. By default, the router setting is off. Tap and move the router slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg" alt="Router disabled" class="wp-image-167003" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the router setting is enabled, the following screen displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg" alt="Router enabled" class="wp-image-167010" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the <strong>Ethernet Port Mode</strong>. For Advanced Router configuration and Ethernet LAN/WAN settings, refer to “Router feature.”</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Switch</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Switch</strong></h2>



<p>The “Switch” mode is a Network switch feature. It’s visible on the pack LCD touchscreen is a quick-toggle shortcut for the VLAN Tunnel Switch feature.</p>



<p>While detailed IP networking is usually done via the Web GUI, the LCD screen allows the field operator to monitor or engage the tunnel status without opening a laptop.</p>



<p>To enable the <strong>Switch</strong> feature on the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon on the initial status screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-167425" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> main menu will display. Tap the<strong> Switch</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When enabled, only one device can be set as a DHCP server.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Hotspot is only available when the RPS One is set as a DHCP server.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Switch.jpg" alt="Switch mode enabled" class="wp-image-167442" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Switch.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Switch-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	16-Channel Mono and Stereo encoding</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>16-Channel Mono and Stereo encoding</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS One supports 16-channel Mono and Stereo Audio Encoding.</p>



<p>To configure 16 Mono and Stereo channels (default) on the Pack’s LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear icon) before going Live. The main setting menu will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Standby-Live-All-button.jpg" alt="Standby Live All button" class="wp-image-167449" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Standby-Live-All-button.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Standby-Live-All-button-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button &gt; <strong>Encoder</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Audio</strong><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">&nbsp;to displa</span>y the&nbsp;<strong>Audio Channel</strong>. The 16-Ch default is set to Stereo.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Audio-channel-mono-16ch.JPG.jpg" alt="Audio channel mono 16ch" class="wp-image-167456" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Audio-channel-mono-16ch.JPG.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Audio-channel-mono-16ch.JPG-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the slider to <strong>Mono</strong> and tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/audio-channel-stereo-16ch.jpg" alt="audio channel stereo 16ch" class="wp-image-167463" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/audio-channel-stereo-16ch.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/audio-channel-stereo-16ch-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>back Arrow</strong> to verify the <strong>Audio Channel</strong> mono setting.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-audio-16ch.jpg" alt="setting encoder audio 16ch" class="wp-image-167470" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-audio-16ch.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-audio-16ch-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Source Switch </div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source Switch</strong></h2>



<p>By selecting the Source Switch button, a user can enable the Source Switcher mode to switch between sources 1, 2, 3, and 4 from the touchscreen and output to a single receiver. Alternatively, users can control SDI Source Switching using a Keyboard or Web UI.</p>



<p>The v8.3 Source Switch introduces the ability to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Toggle focus: </strong>Switch between physical inputs (SDI 1-4 or HDMI) for monitoring or primary transmission.</li>



<li><strong>Mode Selection:</strong> Choose between Multi-Channel Mode (sending all 4 cameras) and Single Source Mode (prioritizing one camera for maximum bitrate/quality).</li>



<li><strong>Local Preview:</strong> Use the 3.5-inch pack LCD to “switch” through your inputs to verify signal integrity without an external monitor.</li>
</ul>



<p>It is important not to confuse Source Switching (Video) with VLAN Switch Mode (Networking).</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Source Switch:</strong> Changes what video is being encoded (Input 1 vs. Input 2).</li>



<li><strong>VLAN Switch Mode:</strong> Changes how the data is routed (Layer 2 bridge for PTZ/CCU control).</li>
</ul>



<p>The “Source Switch” capability is handled through two primary methods: the Physical Pack Interface (for quick field checks) and the Web GUI (for production routing).</p>



<p>To enable the Source Switch feature via Pack LCD:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon on the initial status screen.</li>



<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> main menu will display. </li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down the menu and tap the <strong>Source Switch</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Source Switch</strong> screen will be displayed.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Source Switcher</strong> slider.</li>



<li>Move the <strong>Add to Home Screen</strong> toggle to the right until it turns green to add the switch to the <strong>Home</strong> screen.</li>



<li>Select one receiver from the <strong>Receiver </strong>drop-down menu. The default receiver is the one you are currently live with.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>it is not possible to output each source to unique receivers in this mode.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="329" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-Switch.jpg" alt="Source Switch screen" class="wp-image-167477" style="aspect-ratio:1.4660194174757282;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-Switch.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-Switch-300x204.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select an audio switch setting from the <strong>AFV </strong>menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-Audio-switch-setting.jpg" alt="RPS One Audio switch setting" class="wp-image-167484" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-Audio-switch-setting.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-Audio-switch-setting-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>This option determines the audio source for the SDI Source Switcher. Your menu selections are:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Default &#8211; <strong>AFV</strong>: Audio follows the video, switching with it.</li>



<li><strong>Input 1: </strong>The audio always comes from Input 1, regardless of the selected SDI source.</li>



<li><strong>Input 2:</strong> The audio always comes from Input 2, regardless of the selected SDI source.</li>



<li><strong>Input 3:</strong> The audio always comes from Input 3, regardless of the selected SDI source.</li>



<li><strong>Input 4:</strong> The audio always comes from Input 4, regardless of the selected SDI source.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When the device is live, the receiver settings cannot be modified and the audio cannot be locked to the source that has no video input.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Stream</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Stream</strong></h2>



<p>Using the Stream tab, a user can remotely control the stream output destination of a receiver.</p>



<p>To enable the <strong>Stream</strong> feature on the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon on the initial status screen.</li>



<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> main menu will display. Tap the <strong>Stream</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a channel and a receiver from the <strong>Receiver list</strong> drop-down menu. Then<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">&nbsp;select a destination from the&nbsp;<strong>Destination</strong>&nbsp;drop-down menu and&nbsp;</span>tap <strong>Publish</strong>.</li>



<li>To stop the stream, tap <strong>Stop</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When the Stream is Live the destination selected displays red, when loading the status is yellow. Receivers that are available display white.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/stream.jpg" alt="Stream screen" class="wp-image-167491" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/stream.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/stream-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Self-Check</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Self-Check</strong></h2>



<p>The Self-Check panel enables you to self-check your devices’ basic, video, and network health status while the device is not live.<br>TVU Support staff can use this information for troubleshooting purposes. This feature can also be accessed in the Advanced configuration Self-Check tab. This is further explained in “Advanced Self-check panel.”<br>To perform a self-check on your device from the LCD screen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon on the initial status screen.</li>



<li>Scroll to the bottom of the Main setting menu, then tap the<strong> Self-Check</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap one or all <strong>Basic</strong>, <strong>Video</strong>, and <strong>Network</strong> checkboxes and tap the <strong>Self-check Now</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button.jpg" alt="Self-check screen" class="wp-image-166610" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Self-check Now</strong> button to run diagnostics on your device.</li>



<li>Follow the prompts.</li>



<li>If the pack is live, the following message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live.jpg" alt="self check live" class="wp-image-166624" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When an issue occurs after self-checking the Basic, Video, or Network modules, the following warning message appears, indicating which module is not performing correctly.</li>



<li>Tap the red module to display the configuration issue and make the appropriate correction(s), then tap <strong>Self-Check Again</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="317" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-166617" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<p>When the Self-Check completes without any issues, the following message displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success.jpg" alt="self check success" class="wp-image-166631" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Progressive download</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Progressive Download</strong></h2>



<p>Enabling the Progressive download feature allows users to record clips by connecting a camcorder to the SDI input. The camcorder record button controls the recording. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<p>The File based workflows in Camcorder or Pack mode in the “File-based Workflow&nbsp;Reference Guide”&nbsp;further explains recording.</p>



<p>To use the Progressive Download feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>channel</strong> and tap the <strong>gear</strong> icon to open the Settings screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection.jpg" alt="Live 1 selection" class="wp-image-151229" style="aspect-ratio:1.4945454545454546;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Progressive Download</strong> button from the main menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Continue to “Camcorder mode” or “TVU Pack control mode.”</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Camcorder mode</strong></h2>



<p>Camcorder mode can only be used with an SDI input. The time code must be inside the SDI signal.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Camcorder</strong> button, then slide the slider to the right until it turns <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder.jpg" alt="Progessive download camcorder" class="wp-image-166638" style="aspect-ratio:1.4889705882352942;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Record</strong> button on the video camera to display its controls.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Standby and record modes</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Standby and Record modes</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Standby “Stby” displays in <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"><strong>green</strong></mark> when in camcorder mode and not recording</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="317" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-download-default-3.jpg" alt="Progressive download default " class="wp-image-151460" style="aspect-ratio:1.4944649446494465;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-download-default-3.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-download-default-3-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the video camera is recording, “•Rec” displays in <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-Mark-in-recording.jpg" alt="Progressive Download Mark in recording" class="wp-image-151468" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-Mark-in-recording.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-Mark-in-recording-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Standby “Stby” displays in <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"><strong>green</strong></mark> when the video camera is finished recording</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-Mark-out-complete.jpg" alt="Progressive Download Mark out complete" class="wp-image-151476" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-Mark-out-complete.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-Mark-out-complete-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Stop the video camera from recording if you need to change your pack settings.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>If you change the settings to the<strong> Pack</strong> while <strong>Camcorder </strong>mode is running, the following message will appear:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress.jpg" alt="Progessive download in progress" class="wp-image-166645" style="aspect-ratio:1.4981949458483754;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<p><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">If you switch to&nbsp;<strong>Camcorder&nbsp;</strong>mode while running in&nbsp;<strong>Pack&nbsp;</strong>mode and the&nbsp;<strong>Mark In</strong>&nbsp;point is set but the&nbsp;<strong>Mark Out</strong>&nbsp;point is not, the following message appears</span>. Processing is interrupted and defaults to the current <strong>Mark Out</strong> point.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set.jpg" alt="progressive download mark out not set" class="wp-image-166652" style="aspect-ratio:1.5018450184501846;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<p>A new file transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays in the top status bar when a file transfer is in progress.  If you take the clip live during the transfer process, the following message will display:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert.png" alt="Live standby alert" class="wp-image-151484" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Pack control mode </strong></h2>



<p>Pack control mode can be used in either SDI or HDMI. A time code is not required. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<p>To enable the Progressive Download Pack mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>channel</strong> and tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-download-feature.jpg" alt="Progressive download feature" class="wp-image-151492" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-download-feature.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-download-feature-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Progressive Download</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Pack</strong><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>,</strong>&nbsp;then move the enable&nbsp;<strong>slider</strong>&nbsp;to the right until&nbsp;<strong>it turns&nbsp;</strong></span><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK. </strong>A Success prompt is displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg" alt="Progressive download Pack" class="wp-image-166659" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button. Your feed will display in “Standby” mode.</li>



<li>Tap the<strong>  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105036" style="width: 32px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/right-arrow-icon-black.png" alt="right arrow icon"></strong> icon to enter the control page to set your mark-in/out preferences.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-in-Standby-mode.jpg" alt="Progressive Download in Standby mode" class="wp-image-151508" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-in-Standby-mode.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-in-Standby-mode-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<p>When a file is being transferred using the Progressive Download, download, and Auto Sync, methods a new file transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays in the top status bar of the LCD touchscreen. A prompt will appear when a file is being transferred as the Pack shuts down.<br>The transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays when a file is being transferred. Tap the <strong>Transfer tab</strong> to view the file transfer details.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105055" style="width: 32px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/right-arrow-icon-red.png" alt="right arrow red">icon is red when a Progressive Download is in progress.</li>



<li>The camera <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105064" style="width: 34px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/video-camera-icon.png" alt="video camera icon red"> icon is red when the RPS One is live with a receiver.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Return Video (RVF)</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Return Video Feedback (RVF)</strong></h2>



<p>Version 8.2 and later support separate Return Video Feedback with the Pack and an RPS receiver.</p>



<p>The Return Video screen has three modes, allowing users to set up RVF from a Receiver, Producer, Partyline, or MediaHub session. These modes can be output to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Inner HDMI</li>



<li>V-box 2 (HDMI 2)</li>



<li>The Pack’s LCD</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When enabled, a single return video can be simultaneously output to multiple outputs, such as two HDMI ports, the Pack’s LCD screen, and a phone or tablet.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>All return video feed type settings are accessed from the initial screen<strong> Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> <strong>&#8211; RVF from a receiver</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a Receiver <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt;<strong> RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Inner HDMI</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Receiver</strong> from the <strong>Receiver list</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select <strong>Live Stream</strong> or <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rvf-to-inner-hdmi-start.jpg" alt="rvf to inner hdmi start" class="wp-image-167505" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rvf-to-inner-hdmi-start.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rvf-to-inner-hdmi-start-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Inner HDMI </strong>screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Producer</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer.jpg" alt="to inner HDMI Producer" class="wp-image-167512" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from Partytline</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a<strong> Partyline</strong> session <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the<strong> To Inner HDMI</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Inner HDMI</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Partyline</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline.jpg" alt="to inner HDMI Partyline" class="wp-image-167519" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the<strong> Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a MediaHub session To Inner HDMI:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main<strong> Setting </strong>menu &gt;<strong> RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> RVF / To Inner HDMI</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Media Destination</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub.jpg" alt="to inner HDMI MediaHub" class="wp-image-167526" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn<mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"> red</mark>.</li>



<li>Tap the Home button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from a receiver</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a Receiver <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main<strong> Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the<strong> To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Receiver list</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select <strong>Live Stream</strong> or<strong> SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1.jpg" alt="rvf to v-box receiver" class="wp-image-167533" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the<strong> To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Produce</strong>r.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer.jpg" alt="to v-box HDMI 2 Producer" class="wp-image-167549" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from Partyline</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>Partyline</strong> session <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the<strong> To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap Partyline.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline.jpg" alt="to v-box HDMI 2 Partyline" class="wp-image-167565" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"><strong>red</strong></mark>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>MediaHub</strong> session <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the<strong> To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Media Destination</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub.jpg" alt=" to v-box HDMI 2 Mediahub" class="wp-image-167581" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"><strong>red</strong></mark>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong> &#8211;<strong> From a receiver</strong></h2>



<p>The VFB connects from the transmitter’s HDMI Out port. When the VFB function is enabled on an RPS TVU One, the VFB allows the return video feed to be transferred from a receiver in the field and displayed on the Pack LCD in real time.</p>



<p>To set up the RVF from a receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main<strong> Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Receiver list</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select <strong>Live Stream</strong> or <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver.jpg" alt="RVF to pack LCD Receiver" class="wp-image-167588" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>



<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-167595" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; From Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session <strong>To Pack LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt;<strong> RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Video From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Producer</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Producer" class="wp-image-167602" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-167595" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; From Partyline</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>Partyline</strong> session <strong>To Pack LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack</strong> LCD screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Partyline</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Partyline" class="wp-image-167609" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home </strong>button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-167595" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; From MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>MediaHub</strong> session <strong>To Pack LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack</strong> LCD screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li><strong>Select a media</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Mediahub" class="wp-image-167616" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home </strong>button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-167595" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Upload</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Upload</strong></h2>



<p>The Upload setting is accessed from the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>Upload</strong> button.</p>



<p>Using the Upload button, users can upload files from a USB flash drive to a Receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Upload</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/upload.jpg" alt="Upload" class="wp-image-167623" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/upload.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/upload-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Upload to</strong> drop-down list, then select a <strong>source</strong> in the <strong>From</strong> drop-down list.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>files</strong> you want from the list.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Upload</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Transfer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transfer</strong></h2>



<p>The Transfer setting is accessed from the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>Transfer</strong> button.</p>



<p>To view file transfer status, including progressive download, download, and auto-sync:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Transfer</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/transfer.jpg" alt="Transfer" class="wp-image-167630" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/transfer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/transfer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following status displays when the file transfer is ongoing.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="319" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing.png" alt="File transfer ongoing" class="wp-image-151541" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing-300x199.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following status displays when the file transfer is complete.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete.png" alt="File transfer complete" class="wp-image-151549" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete.png 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<p>The following message appears when powering off the device if file transfers are in progress.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1.png" alt="live standby alert" class="wp-image-151565" style="aspect-ratio:1.5148148148148148;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Speedtest</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Speedtest</strong></h2>



<p>The Speedtest feature is a critical tool for ensuring your bonded cellular and satellite connections have enough combined bandwidth for a 4-camera HDR broadcast.</p>



<p>Unlike a standard smartphone speed test, the RPS One test specifically measures the uplink capacity to the TVU ecosystem.</p>



<p>To perform a speedtest:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Speedtest screen is accessed by tapping the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu.</li>



<li>Scroll down and tap the<strong> Speedtest</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Speedtest screen will be displayed.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Receiver</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1.jpg" alt="Speedtest select receiver" class="wp-image-166793" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2.jpg" alt="Speedtest screen" class="wp-image-166800" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	RPS One Advanced configuration &#8211; pack controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One system status monitoring and control using a Web browser, iPhone, or smart mobile device</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS One encoder’s operational status can be monitored, and various transmission functions can be controlled from a Web browser. This interface can be accessed using a standard web browser connected to the RPS One hotspot.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Connecting to the RPS One hotspot</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Connecting to the RPS One hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the steps to connect a laptop or phone to the internal hotspot.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Search for the hotspot on your iPhone/smart device. Then, when prompted, enter the case-sensitive SSID:<br><em>TVUPACK_XXXX</em><br>(Where X is the last <strong>4 digits</strong> of the encoder’s PID)<br>The default password is the last 8 digits of the RPS One PID.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> All password characters are uppercase. The password can be changed in the Web UI if desired.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect to the SSID using your iPhone or smart device. The following examples show how the status screens display on a smart device&#8217;s Web browser.</li>



<li>Once the connection is established, you can open a web browser and enter <strong>http://192.168.4.1</strong> in the address line to see the RPS One’s “System status.”</li>



<li>The TVU RPS System status panel displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="513" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-system-status.jpg" alt="RPS One system status" class="wp-image-163128" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-system-status.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-system-status-225x300.jpg 225w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>The System status screen provides detailed information on the <strong>System</strong>, <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>IFB/VoIP</strong>, and <strong>Video</strong> status.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>System panel</strong></h2>



<p>Expand the <strong>System</strong> caret to display System status, model, software version, and PID information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="500" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-System-screen.jpg" alt="RPS One System screen" class="wp-image-167637" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-System-screen.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-System-screen-230x300.jpg 230w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Network panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Network panel displays the current Network status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="752" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Network-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Network panel" class="wp-image-163145" style="width:375px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Network-panel.jpg 473w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Network-panel-189x300.jpg 189w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IFB/VoIP panel</strong> <strong>&#8211; Audio Test</strong></h2>



<p>The IFB/VoIP panel allows the user to change the audio level of the IFB/VoIP function. Users can test the 3.5mm audio input and output interface hardware.</p>



<p>File management and recorded media progress can be accessed in the Advanced configuration <strong>File</strong> &gt; <strong>Recorder </strong>tab.</p>



<p>To perform an Audio test, the device must be available and not in use for <strong>Live</strong> or <strong>VoIP/IFB</strong>.</p>



<p>To perform an Audio Test:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the system status panel and expand the <strong>IFB/VoIP</strong> carat.</li>



<li>Click the green <strong>Audio Test</strong> link.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="405" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg" alt="IFB VoIP panel" class="wp-image-167644" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-IFB-VoIP-panel-300x281.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Advanced</strong> &gt; <strong>Audio Test</strong> page will open.</li>



<li>Ensure the microphone and speaker are connected, then click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="994" height="501" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test page" class="wp-image-167651" style="width:618px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page.jpg 994w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-300x151.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-768x387.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 994px) 100vw, 994px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If the device is currently in use for Live/VoIP/IFB, the following warning message appears.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test page warning" class="wp-image-167658" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning.jpg 508w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning-300x96.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Start Test</strong>.</li>



<li>The default active microphone and speaker are auto-enabled message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="999" height="500" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test enabled" class="wp-image-166842" style="width:637px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled.jpg 999w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled-768x384.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 999px) 100vw, 999px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Recording will start automatically when you enter this page. It will capture audio from the default microphone and display the input level on the green level bar. It will stop when you close or leave this page. If desired, you can click the<strong> Stop Test</strong> button to stop the recording.</li>



<li>To play the last recorded audio captured via the default microphone, click the <strong>Stop Test</strong> button again.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="995" height="462" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test capturing audio" class="wp-image-166849" style="width:646px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio.jpg 995w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio-768x357.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 995px) 100vw, 995px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To run the test again, click the <strong>Start Test</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="998" height="483" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test stop testing" class="wp-image-166856" style="width:649px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing.jpg 998w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing-300x145.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing-768x372.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 998px) 100vw, 998px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video panel</strong></h2>



<p>The video panel displays information on video transmission and its status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="492" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Video-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Video panel" class="wp-image-163160" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Video-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Video-panel-234x300.jpg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>The Video panel now includes two input format options: 4K and 1080P. These formats allow Twitch streamers to choose the maximum input format for the HDMI setting to channel 1, allowing units to limit or configure the available Extended Delay Identification Data (EDID) resolutions. This feature enables forcing 1080P input detection via HDMI when a connected camera uses automatic resolution settings.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="498" height="301" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/video-panel-new.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One Video panel - EDID configuration option" class="wp-image-167665" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/video-panel-new.jpg 498w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/video-panel-new-300x181.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></figure>



<p>The Video panel allows users to select <strong>USB</strong> as the <strong>Input Port</strong> when the pack detects a USB video input source.<br>Supported USB cameras are:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Pro</li>



<li>DJI Osmo Action 5 Pro</li>



<li>Logitech Brio 100</li>



<li>Hikvision DS-U11</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="633" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Select-USB-menu-RPS-One.png" alt="Select USB menu RPS One" class="wp-image-167672" style="width:372px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Select-USB-menu-RPS-One.png 473w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Select-USB-menu-RPS-One-224x300.png 224w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></figure>



<p>When selecting USB as a video input port, set <strong>1080P30</strong> as the <strong>Input format</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="633" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Select-USB-format-menu-RPS-One.png" alt="Select USB format menu RPS One" class="wp-image-167679" style="width:380px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Select-USB-format-menu-RPS-One.png 473w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Select-USB-format-menu-RPS-One-224x300.png 224w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></figure>



<p>When the USB setting is successful, the USB input will be displayed at the top of the pack’s Home LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed.jpg" alt="USB input source displayed" class="wp-image-163192" style="width:382px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Return Video</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Return Video</strong></h2>



<p>This operation can be configured for the Receiver, Producer, Partyline, and MediaHub on the Pack’s LCD screen and in the Advanced operations configuration <strong>Live</strong> &gt; <strong>Return Video</strong> screen.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	IP Source configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IP Source configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To configure the input source type for channel 1:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Web configuration</strong> menu.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Live</strong> menu, then the <strong>IP Source</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select channel 1, then click the <strong>HDMI/SDI/USB</strong> radio button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="476" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-IP-channel-1-USB-HDMI-SDI.jpg" alt="RPS One IP channel 1 USB HDMI SDI" class="wp-image-167686" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-IP-channel-1-USB-HDMI-SDI.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-IP-channel-1-USB-HDMI-SDI-300x283.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<p>To configure the input source type for channels 2/3/4:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Web configuration</strong> menu.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu, then the <strong>IP Source</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select channel 4, then click the<strong> SDI</strong> radio button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="507" height="474" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-IP-channel-2-3-4-SDI.jpg" alt="RPS One IP channel 2 3 4 SDI" class="wp-image-167694" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-IP-channel-2-3-4-SDI.jpg 507w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-IP-channel-2-3-4-SDI-300x280.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 507px) 100vw, 507px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Power panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Power panel allows users to <strong>reboot</strong> and <strong>power off</strong> the pack.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="175" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Power panel" class="wp-image-163199" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel-300x137.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Network configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To open the Network configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar icon</strong> to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="RPS One Advanced icon" class="wp-image-163206" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>General</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Network</strong>. This allows users to navigate to, monitor, and control all aspects of transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="275" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/new-general-network.jpg" alt="general&gt;Network&gt; LAN settings" class="wp-image-167701" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/new-general-network.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/new-general-network-300x191.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the LAN settings panel, set the RPS One&#8217;s local LAN address. The default IP address is <strong>192.168.4.1</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Subnet Mask</strong> and select a <strong>Router setting</strong> from the drop-down menu; the default is <strong>Auto</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="427" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="RPS One LAN setings" class="wp-image-167708" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings-300x297.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the following procedures to scroll through the remaining Network options to complete the configuration settings:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hotspot</li>



<li>WiFi</li>



<li>Ethernet</li>



<li>Modems</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>WiFi configuration and settings</strong></h2>



<p>The WiFi menu provides configuration information, access to change WiFi settings, and the ability to lock to the current WiFi network. The RPS One can optionally support multiple WiFi connections by purchasing optional hardware. For more information, contact TVU Networks support.</p>



<p>When multiple WiFi adapters are connected, you can scan available slots for WiFi adapters and configure  WiFi login information using the RPS One WiFi setup and configuration panel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring WiFi</strong></h2>



<p>To configure your WiFi settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon.jpg" alt="RPS One WiFi icon" class="wp-image-163227" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the<strong> Scan</strong> button to display any available networks. The available networks are displayed in the center panel. Move the <strong>WiFi</strong> slider to the right to enable it.</li>



<li>The WiFi network is disconnected by default, as shown below in the configuration screen, WiFi panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-wifi-panel-2.jpg" alt="WiFi panel" class="wp-image-167715" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-wifi-panel-2.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-wifi-panel-2-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the desired network from the center panel, then click the information “i” icon to connect to the WiFi. The settings pop-up window displays. Enter the <strong>Password</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="313" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-connect-to.jpg" alt="connect to WiFI" class="wp-image-167722" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-connect-to.jpg 490w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-connect-to-300x192.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If the password is incorrect, the following failure message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="605" height="190" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message.jpg" alt="WiFI failure message" class="wp-image-166926" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message.jpg 605w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message-300x94.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 605px) 100vw, 605px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Save</strong> button to save only the WiFi parameters, or the<strong> Join</strong> button to save and connect to the WiFi network.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="251" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-click-i-to-connect-pop-up.jpg" alt="Join to WiFI" class="wp-image-166933" style="width:387px"/></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you choose <strong>Join</strong> to save and connect to WiFi, the following screen displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="496" height="388" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-connected-RPS-One.jpg" alt="wifi connected  RPS One" class="wp-image-167729" style="width:500px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-connected-RPS-One.jpg 496w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-connected-RPS-One-300x235.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 496px) 100vw, 496px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi </strong>option, enable the slider. This option will automatically reconnect to the selected WiFi network if the signal drops.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="539" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-enable-lock-to-wifi-RPS-One.jpg" alt="wifi enable lock to wifi RPS One" class="wp-image-167736" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-enable-lock-to-wifi-RPS-One.jpg 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-enable-lock-to-wifi-RPS-One-280x300.jpg 280w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-enable-lock-to-wifi-RPS-One-71x75.jpg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To switch to another WiFi network, disable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi</strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="522" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-unlock-and-switch-to-another-RPS-One.jpg" alt="WiFi unlock and switch to another RPS One" class="wp-image-167743" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-unlock-and-switch-to-another-RPS-One.jpg 500w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-unlock-and-switch-to-another-RPS-One-287x300.jpg 287w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-unlock-and-switch-to-another-RPS-One-71x75.jpg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a WiFi connection, then enable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi</strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you enable the lock before connecting to another WiFi, the following message displays.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="607" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message.jpg" alt="No WiFi connection message" class="wp-image-166954" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message.jpg 607w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message-300x79.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 607px) 100vw, 607px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router feature</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This feature must be enabled by support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the Router feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>gear</strong> icon to open the Settings screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-167425" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Router</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Router</strong> screen will be displayed.</li>



<li>By default, the router setting is off. Tap and move the router slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg" alt="Router disabled" class="wp-image-167003" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the router setting is in the on position, the following screen displays.</li>



<li>To enable the Ethernet host setting, tap and move the <strong>Ethernet Host</strong> slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg" alt="Router enabled" class="wp-image-167010" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Router feature (client connections)</strong></h2>



<p>If higher bandwidth is required when using a hotspot, the optional TVU Router feature can enable clients to connect to the RPS One at up to 200 Mbps.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To access the Configuration page on an iPhone or other smart device, open a web browser and enter <strong>http://192.168.4.1</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot</strong> icon to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg" alt="Hotspot icon" class="wp-image-167108" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon-300x123.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Network</strong> tab and expand the <strong>LAN</strong> Settings panel.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Auto</strong> in the <strong>Router</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Enter the<strong> IP address</strong> and <strong>Subnet Mask</strong>, then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="427" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="RPS One LAN setings" class="wp-image-167708" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings-300x297.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down on the Hotspot panel. Connected Clients display in the <strong>Connected Clients</strong> device list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Hotspot panel" class="wp-image-163248" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel-252x300.jpg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>USB remote control PTT button operations</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>VoIP call operations</li>



<li>SCTE insertion</li>
</ul>



<p>Operators can now use a USB remote control as a Push-to-talk (PTT) button for the VoIP microphone. This allows users to mute and unmute their mic during a VoIP call independently of their headset.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When attempting to click to another control mode while the mic is “Mute” a confirmation message appears. Click Yes to mute and change modes. The Mic will automatically reset.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="175" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Mute-mic-confirmation.jpg" alt="Mute mic confirmation" class="wp-image-167750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Mute-mic-confirmation.jpg 506w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Mute-mic-confirmation-300x104.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP call operations</strong></h2>



<p>To enable the VoIP call Mute/unmute feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the local Web configuration page, click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and the <strong>Remote Control Setting </strong>tab.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Mute/Unmute Mic in VoIP Call</strong> radio button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="695" height="271" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting.jpg" alt="Remote controller setting" class="wp-image-167024" style="width:560px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting.jpg 695w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting-300x117.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 695px) 100vw, 695px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the USB remote controller device to the TVU Pack. While on a VoIP call, press once to mute.</li>



<li>The Mic status shows <strong>Mute</strong> in red.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1001" height="401" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute.jpg" alt="remote controller setting Mic status Mute" class="wp-image-167031" style="width:564px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute.jpg 1001w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute-300x120.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute-768x308.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press again to unmute.</li>



<li>When a VoIP microphone call invitation is received, the following message will appear automatically on the LCD touchscreen for 3 seconds.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="489" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-connecting.jpg" alt="Live VoIP connecting" class="wp-image-167757" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-connecting.jpg 489w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-connecting-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 489px) 100vw, 489px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a VoIP call is connected, a white microphone icon appears at the top of the LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-connected.jpg" alt="live VoIP connected" class="wp-image-167764" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-connected.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-connected-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When using VoIP, the Mic displays a modulating white-and-green icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-speaking.jpg" alt="live VoIP speaking" class="wp-image-167771" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-speaking.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-speaking-300x203.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When you press the remote button, a &#8220;Mute the mic&#8221; message appears, and the mic icon turns red, indicating that VoIP is connected and the mic is muted.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-muted.jpg" alt="live VoIP muted" class="wp-image-167778" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-muted.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-muted-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the remote button again to unmute the mic. The mic icon will return to the white (connected and open) state.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-unmuted.jpg" alt="Live VoIP unmuted" class="wp-image-167785" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-unmuted.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-unmuted-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>SCTE insertion</strong></h2>



<p>Note: If a user switches to Inserting SCTE while the Mic is Muted, a message will appear asking whether you want to switch to “Live control.” When this is allowed, the Mic will reset to Mute automatically.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the local Web configuration page, click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and the <strong>Remote Control Setting</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select the<strong> Inserting SCTE</strong> radio button to set the control option.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Duration and Preroll SCTE default values that appear are editable.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="694" height="329" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Inserting-SCTE.jpg" alt="Inserting SCTE" class="wp-image-167792" style="width:618px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Inserting-SCTE.jpg 694w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Inserting-SCTE-300x142.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 694px) 100vw, 694px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Plug the USB remote control device into the pack.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-1.jpg" alt="RPS one live status - SCTE " class="wp-image-167799" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-1.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the USB remote button once to begin inserting SCTE. The insertion automatically stops when the duration ends.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The default duration value is 120 seconds. This value can be edited and will be saved after the pack reboots.</li>



<li>The default Preroll value is 2 seconds. This value can be edited and will be saved after the pack reboots.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The countdown displays at the top of the LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down.jpg" alt="RPS one live status - SCTE count down" class="wp-image-167806" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the duration ends, the SCTE insertion automatically stops, and the following message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete.jpg" alt="RPS one live status - SCTE insertion complete" class="wp-image-167813" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If the user presses the Remote control device button while it’s active, an “SCTE Splice currently in process. Unable to complete the requested action until the current splice duration is complete” message displays on the LCD screen.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message.jpg" alt="RPS one live status - SCTE in process message" class="wp-image-167820" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Resetting the Duration and Preroll parameters to default values</strong></h2>



<p>To change the SCTE parameters back to the SCTE default values:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Remote Control Setting</strong> page.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Inserting SCTE</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Reset </strong>buttons to change to the default values.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="694" height="329" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Inserting-SCTE.jpg" alt="Inserting SCTE" class="wp-image-167792" style="width:618px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Inserting-SCTE.jpg 694w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Inserting-SCTE-300x142.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 694px) 100vw, 694px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced configuration &#8211; Web interface controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One Advanced configuration &#8211; Web interface controls</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU RPS One hotspot settings</strong></h2>



<p>The hotspot panel provides status information about clients connected through the hotspot.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Hotspot configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>To configure a hotspot:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg" alt="Hotspot icon" class="wp-image-167108" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon-300x123.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Connected Client list window displays a list of devices that are connected using hotspots.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To update the <strong>Password</strong>, edit the password field.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The new password must be 8 characters and does not take affect until the system is restarted.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The hotspot feature enables a connected device to access the Internet through one of the available network connections. This access allows file transfers via FTP or any other internet connection.</li>



<li>You can manually select the route taken (for example, a Hotel<strong> WiFi </strong>network) by selecting the path from the WiFi panel.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Bandwidth </strong>drop-down menu, choose<strong> 2.4 GHz</strong> or <strong>5 GHz</strong> frequency.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your changes.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Hotspot panel" class="wp-image-163248" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel-252x300.jpg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Modem configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Modem configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Modem panel provides modem configuration information to enable two modes: <strong>Manual</strong> and<strong> Auto</strong>. The transmitter automatically detects many cellular data cards and will self-configure when in Auto mode. If this is the case, no further action will be required. If a data card needs configuration, you can use the Modem panel to configure it by selecting the Manual roaming feature.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto mode</strong></h3>



<p>To enable Auto mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Modem</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="118" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/modem-icon.jpg" alt="modem icon" class="wp-image-163255" style="width:385px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Modem</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Roaming for this modem</strong> checkbox and the <strong>Auto</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>The <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong> checkbox will be checked by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="672" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel.jpg" alt="modems all enabled roaming panel" class="wp-image-167827" style="width:432px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel-224x300.jpg 224w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the “Roaming for this modem” box is unchecked, the following warning message appears.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg" alt="modem disable roaming message" class="wp-image-167206" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you choose to disable Roaming, the Roaming for slot XX is disabled message appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="644" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-disabled-default-panel.jpg" alt="modem disabled default panel" class="wp-image-167834" style="width:423px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-disabled-default-panel.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-disabled-default-panel-234x300.jpg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Users can change roaming for all modems by clicking the <strong>Restore Defaults</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manual roaming feature</strong></h3>



<p>The roaming for all modems is enabled by default.</p>



<p>The <strong>Manual</strong> radio button provides a global roaming toggle and an individual roaming switch for every slot. Changes to roaming settings (checked or unchecked) are saved automatically; clicking<strong> Apply</strong> is not necessary. Users can change roaming for all modems by clicking the <strong>Restore Defaults</strong> button.</p>



<p>To enable the Manual roaming feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Modem</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="118" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/modem-icon.jpg" alt="modem icon" class="wp-image-163255" style="width:385px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Modem</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong>, <strong>Roaming for this modem</strong>, and <strong>Manual</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Scan</strong> button to load the<strong> Carrier</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="776" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-manual.jpg" alt="modem manual" class="wp-image-167862" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-manual.jpg 499w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-manual-193x300.jpg 193w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Carrier</strong> from the list and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="498" height="781" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-manual-scanning.jpg" alt="modem manual scanning" class="wp-image-167855" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-manual-scanning.jpg 498w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-manual-scanning-191x300.jpg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When successful, the <strong>Applied successfully</strong> confirmation appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="781" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-select-slot.jpg" alt="modem select slot" class="wp-image-167848" style="width:513px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-select-slot.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-select-slot-194x300.jpg 194w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To turn global Roaming off, <strong>uncheck</strong> the <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong> checkbox. The <strong>Disable Roaming</strong> warning message appears.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg" alt="modem disable roaming message" class="wp-image-167206" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Disable</strong> button.</li>



<li>The <strong>All modems Roaming is disabled</strong> confirmation appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="617" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modems-all-disabled-panel-1.jpg" alt="modems all disabled panel 1" class="wp-image-167841" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modems-all-disabled-panel-1.jpg 500w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modems-all-disabled-panel-1-243x300.jpg 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Configuring data cards</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring data cards</strong></h2>



<p>To configure specific data cards:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Available Slots</strong> drop-down menu to display a list of available slots for configuration.</li>



<li>If Manual configuration is required, input the settings provided by your carrier into the <strong>Network registration mode</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save any changes.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Ethernet Configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Ethernet configuration DHCP IP</strong></h2>



<p>Ethernet settings are accessed and configured from the System configuration Home panel.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The DHCP IP address is automatically generated and cannot be manually entered.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To configure your Ethernet settings for a DHCP IP address:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Web browser UI and tap the <strong>Ethernet</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon.jpg" alt="Ethernet icon" class="wp-image-163270" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>DHCP</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Slot ID</strong> drop-down menu and select a<strong> slot number</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="557" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config.jpg" alt="Ethernet config" class="wp-image-163277" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config-207x300.jpg 207w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Ethernet configuration Static IP</strong></h2>



<p>To configure your Ethernet settings for a Static IP address:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Static IP</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Slot ID</strong> drop-down menu and select a <strong>slot number</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter a<strong> Static IP</strong> address in the IP Address field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Subnet Mask</strong> in the Mask field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Gateway</strong> in the Gateway field.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Apply </strong>button to save your changes.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="619" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static IP" class="wp-image-163284" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP-186x300.jpg 186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Return video</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live tab &#8211; Return Video</strong></h2>



<p>For the V-Box adapter, if the resolution of the return video from the receiver is 1080P or higher and the bitrate exceeds 2M, users can lower the resolution by selecting the appropriate Resolution and Bitrate in the drop-down menu.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Updating the return video resolution</strong></h3>



<p>To update the V-box adapter return video resolution:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Advanced</strong> configuration screen.</li>



<li>Open the <strong>Live</strong> > <strong>Return Video</strong> panel and choose the appropriate <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Open the <strong>Receiver</strong> tab and choose the appropriate <strong>Bitrate</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="387" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/new-advanced-v-box-panel.jpg" alt="advanced v box panel" class="wp-image-167869" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/new-advanced-v-box-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/new-advanced-v-box-panel-300x269.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the RVF feed resolution is too high, the following message appears on the LCD touchscreen.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="315" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/pack-return-video-tab.jpg" alt="RVF pack resolution too high  message" class="wp-image-167876" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/pack-return-video-tab.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/pack-return-video-tab-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	VoIP Audio inputs</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live tab &#8211; VoIP Audio inputs</strong></h2>



<p>Version 8.2 and higher of the receiver and pack support real-time switching between VoIP and IFB calls.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> A device reboot is required when switching between VoIP and IFB if the receiver version is lower than v8.2.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The Audio setting option only applies to VoIP, if it is IFB, these options are not available.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio encoding mode &#8211; 2 -channel option</strong></h3>



<p>Mixing all Channels is set as the default option when selecting any transmitter.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="593" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-2-audio-inputs.jpg" alt="rps one 2 audio inputs" class="wp-image-167883" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-2-audio-inputs.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-2-audio-inputs-254x300.jpg 254w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<p>When a specific channel is chosen, such as “Left Channel” or “Channel 1”, the other three transmitters will default to “Left Channel” or “Channel 1.” Users can manually adjust these transmitters as needed to send other individual Audio Channels.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="142" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-2-audio-inputs-menu.jpg" alt="rps one 2 audio inputs menu" class="wp-image-167890" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-2-audio-inputs-menu.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-2-audio-inputs-menu-300x87.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<p>The Apply button is only applicable for these settings. If nothing has changed, the <strong>Apply</strong> button will appear as grayed out. When in a call, switching the call mode will prompt the following confirmation dialog to remind users that the operation will interrupt the current call.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="507" height="165" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-warning-message.jpg" alt="audio inputs warning" class="wp-image-167897" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-warning-message.jpg 507w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-warning-message-300x98.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 507px) 100vw, 507px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio encoding mode &#8211; 4-channel option</strong></h3>



<p>When the <strong>without mixing </strong>option is selected in any transmitter, the other three transmitters will automatically synchronize to it.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="501" height="608" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-2.jpg" alt="rps one 4 audio inputs 2" class="wp-image-167904" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-2.jpg 501w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-2-247x300.jpg 247w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 501px) 100vw, 501px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="208" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-menu.jpg" alt="rps one 4 audio inputs menu" class="wp-image-167911" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-menu.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-menu-300x128.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>



<p>When in a call, switching the call mode will prompt the following confirmation dialog to remind users that the operation will interrupt the current call.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="507" height="165" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-warning-message.jpg" alt="audio inputs warning" class="wp-image-167897" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-warning-message.jpg 507w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-warning-message-300x98.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 507px) 100vw, 507px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Self-Check panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced Self-Check panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Advanced Self-Check panel enables you to self-check your devices’ basic, video, and network health status while the device is not live. TVU Support staff can use this information for troubleshooting purposes.<br>To perform a self-check on your device in the Advanced configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Advanced configuration UI.</li>



<li>Tap the Advanced menu and select the <strong>Self-Check</strong> tab.</li>



<li>To run diagnostics on your device, tap one or all of the <strong>Basic</strong>, <strong>Video</strong>, and <strong>Network</strong> checkboxes, then tap the <strong>Start self-check </strong>button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-start-self-check.jpg" alt="advanced start self-check" class="wp-image-167953" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-start-self-check.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-start-self-check-300x149.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following pre-check prompts display when selected in Step 1.</li>



<li>Tap<strong> Yes</strong> to confirm the Video check prompt.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="606" height="184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-confirm-video-message.jpg" alt="advanced confirm video message" class="wp-image-167946" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-confirm-video-message.jpg 606w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-confirm-video-message-300x91.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 606px) 100vw, 606px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Yes</strong> to confirm the Network check prompt.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="604" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-confirm-network-message.jpg" alt="advanced confirm network message" class="wp-image-167939" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-confirm-network-message.jpg 604w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-confirm-network-message-300x77.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-Check window displays its status.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="708" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-checking-module-screen.jpg" alt="advanced checking module screen" class="wp-image-167932" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-checking-module-screen.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-checking-module-screen-214x300.jpg 214w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-Check results display errors when completed. The errors are displayed in red.</li>



<li>Address any errors and tap the <strong>Self-check again</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="826" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-self-check-warnings.jpg" alt="advanced self-check warnings" class="wp-image-167925" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-self-check-warnings.jpg 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-self-check-warnings-183x300.jpg 183w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-Check report will display no red errors when complete.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="928" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Self-check-results-RPS-One.jpg" alt="Self check results RPS One" class="wp-image-167918" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Self-check-results-RPS-One.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Self-check-results-RPS-One-163x300.jpg 163w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Run Router Live Together feature makes it easy for users to define (WAN) Router mode vs. (LAN) pass-through or receive mode. Ethernet Port Mode includes a WAN (share internet) radio button that sends bonded cellular internet through the Ethernet port. The LAN (Receive internet) radio button will accept incoming internet through the Ethernet port.</p>



<p>To open the Router configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar</strong> icon or the Web UI to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="Advanced icon" class="wp-image-152542" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select <strong>Router</strong>. The <strong>Router</strong> panel will be displayed.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>TVU Router</strong> slider.</li>



<li>The Ethernet Port Mode radio button is set to <strong>WAN</strong> (Share internet) by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="452" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1.jpg" alt="router 1" class="wp-image-167178" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1.jpg 506w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1-300x268.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Mouse over the <strong>radio buttons</strong> to display their behavior.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="445" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2.jpg" alt="router 2" class="wp-image-167185" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2-300x266.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the <strong>Run Router Live Together </strong>feature is enabled, the router panel displays the <strong>Smart Traffic Allocation</strong> radio button under <strong>Data Preference</strong>. This button will prioritize Live streaming and use the excess for the router.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="446" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a.jpg" alt="router 1a" class="wp-image-167192" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a-300x265.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Audio encoding</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio Encoding &#8211; Stereo</strong></h2>



<p>To set the Audio Encoding to Stereo (default):</p>



<ol start="1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> > <strong>Encoder</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>16-Ch</strong> radio button and move the slider from <strong>Mono</strong> to <strong>Stereo</strong> in the <strong>Audio Encode</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="799" height="843" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-stereo-setting.jpg" alt="source switcher stereo setting" class="wp-image-167960" style="width:518px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-stereo-setting.jpg 799w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-stereo-setting-284x300.jpg 284w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-stereo-setting-768x810.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-stereo-setting-71x75.jpg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 799px) 100vw, 799px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio Encoding &#8211; Mono</strong></h2>



<p>To set the Audio Encoding to Mono:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> > <strong>Encoder</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>16-Ch</strong> radio button and move the slider from <strong>Stereo</strong> to <strong>Mono</strong> in the Audio Encode panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="804" height="847" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-mono-setting.jpg" alt="source switcher mono setting" class="wp-image-167967" style="width:533px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-mono-setting.jpg 804w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-mono-setting-285x300.jpg 285w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-mono-setting-768x809.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-mono-setting-71x75.jpg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 804px) 100vw, 804px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Software QGUG Rev G EN 02-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-software-qsug-v8-3/">TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Software QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU One Model TM1000v4 Software QSUG v8.3</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-software-qsug-v8-3/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 02 Mar 2026 14:14:08 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=166411</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The TVU One Model TM1000v4 is an all 5G single-channel transmitter and features onboard RVF and HDMI output. </p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-software-qsug-v8-3/">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Software QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="582" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3-1024x582.jpg" alt="TVU One model TM1000v4 SW Featured image v8.3" class="wp-image-166412" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3-1024x582.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3-768x437.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3.jpg 1029w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setup, configuration, and Going live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before you use your TVU One transmitter, refer to the <em><a href="/?p=155783" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> to set up the hardware and identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, TVU services, and unit accessories.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Single-camera connections</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Single-camera connections</strong></h2>



<p>Refer to the following figures for input connection configurations.</p>



<p>The following camera combinations are supported:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="142" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/HDMI-In-TM1000v4.png" alt="HDMI In TM1000v4" class="wp-image-156531"/></figure>



<p>HDMI only &#8211; Up to 1080 p60</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="142" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/SDI-In-TM1000v4.png" alt="SDI In TM1000v4" class="wp-image-156539"/></figure>



<p>3G SDI In &#8211; Up to 1080 p60</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this guide</strong></h2>



<p>This software user guide provides information on performing basic configuration and operating the TVU One model TM1000v4 transmitter.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Refer to the <em><a href="/?p=155783" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> to set up your hardware.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning on the TVU One</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>power</strong> button, and the TVU One transmitter will begin to boot up.</li>



<li>The initial status screen will display.</li>



<li>The modems begin to connect automatically.</li>
</ol>



<p>&#8220;No video input&#8221; will appear on the LCD touchscreen when no transmission feed is connected to the unit.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:389px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> you may be prompted to upgrade your firmware. If you choose to upgrade, click the notification at the top of the status screen. It may take up to 30 minutes to complete.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Live status screen functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One transmitter Live status screen functions</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="431" height="289" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions.jpg" alt="TVU One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions" class="wp-image-156550" style="width:476px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions.jpg 431w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 431px) 100vw, 431px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Transmission Status:</strong> The LCD touchscreen displays the current transmission status of the TVU One. When the SDI video input source is connected to the transmitter, the touchscreen will display Standby until a channel is selected and taken “Live.”</p>



<p><strong>(B) Data Card Status Monitor:</strong><br>Displays the current number and status of all data cards connected to the transmitter. The status of data cards connected to the transmitter will appear as <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"><strong>green</strong></mark>,<mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"> <strong>red</strong></mark>, <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-orange-color"><strong>orange</strong></mark>, or<strong> black</strong>. The <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"><strong>green</strong></mark> status indicates that the data card is connected. The <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-orange-color">orange</mark></strong> status indicates that the data card is attempting to dial. The <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong> status indicates that the data card is not connected. The <strong>black</strong> status indicates that no card is present.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Ethernet Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the Ethernet connection.</p>



<p><strong>(D) Hotspot Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the hotspot connection.</p>



<p><strong>(E) WiFi Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the WiFi connection.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Latency Status:</strong> Displays the current latency of the transmission.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Bit Rate Status:</strong> Displays the current Bit Rate (B/R).</p>



<p><strong>(H) Receiver Name:</strong> Shows the receiver name to which the unit is transmitting.</p>



<p><strong>(I) Audio Input Level Monitor:</strong> Dynamically displays the audio input level (DBFS) for the unit with graphical colors.</p>



<p><strong>(J) Battery Status:</strong> Indicates the status of the battery.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Going live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Going Live</strong></h2>



<p>To go live using the receiver with which you last went live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Live</strong> button on the initial status screen to start the live transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The transmitter will prompt you to slide the ‘Slide to go live’ button from left to right.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slide-to-go-live-v4.png" alt="Slide to go live button" class="wp-image-166419" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slide-to-go-live-v4.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slide-to-go-live-v4-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the button is engaged, the transmitter begins the live transmission using the last receiver you most recently used to go Live.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a receiver and going Live</strong></h2>



<p>To select a receiver, configure your settings, and go Live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the center of the LCD touchscreen. The initial status screen displays. Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon on the bottom right of the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The new menu will display, and the new menu allows users to reorder, remove, and add menu options to customize the menu order based on user habits.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Setting,WiFi, and Hotspot buttons can not be removed.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Setting</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To return to the previous screen, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Setting menu will display, tap the <strong>Receiver</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting config select receiver" class="wp-image-166433" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">you want to go live with from the drop-down menu, then tap&nbsp;<strong>OK</strong>, </span>then tap<strong>&nbsp;</strong>the <strong>Go Live</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you only want to select a receiver but do not want to go Live, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button at the bottom-right corner of the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting select receiver" class="wp-image-166440" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When starting a live transmission from this menu, you will not be prompted to slide a button. The transmission will begin with a countdown.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="660" height="495" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png" alt="connecting with receiver screen" class="wp-image-151221" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png 660w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 660px) 100vw, 660px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Starting and stopping the transmission</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Starting and stopping the transmission</strong></h2>



<p>When the SDI camera source is connected, the “Standby” screen will display until you take the transmission live.</p>



<p>To take the transmission live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the green <strong>Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection.jpg" alt="going live" class="wp-image-156560" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The transmitter will display a prompt for you to slide the ‘Slide to go live’ button from left to right.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Slide-to-go-live-v4.png" alt="Slide to go live v4" class="wp-image-156569" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Slide-to-go-live-v4.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Slide-to-go-live-v4-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a transmission is live with a receiver, a red <strong>Stop</strong> button will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4.jpg" alt="stopping a live transmission v4" class="wp-image-156578" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>To stop the live transmission:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the red <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>The LCD will return to the “Standby” mode when the live transmission is stopped.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection.jpg" alt="going live standby mode" class="wp-image-156560" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Full-screen preview</strong></h2>



<p>To enable a full-screen view from the touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> full-screen</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="28" height="29" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-icon.jpg" alt="full screen icon" class="wp-image-151261" style="width:50px;height:auto"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4.jpg" alt="stopping a live transmission v4" class="wp-image-156578" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The full-screen mode will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/full-screen-view.jpg" alt="full-screen mode" class="wp-image-156596" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/full-screen-view.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/full-screen-view-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the previous display, tap the bottom-right icon.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU One Config settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One Configuration settings</strong></h2>



<p>This section describes the list of TVU One pack settings and explains how to locate and configure them.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a receiver</strong></h2>



<p>To select a receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon on the initial status page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-156604" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the Setting screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Setting menu will display, tap the <strong>Receiver</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting config select receiver" class="wp-image-166433" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver you want to go live with, then tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting select receiver" class="wp-image-166440" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Selecting an encoder option</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting an encoder option</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One TM1000v4 has true dual encoding. It encodes the same content at a fixed bitrate in the background and records to local storage. Users can monitor the live-stream bitrate. A visual notification is displayed on the home screen if the selected transmission bitrate drops below the threshold.</p>



<p>The TVU One model TM1000v4 supports onboard H.265/HEVC or H.264 encoding.</p>



<p>To select an encoding option:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting </strong>button on the main menu to open the Setting screen, then tap <strong>Encoder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Encoder screen will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder.jpg" alt="setting config encoder" class="wp-image-166454" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Video</strong> to open the <strong>Video Encode</strong> menu.</li>



<li>Configure the <strong>Encoding</strong> setting.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>H.265 Interview</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.264 Normal</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.265 Fast Motion</strong></li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H264.jpg" alt="setting encoder video H264" class="wp-image-166461" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H264.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H264-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Your selection will highlight green. The RPS One must be in live mode before you can change selections.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H265.jpg" alt="setting encoder video H265" class="wp-image-166468" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H265.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H265-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Chroma Subsampling: 4:2:0 vs. 4:2:2</strong></h3>



<p>Chroma subsampling reduces color information to save bandwidth while preserving image detail.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>4:2:0 samples color at half the horizontal and vertical resolution; best for streaming or storage-efficient video with lower color fidelity.</li>



<li>4:2:2 samples color at full vertical resolution and half horizontal; preserves more color detail, preferred for professional editing or broadcast.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Back</strong> Arrow to return to the previous screen.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Audio</strong> to open the <strong>Audio Encode</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder.jpg" alt="setting config encoder" class="wp-image-166454" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p></p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Audio</strong> to select an <strong>Audio Codec</strong>, <strong>Audio Channel</strong>, <strong>Audio VBR/CBR</strong>, and <strong>Audio Bitrate</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio Codec descriptions:</strong></h3>



<p><strong>Advanced Audio Coding (AAC)</strong>:<br>AAC is a versatile audio compression format known for its ability to deliver high-quality sound with efficient file sizes.</p>



<p><strong>AAC-LC (Low Complexity):</strong><br>AAC-LC is a specific profile within the AAC format, optimized for lower computational complexity and broad compatibility. It offers excellent sound quality while being easier to decode, making it ideal for devices with limited processing power. AAC-LC is commonly used in platforms like iTunes, YouTube, and digital radio broadcasting.</p>



<p><strong>AAC-HE (High Efficiency):</strong><br>AAC-HE, also known as AAC+ or AAC Plus, is an extension of the AAC format designed for even greater compression efficiency. It utilizes more advanced encoding techniques to achieve higher compression ratios, reducing file sizes without significant loss of audio quality.<br>AAC-HE Particularly suited for low-bitrate applications such as streaming over limited bandwidth or storing audio on devices with constrained storage capacity.</p>



<p><strong>OPUS Audio Codec:</strong><br>OPUS is a highly versatile and efficient audio codec designed for interactive, real-time audio applications like voice calls, video conferencing, and live streaming. It is widely adopted for delivering high-quality audio at low bitrates, making it perfect for modern communication and entertainment platforms.</p>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your <strong>Audio Encode selections</strong>. The Audio Codec now includes an <strong>OPUS</strong> option alongside the two AAC profile options.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-audio-2-ch-stereo.jpg" alt="setting encoder audio 2 ch stereo" class="wp-image-166475" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-audio-2-ch-stereo.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-audio-2-ch-stereo-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the Encoder menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> Arrow.</li>



<li>To return to the Settings menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> Arrow again.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Delay management</strong></h2>



<p>To manage the second and sub-second Latency settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the configuration setting page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Delay</strong> to configure the latency.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a box and use the <strong>up</strong> and <strong>down</strong> buttons to set the delay.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay.jpg" alt="setting delay" class="wp-image-166482" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>OK </strong>to confirm your settings. To return to the Setting screen, tap the <strong>back</strong> Arrow.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>NTP Host</strong></h2>



<p>Users can view the NTP host status on the touchscreen display. The NTP Host IP address is configured in the Advanced settings Web UI panel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP &amp; IFB &#8211; Single-channel configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To configure VoIP and IFB settings for a single channel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the Setting screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>VoIP &amp; IFB</strong> to configure the settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a <strong>VoIP</strong> or<strong> IFB</strong> configuration.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings.jpg" alt=" voip and IFB settings" class="wp-image-166489" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Data card monitoring (Slot)</strong></h2>



<p>To monitor detailed encoder information along with Ethernet, hotspot, and WiFi connections:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the configuration setting page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down the menu and tap <strong>Slot</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / Slot</strong> monitoring screen opens.</li>



<li>The data cards and their status display along with Ethernet, Hotspot, and WiFi indicators:</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> Ethernet<br><strong>(B)</strong> Hotspot<br><strong>(C)</strong> WiFi connection<br><strong>(D)</strong> Data cards/slot number</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="302" height="229" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring.jpg" alt="Slot monitoring" class="wp-image-166496" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring.jpg 302w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring-300x227.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 302px) 100vw, 302px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Slot speed</strong></h2>



<p>A user can view the speed of each slot in real time and change the Network setting.</p>



<p>To view a slot speed:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “<strong>&gt;</strong>” to view the real-time speed setting.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="323" height="218" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection.jpg" alt="Slot selection" class="wp-image-166503" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection.jpg 323w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 323px) 100vw, 323px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The real-time speeds of the connected slots are displayed.</li>



<li>To return to the data card view, tap the ”&lt;“ button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="332" height="221" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed.jpg" alt="Slot speed" class="wp-image-166510" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed.jpg 332w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 332px) 100vw, 332px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Tap <strong>Back</strong> Arrow to return to the Slot monitoring screen without changing the Network Setting</span>.</li>



<li>To return to the Setting screen, tap the <strong>Back </strong>Arrow again.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Story</strong></h2>



<p>The Story selection enables users to configure a Story name with a source. This feature is described further in the “<em>TVU One Model TM1000v4 Advanced Configuration Guide</em>.”</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The TVU One transmitter information (About)</strong></h2>



<p>The <strong>About</strong> screen provides the model, Peer ID, software version, App version and the designated ISX or IS+ mode, and region, information:</p>



<p>To access the About screen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the configuration setting page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “∇” button to scroll down to the bottom of the Config menu and tap <strong>About</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / About</strong> information window displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-About-ISX-V4.jpg" alt="setting About ISX V4" class="wp-image-166517" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-About-ISX-V4.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-About-ISX-V4-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the <strong>Settings</strong> menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> Arrow.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Language selection</strong></h2>



<p>The Setting screen allows the user to choose between English and Chinese.</p>



<p>To select a language:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon, then the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down and tap <strong>Language</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / Language </strong>screen will display. Select your location option.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language.jpg" alt="setting language" class="wp-image-166524" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the <strong>Setting</strong> main menu, tap the <strong>back</strong> Arrow twice.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	WiFi</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>WiFi</strong></h2>



<p>The pack will automatically attempt to reconnect if the current WiFi connection disconnects.</p>



<p>When multiple WiFi adapters are connected, you can scan available slots for WiFi adapters and configure the WiFi login information on the Pack’s LCD screen or by using the TVU One WiFi setup and configuration panel. For detailed information, refer to “WiFi configuration and settings”.</p>



<p>To confirm the TVU One’s WiFi status:</p>



<p>The “W” icon at the bottom of the initial status screen will display green when WiFi is connected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p>To configure WiFi:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon on the initial status screen to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, then tap the <strong>WiFi </strong>button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you don’t see the name, tap the Scan button to refresh the screen.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi name</strong> you want to connect to.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFi-screen.jpg" alt="WiFi screen" class="wp-image-166538" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFi-screen.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFi-screen-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>virtual keyboard </strong>will display.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Password</strong> and tap <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard.jpg" alt="wifi enter password keyboard" class="wp-image-166545" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning WiFi off</strong></h2>



<p>To turn WiFi off and keep your connection settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi</strong> button.</li>



<li>Disable the <strong>Onboard WiFi</strong> slider. When WiFi is off, the WiFi screen shows no connections.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>The Hotspot screen displays two QR codes. Users can scan the Hotspot QR code to join the packs’ internal Hotspot. Scanning the Configuration page QR code opens the WiFi Configuration page in a Web browser.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Settings (<strong>gear</strong>) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot</strong> button.</li>



<li>Use your smart device to scan the <strong>Hotspot QR code</strong> to join the pack’s network.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="318" height="215" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code.jpg" alt="Hotspot QR code" class="wp-image-166552" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code.jpg 318w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code-300x203.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the connection is established, scan the <strong>Configuration page QR code</strong> to open the web browser window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="318" height="212" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code.jpg" alt="Config qr code" class="wp-image-166559" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code.jpg 318w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>For more information about the Hotspot feature and client connections, refer to “Configuring hotspot”.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router</strong></h2>



<p>Users can enable the Router on the touchscreen. Once enabled, the Ethernet Host slider appears. </p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This feature must be enabled by support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the Router Feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-156604" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> menu will display. Tap the <strong>Router</strong> button. By default, the router setting is off. Tap and move the router<strong> slider</strong> to the right until it turns <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled.jpg" alt="router disabled" class="wp-image-166568" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the router setting is in the on position, the following screen displays.</li>



<li>Select the Ethernet Port Mode. For Advanced Router configuration and Ethernet LAN/WAN settings refer to “Router feature”.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled.jpg" alt="router enabled" class="wp-image-166575" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Switch</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Switch</strong></h2>



<p>The “Switch” mode is a Network switch feature. It’s visible on the pack LCD touchscreen is a quick-toggle shortcut for the VLAN Tunnel Switch feature.</p>



<p>While the detailed IP networking is usually done via the Web GUI, the LCD screen allows the field operator to engage or monitor the tunnel status without opening a laptop.</p>



<p>To enable the Switch feature on the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-166582" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> main menu will display. Tap the <strong>Switch</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When enabled, only one device can be set as a DHCP server.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Hotspot is only available when the TVU One is set as a DHCP server.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Switch.jpg" alt="Switch mode enabled" class="wp-image-166589" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Switch.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Switch-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Stream</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Stream </strong></h2>



<p>Using the Stream feature, a user can remotely control the stream output destination of a receiver.</p>



<p>To enable the Stream feature on the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> main menu will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Stream</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Receiver</strong> drop-down list.</li>



<li>Select one <strong>Destination</strong> from the drop-down list.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Publish</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/stream.jpg" alt="Stream screen" class="wp-image-166596" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/stream.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/stream-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the stream is live, the destination output will display red; when loading, the status is yellow. Receivers that are available display white.</li>



<li>To stop the stream, tap the<strong> Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Stream-tab.jpg" alt="Stream screen live" class="wp-image-166603" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Stream-tab.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Stream-tab-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Self-Check</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Self-Check</strong></h2>



<p>The Self-Check feature enables you to self-check your devices’ basic, video, and network health status while the device is not live.</p>



<p>TVU Support staff can use this information for troubleshooting purposes. This feature can also be accessed in the Advanced configuration Self-Check tab. This is further explained in “Advanced Self-Check panel”.</p>



<p>To perform a self-check on your device from the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll to the bottom of the Main setting menu, then tap the <strong>Self-Check</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap one or <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">more&nbsp;<strong>Basic</strong>,&nbsp;<strong>Video</strong>, and&nbsp;<strong>Network</strong>&nbsp;checkboxes, then</span> tap the <strong>Self-check Now </strong>button to run diagnostics on your device.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button.jpg" alt="Self-check screen" class="wp-image-166610" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Self-check Now</strong> button to run diagnostics on your device.</li>



<li>Follow the prompts.</li>



<li>If the pack is live, the following message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live.jpg" alt="self check live" class="wp-image-166624" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When an issue occurs after self-checking the Basic, Video, or Network modules, the following warning message appears, indicating which module is not functioning correctly.</li>



<li>Tap the red module to display the configuration issue and make the appropriate correction(s), then tap <strong>Self-Check Again</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="317" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning.jpg" alt="self check warning" class="wp-image-166617" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<p>When the Self-Check completes without any issues, the following message displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success.jpg" alt="self check success" class="wp-image-166631" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Progressive download</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Progressive Download</strong></h2>



<p>The Progressive download feature enables users to record clips by connecting a video camera to the SDI input. The video camera&#8217;s record button starts and stops recording. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Camcorder mode applies to video cameras that have SDI with embedded timecode.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">The File-based workflows in Camcorder or Pack mode in the “<a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank"><em>File-based Workflow Reference Guide</em></a>” further explain recording.</span></p>



<p>To use the Progressive Download feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions 2" class="wp-image-156810" style="aspect-ratio:1.4945454545454546;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Progressive Download</strong> button from the main menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Continue to “Camcorder mode” or “TVU Pack control mode.”</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Camcorder mode</strong></h2>



<p>Camcorder mode can only be used with an SDI input. Having the time code inside the SDI signal is required.</p>



<p>To enable Progressive Download Camcorder mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Camcorder</strong> and move the Enable slider to the right until it turns <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>Record</strong> button on the camcorder to display the controls.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder.jpg" alt="Progessive download camcorder" class="wp-image-166638" style="aspect-ratio:1.4889705882352942;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Standby and record modes</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Standby and Record modes</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Standby “Stby” displays in <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong> when in camcorder mode and not recording.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="317" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-default-3.png" alt="Progressive download default 3" class="wp-image-156836" style="aspect-ratio:1.4944649446494465;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-default-3.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-default-3-300x198.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the camcorder is recording, “<mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">• Rec</mark>” displays in <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-in.png" alt="Progressive download mark in" class="wp-image-156845" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-in.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-in-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the camcorder finishes recording, Standby (“Stby”) displays in <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-done.png" alt="Progressive download mark done" class="wp-image-156853" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-done.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-done-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Stop recording on the camcorder if you need to change your pack settings.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you change the settings to the <strong>Pack</strong> while <strong>Camcorder</strong> mode is running, the following message will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress.jpg" alt="Progessive download in progress" class="wp-image-166645" style="aspect-ratio:1.4981949458483754;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">If you switch to&nbsp;<strong>Camcorder</strong>&nbsp;mode while running in&nbsp;<strong>Pack</strong>&nbsp;mode and the&nbsp;<strong>Mark In</strong>&nbsp;point is set but the&nbsp;<strong>Mark Out</strong>&nbsp;point is not, the following message will appear</span>. The processing becomes interrupted and defaults to the current <strong>Mark Out</strong> point.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set.jpg" alt="progressive download mark out not set" class="wp-image-166652" style="aspect-ratio:1.5018450184501846;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a file transfer is in progress, a new file transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays in the top status bar. The following message will display if you take the clip live during the transfer process.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert.png" alt="Live standby alert" class="wp-image-151484" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Pack control mode </strong></h2>



<p>Pack control mode can be used in either SDI or HDMI. A time code is not required. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<p>To enable the Progressive Download Pack mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Settings<strong> gear</strong> icon.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Progressive Download</strong> button in the Main menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Pack</strong> and move the enable <strong>slider</strong> to the right until it turns <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>. A Success message will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg" alt="Progressive download Pack" class="wp-image-166659" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button. Your feed will display in “Standby” mode.</li>



<li>Tap the<strong>  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105036" style="width: 32px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/right-arrow-icon-black.png" alt="right arrow icon"></strong>icon to enter the control page to set your mark-in/out preferences.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions 2" class="wp-image-156810" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<p>When a file is being transferred using the Progressive Download, download, and Auto Sync methods, a new file transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays in the top status bar of the LCD touchscreen. A prompt will display if a file is being transferred when the Pack is shutting down.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-3.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions 3" class="wp-image-156870" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-3.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-3-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<p>The transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays when a file is being transferred. Tap the <strong>Transfer tab</strong> on the Settings screen to view the file transfer details.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105055" style="width: 32px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/right-arrow-icon-red.png" alt="right arrow red">icon is red when a Progressive Download is in progress.</li>



<li>The camera <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105064" style="width: 34px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/video-camera-icon.png" alt="video camera icon red"> icon is red when the RPS One is live with a receiver.</li>
</ul>



<p>Transferring, marking, and taking a clip live is further explained in the &#8220;<em>TVU One Software Advanced Configuration Guide</em>.&#8221;</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	RVF</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Return Video Feedback (RVF)</strong></h2>



<p>Version 8.2 and later supports separate return video feedback (RVF) with the Pack and an RPS receiver.</p>



<p>The Return Video screen has three modes that allow users to set up RVF from a Receiver, Producer, Partyline, or MediaHub session.</p>



<p>These modes can be output to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Inner HDMI</li>



<li>To V-box (HDMI 2)</li>



<li>To Pack’s LCD</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When enabled, a single return video can be simultaneously output to multiple outputs, such as two HDMI ports, the Pack’s LCD screen, and a phone or tablet.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The return video feed type setting is accessed by tapping the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button on the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> <strong>&#8211; RVF from Receiver</strong></h3>



<p>To configure <strong>RVF from a Receiver To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main Setting menu &gt;<strong> RVF button</strong>.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Inner HDMI</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Receiver</strong> from the <strong>Receiver list</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select <strong>Live Stream</strong> or <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2.jpg" alt="rvf - Receiver to inner HDMI 2" class="wp-image-166680" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"><strong>red</strong></mark>.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session<strong> To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To Inner HDMI panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Inner HDMI</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the RVF From panel, tap <strong>Producer</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer.jpg" alt="RVF - Receiver to inner HDMI Producer" class="wp-image-166673" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from Partyline</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Partyline</strong> session <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF </strong>button.</li>



<li>In the To Inner HDMI panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The RVF / To Inner HDMI screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Partyline</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline.jpg" alt="RVF - Receiver to inner HDMI Partyline" class="wp-image-166694" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>MediaHub</strong> session <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To Inner HDMI panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The RVF / To Inner HDMI screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a Media<strong> Destination</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub.jpg" alt="RVF - To inner HDMI MediaHub" class="wp-image-166701" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> <strong>&#8211; RVF from Receiver</strong></h3>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Receiver To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2) </strong>screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>receiver</strong> from the <strong>Receiver list </strong>drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select<strong> Live Stream</strong> or <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1.jpg" alt="rvf - Receiver to rvf tab - Receiver to V-box HDMI 2-box " class="wp-image-166708" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt;<strong> RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To V-box (HDMI 2) panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Producer</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer.jpg" alt="RVF -  to v-box HDMI 2 Producer" class="wp-image-166715" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from Partyline</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Partyline</strong> session <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To V-box (HDMI 2) panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Partyline</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline.jpg" alt="RVF - to v-box HDMI 2 Partyline" class="wp-image-166722" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from <strong>MediaHub To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To V-box (HDMI 2) panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2) </strong>screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Media Destination</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub.jpg" alt="RVF - to v-box HDMI 2 Mediahub" class="wp-image-166729" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the<strong> Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack&#8217;s LCD &#8211; RVF from Receiver</strong></h3>



<p>The VFB connects from the transmitter’s HDMI Out port. When the VFB function is enabled on an RPS TVU One, it allows the return video feed to be transferred from a field receiver and displayed on the Pack LCD in real time.</p>



<p>To configure the RVF from a <strong>receiver To Pack&#8217;s LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack&#8217;s LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>receiver</strong> from the <strong>Receiver list </strong>drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select <strong>Live Stream</strong> or <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver.jpg" alt="RVF to pack LCD Receiver" class="wp-image-166736" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home </strong>button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>



<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-166743" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; RVF from Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session <strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu </strong>&gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack&#8217;s LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Video From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Producer</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Producer" class="wp-image-166758" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Home</strong> button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-166743" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or<strong> Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; RVF from Partyline</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Partyline</strong> session <strong>To Pack‘s LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Partylin</strong>e.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Partyline" class="wp-image-166765" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-166743" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; RVF from MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>MediaHub</strong> session <strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Destination</strong> panel, <strong>select a media</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Mediahub" class="wp-image-166772" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-166743" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Upload</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Upload</strong></h2>



<p>The Upload setting is accessed from the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>Upload</strong> button.</p>



<p>Using the <strong>Upload</strong> button, users can upload files from a USB flash drive to a Receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Upload</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/upload.jpg" alt="Upload screen" class="wp-image-166779" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/upload.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/upload-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Upload To</strong> drop-down list, then select a source in the <strong>From</strong> drop-down list.</li>



<li>Select the files you want from the list.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Upload</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Transfer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transfer</strong></h2>



<p>The Transfer setting is accessed from the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>Transfer</strong> button.</p>



<p>To view file transfer status, including progressive download, download, and auto-sync:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Transfer</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/transfer.jpg" alt="Transfer" class="wp-image-166786" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/transfer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/transfer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following status displays when the file transfer is Ongoing.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="319" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing.png" alt="File transfer ongoing" class="wp-image-151541" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing-300x199.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following status displays when the file transfer is complete.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete.png" alt="File transfer complete" class="wp-image-151549" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete.png 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following message appears when powering off the device if file transfers are in progress.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1.png" alt="live standby alert" class="wp-image-151565" style="aspect-ratio:1.5148148148148148;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Speedtest</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Speedtest</strong></h2>



<p>The Speedtest feature is a critical tool for ensuring your bonded cellular and satellite connections have enough combined bandwidth for an HDR broadcast. Unlike a standard smartphone speed test, the TVU One test specifically measures the uplink capacity to the TVU ecosystem.</p>



<p>To perform a speedtest:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Speedtest screen is accessed by tapping the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; <strong>Main Setting menu</strong>.</li>



<li>Scroll down and tap the<strong> Speedtest </strong>button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Speedtest</strong> screen will be displayed.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Receiver</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1.jpg" alt="Speedtest select receiver" class="wp-image-166793" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2.jpg" alt="Speedtest screen" class="wp-image-166800" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU One Advanced configuration &#8211; pack controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The TVU One system status monitoring and control using a Web browser, iPhone, or smart mobile device</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Transmitter’s operational status can be monitored, and various transmission functions can be controlled from a Web browser. This interface can be accessed using a standard web browser connected to the TVU One internal hotspot.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Connecting to the internal Hotspot</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Connecting to the internal hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to connect a laptop or phone to the internal hotspot.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Search for the hotspot on your iPhone/smart device, then when prompted, enter the case-sensitive SSID:<br>TVUPACK_XXXX<br>(Where X is the last <strong>4 digits</strong> of the TVU One’s PID)<br>The default password is the <strong>last 8 digits</strong> of the One PID.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>All password characters are uppercase. The password can be changed in the Web UI if desired.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect to the SSID using your iPhone/smart device. Refer to the following examples of how the status screens display on a smart device Web browser.</li>



<li>Once the connection is established, you can open a web browser and enter <strong>http://192.168.4.1</strong> in the address line to see the One’s “System status.”</li>



<li>The TVU One System status panel displays.</li>



<li>The System status screen provides detailed information about the <strong>System</strong>, <strong>Network</strong>,<strong> IFB/VoIP</strong>, and <strong>Video</strong> status.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="513" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-system-status.jpg" alt="the One system status" class="wp-image-163345" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-system-status.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-system-status-225x300.jpg 225w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	System status panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>System status panel</strong></h2>



<p>Expand the <strong>System</strong> caret to display System status, model, software version, and PID information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="521" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-system-panel.jpg" alt="v8.3 System panel" class="wp-image-166807" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-system-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-system-panel-249x300.jpg 249w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Network panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Network panel displays the current Network status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="733" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-network-panel.jpg" alt="v4 Network panel" class="wp-image-166814" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-network-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-network-panel-177x300.jpg 177w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IFB/VoIP panel</strong> <strong>&#8211; Audio Test</strong></h2>



<p>The IFB/VoIP panel allows the user to change the audio level of the IFB/VoIP function. Users can test the 3.5mm audio input and output interface hardware. File management and recorded media progress can be accessed in the Advanced configuration <strong>File</strong> &gt; <strong>Recorder</strong> tab.</p>



<p>To perform an Audio test, the device must be available and not in use for Live, or VoIP/IFB.</p>



<p>To perform an Audio Test:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>System</strong> status menu.</li>



<li>Expand the IFB/VoIP panel, then click the green <strong>Audio Test</strong> link.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="405" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg" alt="IFB/VoIP panel" class="wp-image-166821" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-IFB-VoIP-panel-300x281.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Advanced</strong> &gt; <strong>Audio Test</strong> page will open.</li>



<li>Ensure that the microphone and speaker are connected, then click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="994" height="501" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test page" class="wp-image-166828" style="width:592px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page.jpg 994w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-300x151.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-768x387.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 994px) 100vw, 994px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the device is currently in use for Live/VoIP/IFB, the following warning message appears.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test page warning" class="wp-image-166835" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning.jpg 508w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning-300x96.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Start Test</strong>.</li>



<li>The default active microphone and speaker are auto-enabled message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="999" height="500" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test enabled" class="wp-image-166842" style="width:622px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled.jpg 999w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled-768x384.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 999px) 100vw, 999px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Recording will start automatically when you enter this page. It will capture audio using the default microphone and display the input level on the level bar indicated in green. It will stop when you close or leave this page. If desired, you can click the <strong>Stop Test</strong> button to stop the recording.</li>



<li>To play the last recorded audio captured via the default microphone, click the <strong>Stop Test</strong> button again.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="995" height="462" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test capturing audio" class="wp-image-166849" style="width:621px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio.jpg 995w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio-768x357.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 995px) 100vw, 995px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To run the test again, click the <strong>Start Test</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="998" height="483" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test stop testing" class="wp-image-166856" style="width:632px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing.jpg 998w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing-300x145.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing-768x372.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 998px) 100vw, 998px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video panel</strong></h2>



<p>Expanding the Video panel displays video transmission information and status.</p>



<p>Click the<strong> Video</strong> caret to expand the panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="368" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-video-menu.jpg" alt="TVU One video menu" class="wp-image-163366" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-video-menu.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-video-menu-300x288.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>The Video panel now includes two input format options: 4K and 1080P. These formats allow Twitch streamers to choose the maximum input format for the HDMI setting, allowing units to limit or configure the available Extended Delay Identification Data (EDID) resolutions. This feature enables forcing 1080P input detection via HDMI when a connected camera uses automatic resolution settings.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="623" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-1.jpg" alt="video panel formats" class="wp-image-166863" style="width:390px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-1.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-1-208x300.jpg 208w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p>The Video panel allows users to select <strong>USB</strong> as the <strong>Input Port</strong> when the pack detects a USB video input source.<br>Supported USB cameras are:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Pro</li>



<li>DJI Osmo Action 5 Pro</li>



<li>Logitech Brio 100</li>



<li>Hikvision DS-U11</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="604" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-2.jpg" alt="video panel input types" class="wp-image-166870" style="width:375px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-2.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-2-215x300.jpg 215w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p>The Video panel now includes input format options: 1080P30, 1080P50, 1080P5994, and 1080P60. When selecting USB as the video input port, set <strong>1080P30</strong> as the Input format.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="633" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-USB-format-menu.png" alt="Select USB format menu" class="wp-image-163388" style="width:368px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-USB-format-menu.png 473w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-USB-format-menu-224x300.png 224w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></figure>



<p>When the USB setting is successful, the USB input will be displayed at the top of the pack’s Home LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed-1.jpg" alt="USB input source displayed" class="wp-image-163396" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed-1.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Return Video</strong></h2>



<p>This operation can be configured for the Receiver, Producer, Partyline, and MediaHub on the Pack’s LCD screen and in the Advanced operations configuration <strong>Live</strong> &gt;<strong> Return Video</strong> screen.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IP Source configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To open the advanced operations configuration menu:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="Three-bar advanced icon" class="wp-image-166877" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Live</strong> &gt; <strong>IP Source</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>To configure an HDMI/SDI/USB input source type:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Web configuration menu.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu &gt;<strong> IP Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>HDMI/SDI/USB</strong> radio button.</li>



<li><strong>Apply</strong> an available source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="303" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-usb-hdmi-sdi-source.jpg" alt="select usb hdmi sdi source" class="wp-image-166884" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-usb-hdmi-sdi-source.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-usb-hdmi-sdi-source-300x210.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p>To configure an IP input source type:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Web configuration menu.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu &gt; <strong>IP Source</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>SDI </strong>radio button.</li>



<li><strong>Apply</strong> an available source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="671" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ip-source.jpg" alt="select IP source" class="wp-image-166891" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ip-source.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ip-source-193x300.jpg 193w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Power panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Power panel allows users to<strong> reboot</strong> and <strong>Power off </strong>the pack.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="175" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Power panel" class="wp-image-163199" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel-300x137.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Network configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Network configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To open the Network configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar </strong>icon to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="Advanced icon" class="wp-image-152542" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>General</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Network</strong>. This allows users to navigate to, monitor, and control all aspects of transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="275" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-general-network.jpg" alt="General &gt; Network" class="wp-image-166898" style="width:383px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-general-network.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-general-network-300x191.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the LAN settings panel, set the TVU One&#8217;s local LAN address. The default IP address is <strong>192.168.4.1</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Subnet Mask</strong> and select a <strong>Router setting</strong> from the drop-down menu; the default is <strong>Auto</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="427" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="LAN settings" class="wp-image-166905" style="width:377px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-300x297.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the following procedures to scroll through the remaining Network options to complete the configuration settings:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hotspot</li>



<li>WiFi</li>



<li>Ethernet</li>



<li>Modems</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>WiFi configuration and settings</strong></h2>



<p>The WiFi menu provides configuration information and allows you to change WiFi settings. The One can optionally support multiple WiFi connections by purchasing optional hardware. For more information, contact TVU Networks support.</p>



<p>When multiple WiFi adapters are connected, you can scan available WiFi slots and configure WiFi login information using the TVU One WiFi setup and configuration panel.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	WiFi configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring WiFi</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the steps to configure your WiFi settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon.jpg" alt="RPS One WiFi icon" class="wp-image-163227" style="width:328px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Scan</strong> button to display any available networks. The available networks are displayed in the center panel. Move the <strong>WiFi</strong> slider to the right to enable it.</li>



<li>The WiFi network is disconnected by default, as shown below in the configuration screen WiFi panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-2.jpg" alt="WiFI panel" class="wp-image-166912" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-2.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-2-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the desired network from the center panel, then click the information “i” icon to connect the WiFi. The settings pop-up window displays. Enter the <strong>Password</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="313" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-connect-to.jpg" alt="connect to WiFI" class="wp-image-166919" style="width:341px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-connect-to.jpg 490w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-connect-to-300x192.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If the password is incorrect, the following failure message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="605" height="190" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message.jpg" alt="WiFi failure message" class="wp-image-166926" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message.jpg 605w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message-300x94.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 605px) 100vw, 605px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> button to only save the WiFi parameters, or the<strong> Join</strong> button to save and connect to the WiFi network.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="251" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-click-i-to-connect-pop-up.jpg" alt="Join to WiFI" class="wp-image-166933" style="width:343px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you choose<strong> Join</strong>, <strong>Save</strong>, and <strong>Connect</strong> to Wi-Fi, the following screen appears.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect.jpg" alt="WiFi panel connected" class="wp-image-166940" style="width:354px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi </strong>option, enable the slider. This option will automatically reconnect to the selected WiFi network if the signal drops.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-wifi-locked.jpg" alt="WiFi locked" class="wp-image-166947" style="width:353px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-wifi-locked.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-wifi-locked-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To switch to another WiFi network, disable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi</strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect.jpg" alt="WiFi panel connected" class="wp-image-166940" style="width:350px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>WiFi</strong> connection, then enable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi </strong>slider.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you enable the lock before connecting to another WiFi, the following message displays.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="607" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message.jpg" alt="No WiFi connection message" class="wp-image-166954" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message.jpg 607w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message-300x79.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 607px) 100vw, 607px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Ethernet configuration &#8211; Pack LCD</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Ethernet configuration on the Pack’s LCD touchscreen</strong></h2>



<p>Users can configure Ethernet DHCP and Static LAN IP’s on the Pack’s LCD touchscreen. Slot 11 is reserved for LAN configuration.</p>



<p>To configure the Ethernet on the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Ethernet</strong> screen is accessed by tapping the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-standby-1.jpg" alt="Settings icon" class="wp-image-166961" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-standby-1.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-standby-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Main Setting</strong> menu will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Ethernet</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Ethernet</strong> screen will be displayed. The default IPv4 configuration is DHCP.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-Ethernet-DHCP.jpg" alt="Ethernet DHCP" class="wp-image-166968" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-Ethernet-DHCP.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-Ethernet-DHCP-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the Ethernet configuration to Static, tap the <strong>Static</strong> button, then tap the <strong>Enter the IP Address</strong> field. The Virtual keypad will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static" class="wp-image-166975" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the <strong>Static IP address </strong>using the keypad and tap <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ethernet-static-enter-ip.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static enter IP" class="wp-image-166982" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ethernet-static-enter-ip.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ethernet-static-enter-ip-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static Apply" class="wp-image-166989" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Apply successful</strong> or <strong>Apply failed</strong> message appears.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply-successful.jpg" alt="Ethernet static Apply successful" class="wp-image-166996" style="width:387px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply-successful.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply-successful-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router feature</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This feature must be enabled by support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the Router feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>gear icon</strong> to open the Settings screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-163291" style="width:385px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Main Setting</strong> menu will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Router</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Router</strong> screen will be displayed.</li>



<li>By default, the router setting is off. Tap and move the <strong>Router</strong> slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg" alt="Router disabled" class="wp-image-167003" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the router setting is in the on position, the following screen displays.</li>



<li>To enable the Ethernet host setting, tap and move the<strong> Ethernet Host</strong> slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg" alt="Router enabled" class="wp-image-167010" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Router feature (client connections)</strong></h2>



<p>If higher bandwidth is required when using a hotspot, the optional TVU Router feature can be enabled to allow clients connected to the TVU One with speeds of up to 200 Mbps.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To access the Configuration page using an iPhone or smart device, open a web browser and enter <strong>http://192.168.4.1</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot </strong>icon to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Hotspot-icon.jpg" alt="Hotspot icon" class="wp-image-163241" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Hotspot-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Hotspot-icon-300x123.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Network</strong> tab and expand the <strong>LAN Settings</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Auto</strong> in the <strong>Router</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>IP address</strong> and <strong>Subnet Mask</strong>, then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="427" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="LAN settings" class="wp-image-166905" style="width:379px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-300x297.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down on the <strong>Hotspot</strong> panel. <strong>Connected Clients</strong> display in the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Hotspot panel" class="wp-image-163248" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel-252x300.jpg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	USB remote control</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>USB remote control PTT button operations</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>VoIP call operations</li>



<li>SCTE insertions</li>
</ul>



<p>Operators can now use a USB remote control as a Push-to-talk (PTT) button for the VoIP microphone. This allows users to mute and unmute the mic when in a VoIP call independently from their headset.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When attempting to click to another control mode while the mic is “Mute” a confirmation message appears. Click Yes to mute and change modes. The Mic will automatically reset.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="175" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mute-mic-confirmation.jpg" alt="mute Mic confirmation" class="wp-image-167017" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mute-mic-confirmation.jpg 506w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mute-mic-confirmation-300x104.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	VoIP call operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP call operations</strong></h2>



<p>To enable the VoIP call Mute/unmute feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the local Web configuration page, click the<strong> Advanced</strong> menu, and the <strong>Remote Control Setting</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Mute/Unmute Mic in VoIP Call</strong> radio button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="695" height="271" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting.jpg" alt="Remote controller setting" class="wp-image-167024" style="width:657px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting.jpg 695w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting-300x117.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 695px) 100vw, 695px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the USB remote controller device to the TVU Pack. While on a VoIP call, press once to mute,</li>



<li>The Mic Status shows <strong>Mute</strong> in red.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1001" height="401" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute.jpg" alt="remote controller setting Mic status Mute" class="wp-image-167031" style="width:662px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute.jpg 1001w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute-300x120.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute-768x308.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press again to unmute.</li>



<li>When a VoIP microphone call invitation is received, the following message will appear automatically on the LCD touchscreen for 3 seconds.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="336" height="220" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/VoIP-call-message-displays-V4.jpg" alt="VoIP call message displays V4" class="wp-image-167038" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/VoIP-call-message-displays-V4.jpg 336w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/VoIP-call-message-displays-V4-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 336px) 100vw, 336px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a VoIP call is connected, a white microphone icon appears at the top of the LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="340" height="225" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4.jpg" alt="White Mic v4" class="wp-image-167045" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4.jpg 340w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 340px) 100vw, 340px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When using VoIP, the Mic displays a modulating white-and-green icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="336" height="229" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-and-green-Mic-v4.jpg" alt="White and green Mic v4" class="wp-image-167052" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-and-green-Mic-v4.jpg 336w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-and-green-Mic-v4-300x204.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 336px) 100vw, 336px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When you press the remote button, a Mute the mic message appears and the mic icon turns red, indicating that VoIP is connected and the mic is muted.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mic-mute-mode-v4.jpg" alt="Mic mute mode v4" class="wp-image-167066" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mic-mute-mode-v4.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mic-mute-mode-v4-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the remote button again to unmute the mic. The mic icon will return to the white (connected and open) state.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4-message.jpg" alt="White Mic v4 message" class="wp-image-167059" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4-message.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4-message-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	SCTE insertion</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>SCTE insertion</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If a user switches to Inserting SCTE when the Mic is Muted, a message will appear asking if you want to change to “Live control,” when this is allowed, the Mic will reset to Mute automatically.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the SCTE insertion option:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the local Web configuration page, click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and then the <strong>Remote Control Setting</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select the Inserting SCTE radio button to set the control option.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Duration and Preroll SCTE default values that appear are editable.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1001" height="467" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1.jpg" alt="inserting SCTE" class="wp-image-167073" style="width:620px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1.jpg 1001w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1-300x140.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1-768x358.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Plug the USB remote control device into the pack.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-1.jpg" alt="TVU one live status - SCTE 1" class="wp-image-167080" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-1.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the USB remote button once to begin inserting SCTE. The insertion automatically stops when the duration ends.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The default duration value is 120 seconds. This value can be edited and will be saved after rebooting the pack.</li>



<li>The default Preroll value is 2 seconds. This value can be edited and will be saved after rebooting the pack.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The countdown displays at the top of the LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down.jpg" alt="TVU one live status - SCTE count down" class="wp-image-167087" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the duration ends, the SCTE insertion automatically stops, and the following message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete.jpg" alt="TVU one live status - SCTE insertion complete" class="wp-image-167101" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete.jpg 490w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the user presses the Remote control device button while it’s active, an “SCTE Splice currently in process. Unable to complete the requested action until the current splice duration is complete” message displays on the LCD screen.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message.jpg" alt="TVU one live status - SCTE in process message" class="wp-image-167094" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Resetting the Duration and Preroll parameters to default values</strong></h2>



<p>To change the SCTE parameters back to the SCTE default values:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Remote Control Setting</strong> page.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Inserting SCTE</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Reset </strong>buttons to change to the default values.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1001" height="467" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1.jpg" alt="inserting SCTE" class="wp-image-167073" style="width:629px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1.jpg 1001w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1-300x140.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1-768x358.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Web interface controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One Advanced configuration &#8211; Web interface controls</strong></h2>



<p>Log in to the Web User Interface to access the TVU One Advanced configuration page.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Hotspot configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One hotspot settings</strong></h2>



<p>The hotspot panel provides status information about clients connected through the hotspot.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to configure hotspot status:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg" alt="Hotspot icon" class="wp-image-167108" style="width:342px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon-300x123.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Connected Clients list panel displays a list of devices that are connected using hotspots.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To update the <strong>Password</strong>, edit the password field.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The new password must be 8 characters and does not take affect until the system is restarted.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The hotspot feature will enable a connected device to access the internet through one of the available network connections. This access allows file transfers via FTP or any other internet access. If higher bandwidth is required, refer to “Router feature.”</li>



<li>Choose the path from the <strong>WiFi</strong> panel to manually select the route taken (for example, a Hotel WiFi network).</li>



<li>In the <strong>Bandwidth</strong> drop-down menu, choose <strong>2.4 GHz</strong> or<strong> 5 GHz</strong> frequency.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your changes.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Hotspot panel" class="wp-image-163248" style="width:332px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel-252x300.jpg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Modem configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Modem configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Modem panel provides modem configuration information to enable two modes: Manual and Auto. The transmitter automatically detects many cellular data cards and will self-configure when in Auto mode. If this is the case, no further action will be required. If a data card needs configuration, you can use the Modem panel to configure it by selecting the Manual roaming feature.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto mode</strong></h3>



<p>To enable Auto mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap or click the <strong>Modem</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="118" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-icon.jpg" alt="Modem icon" class="wp-image-167115" style="width:347px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Modem</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Roaming for this modem</strong> checkbox and the <strong>Auto</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>The Roaming for all modems checkbox will be checked by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="672" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel.jpg" alt="modems all enabled roaming panel" class="wp-image-167199" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel-224x300.jpg 224w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the “Roaming for this modem” box is unchecked, the following warning message appears.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg" alt="modem disable roaming message" class="wp-image-167206" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you choose to disable Roaming, the <strong>Roaming for slot XX is disabled</strong> message appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="644" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disabled-default-panel.jpg" alt="modem disabled default panel" class="wp-image-167213" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disabled-default-panel.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disabled-default-panel-234x300.jpg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Users can change roaming for all modems by clicking the <strong>Restore Defaults</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manual roaming feature</strong></h3>



<p>The roaming for all modems is enabled by default.</p>



<p>The <strong>Manual</strong> radio button provides a global roaming toggle and an individual roaming switch for every slot. Changes to roaming settings (checked or unchecked) are saved automatically; clicking <strong>Apply</strong> is not necessary. Users can change roaming for all modems by clicking the <strong>Restore Defaults</strong> button.</p>



<p>To enable the <strong>Manual</strong> roaming feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap or click the <strong>Modem</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="118" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-icon.jpg" alt="Modem icon" class="wp-image-167115" style="width:347px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Modem</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong>,<strong> Roaming for this modem</strong>, and <strong>Manual</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Scan</strong> button to load the <strong>Carrier</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="776" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual.jpg" alt="modem manual" class="wp-image-167220" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual.jpg 499w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual-193x300.jpg 193w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Carrier</strong> from the list and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="498" height="781" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual-scanning.jpg" alt="modem manual scanning" class="wp-image-167227" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual-scanning.jpg 498w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual-scanning-191x300.jpg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When successful, the <strong>Applied successfully</strong> confirmation appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="781" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-select-slot.jpg" alt="modem select slot" class="wp-image-167234" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-select-slot.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-select-slot-194x300.jpg 194w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To turn global Roaming off, <strong>uncheck</strong> the <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong> checkbox. The <strong>Disable Roaming</strong> warning message appears.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-1.jpg" alt="modem disable roaming message" class="wp-image-167241" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-1.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-1-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Disabl</strong>e button.</li>



<li>The <strong>All modems Roaming is disabled</strong> confirmation appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="617" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-disabled-panel-1.jpg" alt="modems all disabled panel 1" class="wp-image-167248" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-disabled-panel-1.jpg 500w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-disabled-panel-1-243x300.jpg 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Data card configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring data cards</strong></h2>



<p>To configure specific data cards:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Available Slots</strong> drop-down menu to display a list of available slots for configuration.</li>



<li>If Manual configuration is required, input the settings provided by your carrier into the <strong>Network registration mode</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save any changes.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Ethernet configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">Ethernet configuration DHCP IP</mark></h2>



<p><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">Ethernet settings are accessed and configured from the System configuration <strong>Home</strong> panel and the pack&#8217;s LCD touchscreen.</mark></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color"><strong>Note:</strong> The DHCP IP address is automatically generated and cannot be manually entered.</mark></p>
</blockquote>



<p><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">To configure your Ethernet settings for a DHCP IP address:</mark></p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Web browser UI</strong> and tap the <strong>Ethernet</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon.jpg" alt="Ethernet icon" class="wp-image-163270" style="width:345px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>DHCP</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Slot ID</strong> drop-down menu and select a slot number.</li>



<li>Tap<strong> Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="557" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config.jpg" alt="Ethernet config" class="wp-image-163277" style="width:347px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config-207x300.jpg 207w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">Ethernet configuration Static IP</mark></strong></h2>



<p><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">To configure your Ethernet settings for a Static IP address:</mark></p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Static IP</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Slot ID</strong> drop-down menu and select a slot number.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Static IP address</strong> in the <strong>IP Address</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter the<strong> Subnet Mask</strong> in the<strong> Mask</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Gateway</strong> in the <strong>Gateway</strong> field.</li>



<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">Tap the <strong>Apply</strong> button to save your changes.</mark></li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="619" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static IP" class="wp-image-163284" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP-186x300.jpg 186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Return video</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live tab &#8211; Return Video</strong></h2>



<p>For the V-Box adapter, If the resolution of the return video from the receiver is 1080P or higher and the bitrate exceeds 2M, users can lower the resolution by selecting the appropriate Resolution and Bitrate in the drop-down menu.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Updating the return video resolution</strong></h2>



<p>To update the V-box adapter return video resolution:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the packs <strong>Advanced</strong> configuration window.</li>



<li>Open the <strong>Live</strong> > <strong>Return Video</strong> panel and choose the appropriate <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Open the <strong>Receiver</strong> tab and choose the appropriate <strong>Bitrate</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="387" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-advanced-v-box-panel.jpg" alt="advanced v box panel" class="wp-image-167122" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-advanced-v-box-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-advanced-v-box-panel-300x269.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the RVF feed resolution is too high, the following message appears on the LCD touchscreen.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="315" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/pack-return-video-tab.jpg" alt="Pack RVF to high" class="wp-image-167129" style="width:418px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/pack-return-video-tab.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/pack-return-video-tab-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Self-check</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced Self-check panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Advanced Self-check panel enables you to self-check your devices’ basic, video, and network health status while the device is not live. TVU Support staff can use this information for troubleshooting purposes.</p>



<p>To perform a self-check on your device in the Advanced configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Advanced configuration UI.</li>



<li>Tap the Advanced menu and select the <strong>Self-check</strong> tab.</li>



<li>To run diagnostics on your device, tap one or all <strong>Basic</strong>, <strong>Video</strong>, and <strong>Network</strong> checkboxes, then tap the <strong>Start self-check</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-start-self-check.jpg" alt="advanced start self-check" class="wp-image-167136" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-start-self-check.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-start-self-check-300x149.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following pre-check prompts display when selected in Step 1.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Yes</strong> to confirm the Video check prompt.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="606" height="184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-video-message.jpg" alt="advanced confirm video message" class="wp-image-167143" style="width:507px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-video-message.jpg 606w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-video-message-300x91.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 606px) 100vw, 606px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Yes</strong> to confirm the Network check prompt.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="604" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-network-message.jpg" alt="advanced confirm network message" class="wp-image-167150" style="width:503px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-network-message.jpg 604w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-network-message-300x77.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-check window displays its status.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="708" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-checking-module-screen.jpg" alt="advanced checking module screen" class="wp-image-167157" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-checking-module-screen.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-checking-module-screen-214x300.jpg 214w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-check results display errors when completed. The errors are displayed in red.</li>



<li>Address any errors and tap the <strong>Self-check again</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="826" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-warnings.jpg" alt="advanced self-check warnings" class="wp-image-167164" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-warnings.jpg 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-warnings-183x300.jpg 183w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-check report will display no red errors when complete.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="805" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-complete-report.jpg" alt="advanced self-check complete report" class="wp-image-167171" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-complete-report.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-complete-report-187x300.jpg 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router Configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Run Router Live Together feature makes it easy for users to define (WAN) Router mode vs. (LAN) pass-through or receive mode. Ethernet Port Mode includes a WAN (share internet) radio button that sends bonded cellular internet through the Ethernet port. The LAN (Receive internet) radio button will accept the input into the unit through the Ethernet port.</p>



<p>To open the Router configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the three-bar icon or the Web UI to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="Three-bar advanced icon" class="wp-image-166877" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select <strong>Router</strong>. The Router panel will be displayed.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>TVU Router</strong> slider.</li>



<li>The Ethernet Port Mode radio button is set to <strong>WAN (Share internet)</strong> by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="452" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1.jpg" alt="router 1" class="wp-image-167178" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1.jpg 506w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1-300x268.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Mouse over the radio buttons to display their behavior.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="445" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2.jpg" alt="router 2" class="wp-image-167185" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2-300x266.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the <strong>Run Router Live Together</strong> feature is enabled, the router panel displays the <strong>Smart Traffic Allocation</strong> radio button under <strong>Data Preference</strong>. This button will prioritize Live streaming and use the excess for the router.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="446" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a.jpg" alt="router 1a" class="wp-image-167192" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a-300x265.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU One Model TM1000v4 Software QSUG Rev C EN 02-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-software-qsug-v8-3/">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Software QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Hardware QSUG v8.3</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-hardware-qsug-v8-3/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 14:39:12 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=163111</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The TVU RPS One is a Cloud and Studio 4-channel REMI Live solution that can operate as a Single-channel transmitter or Multi-channel REMI encoder.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-hardware-qsug-v8-3/">TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Hardware QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="583" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-HW-Featured-image-3-1024x583.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-134218" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-HW-Featured-image-3-1024x583.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-HW-Featured-image-3-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-HW-Featured-image-3-768x437.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-HW-Featured-image-3.jpg 1028w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Networks Model TM1100 “RPS One” is the most compact, lightweight, and portable combination of 5G cellular transmission and multi-camera remote production transmitter.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS One features up to 12 connections and TVU’s enhanced next-generation Inverse Statmux Plus (ISX) transmission protocol technology.</p>



<p>With wireless connectivity, unparalleled transmission speeds, and superb multi-camera production performance, the TVU RPS One is the perfect addition to the already most powerful REMI and cloud-based production platform in the industry.</p>



<p>This wireless encoder supports up to 4 synchronized SDI inputs for 1080p HDR remote production and up to 4 hours of autonomy when paired with TVU POWERPAC for uninterrupted live production.</p>



<p>This solution supports 6 embedded worldwide 5G modems with LTE/3G fallback and aggregates up to 12 connections, including Starlink, WiFi, Ethernet, BGAN, and more. TVU RPS One supports up to 125 Mbps for unmatched Connectivity.</p>



<p>The TVU Networks RPS One hardware can be used with two software variations displaying different LCD console interfaces. The One (single-channel transmitter) or the RPS One (multi-channel REMI encoder), as shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="512" height="226" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/RPS-architecture.png" alt="RPS one architecture" class="wp-image-129864" style="aspect-ratio:2.265486725663717;width:693px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/RPS-architecture.png 512w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/RPS-architecture-300x132.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Cloud and receiver compatibility</strong></h2>



<p>Current RPS One 4-channel receiver options:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Transceiver (Quad, dual, and single) 2x DualR, 1x QuadR</li>



<li>Cloud (TVU Producer, TVU Channel, MediaMind, and CloudR</li>
</ul>



<p>The RPS One model TM1100 includes an onboard, removable Li-Ion battery for unlimited runtime to give you more time for going live, recording, or transferring files.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	About this user guide</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this user guide</strong></h2>



<p>This user guide provides detailed information about the following topics:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>RPS One encoder components overview</li>



<li>Setting up the RPS One encoder</li>



<li>Charging the battery</li>



<li>Turning off the RPS One</li>



<li>Backpack and battery configurations</li>



<li>Product specifications</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Related literature</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU RPS Data Sheet</li>



<li>TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Software Quick Start User Guide</li>



<li>TVU RPS One Advanced Configuration Guide</li>



<li>POWERPAC Quick Start User Guide</li>



<li>TVU Battery Safety and Travel Guidelines</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Notices and guidelines</strong></h2>



<p>Read and follow the notes and guidelines in this document before you use your TVU RPS One encoder:</p>



<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> These notices provide important tips, guidance, or advice.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before you begin setting up the RPS One encoder, it is recommended that you identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, TVU services, and unit accessories.</p>



<p>The One/RPS One Software version 8.2 (Build 82085) or later uses the same hardware, which features two LCD console interfaces:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The One single-channel transmitter</li>



<li>TVU RPS One multi-channel encoder</li>
</ul>



<p>Refer to the latest TVU RPS One software user guide for operational information.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Components, controls, and operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One encoder components</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS One encoder comprises the internal battery and embedded modems. Weighing just 3.9 lb. (1.79 kg), the encoder fits easily in the average person’s hand.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="1300" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Networks-RPS-One.png" alt="TVU Networks RPS one" class="wp-image-132118" style="aspect-ratio:0.6153846153846154;object-fit:cover;width:264px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Networks-RPS-One.png 800w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Networks-RPS-One-185x300.png 185w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Networks-RPS-One-630x1024.png 630w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Networks-RPS-One-768x1248.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One standard components</strong></h2>



<p>Standard components for the RPS One model TM1100 encoder include the following:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU encoder with up to 4x 1080p inputs, or HDMI input</li>



<li>1x micro Internal SD slot</li>



<li>1x micro SD card (128 GB) Type 10</li>



<li>External USB connections (4x)</li>



<li>Ethernet port</li>



<li>IFB port</li>



<li>Power supply (AC Adapter)</li>



<li>TVU RPS One breathable backpack</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One controls and operations</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS One is the central component of the RPS One system. The RPS One handles video capturing, video encoding and transmission, modem management and dialing, and system status monitoring.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Front panel LCD touchscreen display and power indicator</strong></h2>



<p>Press the power button on the front panel to turn on the RPS One. The button turns green when the unit is powered on. The LCD touchscreen displays configuration and status information for connected modems, including video input and transmission. When a video input is connected, an input preview is displayed on the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="214" height="208" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/LCD-touchscreen-and-power.jpg" alt="LCD touchscreen and power" class="wp-image-150952" style="aspect-ratio:1.015625;width:263px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/LCD-touchscreen-and-power.jpg 214w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 214px) 100vw, 214px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One side panel overviews</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU RPS One encoder left-side and right-side panels feature the following input/output connections and controls.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The One and RPS One share the same hardware. Changing a license upgrade from single channel to multichannel is available. Please contact your sales representative for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>TVU RPS One encoder left-side panel</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="392" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-One-encoder-left-side-panel.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One encoder left-side panel" class="wp-image-157024" style="aspect-ratio:0.9082278481012658;width:359px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-One-encoder-left-side-panel.jpg 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-One-encoder-left-side-panel-276x300.jpg 276w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<p><strong>TVU RPS One right-side panel</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="443" height="394" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-One-right-side-panel.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One right-side panel" class="wp-image-157033" style="aspect-ratio:1.150943396226415;width:485px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-One-right-side-panel.jpg 443w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-One-right-side-panel-300x267.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 443px) 100vw, 443px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting up the RPS One</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting up the RPS One</strong></h2>



<p>This section explains the encoder connections, detaching and charging the battery, how to remove and replace SIM cards, and backpack battery configurations.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Encoder connections</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the applicable steps to set up the RPS One encoder:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the HDMI cable or connect the SDI cable to the <strong>SDI 1</strong> input port for a single channel. Multi-channel support is enabled with RPS One licensing features.</li>



<li>Connect the <strong>Ethernet</strong> input cable to the Ethernet port for a LAN connection if available.</li>



<li>Connect your power to the <strong>DC Input</strong> port.</li>



<li>Connect the IFB device (3.5 mm mini audio output jack) to the <strong>IFB output</strong> port.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Detaching the internal battery from the encoder</strong></h2>



<p>The encoder’s internal battery is designed to fit within the unit and can be easily removed. The LCD touchscreen and the receiver interface provide complete battery power management for the RPS One encoder.</p>



<p>Complete the following steps to detach the internal battery from the encoder:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Users will find two spring-loaded latches on the side of the encoder opposite the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Orient the encoder LCD touchscreen down, push down on the latches to release the battery, and slide it away from the encoder.</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>Battery release latches</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="444" height="194" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches-1.jpg" alt="Battery release latches" class="wp-image-157041" style="aspect-ratio:2.248447204968944;width:522px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches-1.jpg 444w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches-1-300x131.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Charging the internal battery</strong></h2>



<p>To charge the internal battery without removing it from the encoder, connect the provided AC power adapter to the DC input on the unit and plug the other end of the adapter into an electrical outlet. The battery will then begin to charge. When the encoder is turned off, the battery will charge significantly faster (in approximately 3 hours).</p>



<p>The TVU RPS One comes with an AC adapter. To charge the TVU RPS One, connect the AC adapter as shown.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="290" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Charging-the-battery.png" alt="charging the RPS One battery" class="wp-image-150976" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Charging-the-battery.png 534w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Charging-the-battery-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Power button status when charging</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU RPS One displays the following power button status when the AC adapter is connected correctly and the battery is charging:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The power button displays a steady green light when the unit is powered on and charging.</li>



<li>The power button light is off when the battery is charging, and the unit is off. The LCD touchscreen displays the battery charging percentage.</li>



<li>The power button light is off when the battery is not charged or connected to the unit.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Note: </strong>An optional external TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery can extend the internal battery runtime. Refer to “RPS One backpack and battery mounting configurations” for more information.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion batteries</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion batteries</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery mounts to the V-type or Gold-mount plates inside the backpack to extend the encoder&#8217;s battery life while in the field.</p>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC 2 Li-Ion battery mounts to the V-type mounting plate inside the backpack to charge and extend the transmitter&#8217;s onboard battery life while in the field. The POWERPAC 2 can power your accessories and transmitter simultaneously with the integrated USB-C, USB micro, and USB Type A interface.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png" alt="POWERPAC batteries" class="wp-image-150984" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png 560w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7-300x179.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information refer to the <em><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-powerpac-quick-start-user-guide/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">P</mark></a><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">OWERPAC Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em>.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Inserting SIM cards</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Inserting SIM cards</strong></h2>



<p>The encoder SIM card slots are designed to hold up to 6 Nano SIM (4ff) cards in three SIM trays. These SIM configurations are user serviceable.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The encoder’s SIM card trays only accept Nano SIM (4ff) cards.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Complete the following steps to insert a SIM card into the embedded modem slot on the encoder:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The unit must be powered down before inserting a SIM.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The RPS One model TM1100 features three dual SIM card trays for use with the internal modems. To remove a SIM card tray, gently push the end of the SIM tool into the round opening next to the SIM card tray until it clicks and slightly pops out. Carefully pull the dual SIM tray out of the slot.</li>



<li>Place 2 SIM cards into the dual nano SIM card tray as shown below, and carefully slide the carrier into the embedded modem slot. Ensure the SIM cards stay in their respective carrier recesses during this process.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="92" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Dual-nano-SIM-card-carrier.png" alt="Dual nano SIM card carrier" class="wp-image-97486"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="189" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/SIM-type-reference.png" alt="SIM type reference" class="wp-image-97493"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Turning off the TVU RPS One</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning off the TVU RPS One</strong></h2>



<p>To turn off the TVU RPS One:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the power button once. A sliding button will display on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Slide the button from left to right to power down the unit.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Backpack and battery mounting configurations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One backpack and battery mounting configurations</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS One encoder is designed to transmit from a wearable backpack. The backpack comfortably holds the pack, allowing users easy access to the power button and connections.</p>



<p>The touchscreen LCD interface on the pack can also be used while the unit is in the backpack. In addition, the backpack features breathable mesh that allows for the encoder&#8217;s essential ventilation to prevent overheating.</p>



<p>There are two TVU RPS One backpack external battery mounting configurations:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>V-type mounting configuration</li>



<li>Gold-mount configuration</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>TVU RPS One and backpack</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="759" height="537" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/the-one-with-backpack-.png" alt="" class="wp-image-125157" style="aspect-ratio:1.4134078212290502;object-fit:cover;width:538px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/the-one-with-backpack-.png 759w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/the-one-with-backpack--300x212.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 759px) 100vw, 759px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>V-type mounting plate configuration:</strong></h2>



<p>V-type mounting plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="V-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-150992" style="width:308px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>V-type mounting plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="v-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151000" style="width:327px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>V-type POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="v-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151008" style="width:338px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Gold-mount configuration:</strong></h2>



<p>Gold-mount plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-151016" style="width:344px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151024" style="width:355px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151032" style="width:356px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product specifications</strong> &#8211; <strong>Model TM1100 encoder</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="589" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-product-spec-v8.3.jpg" alt="RPS One product spec v8.3" class="wp-image-166375" style="aspect-ratio:0.8383045525902669;width:773px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-product-spec-v8.3.jpg 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-product-spec-v8.3-256x300.jpg 256w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU RPS One Model TM1100 HW QSUG Rev G EN 02-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-hardware-qsug-v8-3/">TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Hardware QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware QSUG v8.3</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-hardware-qsug-v8-3/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 14:38:25 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=163113</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The Model TM1000v4 “One” is a compact, lightweight, and portable 5G cellular single-channel transmitter featuring onboard RVF HDMI output.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-hardware-qsug-v8-3/">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="582" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image-1024x582.jpg" alt="TVU One model TM1000v4 HW Featured image" class="wp-image-156429" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image-1024x582.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image-300x170.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image-768x436.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image.jpg 1028w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Networks Model TM1000v4 “One” is the most compact, lightweight, and portable 5G cellular single-channel transmitter.</p>



<p>The TVU “One” Model TM1000v4 single-channel transmitter delivers high-definition picture quality with 0.5-second latency at 3 Mbps. The TVU One transmitter utilizes the H.265/HEVC or H.264 encoding and compression standards to deliver greater efficiency in data usage and increased transmission stability, featuring onboard RVF HDMI output.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One features TVU’s enhanced next-generation Inverse Statmux Plus (ISX) transmission protocol technology ensuring ultra-low latency.</p>



<p>With the TVU One, live video broadcasters can fully leverage the versatility of a small, lightweight, IP-based high-definition video field transmitter without sacrificing performance, features, or picture quality.</p>



<p>The TVU One provides 1080p HDR remote production. The transmitter includes an onboard, removable Li-Ion battery, which, when combined with the POWERPAC 2, can provide unlimited runtime to give you more time for going live, recording, or transferring files.</p>



<p>The TVU One TM1000v4 can communicate using RTIL, IFB, and bidirectional VoIP between the studio and the field operator without latency.</p>



<p>Real-time dual encoding enables you to go live under any network conditions by simultaneously recording a full HD copy of your video for later download.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="512" height="226" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-TM1000v4-remote-production.png" alt="TVU One TM1000v4 remote production" class="wp-image-156440" style="aspect-ratio:2.265486725663717;width:693px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-TM1000v4-remote-production.png 512w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-TM1000v4-remote-production-300x132.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	About this user guide</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this user guide</strong></h2>



<p>This user guide provides detailed information about the following topics:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU One TM1000v4 transmitter components</li>



<li>Setting up the transmitter</li>



<li>Charging the battery</li>



<li>Turning off the transmitter</li>



<li>Backpack and battery configurations</li>



<li>Product specifications</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before you begin setting up the transmitter, it is recommended that you identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, TVU services, and unit accessories.</p>



<p>Read and follow the notes and guidelines in this document before you use your TVU One transmitter:</p>



<p><strong>NOTE: </strong>These notices provide important tips, guidance, or advice.</p>



<p>Refer to the latest TVU One Model TM1000v4 software Quick Start User Guide for operational information.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Components, controls, and operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One transmitter components</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One transmitter comprises the internal battery and embedded modems. Weighing just 3.9 lb. (1.79 kg), the transmitter fits easily in the average person’s hand.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="1080" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Networks-One-left-side-panel.png" alt="TVU One TM1000v4 left panel" class="wp-image-156453" style="aspect-ratio:0.6153846153846154;object-fit:cover;width:264px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Networks-One-left-side-panel.png 676w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Networks-One-left-side-panel-188x300.png 188w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Networks-One-left-side-panel-641x1024.png 641w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One standard components</strong></h2>



<p>Standard components for the “One” model TM1000v4 transmitters include the following:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU transmitter with one 3G-SDI 1080p input or HDMI input</li>



<li>1x micro internal SD slot</li>



<li>1x micro SD card (128 GB) Type 10</li>



<li>External USB connections (4x)</li>



<li>Ethernet port</li>



<li>IFB port</li>



<li>Power supply (AC Adapter)</li>



<li>TVU One breathable backpack</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Front panel LCD touchscreen display and power indicator</strong></h2>



<p>Press the power button on the front panel to turn on the transmitter. The button turns green when the unit is powered on. The LCD touchscreen displays configuration and status information for connected modems, including video input and transmission. When a video input is connected, an input preview is displayed on the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="258" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator.jpg" alt="LCD touchscreen and power indicator" class="wp-image-156461" style="aspect-ratio:1.015625;width:343px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator.jpg 258w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 258px) 100vw, 258px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The TVU One side panel overviews</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One transmitter left-side and right-side panels feature the following input/output connections and controls.</p>



<p><strong>TVU One model TM1000v4 left-side panel</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="289" height="313" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-left-side-panel.jpg" alt="TVU One model TM1000v4 left-side panel" class="wp-image-156469" style="aspect-ratio:0.9082278481012658;width:359px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-left-side-panel.jpg 289w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-left-side-panel-277x300.jpg 277w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 289px) 100vw, 289px" /></figure>



<p><strong>TVU One model TM1000v4 right-side panel</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="361" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-right-side-panel.jpg" alt="TVU One model TM1000v4 right-side panel" class="wp-image-156477" style="aspect-ratio:1.150943396226415;width:485px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-right-side-panel.jpg 361w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-right-side-panel-300x268.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting up the transmitter</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting up the transmitter</strong></h2>



<p>This section explains the transmitter connections, detaching and charging the battery, how to remove and replace SIM cards, and backpack battery configurations.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transmitter connections</strong></h2>



<p>To set up the transmitter:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the HDMI cable or connect the SDI cable to the <strong>SDI</strong> input port.</li>



<li>Connect the <strong>Ethernet</strong> input cable to the Ethernet port for a LAN connection if available.</li>



<li>Connect your power to the <strong>DC Input</strong> port.</li>



<li>Connect the IFB device (3.5 mm mini audio output jack) to the <strong>IFB output</strong> port.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Detaching the internal battery from the transmitter</strong></h2>



<p>The transmitter’s internal battery is designed to fit within the unit and can be easily removed. Complete battery power management for the transmitter is available on the LCD touchscreen and the receiver interface.</p>



<p>Complete the following steps to detach the internal battery from the transmitter:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Users will find two spring-loaded latches on the side of the transmitter opposite the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Orient the transmitter LCD touchscreen down and push down on the latches to release the battery and slide it away from the transmitter.</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>Battery release latches</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="357" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches.jpg" alt="Battery release latches" class="wp-image-156485" style="aspect-ratio:2.248447204968944;width:522px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches.jpg 357w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches-300x129.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 357px) 100vw, 357px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Charging the internal battery</strong></h2>



<p>To charge the internal battery without removing it from the transmitter, connect the provided AC power adapter to the DC input on the unit and plug the other end of the adapter into an electrical outlet. The battery will then begin to charge. When the transmitter is turned off, the battery charges significantly faster (in approximately 3 hours).</p>



<p>The TVU One comes with an AC adapter. To charge the transmitter, connect the AC adapter as shown.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="290" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Charging-the-batteryTM1000-V4.png" alt="Charging the batteryTM1000 V4" class="wp-image-156494" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Charging-the-batteryTM1000-V4.png 534w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Charging-the-batteryTM1000-V4-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Power button status when charging</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One displays the following power button status when the AC adapter is properly connected and the battery is charging:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The power button displays a steady green light when the unit is powered on and charging.</li>



<li>The power button light is off when the battery is charging, and the unit is off. The LCD touchscreen displays the battery charging percentage.</li>



<li>The power button light is off when the battery is not charged or connected to the unit.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Note: </strong>An optional external TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery can extend the internal battery runtime. Refer to “TVU One backpack and battery mounting configurations” on page 5 for more information.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion batteries</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion batteries</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery mounts to the v-mount, g-mount, or gold-mount plates inside the backpack to extend the battery life of the transmitter while in the field.</p>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC 2 Li-Ion battery mounts to the v-mount plate inside the backpack to charge and extend the onboard battery life of the transmitter while in the field. The POWERPAC 2 can power your accessories and transmitter simultaneously with the integrated USB C, USB micro, and USB type A interface.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png" alt="POWERPAC batteries" class="wp-image-150984" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png 560w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7-300x179.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information refer to the <em><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-powerpac-quick-start-user-guide/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">P</mark></a><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">OWERPAC Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em>.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Inserting SIM cards</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Inserting SIM cards</strong></h2>



<p>The transmitter SIM card slots are designed to hold up to 6 Nano SIM (4ff) cards in three SIM trays. These SIM configurations are user serviceable.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The transmitter’s SIM card trays only accept Nano SIM (4ff) cards.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Complete the following steps to insert a SIM card into the embedded modem slot on the transmitter:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The unit must be powered down before inserting a SIM.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU one model TM1000v4 features three dual SIM card trays for use with the internal modems. To remove a SIM card tray, gently push the end of the SIM tool into the round opening next to the SIM card tray until it clicks and slightly pops out. Carefully pull the dual SIM tray out of the slot.</li>



<li>Place 2 SIM cards into the dual nano SIM card tray as shown below and carefully slide the carrier into the embedded modem slot. Ensure the SIM cards stay in their respective carrier recesses during this process.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="92" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Dual-nano-SIM-card-carrier.png" alt="Dual nano SIM card carrier" class="wp-image-97486"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="189" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/SIM-type-reference.png" alt="SIM type reference" class="wp-image-97493"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Turning off the TVU One</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning off the TVU One</strong></h2>



<p>To turn off the TVU One:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the power button once. A sliding button will display on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Slide the button from left to right to power down the unit.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Backpack and battery mounting configurations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One backpack and battery mounting configurations</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One transmitter is designed to transmit from a wearable backpack. The backpack comfortably holds the pack, allowing users easy access to the power button and connections.</p>



<p>The touchscreen LCD interface on the pack can also be used while the unit is in the backpack. In addition, the backpack features breathable mesh that allows for the essential ventilation of the transmitter to prevent overheating.</p>



<p>There are two TVU One backpack external battery mounting configurations:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>V-type mounting configuration</li>



<li>Gold-mount configuration</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>TVU One and backpack</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="257" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-TM1000v4-and-backpack.png" alt="The One TM1000v4 and backpack" class="wp-image-156502" style="width:330px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>V-type mounting plate configuration:</strong></h2>



<p>V-type mounting plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="V-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-150992" style="width:308px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>V-type mounting plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="v-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151000" style="width:327px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>V-type POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="v-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151008" style="width:338px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Gold-mount configuration:</strong></h2>



<p>Gold-mount plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-151016" style="width:344px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151024" style="width:355px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151032" style="width:356px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product specifications</strong> &#8211; <strong>Model TM1000v4 transmitter</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="519" height="641" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-One-product-spec-v8.3.jpg" alt="TVU One product spec v8.3" class="wp-image-166383" style="aspect-ratio:0.8383045525902669;width:840px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-One-product-spec-v8.3.jpg 519w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-One-product-spec-v8.3-243x300.jpg 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 519px) 100vw, 519px" /></figure>



<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media. Document Part Number: TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware QSUG Rev C EN 02-2026</p>



<p></p>



<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-hardware-qsug-v8-3/">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
